The Versatile Commodore Emulator

Copyright c 1999-2023 Pottendo Copyright c 2005-2023 Marco van den Heuvel Copyright
c 2007-2023 Fabrizio Gennari Copyright c 2009-2023 Groepaz Copyright c 2009-2023 Er-
rol Smith Copyright c 2009-2023 Ingo Korb Copyright c 2010-2023 Olaf Seibert Copyright
c 2011-2023 Marcus Sutton Copyright c 2011-2023 Kajtar Zsolt Copyright c 2016-2023
AreaScout Copyright c 2016-2023 Bas Wassink Copyright c 2017-2023 Michael C. Martin
Copyright c 2018-2023 Christopher Phillips Copyright c 2019-2023 David Hogan Copy-
right c 2020-2023 Empathic Qubit Copyright c 2020-2023 Roberto Muscedere Copyright
c 2021-2023 June Tate-Gans Copyright c 2021-2023 Pablo Roldan
Copyright c 2011-2016 Stefan Haubenthal Copyright c 2015-2016 BSzili Copyright c
1999-2016 Andreas Matthies Copyright c 2007-2015 Daniel Kahlin Copyright c 2012-2014
Benjamin ’BeRo’ Rosseaux Copyright c 2011-2014 Ulrich Schulz Copyright c 2011-2014
Thomas Giesel Copyright c 2008-2014 Antti S. Lankila Copyright c 2006-2014 Chris-
tian Vogelgsang Copyright c 1998-2014 Dag Lem Copyright c 2000-2011 Spiro Trikaliotis
Copyright c 2007-2011 Hannu Nuotio Copyright c 1998-2010 Andreas Boose Copyright c
1998-2010 Tibor Biczo Copyright c 2007-2010 M. Kiesel Copyright c 1999-2007 Andreas
Dehmel Copyright c 2003-2005 David Hansel Copyright c 2000-2004 Markus Brenner
Copyright c 1999-2004 Thomas Bretz Copyright c 1997-2001 Daniel Sladic Copyright c
1996-2001 Andre Fachat Copyright c 1996-1999 Ettore Perazzoli Copyright c 1993-1994,
1997-1999 Teemu Rantanen Copyright c 1993-1996 Jouko Valta Copyright c 1993-1994
Jarkko Sonninen
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the
copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the con-
ditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.
 2

1 About VICE
VICE is the one and only Versatile Commodore Emulator. It provides emulation of the
Commodore C64, C64DTV, C128, VIC20, PET, PLUS4, SCPU64 and CBM-II computers
within a single package. The emulators run as separate programs, but have the same user
interface, share the same settings and support the same file formats.
Important notice: If you have no idea what a Commodore 8-bit computer is, or have
questions about how these machines are used, how the file formats work or anything else
that is not strictly related to VICE, you should read the appropriate FAQs first, as that kind
of information is not available here. See Chapter 19 [Contacts], page 444. for information
about how to retrieve the FAQs.
All the emulators provide an accurate 6502/6510 emulator, with emulation of all the opcodes
(both documented and undocumented ones) and accurate timing. Unlike other emulators,
VICE aims to be cycle accurate; it tries to emulate chip timings as precisely as possible and
does so efficiently.
Please do not expect the C64DTV, C128, PET, PLUS4, SCPU64 and CBM-II emulators
to be as good as the C64 or VIC20 one, as they are still under construction.
Notice: This documentation is written for the Unix release of VICE, but is slowly being
made universal.

1.1 Emulator features

1.1.1 C64 emulator features
As of version 2.3, two C64 emulators are provided: ‘x64’ (fast) and ‘x64sc’ (accurate). As
of version 3.4 ‘x64’ will no more get built by default and is not contained in the default
binary packages.
The fast C64 emulator, called ‘x64’, features a fairly complete emulation of the VIC-II video
chip: sprites, all registers and all video modes are fully emulated. The emulation has been
fully cycle-accurate since version 0.13.0.
The accurate C64 emulator, called ‘x64sc’, features a cycle-based and pixel-accurate VIC-II
emulation. This requires a much faster machine than the old ‘x64’.
A rather complete emulation of the SID sound chip is also provided. All the basic features
are implemented as well as most of the complex ones including synchronisation, ring modu-
lation and filters. There are two emulators of the SID chip available: first is the “standard”
VICE emulator, available since VICE 0.12; the second is Dag Lem’s reSID engine. The
reSID engine is a lot more accurate than the standard engine, but it is also a lot slower,
and only suitable for faster machines.
Naturally, also both CIAs (or VIAs, in some cases) are fully emulated and cycle accurate.

1.1.2 C64DTV emulator features

The C64DTV emulator, called ‘x64dtv’, features emulation of C64DTV revisions 2 and
3. The emulator is under construction, but most of the DTV specific features are already
supported (with varying accuracy).
Chapter 1: About VICE 3

Video cache is disabled by default as it currently doesn’t work with some of C64DTV’s new
video modes. The new video modes have a simple "fake" video cache implementation that
may give incorrect results and decreased performance.

1.1.3 C128 emulator features

The C128 emulator, called ‘x128’, features a complete emulation of the internal MMU
(Memory Management Unit), 80 column VDC screen, fast IEC bus emulation, 2 MHz
mode, Z80 emulation plus all the features of the C64 emulation.

1.1.4 VIC20 emulator features

The VIC20 emulates all the internal hardware, including the VIA chips. The VIC-I video
chip is fully emulated except NTSC interlace mode, so most graphical effects will work
correctly.
The VIC20 emulator allows the use of the VIC1112 IEEE488 interface. You have to enable
the hardware (by menu, resource, or commandline option) and then load the IEEE488
ROM (see for example http://www.funet.fi/pub/cbm/schematics/cartridges/
vic20/ieee-488/325329-04.bin, but you have to double the size to 4KiB for now). The
IEEE-488 code is then started by SYS45065.

1.1.5 PET emulator features

The PET emulator emulates the 2001, 3032, 4032, 8032, 8096, 8296 and SuperPET (Micro-
MainFrame 9000) models, covering the whole series. The hardware is pretty much the same
in each and that is why one single program is enough to emulate all of them. For more
detailed information about PET hardware please refer to the PETDoc (https://
sourceforge.net/p/vice-emu/code/HEAD/tree/techdocs/PET/PETdoc.txt?
format=raw) file.
Both the 40 column and 80 column CRTC video chips are emulated (from the 4032 onward),
but a few of the features are not implemented yet (numbers of rasterlines per char and lines
per screen). Fortunately, they are not very important for average applications.
The PET 8096 is basically a PET 8032 with a 64KiB extension board which allows remap-
ping the upper 32KiB with RAM. You have to write to a special register at $fff0 to remap
the memory. The PET 8296 is a 8096 but with a completely redesigned motherboard with
128KiB RAM in total. Of the additional 32KiB RAM you can use only some in blocks of
4KiB, but you have to set jumpers on the motherboard for it. VICE uses the command line
options ‘-petram9’ and ‘-petramA’ instead. Also, the video controller can handle a larger
address range. The PET 8x96 model emulations run the Commodore LOS-96 operating
system - basically an improved BASIC 4 version with up to 32KiB for BASIC text and
32KiB for variables. See PETDoc (https://sourceforge.net/p/vice-emu/code/HEAD/
tree/techdocs/PET/PETdoc.txt?format=raw) for more information.
The PET 8296D is an 8296 with built-in 8250 low-profile dual disk drive.
The PET 8296GD is an 8296D with additionally a "HiRes Emulator" (HRE). This is a
cheaper version of a "HRG" hi-res board which was based on Thomson chips. This version
instead uses no additional hardware support apart from some memory mapping tricks. It
has supporting software in the hre-*.bin rom files.
The SuperPET also is a PET 8032 with an expansion board. It can map 4KiB at a time
out of 64KiB into the $9*** area. Also it has an ACIA 6551 for RS232 communication.
Chapter 1: About VICE 4

The 6809 CPU that is built into the SuperPET is now emulated, since release 2.4, including
the 6702 dongle chip.
The Super-OS-9 MMU expansion, developed by TPUG (Toronto PET Users Group) is also
emulated.
The PET computers came with three major ROM revisions, so-called BASIC 1, 2 and 4,
all of which are provided. The PET 2001 uses the version 1, the PET 3032 uses version 2,
and the others use version 4. The 2001 ROM is horribly broken with respect to IEEE488
(they shipped it before they tested it with the floppy drive, so only tape worked. Therefore
the emulator patches the ROM to fix the IEEE488 routines.
As well as other low-level fixes the 2001 patch obtains the load address for a program file
from the first two bytes of the file. This allows the loading of both PET2001-saved files (that
have $0400 as their load address) and other PET files (that have $0401). The PET2001
saves from $0400 and not from $0401 as other PETs do.
Moreover, the secondary addresses used are now 0 and 1 for load and save, respectively,
and not arbitrary unused secondary addresses.
To select which model to run, specify it on the command line with the -model MODEL option,
where MODEL can be one of a list of PET model numbers, all described in see Section 6.7.1
[PET model], page 193,

1.1.6 CBM-II emulator features

The CBM-II emulator emulates several types of CBM-II models. Those models are known
under different names in the USA and Europe. In the States they have been sold as B128
and B256, in Europe as CBM 610, CBM 620 (low-profile case) or CBM 710 and CBM 720 (high-
profile case with monitor). In addition to that now an experimental C510 emulation is
included. The C510 (also known as P500) is the little brother of the C600/700 machines.
It runs at roughly 1 MHz and, surprise, it has a VIC-II instead of the CRTC. Otherwise
the different line of computers are very similar.
These computers are prepared to take a coprocessor board with an 8088 or Z80 CPU. Indeed
there are models CBM 630 and CBM 730 that supposedly had those processors. However these
models are not emulated.
The basic difference is the amount of RAM these machines have been supplied with. The
B128 and the CBM *10 models had 128KiB RAM, the others 256KiB. This implies some
banking scheme, as the 6502 can only address 64KiB. And indeed those machines use a
6509, that can address 1 MiB of RAM. It has 2 registers at addresses 0 and 1. The indirect
bank register at address 1 determines the bank (0-15) where the opcodes LDA (zp),Y and
STA (zp),Y take the data from. The exec bank register at address 0 determines the bank
where all other read and write addresses take place.
The business line machines (C6xx/7xx) have the RAM in banks 1-2, resp. 1-4. All available
banks are used for BASIC, where program code is separated from all variables, resp. from
normal variables, strings and arrays that are distributed over other banks. The C510 instead
has RAM in banks 0 and 1, and uses bank 1 for program and all variables. Bank 0, though,
can be accessed by the VIC-II to display graphics.
Many models have been expanded to more than the built-in memory. In fact some machines
have been expanded to the full 1MiB. Bank 15 is used as system bank, with only little
RAM, and lots of expansion cartridge ROM area, the I/O and the kernal/basic ROMs.
Chapter 1: About VICE 5

Some models have been modified to map RAM into the expansion ROM area. Those
modifications can be emulated as well.
The different settings are described in see Section 6.8.1 [CBM-II model], page 204.

1.1.7 SCPU64 emulator features

The XSCPU64 emulator is a simulation of a C64 equipped with a SuperCPU64 V2B. Fea-
tures:
• 20 MHz asynchronous single cycle 65816 CPU core with proper dummy and invalid
cycle handling.
• 128 KiB static RAM, 0-16 MiB SIMM RAM, 64-512 KiB EPROM emulated and their
respective timing details.
• All RAM optimization configurations supported with write buffer.
• I/O area access delays, write through to SRAM implemented.
• Memory mappings including cartridge and boot memory map and kernal shadow.
• Hardware registers and switches implemented.
• Replacement SCPU64 ROM compatible with the original to avoid distribution problems
• It’s using the single cycle VICII core for accurate simulation
Still to do:
• Measure and verify VICII interrupt phase shift
• Measure and verify BA phase shift
• SIMM RAM extra 7.5 cycle refresh delay every 10us missing.
• CPU NMI support for “reset” button
The emulation is quite accurate but not perfect. If you code something timing intensive
using this simulation please always check it on real hardware to avoid bad surprises.
The hardware itself is asynchronous in nature, therefore caution must be taken to not do
long timing loops without synchronization in 20 MHz mode. Also don’t squeeze out the last
remaining cycles without leaving a safety buffer. Synchronization points can be created by
doing I/O reads or writes and leaving a few hundred cycles left each frame will not hurt.
Otherwise it can happen that the code is running on this version of VICE or my SCPU64
V2+C128D perfectly but nowhere else due to manufacturing variations and frequency drifts.

1.2 The keyboard emulation

There are two fundamentally different ways of emulating the keyboard in VICE, both of
which have their individual shortcomings and strengths:
Symbolic Mapping
The default way (symbolic mapping) is to map every key - as far as possible - in a way that
inside the emulation the symbol that is printed on the host key is produced. For example,
if you press *, which is bound to Shift-8 on a U.S. keyboard, in the C64 emulator, the
emulated machine will have just the unshifted * key pressed (as * is unshifted on the C64
keyboard). Likewise, pressing ’ on the same U.S. keyboard without any shift key will cause
the combination Shift-7 to be pressed in the emulated C64. This way, it becomes quite
Chapter 1: About VICE 6

obvious what keys should be typed to obtain all the symbols. The key printed on the host
keyboard will be pressed in the emulator.
Note that while these mappings will allow easier typing if you are used to your host keymap,
it might cause various problems in the emulation and not all emulated keys are accessible.
If you encounter such problems, try the positional mapping.
• Some keys really need to be mapped specially regardless (those that do not exist on a
PC keyboard). Some examples are the Commodore key, RUN/STOP, Clear/Home. The
exact mapping depends on your host layout, but should follow mostly the layouts shown
below. If in doubt, you can read the keyboard mapping files.
• the emulator has to "de-shift" (remove the shift modifier) from some keys. For exam-
ple, if you want to get a ":" on a german keyboard, you have to press "." and shift
simulaneously. Then, the emulator sees the events "shift pressed" and ":" pressed. At
the moment you have pressed shift, the emulator does not know what key you are using
next (or even if you are actually going to use another key before releasing shift again),
so it has to deliver this state to the keyboard matrix. If you press ".", then shift, to
achive a ":", the emulator has to take back the shift key although it is still pressed, as
the ":" is an unshifted key in the c64/c128 keyboard matrix.
• A similar problem exists when you press a key that is unshifted on the host keyboard,
and the emulator must "shift" (add the shift modifier) for the emulated keyboard. For
example on a US keyboard the brackets ([,]) are such a case. Unlike what would happen
on the real C64 when typing, VICE “presses” the Shift key together with the key to
shift when the Shift must be forced. In most cases this should work fine, but some
keyboard routines are quite picky (eg x128 in CP/M mode) and tend not to recognize
the shift key because of this. For instance, F6 (which on the real C64 is obtained with
Shift + F5) could be recognized as F5. In that case, use the shift key manually (i.e.,
type Shift + F5 in the example).
Yes, we know this is a bug. Unfortunately it is less than trivial to fix 100%. If you encounter
any problems, please use a positional keymap as a workaround - that should always work
as expected.
PROs:
• Mostly intuitive typing if your muscle memory is conditioned strong to your host key-
board.
CONs:
• Does not preserve the position of the keys.
• Due to how the key mapping may add or remove the SHIFT flag from individual keys,
strange side effects may occur (see above).
• SHIFT/LOCK is added to the emulated keys - which may give unexpected results
depending on your host OS and keymap (It is really emulating the SHIFT-LOCK key
and not working as a CAPS-LOCK like in your host OS anymore).
Positional Mapping
For the positional mappings first all keys are mapped at their exact positions, as far as
possible, and then the remaining few (usually 2 or 3) will be mapped to other, yet unused,
keys. This is the recommended mapping for playing games or other programs that require
Chapter 1: About VICE 7

keys+modifiers (shift/control/cbm) to work exactly like on the emulated machine. This

way the keyboard is more comfortable to use in those programs (such as some games) that
require the keys to be in the correct positions. On the other hand it can be quite confusing
if you are not very familiar with the original emulated keyboards. Also not all keys can
be mapped exactly this way either, which means some of them still need to be mapped to
other keys (see further down).
Like with symbolic mapping, some keys really need to be mapped specially regardless (eg
RUN/STOP). The exact mapping depends on your host layout, but should follow mostly the
layouts shown below. If in doubt, you can read the keyboard mapping files.
PROs:
• Mostly intuitive typing if your muscle memory is conditioned strong to your (eg) C64
keyboard.
• Does preserve the position of (most of) the keys.
• Natural SHIFT and SHIFT/LOCK behaviour

CONs:
• Weird to use if you are not familiar with the emulated (eg) C64 keyboard.

Notes
We depend a lot on your support to improve the keyboard maps, as we can not test all
emulators in all possible configurations and using all host keyboard mappings. Please report
any problems to us so we can fix them!
If you experience problems with ’accent’ keys such as acute, grave, tilde, circumflex, diaresis
(and possibly more/other, depending on your host keyboard layout) try switching to a "no
deadkeys" layout in your OS. Note that currently SDL requires using a "no deadkeys"
keyboard layout! In any case, please also report these problems so we can fix them!
For more information on making your own keymaps (or helping to fix/update the existing
ones), see see Section 3.2 [Keymap files], page 32.

1.2.1 C64 & VIC20 Keyboard Map

This mapping applies to the C64, SCPU, VIC20 and DTV emulators.
Chapter 1: About VICE 8

1.2.1.1 Symbolic (US)

1.2.1.2 Positional (US)

1.2.1.3 Symbolic (DE)

Chapter 1: About VICE 9

1.2.1.4 Positional (DE)

1.2.2 C128 Keyboard Map

This mapping applies to the C128 emulator. It is for a large part identical with the respective
C64 mapping, plus the added function- and extra keys.
Note that to use the numpad, you will have to disable the "allow keyset joysticks" setting.

1.2.2.1 Symbolic (US)

Chapter 1: About VICE 10

1.2.2.2 Positional (US)

1.2.2.3 Symbolic (DE)

1.2.2.4 Positional (DE)

Chapter 1: About VICE 11

1.2.3 C16 & Plus4 Keyboard Map

This mapping applies to the Plus4 emulator

1.2.3.1 Symbolic (US)

1.2.3.2 Positional (US)

Chapter 1: About VICE 12

1.2.3.3 Symbolic (DE)

1.2.3.4 Positional (DE)

1.2.4 PET Graphics Keyboard Map

The PET2001 uses the original graphics keyboard made from "chiclet" keys:
Chapter 1: About VICE 13

The 3032 and 4032 use "real" graphics keyboard, which is based on the same keyboard
matrix and looks like this:

For practical reasons, there is no extra keymap for the chiclet keyboard - any attempt to
somehow reproduce that would end up too similar to what we are using now for the graphics
keyboard anyway:

1.2.4.1 Symbolic (US)

1.2.4.2 Positional (US)

Chapter 1: About VICE 14

1.2.4.3 Symbolic (DE)

1.2.4.4 Positional (DE)

1.2.5 PET Business Keyboard Map

This Layout is used for the "big" PET models, like the 8032. The matrix is not compatible
to the graphics keyboard:
Chapter 1: About VICE 15

1.2.5.1 Symbolic (US)

1.2.5.2 Positional (US)

1.2.5.3 Symbolic (DE)

Chapter 1: About VICE 16

1.2.5.4 Positional (DE)

1.2.6 CBM2 Keyboard Map

This Layout is used for all CBM2 machines:

1.2.6.1 Symbolic (US)

Chapter 1: About VICE 17

1.2.6.2 Positional (US)

1.2.6.3 Symbolic (DE)

1.2.6.4 Positional (DE)

1.3 The joystick emulation

Joysticks can be emulated both via the keyboard and via a real joystick connected to the
host machine.
There are two keyboard layouts for joystick use, known as numpad and custom.
The numpad layout uses the numeric keypad keys, i.e., the numbers 1. . . 9 which emulate
all the directions including the diagonal ones; 0 emulates the fire button.
Chapter 1: About VICE 18

The custom layout is configurable to your liking.

For some of the emulators there can be extra joysticks besides the built-in joystick ports,
the following list provides the mappings for the currently supported joystick/joypad ports:
The internal joystick port 1 [x64/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xvic/xplus4/xcbm5x0] is mapped
to joystick device #1.
The internal joystick port 2 [x64/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xplus4/xcbm5x0] is mapped to joy-
stick device #2.
The CGA userport joystick adapter ports 1 and 2 (x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xpet/xcbm2)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1 & #2 respectively.
The PET userport joystick adapter ports 1 and 2 (x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xplus4/xpet/xcbm2)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1 & #2 respectively.
The C64DTV HUMMER userport joystick adapter port (x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xplus4/xpet/xcbm2)
is mapped to extra joystick device #1.
The OEM userport joystick adapter port (x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xplus4/xpet/xcbm2) is
mapped to extra joystick device #1.
The HIT userport joystick adapter ports 1 & 2 (x64/xscpu64/x128) are mapped to extra
joystick devices #1 & #2 respectively.
The KingSoft userport joystick adapter ports 1 & 2 (x64/xscpu64/x128) are mapped to
extra joystick devices #1 & #2 respectively.
The StarByte userport joystick adapter ports 1 & 2 (x64/xscpu64/x128) are mapped to
extra joystick devices #1 & #2 respectively.
The Petscii userport SNES pad adapter port (x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xcbm2) is mapped
to extra joystick device #1.
The Superpad64 userport SNES pad adapter ports 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8
(x64/xscpu64/x128/xvic/xcbm2) are mapped to extra joystick devices #1, #2, #3, #4,
#5, #6, #7 & #8 respectively.
The Inception joystick adapter ports 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 (x64/x64sc/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xcbm5x0/xvic)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7 & #8 respectively.
The MultiJoy joystick adapter ports 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 (x64/x64sc/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xcbm5x0)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7 & #8 respectively.
The SpaceBalls joystick adapter ports 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 (x64/x64sc/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xcbm5x0)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7 & #8 respectively.
The Ninja SNES pad adapter ports 1, 2 & 3 (x64/x64sc/xscpu64/x64dtv/x128/xcbm5x0/xplus4)
are mapped to extra joystick devices #1, #2 & #3 respectively.
The Stupid Pet Tricks joystick adapter port (x64/x64sc/xscpu64/x128/xcbm2/xpet/xvic)
is mapped to port extra joystick device #3.
The ProtoPad SNES pad adapter port is mapped to the same port it is attached to.
The Trap-Them SNES pad adapter port is mapped to the same port it is attached to.
The MicroFlyte analog joystick is mapped to the same port it is attached to.
The SID cartridge joystick port (xplus4) is mapped to extra joystick device #9.
Chapter 1: About VICE 19

1.4 The disk drive emulation

All the emulators support up to 4 external disk drives as devices 8, 9, 10 and 11. Each of
these devices can emulate virtual Commodore 1541, 1541-II, 1571, 1581, 2031, 2040, 3040,
4040, 1001, 8050, 8250, and D9090/60 drives in one of the following ways:
• using disk images, i.e., files that contain a dump of all the blocks contained in a real
floppy disk;
• accessing file system directories, thus giving you the use of files without having to copy
them to disk images; this also allows you to read and write files in the P00 format.
• accessing a real device connected to the host machine. This works using the OpenCBM
library. You can get it from https://spiro.trikaliotis.net/opencbm. Make sure
to pick the right library (32 or 64bit) for your system.
• To use it in the emulators, go to the drive tab in the settings and choose either
"Virtual Device" or "IEC Device" and "Real Drive (OpenCBM)". Note that this
will not work with all emulators right now. Also note that using the real drives
like this provides only very limited compatibility in practise - it is recommended
to transfer the disks to images and use the images with an emulated drive in the
emulator.
• If you want to use OpenCBM with c1541:
• Use "opencbm" as filename (instead of the disk image name).
• With older linux drivers, that provide a device file, use that device file as
filename (eg /dev/cbm).
When using disk images there are two available types of drive emulation. One of them the
virtual drive emulation. It does not really emulate the serial line, but patches the kernal
ROM (with the so-called kernal traps) so that serial line operations can be emulated via
C language routines. This emulation is very fast, but only allows use of standard DOS
functions (and not even all of them). For real device access it is required to enable this type
of emulation.
The IEEE488 drives (2031, 2040, 3040, 4040, 1001, 8050, 8250, and D9090/60) do not use
kernal traps. Instead the IEEE488 interface lines are monitored and the data is passed to
the drive emulation. To use them on the C64, you need to enable the IEEE488 interface
emulation. Only if the IEEE488 emulation is enabled, those drives can be selected.
The other alternative is a true drive emulation. The Commodore disk drives are provided
with their own CPU (a 6502 as the VIC20 and the PETs) and their own RAM and ROM.
So, in order to more closely emulate its features, a complete emulation of this hardware
must be provided and that is what the hardware level emulation does. When the hardware
level emulation is used, the kernal routines remain unpatched and the serial line is fully
emulated. The problem with this emulation is that it needs a lot of processing power,
mainly because the emulator has to emulate two CPUs instead of one.
The PETs do not use a serial IEC bus to communicate with the floppy drive but instead
use the parallel IEEE488 bus. This does byte by byte transfers, as opposed to the bit by bit
transfers of the C64 and VIC20, so making it feasible to emulate the parallel line completely
while emulating the drive at DOS level only. The IEEE488 line interpreter maps the drives
8-11 (as described above) to the IEEE488 disk units, and no kernal traps are needed. The
same emulation of the Commodore IEEE488 bus interface is available for the C64 and the
Chapter 1: About VICE 20

VIC20. With IEEE488 drives you can have true 2031 emulation at unit #8, and still have
filesystem access at units #10 or #11, because monitoring the IEEE488 lines does not
interfere with the true drive emulation.
The IEEE488 disk units 2040, 3040, 4040, 8050 and 8250 are Dual Drive Floppy Disks.
This means that these devices handle two disks. The drives are numbered 0 and 1.
The Commodore 2040, 3040, 4040, 1001, 8050, 8250, and D9090/60 drives are so-called
"old-style" disk drives. Their architecture includes not one, but two processors of the 6502
type, namely a 6502 for the file handling and communication with the PET (IP), and a 6504
(which is a 6502 with reduced address space) for the drive handling (FDC). Both processors
communicate over a shared memory area. The IP writes commands to read/write blocks to
this area and the FDC executes them. To make the emulation feasible, the FDC processor is
not emulated cycle-exactly as a 6504, but simply by checking the commands and executing
them on the host. This provides a fast FDC emulation, but disallows the sending the FDC
processor commands to execute code. Applications where this is necessary are believed to
be rather seldom. Only the format command uses this feature, but this is checked for.
The dual disk drive 2040 emulates one of the very first CBM disk drives. This drive has
DOS version 1. DOS1 uses an own disk type, that is closely related to the 1541 disk image.
Only on tracks 18-24 DOS1 disks have a sector more than 1541 disks. DOS1 disk images
have the extension .d67.
The dual disk drives 3040 and 4040 use the same logical disk format as the VC1541 and
the 2031. In fact, the 4040 was the first disk with DOS version 2. The 3040 emulated here
originally was the same as 2040, only for the european 30xx PET series. As many of the
original DOS1 disk drives were upgraded (a simple ROM upgrade!) to DOS2, I use the 3040
number for a DOS 2.0 disk drive, and 4040 for a revised DOS 2 disk drive. It is, however,
not yet clear whether the disks here are write compatible to the 1541, as rumors exist that
the write gap between sectors is different. But read compatible they are. As VICE emulates
the FDC processor in C and not as 6504 emulation, this does not matter in VICE.
The drives 1001, 8050 and 8250 do actually have the very same DOS ROM. Only the code
in the FDC is different, which is taken care of by VICE. So for all three of those disk drives,
only dos1001 is needed. The DOS version used is 2.7.
The D9090/60 is the only Commodore branded hard drive produced for the PET series
computers, and were often used by C64 and C128 users for their significant storage capacity
(29162/19441 free blocks). Just like the other IEEE drives before it, it uses a separate CPU
as the FDC which in turn communicates with the SASI-to-ST506 bridge (which is controlled
by an AM2910). The hardware design is very similar to the 8050/8250 drive.
Creative Micro Designs (CMD) produced the last drives for the Commodore 8-bit systems.
They first released the hard drive (HD) line, and later the floppy drive (FD) line. The CMD
HD series can support up to 4 GiB HDs with 255 separate partitions, while the CMD FD
series can support up to 3.3 MB extended density floppy disks with 31 separate partitions.
The FD series are also backwards compatible with 1581 media. The DOS for the FD series
is stored on a ROM (dos2000 and dos4000, the latest versions being 1.40).
The CMD HD uses a small boot ROM (dosCMDHD, the latest version is 2.80) which loads
the primary DOS (latest is 1.92) off the HD itself. This allows for easy upgrades and
expandability. This is also the only drive to use the front panel buttons to control the
mode of the drive on reset. There are three modes of operation: normal, configuration,
Chapter 1: About VICE 21

and installation. VICE supports placing the drive in either of these modes through the
"Reset" sub-menu on the status bar for the GTK3 interface, and the "Reset" menu in the
SDL interface. When creating a new DHD image, simply create an EMPTY file and VICE
will automatically place the drive in installation mode. The DOS will detect the drive as
the size specified by "Drive#FixedSize" (or "-drive#fixedsize") which is 8GB by default.
To use a specific sized disk, set this value to the maximum size, or set this value to "0"
and set the image file on disk to the desired size (it should be a multiple of 512 bytes).
Once the DOS is installed, the CMD "hd-tools" program can be used to configure various
settings and partition the drive; this is done in configuration mode for safety. When in
either configuration or installation mode, the device number is set to 30. Therefore, it
is not suggested to place two or more CMD HDs in either of these modes on the same
bus at the same time. When migrating from real CMD hardware, use any HDD imaging
software ("dd" or GNU "ddrescue" on Linux) to copy the raw contents of a device to a
file. The destination file should have a "DHD" extension. For those users with multiple
disks, SCSI ID 0, LUN 0 should have the extension "DHD", but any other drives should
have ".S<ID><LUN>" where <ID> is the SCSI ID and <LUN> is the LUN or logical unit.
Place all the files in the same folder when attaching to the "DHD" file. The other files
will automatically be scanned for and connected as well. The CMD HD boot ROM is used
for partition management, and ALL versions have a known bug which corrupts data when
deleting paritions across multiple SCSI drives. To avoid this scenario, it is highly suggested
that another full DHD image be created in VICE (on another unit) and all the files be
copied over from multi-disk configurations, using CMD "fcopy" for example, to the new
unit. This will allow the user to take advantage of all the CMD HD features without the
potential for data loss.

1.5 Supported file formats

VICE supports the most popular Commodore file formats:
• X64 or D64 disk image files; Used by the 1541, 2031, 3040, 4040 drives.
• G64 GCR-encoded 1541 disk image files
• P64 lowlevel NRZI flux pulse disk image files
• D67 CBM2040 (DOS1) disk image format
• D71 VC1571 disk image format
• D81 VC1581 disk image format
• D80 CBM8050 disk image format
• D82 CBM8250/1001 disk image format
• D90 CBM D9090/60 disk image format
• D1M FD2000/FD4000 DD disk image format
• D2M FD2000/FD4000 HD disk image format
• D4M FD4000 ED disk image format
• DHD CMD HD disk image format
• T64 tape container files (read-only)
• TAP lowlevel tape image files
• P00 program files
Chapter 1: About VICE 22

• CRT C64 cartridge image files

• TCRT tapecart image files
A utility (c1541, see Chapter 13 [c1541], page 274) is provided to allow transfers and
conversions between these formats.
Notice that the use of the X64 file format is deprecated now.
You can convert an X64 file back into a D64 file with the UNIX dd command:
dd bs=64 skip=1 if=IMAGE.X64 of=IMAGE.D64
See Chapter 16 [File formats], page 288. for a technical description of the supported file
formats.

1.6 Common problems

This section tries to describe the most common known problems with VICE, and how to
resolve them.

1.6.1 Sound problems

VICE should compile and run without major problems on many systems, but there are
some known issues related to the sound driver.
If you are having sound problems, such as skipping, first monitor how much CPU time the
respective emulator is taking on your system. To run smoothly, on a modern system, it
should really never go over 50% or so, except for very short peaks that should also stay well
beyond 90%. If you see it takes more, try disabling some of the most CPU intense features
(disable CRT emulation, use fastsid instead of reSID, disable true drive emulation).
If the CPU usage is ok, try using a different sound driver. You may also try increasing the
sound buffer size (although the default should be ok for modern systems).
All platforms that can run the SDL port (like Amiga, BeOS, etc) should be able to play
sound via SDL.

1.6.2 Video problems

If you don’t get video output, the problem may be that your system has no suitable Open-
GL driver - which is strictly required for the GTK3 port. Have a look at the logfile to see
if this is the problem.

1.6.3 Printer problems

VICE supports the emulation of a printer either on the userport or as IEC device 4-7.
Unfortunately the Commodore IEC routines do not send all commands to the IEC bus. For
example an OPEN 1,4 is not seen on the IEC bus. Also a CLOSE 1 after that is not seen.
VICE can see from printing that there was an OPEN, but it cannot see when the close was.
Also a "finish print job" cannot be seen on the userport device. To flush the printer buffer
(write to print.dump or to the printer) you can manually trigger a form feed in the printer
settings.

1.6.4 PET keyboard problems

If you find that the German keyboard mapping (plus German charset) does not print up-
percase umlauts, then you are right. The umlauts replace the [,\ and ] characters in the
 23

charset. The keys that make these characters do not have a different entry in the PET
editor ROM tables when shifted. Thus it is not possible to get the uppercase umlauts in
the editor. Nevertheless other programs are reported to change the keyboard mapping table
and thus allow the use of the shifted (uppercase) umlauts.
Anyway, the VICE keyboard mappings are far from being perfect and we are open to any
suggestions.
 24

2 Invoking the emulators

The names of the available emulators are:
• vsid, the SID player
• x64, the fast C64 emulator
• x64sc, the accurate C64 emulator
• x64dtv, the C64DTV emulator
• x128, the C128 emulator
• xvic, the VIC20 emulator
• xpet, the PET emulator
• xplus4, the PLUS4 emulator
• xcbm2, the CBM-II emulator (CRTC models)
• xcbm5x0, the CBM-II emulator (VIC-II models)
• xscpu64, the SCPU64 emulator
You can run each of them by simply typing the name from a shell or by configuring your
window manager for example to use them to open disk images.
If you want to look at the log output run them from a terminal window such as xterm or
rxvt. For example, you could do
xterm -e x64sc

2.1 Command-line options used during initialization

There are several options you can specify on the command line. Some of them are used to
specify emulation settings and will be described in detail later (see Chapter 5 [Settings and
resources], page 54, for a complete list). The remaining options are used only to give usage
information or to initialize the emulator in some way:
-help
-? List all the available command-line options and their meaning.
-version Show the program name and version.
-features
List all compile time features
-default Set default resources (see Chapter 5 [Settings and resources], page 54). This
will override all the settings specified before, but not the settings specified
afterwards on the command line.
-config <filename>
Specify config file
-addconfig <filename>
Specify extra config file for loading additional resources. This can be used to
add "patch sets" for various configurations.
Chapter 2: Invoking the emulators 25

-dumpconfig <filename>
Write the complete config into file. Normally only resources that have been
changed from their default value would be written to the config file, however
with this option you can see all resources and their current values.

-settings-node <path>
Activate settings dialog at node <path> after starting the emulator (Gtk3 only).
Meant for use during development, the <path> is string pointing to a node in
the settings tree (see src/arch/gtk3/uisettings.c).

-logfile <name>
Specify log file name (LogFileName).

-verbose Enable verbose log output.

-silent Disable all log output (except errors).

-no-redirect-streams
Disable stream redirection on Windows. Stream redirection is used on Windows
to reconnect stdin, stdout and stderr to VICE, so options like -help work as one
would expect on a sane OS. Stream redirection is disabled when running from
an msys2 shell, or when VICE is compiled with –enable-debug.

-seed <value>
Set the random seed (for debugging).

-keybuf <string>
Put the specified string into the keyboard buffer.

-console Console mode (for music playback, or for running the emulator test programs)

-limitcycles <cycles>
Automatically exit the emulator after a given number of cycles.

-chdir <directory>
Change the working directory.

-autostart <name>
Autostart <name> (see Section 2.2 [Command-line autostart], page 27).

-autoload <name>
Attach and autoload tape/disk image <name>

-1 <Name> Attach <Name> as a tape image file.

-2 <Name> Attach <Name> as a tape image file for datasette #2 (PET)

-8 <Name>
-9 <Name>
-10 <Name>
-11 <Name>
Attach <Name> as a disk image to device 8, 9, 10 or 11.
Chapter 2: Invoking the emulators 26

-8d1 <Name>
-9d1 <Name>
-10d1 <Name>
-11d1 <Name>
Attach <Name> as a disk image to the second drive of a dual-drive device 8, 9,
10 or 11.
-attach8ro
-attach9ro
-attach10ro
-attach11ro
Attach disk image for drive #8-11 read only (AttachDevice8d0Readonly=1,
AttachDevice9d0Readonly=1, AttachDevice10d0Readonly=1,
AttachDevice11d0Readonly=1) (all emulators except vsid).
-attach8d1ro
-attach9d1ro
-attach10d1ro
-attach11d1ro
Attach disk image for second drive of a dual-drive #8-11 read
only (AttachDevice8d1Readonly=1, AttachDevice9d1Readonly=1,
AttachDevice10d1Readonly=1, AttachDevice11d1Readonly=1) (all
emulators except vsid).
-attach8rw
-attach9rw
-attach10rw
-attach11rw
Attach disk image for drive #8-11 read write (if possible)
(AttachDevice8d0Readonly=0, AttachDevice9d0Readonly=0,
AttachDevice10d0Readonly=0, AttachDevice11d0Readonly=0) (all
emulators except vsid).
-attach8d1rw
-attach9d1rw
-attach10d1rw
-attach11d1rw
Attach disk image for second drive of a dual-drive #8-11 read write (if
possible) (AttachDevice8d1Readonly=0, AttachDevice9d1Readonly=0,
AttachDevice10d1Readonly=0, AttachDevice11d1Readonly=0) (all
emulators except vsid).
-exitscreenshot <name>
Specify name of a screenshot file that will be written when the emulator exits.
(ExitScreenshotName).
-exitscreenshotvicii <name>
Specify name of a screenshot file that will be written when the emulator exits.
(ExitScreenshotName1). (x128)
Chapter 2: Invoking the emulators 27

2.2 Autostarting programs from the command-line

It is possible to let the emulator autostart a disk or tape image file, by simply specifying
its name as the last argument on the command line, for example
x64sc lovelygame.d64
will start the C64 emulator, attaching lovelygame.d64 as a disk image and running the
first program on it. You can also specify the name of the program on the fisk image by
appending a colon (‘:’) the name itself to the argument; for example
x64sc "lovelygame.d64:run me"
will run the program named run me on lovelygame.d64 instead of the first one.
Using the command-line option -autostart is equivalent; so the same result can be obtained
with
x64sc -autostart "lovelygame.d64:run me"
Note that if you specify a raw CBM or P00 file, the emulator will load the file, and after
doing so revert all settings to what they were before autostarting.
If you want to allow the started program to access the host file system, you will have to
enable "virtual device traps". If you want the autostart logic to disable true drive emulation
temporarily to speed up the autostart, then enable "handle TDE at autostart.
See Section 4.5 [Disk and tape images], page 50. for more information about images and
autostart.
 28

3 System files
In order to work properly, the emulators need to load a few system files:
• the system ROMs, raw binary files containing copies of the original ROMs of the
machine you are emulating;
• the keyboard maps, text files describing the keyboard layout;
• the palette files, text files describing the colors of the machine you are emulating.
• the romset files, text files describing the different ROMs to load.
• the hotkey files, text files with keyboard shortcuts.
The place where they will be searched for depends on the value of the Directory resource,
which is a colon (:)-separated search path list, like the unix PATH environment variable.
The default value is
$HOME/.local/share/vice/EMU:PREFIX/share/vice/EMU:BOOTPATH/EMU
Where PREFIX is the installation prefix (usually /usr/local), EMU is the name of the em-
ulated machine (C64, C64DTV, C128, PET, PLUS4, CBM-II, SCPU64 or VIC20) and BOOTPATH
is the directory where the executable resides. The disk drive ROMs are looked for in a
directory with EMU set to DRIVES. $HOME is the user’s home directory.
For example, if you have the C64 emulator installed in
/usr/local/bin/x64
then the value will be
$HOME/.local/share/vice/C64:/usr/local/share/vice/C64:/usr/local/bin/C64
And system files will be searched for under the following directories, in the specified order:
1. $HOME/.local/share/vice/C64
2. /usr/local/share/vice/C64
3. /usr/local/bin/C64
System files can still be installed in a different directory if you specify a complete path
instead of just a file name. For example, if you specify ./kernal as the kernal image name,
the kernal image will be loaded from the current directory. This can be done by using
command-line options or by modifying resource values (see Section 5.1 [Resource files],
page 54).

3.1 ROM files

Every emulator requires its own ROM set. For the VIC20 and the C64, the ROM set
consists of the following files:
• kernal, the Kernal ROM (8 KiB)
• basic, the Basic ROM (8 KiB)
• chargen, the character generator ROM (4 KiB)
The C128 needs the following files:
• kernal, the Kernal ROM (8 KiB)
• basic, the Basic + Editor ROM (32 KiB)
Chapter 3: System files 29

• chargen, the character generator ROM (4 KiB)

The C128, VIC20, SCPU64 and C64 emulators also need the following DOS ROMs for the
hardware-level emulation of the 1540, 1541, 1571, 1581, 2000, and 4000 disk drives, as well
as the CMD hard drive:
• dos1540-325302+3-01.bin, the 1540 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.6 V170, Com-
modore ROM images 325302-01 and 325303-01)
• dos1541-325302-01+901229-05.bin, the 1541 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.6, Com-
modore ROM images 325302-01 and 901229-05.bin)
• dos1541ii-251968-03.bin, the 1541-II drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.6, Commodore
ROM image 251968-03)
• dos1551-318008-01.bin, the 1551 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.6 TDISK, Commodore
ROM image 318008-01)
• dos1570-315090-01.bin, the 1570 drive ROM (32 KiB) (DOS 3.0, Commodore ROM
image 315090-01)
• dos1571-310654-05.bin, the 1571 drive ROM (32 KiB) (DOS 3.0, Commodore ROM
image 310654-05)
• dos1571cr-318047-01.bin, the 1571CR drive ROM (32 KiB) (DOS 3.0, Commodore
ROM image 318047-01)
• dos1581-318045-02.bin, the 1581 drive ROM (32 KiB) (DOS 10, Commodore ROM
image 318045-02)
• dos2000-cs-33cc6f.bin, the CMD FD-2000 drive ROM (32 KiB) (CMD FD DOS
1.4, CMD ROM image cs-33cc6f)
• dos4000-fd-350022.bin, the CMD FD-4000 drive ROM (32 KiB) (CMD FD DOS
1.4, CMD ROM image fd-350022.bin)
• bootromCMDHD-v2-80.bin, the CMD HD boot ROM (16 KiB) (Boot ROM V2.80,
CMD ROM image)
In addition to those all emulators can handle a parallel IEEE488 interface (the C64 and
C128 via $df** extension, the VIC20 via VIC1112 emulation) so they also need the DOS
ROM for the IEEE disk drives:
• dos2031-901484-03+05.bin, the 2031 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.6, Commodore
ROM images 901484-03 and 901484-05)
• dos2040-901468-06+07.bin, the 2040 drive ROM (8 KiB) (DOS 1, Commodore ROM
images 901468-06, 901468-07)
• dos3040-901468-11-13.bin, the 3040 drive ROM (12 KiB) (DOS 2, Commodore
ROM images 901468-11, 901468-12 and 901468-13)
• dos4040-901468-14-16.bin, the 4040 drive ROM (12 KiB) (DOS 2, Commodore
ROM images 901468-14, 901468-15 and 901468-16)
• dos1001-901887+8-01.bin, the 1001/8050/8250 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 2.7, Com-
modore ROM images 901887-01 and 901888-01)
• dos9000-300516+7-revC.bin, the D9090/60 drive ROM (16 KiB) (DOS 3.0, Com-
modore ROM images 300516-RevC and 300517-RevC)
Chapter 3: System files 30

Note that there are other DOS images on the internet. The DOS 2.5 images might be used
with the 8050, but it cannot handle the double sided drives of the 1001 and 8250 and it is
not supported by VICE.
The PET emulator uses an expanded setup, because there are three major versions of the
Basic and the Kernal, and many versions of the Editor ROM. In addition there are cartridge
ROM sockets.
The Kernal files contain the memory from range $F000-$FFFF, the Basic ROMs either the
range $C000-$DFFF or $B000-$DFFF. To handle the different screen sizes and keyboards,
different so-called “editor-ROMs” for the memory range $E000-$E800 are provided. The
PET ROMs have the following names:
• kernal-1.901439-04-07.bin, the PET2001 Kernal ROM (4 KiB) (Commodore ROM
images 901447-06 and 901447-07, same as 901439-04 and 901439-07)
• kernal-2.901465-03.bin, the PET3032 Kernal ROM (4 KiB) (Commodore ROM
image 901465-03)
• kernal-4.901465-22.bin, the PET4032/8032 Kernal ROM (4 KiB) (Commodore
ROM image 901465-22)
• basic-1.901439-09-05-02-06.bin, the PET2001 Basic 1 ROM (8 KiB) (Commodore
ROM images 901447-09, 901447-02, 901447-03, 901447-04.bin. The -09 ROM is the
revised -01 ROM. Same as images 901439-09, 901439-05, 901439-02, 901439-06. The
-09 ROM is the revised -01 ROM)
• basic-2.901465-01-02.bin, the PET3032 Basic 2 ROM (8 KiB) (Commodore ROM
images 901465-01 and 901465-01)
• basic-4.901465-23-20-21.bin, the PET4032/8032 Basic 4 ROM (12 KiB) (Com-
modore ROM images 901465-23, 901465-20 and 901465-21. The -23 ROM is a revised
-19 ROM)
• edit-1-n.901439-03.bin, the PET2001 editor for graphics keyboards (2 KiB) (Com-
modore ROM image 901447-05, same as 901439-03)
• edit-2-b.901474-01.bin, the PET3032 editor for business keyboards (2 KiB) (Com-
modore ROM image 901474-01)
• edit-2-n.901447-24.bin, the PET3032 editor for graphics keyboards (2 KiB) (Com-
modore ROM image 901447-24)
• edit-4-40-n-50Hz.901498-01.bi, the PET4032 editor for graphics keyboards (2 KiB)
(Commodore ROM image 901498-01)
• edit-4-40-b-50Hz.ts.bin, the PET4032 editor for business keyboards (2 KiB) (Said
to be "901498-01 modified to use a business keyboard on a 50Hz 4032")
• edit-4-80-b-50Hz.901474-04_.bin, the PET8032 editor for business keyboards (2
KiB) (Commodore ROM image 901474-04-?)
• characters-1.901447-08.bin, the character generator ROM (2KiB) for the PET
2001. It has two sets with 128 chars each. The second (inverted) half of each set is
computed from the first half by inverting it. This is a PET hardware feature. Com-
pared to the character ROMs for later models, it has the upper case and lower case
letters swapped: to get lower case letters, you need to use the shift key (so the basic
abbreviation for "LIST" looks like "Li", instead of "lI" for "list". (Commodore ROM
image 901447-08)
Chapter 3: System files 31

• characters-2.901447-10.bin, the character generator ROM (2KiB). It has two sets

with 128 chars each. The second (inverted) half of each set is computed from the
first half by inverting it. This is a PET hardware feature. (Commodore ROM image
901447-10)
• chargen.de, the character generator ROM (2KiB). This version is a patched German
charset, with the characters [, \ and ] replaced by umlauts. It has been provided by U.
Guettich and he reports that it is supported by some programs.
• characters.901640-01.bin, the SuperPET character generator ROM (4KiB). The
first half is the same as characters-2.901447-10.bin, the second half contains, in-
stead of an upper and lower case set, an ASCII character set and an APL character
set. For these sets, the screen code is equal to the ASCII/APL code.
• waterloo-[abcdf]000.901898-0[1-5].bin, waterloo-e000.901897-01.bin. The
Waterloo system ROMs for the 6809 CPU in the SuperPET.
• hre-9000.324992-02.bin HiRes Emulator (at $9000) and hre-a000.324993-02.bin
HiRes BASIC (at $A000). These are the two roms for supporting the HRE on the
8296. The ROMs are initialized by the command SYS 36864.
The PETs also have sockets for extension ROMs for the addresses $9000-$9FFF, $A000-
$AFFF and $B000-$BFFF (the last one for PET2001 and PET3032 only). You can spec-
ify ROM image files for those extensions command line options -petrom9, -petromA and
-petromB resp.
An alternative would be to specify a long kernal ROM with the -kernal option that includes
the extension ROM areas.
Also, you can specify replacements for the basic ROM at $B000-$DFFF with the
-petromBasic option and for the editor ROM at $E000-$E7FF with the -petromEditor
option.
The CBM-II emulator again uses another setup. For those models the kernal used is the
same for all. However, for different amounts of memory exist different versions of the
BASIC ROMs. The 128KiB RAM version (C610, C710, B128) uses one bank of 64KiB for
the BASIC text and another one for all the variables. The 256KiB RAM version uses one
bank for text, one for variables, one for arrays and one for strings.
Also the character generator ROMs have a format different from the above. The other
character ROMs have 8 bytes of pixel data per character. Those ROMs have 16 bytes per
character instead. The C6x0 only uses the first 8 of it, but the C7x0 uses 14 lines per
character and needs those larger ROMs. Both ROMs hold, like the PET, two character
sets with 128 characters each. Again the second half of the full (256 char) character set is
computed by inverting.
• kernal, the KERNAL (8KiB) for the business machines (6xx/7xx)
• kernal.500, the KERNAL (8KiB) for the personal machine (510) (901234-02)
• basic.128, the CBM-II 128KiB BASIC (16KiB)
• basic.256, CBM-II 256KiB BASIC (16KiB)
• basic.500, C510 BASIC (16KiB) (901236-02 + 901235-02)
• chargen.500, character generator ROM for the C5x0 (4KiB) (901225-01)
• chargen.600, character generator ROM for the C6x0 (4KiB)
Chapter 3: System files 32

• chargen.700, character generator ROM for the C7x0 (4KiB)

The SCPU64 needs the following files:
• scpu64, the SCPU64 ROM (128 KiB)
• chargen, the character generator ROM (4 KiB)

3.2 Keymap files

Keymap files are used to define the keyboard layout, defining which key (or combination of
keys) must be mapped to each keysym.
In other words, the keyboard emulation works like this: whenever the user presses or releases
a key while the emulation window has the input focus, the emulator receives an event with
a value that identifies that key. That value is called a keysym and is unique to that key.
The emulator then looks up that keysym in an internal table that tells it which key(s) to
press or release on the emulated keyboard.
VICE keymap files have the .vkm default extension, and every emulator comes with a default
positional mapping and a default symbolic mapping, see Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation],
page 5.
To find out the keycodes to use, incase you want to edit the keymaps yourself, you can
enable showing the keycodes in the status bar in the settings.

3.2.1 Comments
• Any line starting with the # sign, is completely ignored.
• Any characters in "C-style" comments is ignored (/* this is a comment */).
When creating new keymaps, please copy over the usual set of leading comments (have a
look at the default US keymaps).
In particular each file at the very least should contain a line indicating what type of mapping
it is supposed to be, for what host layout, what emulator, and which UI, like this:
# Symbolic Mapping, US Layout, C64, GTK

3.2.2 Control commands

There are some special commands you can put into the keyboard file, these usually appear at
the beginning of the file, before any actual keycode definitions; they are recognized because
they start with an exclamation mark:
• !CLEAR clears the currently loaded keyboard map; it is necessary to put this at the
beginning of the file if you want the keymap file to override all of the current internal
settings;
• !INCLUDE followed by "filename" reads (inserts) file as mapping file. This is useful
when adding local mappings to an otherwise generic file (so you dont have to copy the
while file, but just add/modify a few keys).
• !UNDEF followed by keysym removes keysym from mapping table.
• !LSHIFT, !RSHIFT, followed by a row and a column value, specify where the left and
right shift keys are located on the emulated keyboard; for example, C64 default keymaps
will specify
!LSHIFT 1 7
Chapter 3: System files 33

!RSHIFT 6 4
• !VSHIFT, followed by a shiftkey (RSHIFT or LSHIFT), specify what key will be used
as a virtual shift key when the shift flag is set.
• !SHIFTL, followed by a shiftkey (RSHIFT or LSHIFT), specify what key will be used
as a virtual shift-lock key; for example, C64 default keymaps will specify
!VSHIFT LSHIFT
!SHIFTL LSHIFT
For emulated keyboards that have only one shift key, set both !LSHIFT and !RSHIFT to the
same row/col and use RSHIFT for !VSHIFT and !SHIFTL.
• !LCTRL, followed by a row and a column value, specifiy where the left control key is
located on the emulated keyboard.
• !LCBM, followed by a row and a column value, specifiy where the left CBM key is located
on the emulated keyboard.
• !VCTRL, followed by a ctrlkey (LCTRL), specify what key will be used as a virtual
control key.
• !VCBM, followed by a cbmkey (LCBM), specify what key will be used as a virtual CBM
key.
For example, a C64 keymap would usually start with this block:
!CLEAR
!LSHIFT 1 7
!RSHIFT 6 4
!VSHIFT RSHIFT
!SHIFTL LSHIFT
!LCBM 7 5
!VCBM LCBM
!LCTRL 7 2
!VCTRL LCTRL
When creating new keymaps, make sure to create the respective set of commands first and
make sure the row/column values are correct.
Before you fix the rest of your mapping, make sure to create mappings for all modifier keys
that relate to the used row/column pairs and update their SHIFTFLAG accordingly. Getting
those right is the key to making more complex mappings possible later.
For a example a typical GTK C64 symbolic mapping would contain something like this:
Shift_R 6 4 0x0004 /* right SHIFT -> right SHIFT */
Shift_L 1 7 0x0002 /* left SHIFT -> left SHIFT */
Caps_Lock 1 7 0x0040 /* CAPS lock -> SHIFT lock */
Tab 7 5 0x2008 /* TAB -> CBM (can be combined with SHIFT) */
Control_L 7 2 0x4008 /* left CTRL -> CTRL (can be combined with SHIFT) */

3.2.3 Key mappings

This table is described by the keymap file, which is made up of lines like the following:
KEYSYM ROW COLUMN SHIFTFLAG /* COMMENT */
Chapter 3: System files 34

Where:
• KEYSYM identifying the keysym: In (GTK) it is a literal keyboard symbol as a string
(for example "space"), in (SDL) it is a numeric keycode (for example "32").
You can use the "show keycodes in statusbar" feature to see what keysym is bound to
any key.
• ROW and COLUMN refer to the row and column of the emulated key on the emulated key-
board - all existing keymaps have the respective keyboard matrix in them in comments,
have a look.
• The SHIFTFLAG controls various aspects of how a host key is mapped to the emulated
keyboard. For example you may want to artificially add or remove certain modifiers
to/from the emulated keypress.
A keymap is parsed line by line. More complex mappings can be created by mapping the
same key with different SHIFTFLAG to different emulated keys in multiple lines:
• A key mapping is found when the key symbol matches
• and when none of the following reject conditions apply:
Value Hex Description Action
0 0x0000 The key is never shifted. If any SHIFT modifiers pressed,
then reject key.
8 0x0008 The key can be (optionally) If any SHIFT modifiers pressed on
shifted by the user. the host, and this flag is not set,
then reject key.
128 0x0080 SHIFT modifier required on host. If SHIFT modifier(s) not pressed
on the host, and this flag is set,
then reject key.
256 0x0100 Key is used for an alternative key- if no alternative mapping is en-
board mapping abled (eg C64 mode in x128), re-
ject key.
512 0x0200 ALT-R (ALT-GR) modifier re- If ALT-R modifier not pressed on
quired on host. the host, and this flag is set, then
reject key.
1024 0x0400 CTRL modifier required on host. If CTRL modifier not pressed on
the host, and this flag is set, then
reject key.
• If no reject condition was true then we found a possible match. If no other mapping
will be found, this is the one that will be used. We may or may not look for another
match, depending on:
Value Hex Description
32 0x0020 Another definition for this keysym/scancode follows later in the file. If
this flag is not set, stop looking for another match.
• Once a match was found, the virtual modifiers are applied:
Value Hex Description Action
1 0x0001 The key is shifted on the emulated virtual shift will be used when it is
keyboard not shifted on the host keyboard.
Chapter 3: System files 35

16 0x0010 Deshift key for this When the key is pressed with
keysym/scancode. shift on the host keyboard, shift
will not be used on the emulated
keyboard.
2048 0x0800 Key is combined with CBM for virtual CBM will be used when it
this keysym/scancode is not combined with CBM via an-
other mapped key.
4096 0x1000 Key is combined with CTRL for virtual CTRL will be used when
this keysym/scancode it is not combined with CTRL via
another mapped key.
• and last not least these are the flags left:
Value Hex Description
32768 0x8000 Do not emulate a "locked" switch for this key. This can be useful when
your host keyboard provides physical locking by itself. (currently works
only for the C128 40/80 and CAPS-lock keys)
For example this is is from the SDL C64 symbolic DE mapping:
# 32+1 not shifted on host, shifted on c64
60 5 7 0x0021 /* < -> < */
# 32+128 shifted on host, shifted on c64
60 5 4 0x00a0 /* > -> > */
# 512+16 alt-gr on host, deshift for c64
60 6 0 0x0210 /* altr+< -> pound */

3.2.3.1 Special Rows

Besides the keyboard matrix of the emulated keyboard, there are a bunch of special keys
available in the negative rows as below:
Row Column Description
-1 n Joystick keymap A, direction n
-2 n Joystick keymap B, direction n
-3 0 First RESTORE key
-3 1 Second RESTORE key
-4 0 40/80 column key (x128)
-4 1 CAPS (ASCII/DIN) key (x128)
-5 n Joyport keypad, key n (not supported in x128)
For example, a lot of (GTK) keymaps would map RESTORE like this:
# Restore key mapping
F12 -3 0
Page_Up -3 1
Joystick keymap direction column values for rows -1 and -2:

6 (N/W) 7 (North) 8 (N/E)

4 (West) 0 (Fire) 5 (East)
1 (S/W) 2 (South) 3 (S/E)
Joyport keypad direction column values for row -5:
Chapter 3: System files 36

0 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19
When a bigger spaced key is used, it uses the upper left most column value.

3.2.3.2 Modifier Flags

The SHIFTFLAG can have one of the following values. Flags can be combined by simply
ORing (or adding) them together:
Value Hex Description
0 0x0000 The key is never shifted.
1 0x0001 The key is shifted on the emulated keyboard, virtual shift will be used
when it is not shifted on the host keyboard.
2 0x0002 The key is the left shift key.
4 0x0004 The key is the right shift key. Use only this flag for emulated keyboards
that have only one shift key.
8 0x0008 The key can be (optionally) shifted by the user.
16 0x0010 Deshift key for this keysym/scancode. That means when the key is
pressed with shift on the host keyboard, shift will not be used on the
emulated keyboard.
32 0x0020 Another definition for this keysym/scancode follows later in the file
64 0x0040 Key is SHIFT-lock on the emulated machine. Usually you’d use this
for the CAPS lock key on the host keyboard.
128 0x0080 SHIFT modifier required on host.
256 0x0100 Key is used for an alternative keyboard mapping (e.g. C64 mode in
x128). Note that any alternative mappings must occur before the
normal mappings for the same key/symbol in the file.
512 0x0200 ALT-R (ALT-GR) modifier required on host.
1024 0x0400 CTRL modifier required on host.
2048 0x0800 Key is combined with CBM for this keysym/scancode.
4096 0x1000 Key is combined with CTRL for this keysym/scancode.
8192 0x2000 Key is (left) CBM on emulated machine.
16384 0x4000 Key is (left) CTRL on emulated machine.
32768 0x8000 Do not emulate a "locked" switch for this key. This can be useful when
your host keyboard provides physical locking by itself. (currently works
only for the C128 40/80 and CAPS-lock keys)
The SHIFTFLAG can be used to control various aspects of how the host key will map to the
emulated keyboard. For example it is useful if you want certain keys to be “artificially”
shifted by the emulator, and not by the user. Or the other way around, a key can be
“deshifted”.
For example, F2 is shifted on the C64 keyboard, but you might want it to be mapped to the
unshifted F2 key on the PC keyboard. For example, a typical C64 keymap would contain
the following:
F1 0 4 8 /* F1 -> F1 (+SHIFT allowed) */
Chapter 3: System files 37

F2 0 4 1 /* F2 -> F1 + SHIFT */
F3 0 5 8 /* F3 -> F3 (+SHIFT allowed) */
F4 0 5 1 /* F4 -> F3 + SHIFT */
F5 0 6 8 /* F5 -> F5 (+SHIFT allowed) */
F6 0 6 1 /* F6 -> F5 + SHIFT */
F7 0 3 8 /* F7 -> F7 (+SHIFT allowed) */
F8 0 3 1 /* F8 -> F7 + SHIFT */
where 0 and 4 identify the key (row 0, column 4 on the keyboard matrix), and 1 specifies
that every time the user presses F2 the shift key on the C64 keyboard must be pressed.

3.3 Palette files

Palette files are used to specify the colors used in the emulators. They are made up of lines
like the following:
RED GREEN BLUE
where RED, GREEN and BLUE are hexadecimal values ranging from 0 to FF and specifying
the amount of red, green and blue you want for each color.
You have to include as many lines as the number of colors the emulated machine has, and
the order of the lines must respect the one used in the machine (so the N’th line must
contain the specifications for color N - 1 in the emulated machine).
Lines starting with the # sign are completely ignored. This is useful for adding comments
(such as color names) within the palette file. That said, it is not the whole truth - there
are special comment lines, which the user interface uses to identify and refer to palettes:
# NAME:<NAME>
with <NAME> being the name of the Palette, as shown in the menus.
# TYPE:<CHIP>
with <CHIP> being one the following: "VIC, VICII, TED, VDC, Crtc"
These special comment lines must appear exactly as shown above, or they will be ignored.
For example, the default PET palette file (which has only two colors, 0 for background and
1 for foreground), looks like the following:
#
# VICE Palette file
#
# Syntax:
# Red Green Blue
#
# NAME:Black/White
# TYPE:Crtc

# Background
00 00 00

# Foreground
00 FF 00
Chapter 3: System files 38

3.4 Romset files

The Romset files are not used by default on all emulators. You might have recognized that
the names of the ROM images are saved in resources. Loading a Romset file now just means
a ‘shortcut’ to changing all the resources with ROM image names and reloading the ROMs.
The PET and CBM-II emulators use this feature to change between the different ROM
versions available for those machines. E.g. the Romset file for the PET 2001 is
KernalName="pet2001"
EditorName=
ChargenName="chargen"
RomModule9Name=
RomModuleAName=
RomModuleBName=
As you can see, the file even uses the same syntax as the resource file, it is just a bit stripped
down.
While a Romset file is processed, the directory where the Romset file was found is tem-
porarily prepended to the search path (Directory resource). This also means that if you
have a setting for Directory in it, its effect is limited to the Romset file itself.

3.4.1 Romset command line options

-romsetfile <File>
load the given romset file
-romsetarchive <File>
load the given romset archive
-romsetarchiveselect <Item number>
select the given item from the current romset archive

3.5 Hotkeys files

VICE allows setting custom keyboard shortcuts, which we refer to as hotkeys. These hotkeys
can be set either through the user interface or by editing hotkeys files, which are stored in
the VICE data directory, in the user’s VICE configuration directory or at a custom location.
Hotkeys files have the .vhk extension.
VICE’s hotkeys files are read from VICE’s data directory, which we’ll refer to as $VICEDIR
and the (optional) user’s hotkeys will be in the user’s VICE configuration directory, which
we’ll refer to as $USERDIR. When saving hotkeys without explicitly specifying a custom
path, the name of the user’s hotkeys file will be in the form $UI-hotkeys-$MACHINE.vhk,
for example "gtk3-hotkeys-C64SC.vhk".
On Unix, $VICEDIR will point to /usr/local/share/vice/, when using the default install
prefix, and $USERDIR will point to $HOME/.config/vice/. On Windows, $VICEDIR will
point to the root directory of the bindist and $USERDIR will point to %APPDATA%\vice,
which usually is C:\Users\%USERNAME%\AppData\Roaming\vice.
A custom path can be specified by using the command line interface: x64sc -hotkeyfile
<some-file>, or by using the UI (TODO).
Chapter 3: System files 39

3.5.1 Hotkeys command line options

-hotkeyfile <File>
Load the given hotkeys file

3.5.2 Syntax of the hotkeys files

The syntax of the hotkeys files is pretty straightforward, a file can contain mappings, di-
rectives and comments. Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by the parser.

3.5.2.1 Comments
Comments are started with either ; or # and occupy the rest of the line, they can also
appear inline after a directive or mapping.
For example:
# This is a comment

monitor-open <Alt>h # This is an inline comment

3.5.2.2 Directives
Directives are special commands for the parser. They start with ! and are case-insensitive.
!CLEAR
!clear
Clear all registered hotkeys. Best used as the first directive in the (main) hotkeys file.
!DEBUG
!debug <enable|disable|on|off>
Enable or disable debugging messages via VICE’s log system. Messages will be prefixed
with ’Hotkeys:’. Debugging is disabled by default.
!ELSE
!else
Take the false branch of an !if condition. See !IF for more on conditionals in hotkeys files.
!ENDIF
!endif
Close !if [!else] condition body. See !IF for more on condtionals in hotkeys.
!IF
@!if <condition>
Conditionally execute hotkeys file contents. If condition is true, the lines following !if
will be executed. May be followed by !else to specify lines that must be executed when
condition is false. Must be followed by !endif to end the conditional execution of lines.
Conditions can contain boolean expressions: the boolean operators ! (not), || (or) and &&
(and) are supported, as well as parenthesis to change (or emphasize) precedence. Condi-
tionals can be nested.
Chapter 3: System files 40

Only predefined boolean symbolic constants are available for use in the expressions, these
are:
true
false Boolean literals, useful for commenting out multiple lines of a hotkeys file, akin
to the #if 0 construct in C.
C64 The current emulator is x64
C64SC The current emulator is x64sc
C64DTV The current emulator is x64dtv
SCPU64 The current emulator is xscpu64
C128 The current emulator is x128
PET The current emulator is xpet
PLUS4 The current emulator is xplus4
CBM5X0 The current emulator is xcbm5x0
CBM6X0 The current emulator is xcbm2
VIC20 The current emulator is xvic
SDL1
SDL2
GTK3 UI identifiers. The can be used to only assign certain hotkeys for certain UIs.
Please note that to check for SDL regardless of library version the condition
SDL1 || SDL2 must be used.
MACOS
UNIX
WINDOWS Operation system identifiers. Since MacOS is genetically Unix, the UNIX iden-
tifier includes MacOS, while the MACOS identifier is only valid for MacOS. To
register a hotkey for all Unix except MacOs use UNIX && !MACOS.
Some examples of using conditionals
!if MACOS
# map hotkey if the host OS is MacOS
monitor-open <Command>Escape
!else
# map hotkey if not MacOS
monitor-open <Alt>h
!endif
!INCLUDE
!include <file>
Process <file> as if its contents were injected into the current file being processed. This
can be used recursively. The <file> argument can be inside quotes (") to be able to use
paths or filenames with spaces in them, and quotes inside quotes can be used by escaping
them with \, for example: !include "foo \"bar\".vhk".
TODO: document search order/logic for included files
Chapter 3: System files 41

For example:
!include "hotkeys-drive.vhk"
will include /usr/local/share/vice/hotkeys/hotkeys-drive.vhk, assuming the default
install prefix for VICE was used.
!UNDEF
!undef [<modifier>..]<keyname>
Remove a hotkey from whatever action it is mapped to.
For example:
!undef <Alt>r # Unmap Alt+r from ’restore display’
machine-reset-cpu <Alt>r # Map Alt+r to reset

3.5.2.3 Hotkey mappings

Syntax
<action-name> [<modifier>...]<keyname>
Create a mapping of a hotkey to an action, where <action-name> is a string refering to an
operation triggered by a menu item – such as toggling Warp Mode, or attaching a disk to
a drive – followed by a keyname, optionally prefixed with one or more modifiers.
For example:
monitor-open <Alt>m
settings-open KP_Divide # map ’/’ on the keypad to the settings dialog
edit-paste <Control><Alt>Insert
The key names are case-sensitive and are taken from the key names X11 uses. See
src/arch/shared/hotkeys/vhkkeysyms.h for a list of the symbolic constants for the
keys, the names are the same as the symbolic constants, excluding the VHK_KEY_ prefix.
In the above example the string ’Insert’ would map to VHK_KEY_Insert.

3.5.3 List of modifiers

Windows/Unix MacOS GDK symbolic constant
<Alt> <Option> GDK_MOD1_MASK
<Control> <Command> GDK_CONTROL_MASK
<Hyper> GDK_HYPER_MASK
<Shift> <Shift> GDK_SHIFT_MASK
<Super> <Super> GDK_SUPER_MASK
Please be aware that some modifier+key combinations are either mapped to the emulated
machine’s keyboard – such as <Control>1 being mapped to CBM+1 when using a posi-
tional keymap – or to the operating system/window manager. Mappings using <Alt> or
<Alt><Shift> are usually fine.

3.5.4 List of action names

name description
advance-frame Advance emulation one frame
border-mode-debug Set border mode to Debug
border-mode-full Set border mode to Full
Chapter 3: System files 42

border-mode-none Set border mode to None

border-mode-normal Set border mode to Normal
cart-attach Attach CRT cartridge image
cart-attach-raw Attach raw cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-1000 Attach raw cartridge image at $1000
cart-attach-raw-2000 Attach raw cartridge image at $2000
cart-attach-raw-4000 Attach raw cartridge image at $4000
cart-attach-raw-6000 Attach raw cartridge image at $6000
cart-attach-raw-a000 Attach raw cartridge image at $A000
cart-attach-raw-b000 Attach raw cartridge image at $B000
cart-attach-raw-behrbonz Attach Behr Bonz cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c1-full Attach full C1 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c1-high Attach high C1 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c1-low Attach low C1 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c2-full Attach full C2 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c2-high Attach high C2 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-c2-low Attach low C2 cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-final Attach Final Expansion cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-jacint1mb Attach 1MB Cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-magic Attach c264 magic cart image
cart-attach-raw-megacart Attach Mega-Cart image
cart-attach-raw-multi Attach multi cart image
cart-attach-raw-ultimem Attach UltiMem cartridge image
cart-attach-raw-vicfp Attach Vic Flash Plugin cartridge image
cart-detach Detach cartridge
cart-detach-1000 Detach cartridge image at $1000
cart-detach-2000 Detach cartridge image at $2000
cart-detach-4000 Detach cartridge image at $4000
cart-detach-6000 Detach cartridge image at $6000
cart-freeze Press cartridge freeze button
debug-autoplayback-frames Set autoplayback frames
debug-blitter-log-toggle Toggle blitter logging
debug-core-dump-toggle Toggle saving core dump
debug-dma-log-toggle Toggle DMA logging
debug-flash-log-toggle Toggle Flash logging
debug-trace-cpu-toggle Toggle CPU trace
debug-trace-drive-10-toggle Toggle drive 10 CPU trace
debug-trace-drive-11-toggle Toggle drive 11 CPU trace
debug-trace-drive-8-toggle Toggle drive 8 CPU trace
debug-trace-drive-9-toggle Toggle drive 9 CPU trace
debug-trace-iec-toggle Toggle IEC bus trace
debug-trace-ieee488-toggle Toggle IEEE-488 bus trace
debug-trace-mode Select machine/drive CPU trace mode
diagnostic-pin-toggle Toggle PET userport diagnostic pin
drive-attach-10:0 Attach disk to unit 10, drive 0
drive-attach-10:1 Attach disk to unit 10, drive 1
drive-attach-11:0 Attach disk to unit 11, drive 0
Chapter 3: System files 43

drive-attach-11:1 Attach disk to unit 11, drive 1

drive-attach-8:0 Attach disk to unit 8, drive 0
drive-attach-8:1 Attach disk to unit 8, drive 1
drive-attach-9:0 Attach disk to unit 9, drive 0
drive-attach-9:1 Attach disk to unit 9, drive 1
drive-create Create and attach empty disk image
drive-detach-10:0 Detach disk from unit 10, drive 0
drive-detach-10:1 Detach disk from unit 10, drive 1
drive-detach-11:0 Detach disk from unit 11, drive 0
drive-detach-11:1 Detach disk from unit 11, drive 1
drive-detach-8:0 Detach disk from unit 8, drive 0
drive-detach-8:1 Detach disk from unit 8, drive 1
drive-detach-9:0 Detach disk from unit 9, drive 0
drive-detach-9:1 Detach disk from unit 9, drive 1
edit-copy Copy screen content to clipboard
edit-paste Paste clipboard content into machine
fliplist-add-10:0 Add current disk in unit 10, drive 0 to
fliplist
fliplist-add-10:1 Add current disk in unit 10, drive 1 to
fliplist
fliplist-add-11:0 Add current disk in unit 11, drive 0 to
fliplist
fliplist-add-11:1 Add current disk in unit 11, drive 1 to
fliplist
fliplist-add-8:0 Add current disk in unit 8, drive 0 to fliplist
fliplist-add-8:1 Add current disk in unit 8, drive 1 to fliplist
fliplist-add-9:0 Add current disk in unit 9, drive 0 to fliplist
fliplist-add-9:1 Add current disk in unit 9, drive 1 to fliplist
fliplist-clear-10:0 Clear fliplist of unit 10, drive 0
fliplist-clear-10:1 Clear fliplist of unit 10, drive 1
fliplist-clear-11:0 Clear fliplist of unit 11, drive 0
fliplist-clear-11:1 Clear fliplist of unit 11, drive 1
fliplist-clear-8:0 Clear fliplist of unit 8, drive 0
fliplist-clear-8:1 Clear fliplist of unit 8, drive 1
fliplist-clear-9:0 Clear fliplist of unit 9, drive 0
fliplist-clear-9:1 Clear fliplist of unit 9, drive 1
fliplist-load-10:0 Load fliplist for unit 10, drive 0
fliplist-load-10:1 Load fliplist for unit 10, drive 1
fliplist-load-11:0 Load fliplist for unit 11, drive 0
fliplist-load-11:1 Load fliplist for unit 11, drive 1
fliplist-load-8:0 Load fliplist for unit 8, drive 0
fliplist-load-8:1 Load fliplist for unit 8, drive 1
fliplist-load-9:0 Load fliplist for unit 9, drive 0
fliplist-load-9:1 Load fliplist for unit 9, drive 1
fliplist-next-10:0 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 10, drive
0
Chapter 3: System files 44

fliplist-next-10:1 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 10, drive

1
fliplist-next-11:0 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 11, drive
0
fliplist-next-11:1 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 11, drive
1
fliplist-next-8:0 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 8, drive
0
fliplist-next-8:1 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 8, drive
1
fliplist-next-9:0 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 9, drive
0
fliplist-next-9:1 Attach next disk in fliplist to unit 9, drive
1
fliplist-previous-10:0 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 10,
drive 0
fliplist-previous-10:1 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 10,
drive 1
fliplist-previous-11:0 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 11,
drive 0
fliplist-previous-11:1 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 11,
drive 1
fliplist-previous-8:0 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 8,
drive 0
fliplist-previous-8:1 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 8,
drive 1
fliplist-previous-9:0 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 9,
drive 0
fliplist-previous-9:1 Attach previous disk in fliplist to unit 9,
drive 1
fliplist-remove-10:0 Remove current disk in unit 10, drive 0
from fliplist
fliplist-remove-10:1 Remove current disk in unit 10, drive 1
from fliplist
fliplist-remove-11:0 Remove current disk in unit 11, drive 0
from fliplist
fliplist-remove-11:1 Remove current disk in unit 11, drive 1
from fliplist
fliplist-remove-8:0 Remove current disk in unit 8, drive 0 from
fliplist
fliplist-remove-8:1 Remove current disk in unit 8, drive 1 from
fliplist
fliplist-remove-9:0 Remove current disk in unit 9, drive 0 from
fliplist
Chapter 3: System files 45

fliplist-remove-9:1 Remove current disk in unit 9, drive 1 from

fliplist
fliplist-save-10:0 Save fliplist of unit 10, drive 0
fliplist-save-10:1 Save fliplist of unit 10, drive 1
fliplist-save-11:0 Save fliplist of unit 11, drive 0
fliplist-save-11:1 Save fliplist of unit 11, drive 1
fliplist-save-8:0 Save fliplist of unit 8, drive 0
fliplist-save-8:1 Save fliplist of unit 8, drive 1
fliplist-save-9:0 Save fliplist of unit 9, drive 0
fliplist-save-9:1 Save fliplist of unit 9, drive 1
fullscreen-decorations-toggle Show menu/status in fullscreen
fullscreen-toggle Toggle fullscreen
help-about Show About dialog
help-command-line Show command line options
help-compile-time Show compile time features
help-hotkeys Show hotkeys
help-manual Browse VICE manual
history-milestone-reset Return to recording milestone
history-milestone-set Set recording milestone
history-playback-start Start playing back events
history-playback-stop Stop playing back events
history-record-start Start recording events
history-record-stop Stop recording events
hotkeys-clear Clear all hotkeys
hotkeys-default Load default hotkeys
hotkeys-load Load hotkeys from current file
hotkeys-load-from Load hotkeys from custom file
hotkeys-save Save hotkeys to current file
hotkeys-save-to Save hotkeys to custom file
keyset-joystick-toggle Allow keyset joysticks
machine-power-cycle Power cycle the machine
machine-reset-cpu Reset the machine CPU
media-record Start recording media
media-record-audio Start recording audio
media-record-screenshot Take screenshot
media-record-video Start recording video
media-stop Stop media recording
monitor-open Open monitor
mouse-grab-toggle Toggle Mouse Grab
pause-toggle Toggle Pause
printer-formfeed-4 Send form feed to printer #4
printer-formfeed-5 Send form feed to printer #5
printer-formfeed-6 Send form feed to plotter #6
printer-formfeed-userport Send form feed to userport printer
psid-ffwd Fast forward
psid-load Load PSID file
Chapter 3: System files 46

psid-loop-toggle Toggle looping

psid-override-toggle Override PSID settings
psid-pause Pause playback
psid-play Play
psid-playlist-add Add files to the playlist
psid-playlist-clear Clear the playlist
psid-playlist-first Play first tune in the playlist
psid-playlist-last Play last tune in the playlist
psid-playlist-load Load a playlist
psid-playlist-next Play next tune in the playlist
psid-playlist-previous Play previous tune in the playlist
psid-playlist-save Save the playlist
psid-stop Stop playback
psid-subtune-1 Play subtune #1
psid-subtune-10 Play subtune #10
psid-subtune-11 Play subtune #11
psid-subtune-12 Play subtune #12
psid-subtune-13 Play subtune #13
psid-subtune-14 Play subtune #14
psid-subtune-15 Play subtune #15
psid-subtune-16 Play subtune #16
psid-subtune-17 Play subtune #17
psid-subtune-18 Play subtune #18
psid-subtune-19 Play subtune #19
psid-subtune-2 Play subtune #2
psid-subtune-20 Play subtune #20
psid-subtune-21 Play subtune #21
psid-subtune-22 Play subtune #22
psid-subtune-23 Play subtune #23
psid-subtune-24 Play subtune #24
psid-subtune-25 Play subtune #25
psid-subtune-26 Play subtune #26
psid-subtune-27 Play subtune #27
psid-subtune-28 Play subtune #28
psid-subtune-29 Play subtune #29
psid-subtune-3 Play subtune #3
psid-subtune-30 Play subtune #30
psid-subtune-4 Play subtune #4
psid-subtune-5 Play subtune #5
psid-subtune-6 Play subtune #6
psid-subtune-7 Play subtune #7
psid-subtune-8 Play subtune #8
psid-subtune-9 Play subtune #9
psid-subtune-default Play default subtune
psid-subtune-next Play next subtune
psid-subtune-previous Play previous subtune
quit Quit emulator
Chapter 3: System files 47

reset-drive-10 Reset drive 10

reset-drive-10-config Reset drive 10 in configuration mode
reset-drive-10-install Reset drive 10 in installation mode
reset-drive-11 Reset drive 11
reset-drive-11-config Reset drive 11 in configuration mode
reset-drive-11-install Reset drive 11 in installation mode
reset-drive-8 Reset drive 8
reset-drive-8-config Reset drive 8 in configuration mode
reset-drive-8-install Reset drive 8 in installation mode
reset-drive-9 Reset drive 9
reset-drive-9-config Reset drive 9 in configuration mode
reset-drive-9-install Reset drive 9 in installation mode
restore-display Resize window to fit content
scpu-jiffy-switch-toggle Toggle SCPU JiffyDOS switch
scpu-speed-switch-toggle Toggle SCPU Speed switch
screenshot-quicksave Quiksave screenshot
settings-default Restore default settings
settings-dialog Open settings
settings-load Load settings
settings-load-extra Load additional settings
settings-load-from Load settings from custom file
settings-save Save settings
settings-save-to Save settings to custom file
show-statusbar-secondary-toggle Show secondary status bar
show-statusbar-toggle Show status bar
smart-attach Smart-attach a medium to the emulator
snapshot-load Load snapshot file
snapshot-quickload Quickload snapshot
snapshot-quicksave Quicksave snapshot
snapshot-save Save snapshot file
speed-cpu-10 Set CPU speed to 10%
speed-cpu-100 Set CPU speed to 100%
speed-cpu-200 Set CPU speed to 200%
speed-cpu-25 Set CPU speed to 25%
speed-cpu-50 Set CPU speed to 50%
speed-cpu-custom Set custom CPU speed
speed-fps-50 Set video clock to 50Hz
speed-fps-60 Set video clock to 60Hz
speed-fps-custom Set custom video clock
speed-fps-real Set real video clock
swap-controlport-toggle Swap controlport joysticks
tape-attach-1 Attach tape to datasette 1
tape-attach-2 Attach tape to datasette 2
tape-create-1 Create tape and attach to datasette 1
tape-create-2 Create tape and attach to datasette 2
tape-detach-1 Detach tape from datasette 1
tape-detach-2 Detach tape from datasette 2
Chapter 3: System files 48

tape-ffwd-1 Press FFWD on datasette 1

tape-ffwd-2 Press FFWD on datasette 2
tape-play-1 Press PLAY on datasette 1
tape-play-2 Press PLAY on datasette 2
tape-record-1 Press RECORD on datasette 1
tape-record-2 Press RECORD on datasette 2
tape-reset-1 Reset datasette 1
tape-reset-2 Reset datasette 2
tape-reset-counter-1 Reset datasette 1 counter
tape-reset-counter-2 Reset datasette 2 counter
tape-rewind-1 Press REWIND on datasette 1
tape-rewind-2 Press REWIND on datasette 2
tape-stop-1 Press STOP on datasette 1
tape-stop-2 Press STOP on datasette 2
virtual-keyboard Activate virtual keyboard
warp-mode-toggle Toggle Warp Mode
To see which emulators support which actions please look at src/arch/shared/uiactions.c
or use "Help" -> "Hotkeys" in an emulator.

3.5.5 Syntax highlighting

Vim syntax highlighting files can be found in doc/vim/. Currently there are two files:
syntax/vhk.vim and ftdetect/vhk.vim, these can be copied to $VIMFILES/ to enable
hotkeys syntax highlighting in Vim.
 49

4 Basic operation
This section describes the basic things you can do once the emulator has been fired up.

4.1 The emulation window

When the emulator is run, the screen of the emulated machine is displayed in a window which
we will call the emulation window. This window will be updated in real time, displaying
the same contents that a real monitor or TV set would.
Below the emulation window there is an area which is used to display information about
the state of the emulator; we will call this area the status bar.
On the extreme left of the status bar, there is a performance meter. This displays the current
relative speed of the emulator (as a percentage) and the update frequency (in frames per
second). All the machines emulated are PAL, so the update frequency will be 50 frames per
second if your system is fast enough to allow emulation at the speed of the real machine.
On the extreme right of the status bar, there is a drive status indicator. This is only visible
if the hardware-level (“True”) 1541 emulation is turned on. In that case, the drive status
indicator will contain a rectangle emulating the drive LED and will display the current
track position of the drive’s read/write head.

4.2 Using the menus

It is possible to execute some commands and change emulation parameters while the emu-
lator is running: most emulation settings can be changed in the options menu. Additionally
clicking on the various widgets in the status bar gives access to related settings. Settings
can be saved and later used with the “Save settings” and “Load settings” menu items,
respectively. Also by default, settings will get saved when exiting the emulator. “Restore
default settings” restores the factory defaults. See See Chapter 5 [Settings and resources],
page 54, for more information about how settings work in VICE.
A lot of settings and actions can be reached via shortcuts or hotkeys, i.e., it is possible to
execute them by pressing a sequence of keys instead of going through the menu with the
mouse. Where shortcuts exist, they are displayed in parentheses at the right edge of the
menu item. In VICE, all shortcuts must begin with the Meta or Alt key. So, for example,
to attach a disk image to drive #8 (the corresponding menu item displays “M-8”), you have
to press the Meta (or Alt) and then 8.
Note that no other key presses are passed on to the emulated machine while either Meta or
Alt are held down.

4.3 Getting help

At any time, if you get stuck or do not remember how to perform a certain action, you can
use the “Browse manuals” command (from the help menu). This will open either the PDF
or popup a browser and open the HTML version of the documentation.
Notice that on Linux this requires VICE to be properly (and fully) installed, eg with a
‘make install’.
Chapter 4: Basic operation 50

4.4 Using the file selector

In those situations where it is necessary to specify a file name, all of the VICE emulators
will pop up a file selector window allowing you to select or specify a file interactively.
To the left of the file selector, there is a list of ancestor directories: by clicking on them, you
can ascend the directory tree. To the right, there is a list of the files in the current directory;
files can be selected by clicking on them. If you click on a directory, that directory becomes
the current one; if you click on an ordinary file, it becomes the active selection.
At the top, there is a directory box, with the complete path of the current directory, and
a file name box, with the name of the currently selected file. At the bottom there are two
buttons: “OK” confirms the selected file and “Cancel” abandons the file selector without
cancelling the operation.
It is also possible to specify what files you want to show in the file selector by writing an
appropriate shell-like pattern in the directory box; e.g., ‘~/*.[dx]64’ will only show files in
the home directory whose name ends with either .d64 or with .x64.

4.5 Using disk and tape images

The emulator is able to emulate disk drives and tape recorders if provided with suitable
disk images or tape images. An image is a raw dump of the contents of the media, and
must be attached before the emulator can use it. “Attaching” a disk or tape image is like
“virtually” inserting a diskette or a cassette into the disk drive or the tape recorder: once
an image is attached, the emulator is able to use it as a storage media.
There are five commands that deal with disk and tape images:
• Attach Disk Image
• Detach Disk Image
• Attach Tape Image
• Detach Tape Image
• Smart-attach a file
The first four commands are used to insert and remove the virtual disks and cassettes from
the respective units. On the other hand, the last commands tries to guess the type of the
image you are attaching from its name and size, and attaches it to the most reasonable
device.
Supported formats are D64, G64, P64 for disk images (devices 8, 9, 10 and 11) and T64 and
TAP for tape images.
The ancient X64 format is deprecated and subject for removal.
Notice that T64 support is read-only, and that the cassette is automatically rewound when
you reach its end. Most importantly T64 support is only available via virtual device traps,
which have to be permanently enabled for multiload programs running from these contain-
ers. For actually emulating tape, the TAP format is highly recommended.
You can attach a disk for which you do not have write permissions: when this happens,
the 1541 emulator will emulate a write-protected disk. This is also useful if you want to
prevent certain disk images from being written to; in the latter case, just remove the write
permission for that file, e.g., by doing a chmod a-w.
Chapter 4: Basic operation 51

4.5.1 “Autostarting” an image

If you want to reset the machine and run the first program on a certain image without
typing any commands at the Commodore BASIC prompt, you can use the “Autostart”
button in the file selector window after selecting a proper disk or tape image file.
If true drive emulation is turned on, and the Handle TDE at Autostart setting is enabled,
true drive emulation will be turned off before running the program and then turned on again
after it has been loaded. This way, you get the maximum possible speed while loading the
file, but you do not lose compatibility once the program itself is running. This method is not
completely safe, because some autostarting methods might cause the true drive emulation
not to be turned on again, which is why it is disabled by default.

4.5.2 Using compressed files

It is also possible to attach disk or tape images that have been compressed through various
algorithms; compression formats are identified from the file extension. The following formats
are supported (the expected file name extension is in parenthesis):
• GNU Zip (.gz or .z);
• BZip version 2 (.bz2);
• PkZip (.zip);
• GNU Zipped TAR archives (.tar.gz, .tgz);
• Zoo (.zoo).
PkZip, tar.gz, lha and zoo support is read-only and always uses the first T64 or D64 file in
the archive. So archives containing multiple files will always be handled as if they contain
only a single file.
Windows and DOS don’t contain the needful programs to handle compressed archives.
Get gzip and unzip for Windows and for DOS at http://infozip.sourceforge.net.
Don’t use pkunzip for DOS, it doesn’t work. The programs to use BZip2 archives may be
found at https://sourceware.org/bzip2/. Just put the programs (unzip.exe, gzip.exe,
bzip2.exe) into a directory of your search path (e.g. C:\DOS or C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND; have
a look at the PATH variable).

4.5.3 Using Zipcode and Lynx images

Since version 0.15, the VICE emulators have been able to attach disks packed with Zipcode
or Lynx directly, removing the need to manually convert them into D64 files with c1541.
This is achieved by automatically invoking c1541, letting it decode the file into a temporary
image and attaching the resulting temporary image read-only. For this to work, the directory
containing c1541 must be in your PATH.
This uses the -unlynx and -unzip options of c1541 (see Section 13.3 [c1541 commands and
options], page 275); these commands are not very reliable yet, and could fail with certain
kinds of Lynx and Zipcode images (for example, they cannot deal with DEL files properly).
So please use them with caution.
Lynx files usually come as .lnx files which are unpacked into single disk images. On the
other hand, Zipcode files do not have a particular extension (although .z64 is sometimes
used), and represent a disk by means of component files, named as follows:
• 1!NAME
Chapter 4: Basic operation 52

• 2!NAME
• 3!NAME
• 4!NAME
If you attach as a disk image (or smart-attach) any one of these files, the emulator will
simply pick up the other three (by examining the name) and then build a disk image using
all four.

4.6 Using printer emulation

• Go to "Preferences -> Peripheral devices -> Printer", select the printer you want to
use. Note that not all types of printers are available at all ports/device numbers.
• Enable either "Virtual Device" or "IEC Device" (There is no "True Printer Emula-
tion")
• Set "Emulation type" to "File system access" if you want to output to a file or pipe
through a program. If you want to use a real printer via OpenCBM, select "Real device
(OpenCBM)".
• Set "Driver" to the type of printer you want to emulate. Use "Raw" when talking to
OpenCBM. Use "ASCII" when writing into a simple text file.
• Select the "Output mode" to "Graphics" if you want to produce a .bmp file. For all
other practical purposes use "Text".
• Select the "Output device". This is one of 3 strings which can be either:
• a file name. When the graphics output is used, 3 digits will be appended to the
name, and a new file generated for each new page.
print.dump
• if the string starts with a pipe character, it is used as a series of shell commands
to pipe the output to. This only works for the "Text" output mode!
|petlp -F PS |lpr
Now you are ready to print something. For example:
open4,4
cmd4:list
print#4,"test":close4
Note that, when printing to a file, the data may only get fully flushed after a form feed
occurs. This occurs automatically when a new page is started, or when the emulator is
closed. You may also trigger a form feed manually in the printer settings dialog.

4.7 Resetting the machine

You can reset the emulated machine at any time by using the “Reset” command from the
file menu. There are two types of reset:
• Reset, which simply resets the CPU and all the other chips;
• Power cycle, which also clears up the contents of RAM.
A Reset is the same as a hardware reset achieved by pulling the reset line down; a Power
cycle is more like a power on/power off sequence in that it makes sure the whole RAM is
cleared.
 53

It is possible that a reset may not be enough to take the machine to the OS initialization
sequence: in such cases, you will have to do a power cycle instead.
This is especially the case for the CBM-II emulators. Those machines examine a memory
location and if they find a certain "magic" value they only do what you know from the C64
as Run/Stop-Restore. Therefore, to really reset a CBM-II use power cycle.
 54

5 Settings and resources

In the VICE emulators, all the settings are stored in entities known as called resources.
Each resource has a name and a value which may be either an integer or a string. Integer
values are often used as boolean values with the usual convention of using zero for “false”
and any other value for “true”.
Resource values can be changed via the the options menu, via command-line options, using
monitor commands, or via the resource file.
The resource file is a human-readable file containing resource values: On windows systems
it is called vice.ini and is usually stored in the users roaming profile directory (something
like C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\vice). Additionally the emulators will look
in the program directory at startup, and use vice.ini if it exists there. On unix systems the
resource file is called vicerc and is stored in the users config directory according to the XDG
specification (usually /home/<username>/.config/vice/). Additionally the emulators will
look if .vicerc exists in the users home directory, and use that if so.
It is possible to dump the current values of the resources into that file or load the values
stored into that file as the current values, at any time. This is achieved with the “Save
settings” and “Load settings” right menu items. A third menu item, “Restore Default
Settings”, can be used to reset all the values to the factory defaults.
A special resource, SaveResourcesOnExit, if set to a non zero value, causes the emulator
to save the current (changed) settings before exiting, and can be toggled with the “Save
settings on exit” item from the options menu.

5.1 Format of resource files

A resource file is made up of several sections; sections have the purpose of separating the
resources of a certain emulator from the ones of the other emulators. A section starts with
the name of an emulator in brackets (e.g., ‘[C64]’) and ends when another section starts
or when the file ends.
Every line in a section has the following format:
RESOURCE=VALUE
where RESOURCE is the name of a resource and VALUE is its assigned value. Resource names
are case-sensitive and resource values are either strings or integers. Strings must start and
end with a double quote character ("), while integers must be given in decimal notation.
Here is an example of a stripped-down .vice/vicerc file:
[VIC20]
SaveResourcesOnExit=0
FileSystemDevice8=1
FSDevice8ConvertP00=1
FSDevice8Dir="/home/ettore/cbm/stuff/vic20p00"
FSDevice8SaveP00=1
FSDevice8HideCBMFiles=1
[C64]
SaveResourcesOnExit=1
FileSystemDevice8=1
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 55

FSDevice8ConvertP00=1
FSDevice8Dir="/home/ettore/cbm/stuff/c64p00"
FSDevice8SaveP00=1
FSDevice8HideCBMFiles=1
Notice that, when resource values are saved with “Save settings”, the emulator only modifies
its own section, leaving the others unchanged.

5.2 Using command-line options to change resources

Resources can also be changed via command-line options.
Command-line options always override the defaults from .vice/vicerc, and their assign-
ments last for the whole session. So, if you specify a certain command-line option that
changes a certain resource from its default value and then use “Save Settings”, the value
specified with the command-line option will be saved back to the resource file.
Command-line options can begin with with a minus sign (‘-’) or with a plus sign (‘+’).
Options beginning with a minus sign may require an additional parameter, while the ones
beginning with the plus sign never require one.
Moreover, options beginning with a plus sign always have a counterpart with the same
name, but with a minus sign; in that case, the option beginning with a minus sign is used
to enable a certain feature, while the one beginning with a plus sign is used to disable the
same feature (this is an X11 convention). For example, -warp enables initial warp mode,
while +warp disables it.

5.3 Autostart settings

5.3.1 Autostart resources
All these resources are available for all emulators except vsid.
AutostartPrgDiskImage
String specifying the filename of the disk image used when autostarting a prg
file and "copy to D64" is enabled (all emulators except vsid).
AutostartBasicLoad
Boolean, if true load to basic start using ,8 when autostarting from disk, else
use ,8,1 to load absolute. (all emulators except vsid).
AutostartTapeBasicLoad
Boolean, if true load to basic start using ,1 when autostarting from tape, else
use ,1,1 to load absolute. (all emulators except vsid).
AutostartRunWithColon
Boolean, if true put a colon after the load command when autostarting (all
emulators except vsid).
AutostartHandleTrueDriveEmulation
Boolean, if true handle (enable/disable) True Drive Emulation on autostart
(all emulators except vsid). This is disabled by default to ensure maximum
compatibility.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 56

AutostartWarp
Boolean, if true temporarily enable warp mode when autostarting (all emulators
except vsid).
AutostartPrgMode
Integer specifying the autostart mode for prg files (all emulators except vsid).
(0: virtual filesystem, 1: inject to RAM, 2: copy to D64)
AutostartDelayRandom
Boolean, enables a short (0-10 frames) random delay on autostart. This is
added to the AutostartDelay (all emulators except vsid).
AutostartDelay
Integer specifying the delay in seconds required to wait for the kernal reset rou-
tine before autostart. (0: use builtin value for standard kernal) When tweaking
this value start with ’large’ values and then lower it, a value that is too small
results in autostart not happening. (all emulators except vsid). (0..1000)
AutostartOnDoubleClick
Use autostart when double clicking on a file in the file list. (only in the GTK3
GUI) (all emulators except vsid)

5.3.2 Autostart command-line options

All these command-line options are available for all emulators except vsid.
-autostartprgdiskimage <Name>
Set disk image for autostart of PRG files (AutostartPrgDiskImage) (all emu-
lators except vsid).
-basicload
On autostart from disk, load to BASIC start (without ’,1’)
(AutostartBasicLoad=1) (all emulators except vsid).
+basicload
On autostart from disk, load with ’,1’ (AutostartBasicLoad=0) (all emulators
except vsid).
-tapebasicload
On autostart from tape, load to BASIC start (without ’,1’)
(AutostartTapeBasicLoad=1) (all emulators except vsid).
+tapebasicload
On autostart from tape, load with ’,1’ (AutostartTapeBasicLoad=0) (all em-
ulators except vsid).
-autostarttapoffset <Offset>
Set initial offset in the .tap file (useful for emulator frontends)
-autostartwithcolon
On autostart, use the ’RUN’ command with a colon, i.e., ’RUN:’
(AutostartRunWithColon=1). (all emulators except vsid)
+autostartwithcolon
On autostart, do not use the ’RUN’ command with a colon; i.e., ’RUN’
(AutostartRunWithColon=0) (all emulators except vsid).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 57

-autostart-handle-tde
+autostart-handle-tde
Handle/Do not handle True Drive Emulation on autostart
(AutostartHandleTrueDriveEmulation=1, AutostartHandleTrueDriveEmulation=0)
(all emulators except vsid).
-autostart-warp
+autostart-warp
Enable/disable warp mode during autostart (AutostartWarp=1,
AutostartWarp=0) (all emulators except vsid).
-autostartprgmode <Mode>
Set autostart mode for PRG files (AutostartPrgMode) (all emulators except
vsid). (0: virtual filesystem, 1: inject to RAM, 2: copy to D64)
-autostart-delay-random
+autostart-delay-random
Enable/disable random delay on autostart (AutostartDelayRandom) (all emu-
lators except vsid).
-autostart-delay <seconds>
Set initial autostart delay in seconds for the kernal reset routine before au-
tostart. (0: use builtin value for standard kernal). When tweaking this value
start with ’large’ values and then lower it, a value that is too small results
in autostart not happening. (AutostartDelay) (all emulators except vsid).
(0..1000)
-autostart-on-doubleclick
+autostart-on-doubleclick
Enable/disable using autostart when double clicking on a file in the file list.
(AutostartOnDoubleClick) (only in the GTK3 GUI) (all emulators except
vsid)

5.4 Performance settings

It is possible to control the emulation speed by using the “Maximum speed” item in the
speed setting. The default setting is 100, which causes the emulation to never run faster
than the real machine. A higher value allows the emulator to run faster, a lower one may
force it to run slower. A specific FPS may also be targeted.
Moreover, a special warp speed mode is provided and can be toggled with the “Enable Warp
Mode” menu item. If this mode is enabled, it will cause the emulator to disable any speed
limit, turn sound output off and use a 1/10 refresh rate, so that it will run at the maximum
possible speed.

5.4.1 Performance resources

Speed Integer specifying the maximum relative speed, as a percentage. 0 stands for
“no limit”.
InitialWarpMode
Booolean specifying whether “warp mode” is initially enabled.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 58

5.4.2 Performance command-line options

-speed <value>
A positive <value> specifies the maximum speed as a percentage. A negative
<value> results in a target FPS of 0 - <value> (Speed).
-warp
+warp Enable/Disable the initial warp mode.

5.5 Video settings

The following right-button menu items control the video output. On emulators that include
two video chips (like x128) all options exist twice, once for each chip.
• “Video Cache” enables a video cache that can speed up the emulation when little
graphics activity is going on; it is especially useful when you run the emulator on a
networked X terminal as it can reduce the network bandwidth required. However, this
setting can actually make the emulator slower when there is little graphics activity and
the amount of work needed to maintain the cache is greater than the amount of work
that would be wasted by not using it (if any).
• “Double Size” toggles double-size mode, which makes the emulation window twice as
big. It also selects a more accurate CRT emulation renderer with scanlines.
• “Double Scan” toggles double-scan mode, which causes the emulator to draw only odd
lines when running in double-size mode (this saves some CPU time and also makes the
emulation window look more like an old monitor).

5.6 Keyboard settings

It is possible to specify whether the “positional” or “symbolic” keyboard mapping should be
used with the “Keyboard mapping type” submenu (see Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation],
page 5, for an explanation of positional and symbolic mappings).
The keyboard settings also allows you to:
• Load custom-made positional and symbolic keymap files (“Set symbolic keymap file”
and “Set positional keymap file”).
• Dump the current keymap to a user-defined keymap file (“Dump to keymap file”).

5.6.1 Keyboard resources

KeymapIndex
Integer identifying which keymap is being used. (0: symbolic, 1: positional, 2:
symbolic (user), 3: positional (user)).
KeymapSymFile
String specifying the name of the keymap file for the symbolic mapping (see
Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation], page 5, (this will be set indirectly by changing
KeymapIndex, KeyboardMapping or KeyboardType).
KeymapPosFile
String specifying the name of the keymap file for the positional mapping (see
Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation], page 5, (this will be set indirectly by changing
KeymapIndex, KeyboardMapping or KeyboardType).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 59

KeymapUserSymFile
String specifying the name of the user keymap file for symbolic mapping (see
Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation], page 5,
KeymapUserPosFile
String specifying the name of the user keymap file for positional mapping (see
Section 1.2 [Keyboard emulation], page 5,
KeyboardMapping
Integer specifying the keyboard layout of the host. (0: American 1: British 2:
Danish 3: Dutch 4: Finnish 5: French 6: German 7: Italian 8: Norwegian 9:
Spanish 10: Swedish 11: Swiss 12: Turkish).
KeyboardType
Integer specifying the emulated type of keyboard. (machine specific, currently
always 0 except for xpet: 0: Business (us) 1: Business (uk) 2: Business (de) 3:
Business (jp) 4: Graphics (us)).

5.6.2 Keyboard command-line options

-keymap <number>
Specifies which keymap is being used (KeymapIndex 0: symbolic, 1: positional,
2: symbolic (user), 3: positional (user)).
-symkeymap <Name>
Specify filename of the symbolic user keymap file (KeymapUserSymFile).
-poskeymap <Name>
Specify filename of the positional user keymap file (KeymapUserPosFile).
-keyboardmapping <number>
Specifies the keyboard layout of the host (KeyboardMapping (0: American 1:
British 2: Danish 3: Dutch 4: Finnish 5: French 6: German 7: Italian 8:
Norwegian 9: Spanish 10: Swedish 11: Swiss 12: Turkish).
-keyboardtype <number>
Specifies the emulated type of keyboard (KeyboardType machine specific, cur-
rently always 0 except for xpet: 0: Business (us) 1: Business (uk) 2: Business
(de) 3: Business (jp) 4: Graphics (us)).

5.7 Control port settings

The control port settings submenu allows you to select which control port device is connected
to a control port.

5.7.1 Control port resources

JoyPort1Device
Set the device attached to: control port 1 (x64, x64sc, x64dtv, xscpu64, x128,
xcbm5x0, xplus4) control port (xvic). (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 60

JoyPort2Device
Set the device attached to: control port 2 (x64, x64sc, x64dtv, xscpu64, x128,
xcbm5x0, xplus4) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices], page 62).

JoyPort3Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 1 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and
devices], page 62).

JoyPort4Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 2 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and
devices], page 62).

JoyPort5Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 3 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and
devices], page 62).

JoyPort6Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 4 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) Sid Cartridge on the Plus4 (xplus4)
(Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices], page 62).

JoyPort7Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 5 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).

JoyPort8Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 6 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).

JoyPort9Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 7 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).

JoyPort10Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 8 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).

JoyPort11Device
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 9 (xplus4) (Section 5.7.3
[Control port and devices], page 62).

BBRTCSave
Enable saving of the battery-backed real time clock data.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 61

5.7.2 Control port command-line options

-controlport1device <device>
Set the device attached to: control port 1 (x64, x64sc, x64dtv, xscpu64, x128,
xcbm5x0, xplus4) control port (xvic) (JoyPort1Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control
port and devices], page 62).
-controlport2device <device>
Set the device attached to: control port 2 (x64, x64sc, x64dtv, xscpu64, x128,
xcbm5x0, xplus4) (JoyPort2Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices],
page 62).
-controlport3device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 1 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (JoyPort3Device) (Section 5.7.3
[Control port and devices], page 62).
-controlport4device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 2 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (JoyPort4Device) (Section 5.7.3
[Control port and devices], page 62).
-controlport5device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 3 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xvic, xplus4) (JoyPort5Device) (Section 5.7.3
[Control port and devices], page 62).
-controlport6device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 4 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128, x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) Sid Cartridge on the Plus4 (xplus4)
(JoyPort6Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices], page 62).
-controlport7device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 5 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (JoyPort7Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port
and devices], page 62).
-controlport8device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 6 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (JoyPort8Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port
and devices], page 62).
-controlport9device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 7 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (JoyPort9Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port
and devices], page 62).
-controlport10device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 8 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128,
x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xvic) (JoyPort10Device) (Section 5.7.3 [Control port
and devices], page 62).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 62

-controlport11device <device>
Set the device attached to: joystick adapter port 9 (xplus4) (JoyPort11Device)
(Section 5.7.3 [Control port and devices], page 62).
-bbrtcsave
+bbrtcsave
Enable/Disable saving of the battery-backed real time clock data (BBRTCSave).

5.7.3 Control port and devices

x64/x64sc/xscpu64 control ports and devices:

nr device N1 N2 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E
0 None X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Joystick X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Paddles X X
3 Mouse (1351) X X
4 Mouse (NEOS) X X
5 Mouse (AMIGA) X X X X X X X X X X
6 Trackball (CX22) X X X X X X X X X X
7 Mouse (ST) X X X X X X X X X X
8 Mouse (SmartMouse) X X
9 Mouse (Micromys) X X
10 KoalaPad X X
11 Lightpen (up trigger) X
12 Lightpen (left trigger) X
13 Lightpen (Datel) X
14 Lightgun (Magnum Phaser) X
15 Lightgun (Stack Rifle) X
16 Lightpen (Inkwell) X
18 Sampler (2bit) X X X X X X X X X X
19 Sampler (4bit) X X X X X X X X X X
20 RTC (BBRTC) X X
21 Dongle (Paperclip64D) X X
22 Keypad (Coplin) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
23 Keypad (Cardco) X X
24 Keypad (CX85) X X
25 Keypad (RushWare) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
26 Keypad (CX21) X X
27 Dongle (Script 64) X X
28 Dongle (VizaWrite 64) X X
29 Dongle (WaaSoft) X X
30 SNES Pad (TrapThem) X X
31 SNES Pad (Ninja) X X
32 Spaceballs joy adapter X X
33 Inception joy adapter X X
34 MultiJoy adapter X X
36 ProtoPad X X
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 63

37 I/O Simulation device X X

38 Microflyte joystick X X
39 Dongle (Paperclip64E) X X
40 Dongle (Paperclip64SC) X X
41 Dongle (Paperclip2) X X
x128 control ports and devices:

nr device N1 N2 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E
0 None X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Joystick X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Paddles X X
3 Mouse (1351) X X
4 Mouse (NEOS) X X
5 Mouse (AMIGA) X X X X X X X X X X
6 Trackball (CX22) X X X X X X X X X X
7 Mouse (ST) X X X X X X X X X X
8 Mouse (SmartMouse) X X
9 Mouse (Micromys) X X
10 KoalaPad X X
11 Lightpen (up trigger) X
12 Lightpen (left trigger) X
13 Lightpen (Datel) X
14 Lightgun (Magnum Phaser) X
15 Lightgun (Stack Rifle) X
16 Lightpen (Inkwell) X
18 Sampler (2bit) X X X X X X X X X X
19 Sampler (4bit) X X X X X X X X X X
20 RTC (BBRTC) X X
21 Dongle (Paperclip64D) X X
27 Dongle (Script 64) X X
28 Dongle (VizaWrite 64) X X
29 Dongle (WaaSoft) X X
30 SNES Pad (TrapThem) X X
31 SNES Pad (Ninja) X X
32 Spaceballs joy adapter X X
33 Inception joy adapter X X
34 MultiJoy adapter X X
36 ProtoPad X X
37 I/O Simulation device X X
38 Microflyte joystick X X
39 Dongle (Paperclip64E) X X
40 Dongle (Paperclip64SC) X X
41 Dongle (Paperclip2) X X
x64dtv control ports and devices:
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 64

nr device N1 N2 E1
0 None X X X
1 Joystick X X X
22 Keypad (Coplin) X X X
25 Keypad (RushWare) X X X
37 I/O Simulation device X X
xcbm2/xpet can handle the following devices on all control ports:

nr device
0 None
1 Joystick
xcbm5x0 control ports and devices:

nr device N1 N2 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E
0 None X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Joystick X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Paddles X X
3 Mouse (1351) X X
4 Mouse (NEOS) X X
5 Mouse (AMIGA) X X X X X X X X X X
6 Trackball (CX22) X X X X X X X X X X
7 Mouse (ST) X X X X X X X X X X
8 Mouse (SmartMouse) X X
9 Mouse (Micromys) X X
10 KoalaPad X X
18 Sampler (2bit) X X X X X X X X X X
19 Sampler (4bit) X X X X X X X X X X
20 RTC (BBRTC) X X
30 SNES Pad (TrapThem) X X
31 SNES Pad (Ninja) X X
33 Inception joy adapter X X
34 MultiJoy adapter X X
36 ProtoPad X X
37 I/O Simulation device X X
38 Microflyte joystick X X
xplus4 control ports and devices:

nr device N1 N2 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 SC
0 None X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Joystick X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Paddles X
3 Mouse (1351) X
4 Mouse (NEOS) X
5 Mouse (AMIGA) X X X
6 Trackball (CX22) X X X
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 65

7 Mouse (ST) X X X
8 Mouse (SmartMouse) X
9 Mouse (Micromys) X
10 KoalaPad X
18 Sampler (2bit) X X X
19 Sampler (4bit) X X X
20 RTC (BBRTC) X
22 Keypad (Coplin) X X X
23 Keypad (Cardco) X
24 Keypad (CX85) X
25 Keypad (RushWare) X X X
26 Keypad (CX21) X
30 SNES Pad (TrapThem) X
36 ProtoPad X
37 I/O Simulation device X X
38 Microflyte joystick X
xvic control ports and devices:

nr device N1 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E
0 None X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 Joystick X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Paddles X
3 Mouse (1351) X
4 Mouse (NEOS) X
5 Mouse (AMIGA) X X X X X X X X X
6 Trackball (CX22) X X X X X X X X X
7 Mouse (ST) X X X X X X X X X
8 Mouse (SmartMouse) X
9 Mouse (Micromys) X
10 KoalaPad X
11 Lightpen (up trigger) X
12 Lightpen (left trigger) X
13 Lightpen (Datel) X
14 Lightgun (Magnum Phaser) X
15 Lightgun (Stack Rifle) X
16 Lightpen (Inkwell) X
18 Sampler (2bit) X X X X X X X X X
19 Sampler (4bit) X X X X X X X X X
20 RTC (BBRTC) X
22 Keypad (Coplin) X X X X X X X X X
23 Keypad (Cardco) X
24 Keypad (CX85) X
25 Keypad (RushWare) X X X X X X X X X
26 Keypad (CX21) X
30 SNES Pad (TrapThem) X
31 SNES Pad (Ninja) X
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 66

32 Spaceballs joy adapter X

33 Inception joy adapter X
36 ProtoPad X
37 I/O Simulation device X
38 Microflyte joystick X

Meaning of abreviations used in the tables above:

abr meaning
N1 Native control port 1
N2 Native control port 2
I1 Inception Joystick adapter
port 1
I2 Inception Joystick adapter
port 2
I3 Inception Joystick adapter
port 3
I4 Inception Joystick adapter
port 4
I5 Inception Joystick adapter
port 5
I6 Inception Joystick adapter
port 6
I7 Inception Joystick adapter
port 7
I8 Inception Joystick adapter
port 8
E1 Other Joystick adapter port
1
E2 Other Joystick adapter port
2
E3 Other Joystick adapter port
3
E4 Other Joystick adapter port
4
E5 Other Joystick adapter port
5
E6 Other Joystick adapter port
6
E7 Other Joystick adapter port
7
E8 Other Joystick adapter port
8
SC xplus4 SidCart joystick
port
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 67

5.8 Joystick settings

5.8.1 Joystick resources

JoyDevice1
JoyDevice2
JoyDevice3
JoyDevice4
JoyDevice5
JoyDevice6
JoyDevice7
JoyDevice8
JoyDevice9
JoyDevice10
JoyDevice11
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for joystick
emulation for ports 1 - 10, respectively. (0=None, 1=Joystick 1, 2=Joystick
2, 4=Numpad, 8=Keyset 1, 16=Keyset 2 on OS/2) (0=None, 1=Numpad,
2=Keyset 1, 3=Keyset 2, 4=HID joystick 0, 5=HID joystick 1 on Mac OS X)
The available joysticks might differ depending on operating system and joystick
support in the OS (Linux joystick module must be available for example).

JoyStick1AutoFire
JoyStick2AutoFire
JoyStick3AutoFire
JoyStick4AutoFire
JoyStick5AutoFire
JoyStick6AutoFire
JoyStick7AutoFire
JoyStick8AutoFire
JoyStick9AutoFire
JoyStick10AutoFire
JoyStick11AutoFire
Boolean, enables autofire for joystick emulation for ports 1 - 10, respectively.
(0=Off, 1=On)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 68

JoyStick1AutoFireMode
JoyStick2AutoFireMode
JoyStick3AutoFireMode
JoyStick4AutoFireMode
JoyStick5AutoFireMode
JoyStick6AutoFireMode
JoyStick7AutoFireMode
JoyStick8AutoFireMode
JoyStick9AutoFireMode
JoyStick10AutoFireMode
JoyStick11AutoFireMode
Integer specifying the autofire mode to be used for for joystick emulation for
ports 1 - 10, respectively. (0=Autofire when fire is pressed, 1=Permanent aut-
ofire except when fire is pressed)

JoyStick1AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick2AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick3AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick4AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick5AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick6AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick7AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick8AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick9AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick10AutoFireSpeed
JoyStick11AutoFireSpeed
Integer specifying the amount of fire button presses per second for autofire for
joystick emulation for ports 1 - 10, respectively. (1-255)

JoyOpposite
Boolean, if true allow (usually impossible) bitcombinations for opposite direc-
tions. (all emulators except vsid)

Mouse Boolean, enables mouse emulation

SmartMouseRTCSave
Boolean, specified whether to save real time clock data for the SmartMouse

PaddlesInput1
Integer speciftying the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 1 (all
emulators except xcbm2 and xpet) (0: Mouse, 1: Joystick axis)

PaddlesInput2
Integer speciftying the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 2 (all
emulators except xcbm2, xplus4 and xvic) (0: Mouse, 1: Joystick axis)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 69

KeySet1NorthWest
KeySet1North
KeySet1NorthEast
KeySet1East
KeySet1SouthEast
KeySet1South
KeySet1SouthWest
KeySet1West
KeySet1Fire
KeySet1Fire2
KeySet1Fire3
KeySet1Fire4
KeySet1Fire5
KeySet1Fire6
KeySet1Fire7
KeySet1Fire8
Integers specifying the keycodes for keyset 1 (all emulators except vsid).
KeySet2NorthWest
KeySet2North
KeySet2NorthEast
KeySet2East
KeySet2SouthEast
KeySet2South
KeySet2SouthWest
KeySet2West
KeySet2Fire
KeySet2Fire2
KeySet2Fire3
KeySet2Fire4
KeySet2Fire5
KeySet2Fire6
KeySet2Fire7
KeySet2Fire8
Integers specifying the keycodes for keyset 2 (all emulators except vsid).
KeySetEnable
Boolean that specifies whether user defined keysets are enabled (all emulators
except vsid).
KbdbufDelay
Integer specifying the additional keyboard delay. (0: use default)

5.8.2 Joystick command-line options

-joydev1 <range>
-joydev2 <range>
Set the device for joystick emulation of port 1 and 2, respectively. (JoyDevice1,
JoyDevice2).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 70

-extrajoydev1 <0-8>
-extrajoydev2 <0-8>
-extrajoydev3 <0-8>
-extrajoydev4 <0-8>
-extrajoydev5 <0-8>
-extrajoydev6 <0-8>
-extrajoydev7 <0-8>
-extrajoydev8 <0-8>
-extrajoydev9 <0-8>
Set device for extra joystick port 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. (JoyDevice3,
JoyDevice4, JoyDevice5, JoyDevice6, JoyDevice7, JoyDevice8,
JoyDevice9, JoyDevice10, JoyDevice11).
-joystick1autofire
+joystick1autofire
Enable/disable autofire for native joystick port 1 (JoyStick1AutoFire=1,
JoyStick1AutoFire=0). (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet and vsid)
-joystick2autofire
+joystick2autofire
Enable/disable autofire for native joystick port 2 (JoyStick2AutoFire=1,
JoyStick2AutoFire=0). (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid)
-extrajoystick1autofire
+extrajoystick1autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 1 (JoyStick3AutoFire=1,
JoyStick3AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
-extrajoystick2autofire
+extrajoystick2autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 2 (JoyStick4AutoFire=1,
JoyStick4AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
-extrajoystick3autofire
+extrajoystick3autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 3 or plus4 sidcard joystick port
(JoyStick5AutoFire=1, JoyStick5AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
-extrajoystick4autofire
+extrajoystick4autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 4 (JoyStick6AutoFire=1,
JoyStick6AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
-extrajoystick5autofire
+extrajoystick5autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 5 (JoyStick7AutoFire=1,
JoyStick7AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
-extrajoystick6autofire
+extrajoystick6autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 6 (JoyStick8AutoFire=1,
JoyStick8AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 71

-extrajoystick7autofire
+extrajoystick7autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 7 (JoyStick9AutoFire=1,
JoyStick9AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)

-extrajoystick8autofire
+extrajoystick8autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 8 (JoyStick10AutoFire=1,
JoyStick10AutoFire=0). (all emulators except vsid)

-extrajoystick9autofire
+extrajoystick9autofire
Enable/disable autofire for joystick adapter port 9 (JoyStick11AutoFire=1,
JoyStick11AutoFire=0). (xplus4 only)

-joystick1autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for native joystick port 1 (JoyStick1AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except xcbm2, xpet and vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1:
Permanent autofire except when fire is pressed)

-joystick2autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for native joystick port 2 (JoyStick2AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed,
1: Permanent autofire except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick1autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 1 (JoyStick3AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick2autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 2 (JoyStick4AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick3autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 3 or plus4 sidcard joystick port
(JoyStick5AutoFireMode) (all emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire
is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick4autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 4 (JoyStick6AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick5autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 5 (JoyStick7AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 72

-extrajoystick6autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 6 (JoyStick8AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick7autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 7 (JoyStick9AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick8autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 8 (JoyStick10AutoFireMode) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire
except when fire is pressed)

-extrajoystick9autofiremode <Mode>
Set autofire mode for joystick adapter port 9 (JoyStick11AutoFireMode)
(xplus4 only). (0: Autofire when fire is pressed, 1: Permanent autofire except
when fire is pressed)

-joystick1autofirespeed <1-255>
-joystick2autofirespeed <1-255>
Set the amount of presses per second for autofire for joystick emulation of port
1 and 2, respectively. (JoyStick1AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick2AutoFireSpeed).

-extrajoystick1autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick2autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick3autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick4autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick5autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick6autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick7autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick8autofirespeed <1-255>
-extrajoystick9autofirespeed <1-255>
Set the amount of presses per second for autofire for extra joystick port 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. (JoyStick3AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick4AutoFireSpeed,
JoyStick5AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick6AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick7AutoFireSpeed,
JoyStick8AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick9AutoFireSpeed, JoyStick10AutoFireSpeed,
JoyStick11AutoFireSpeed).

-joyopposite
+joyopposite
Enable/disable opposite joystick directions (JoyOpposite=1, JoyOpposite=0).
(all emulators except vsid)

-mouse
+mouse Enable/Disable mouse grab
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 73

-smartmousertcsave
+smartmousertcsave
Enable/Disable saving of the real time clock data for the SmartMouse
(SmartMouseRTCSave=1, SmartMouseRTCSave=0)
-paddles1inputmouse
Set the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 1 to the mouse.
(PaddlesInput1=0)
-paddles1inputmouse
Set the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 1 to a joystick axis.
(PaddlesInput1=1)
-paddles2inputmouse
Set the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 2 to the mouse.
(PaddlesInput2=0)
-paddles2inputmouse
Set the host input for the potentiometers of joystick port 2 to a joystick axis.
(PaddlesInput2=1)
-keyset
+keyset Enable/disable user defined keyset (KeySetEnable=1, KeySetEnable=0) (all
emulators except vsid).
-keybuf-delay <value>
Set additional keyboard buffer delay (KbdbufDelay). (0: use default)

5.9 Sound settings

The following menu items control sound output:
• “Enable sound playback” turns sound emulation on and off.
• “Sound synchronization” specifies the method for syncronizing the sound playback.
Possible settings are:
• “Flexible”, i.e., the audio renderer flexibly adds/removes samples to the output to
smoothly adapt the playback to slight changes in the speed of the emulator.
• “Adjusting” works like “flexible”, but supports bigger differences in speed. For
example, if the emulation speed drops down from from 100% to 50%, audio slows
down by the same amount too.
• “Exact”, instead, makes the audio renderer output always the same sounds you
would hear from the real thing, without trying to adapt the ratio; to compensate
the tolerances in speed, some extra frames will be skipped or added.
• “Sample rate” specifies the sampling frequency, ranging from 8000 to 48000 Hz (not all
the sound cards and/or sound drivers can support all the frequencies, so actually the
nearest candidate will be chosen).
• “Buffer size” specifies the size of the audio buffer; the bigger the buffer, the longer the
delay with which sounds are played. You should pick the smallest value your machine
can handle without problems.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 74

• “Sound suspend time”, will cause the audio playback to pause for the specified number
of seconds whenever some clicking happens. If “Keep going” is selected, no pausing is
done.
The following menu items control sound input:
• “Sampler Device” specifies the host device/method used for sampling/sound input,
currently portaudio (if linked in) and file methods are supported.
• “Sampler Gain” specifies the amount of gain (increase the input volume if above 100
or decrease the input volume if below 100) for the input of the sampler device.
• “Sampler File” specifies the name of the file to be uses as an input source for the ’file’
method/device.

5.9.1 Sound resources

Sound Boolean specifying whether audio emulation is turned on.
SoundSampleRate
Integer specifying the sampling frequency in Hz (not all the sound cards and/or
sound drivers can support all the frequencies, so actually the nearest candidate
will be chosen). (8000..48000)
SoundBufferSize
Integer specifying the size of the audio buffer, in milliseconds.
SoundDeviceName
String specifying the audio driver.
Implemented drivers are:
• ahi, for the Amiga/Morphos/Aros sound driver.
• aix, for the IBM AIX sound driver.
• allegro, for the DOS Allegro sound driver.
• alsa, for the linux ALSA sound driver.
• arts, for the *nix ARTS sound driver.
• beos, for the BeOS/Zeta/Haiku sound driver.
• bsp, for the BeOS/Zeta/Haiku BeOS Media Kit sound driver.
• coreaudio, for the Mac OS X sound driver (SoundDeviceArg specifies the
audio device, default system output by default).
• dart, for the OS/2 sound driver.
• dummy, fully emulating the sound output chip(s), but not actually playing
samples.
• dx, for the Windows Direct-X sound driver.
• hpux, for the HP-UX audio device (unfinished; SoundDeviceArg specifies
the audio device, /dev/audio by default).
• midas, for the DOS Midas sound driver.
• pulse, for the Pulseaudio sound driver.
• sdl, for the Simple DirectMedia Layer audio driver.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 75

• sgi, for the Silicon Graphics audio device (SoundDeviceArg specifies the
audio device, /dev/audio by default);
• speed, like dummy but also calculating samples (mainly used to evaluate
the speed of the sample generator);
• sun, for the Solaris and NetBDS audio device (unfinished; SoundDeviceArg
specifies the audio device, /dev/audio by default).
• uss, for the Linux/FreeBSD Universal Sound System driver
(SoundDeviceArg specifies the audio device, /dev/dsp by default);
• wmm, for the Windows Multimedia Waveout sound device.
These drivers will actually be present only if the VICE configuration script
detected the corresponding development support at the time of compilation.
SoundDeviceArg
String specifying an additional parameter for the audio driver (see
SoundDeviceName).
SoundRecordDeviceName
String specifying the driver used for sound recording.
Implemented drivers are:
• aiff, for the Apple Interchange File Format 16bit sound recorder driver.
• dump, writing all the write accesses to the registers to a file (specified by
SoundDeviceArg, default value is vicesnd.sid);
• fs, writing samples to a file (specified by SoundDeviceArg; default is
vicesnd.raw); iff, for the Amiga Interchange File Format (8SVX) 8bit
sound recorder driver.
• mp3, for the MP3 sound recorder driver.
• flac, for the FLAC sound recorder driver.
• ogg, for the ogg/vorbis sound recorder driver.
• voc, for the Creative Voice (VOC) sound recorder driver.
• wav, for the RIFF/WAV sound recorder driver.
These drivers will actually be present only if the VICE configuration script
detected the corresponding development support at the time of compilation.
SoundRecordDeviceArg
String specifying additional arguments for sound recording.
SoundFragmentSize
Integer specifying the fragment size. (0: very small, 1: small, 2: medium, 3:
large, 4: very large)
SoundVolume
Integer specifying the master volume in percent. (0..100)
SoundOutput
Integer specifying the type of sound output. Output is selectable between ’sys-
tem’ (system decides to use mono or stereo output based on the presence of a
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 76

stereo sid), ’always mono’ (output is always mono, stereo streams are mixed
into a mono stream) or ’always stereo’ (output is always stereo, mono streams
are multiplexed to a stereo stream). (0: system, 1: mono, 2: stereo)
SamplerDevice
Integer specifying the device/method to be used for sound input. (0: sample
file device, 1: PortAudio device)
SamplerGain
Integer specifying the gain to be used for sound input. (>100 increase input
volume, <100: decrease input volume)
SampleName
String specifying the name of the file/sample to be used as the input source for
the ’file’ sampler device.

5.9.2 Sound command-line options

-sound
+sound Enable/disable sound emulation (Sound=1, Sound=0).
-soundrate <value>
Specify the sound playback sample rate (SoundSampleRate). (8000..48000)
-soundoutput <output mode>
Sound output mode (SoundOutput). (0: system decides mono/stereo, 1: always
mono, 2: always stereo)
-soundbufsize <value>
Specify the size of the audio buffer in milliseconds (SoundBufferSize).
-soundfragsize <value>
Set sound fragment size (SoundFragmentSize). (0: very small, 1: small, 2:
medium, 3: large, 4: very large)
-sounddev <Name>
Specifies the name of the audio device (SoundDeviceName). (ahi, aix, allegro,
alsa, arts, beos, bsp, coreaudio, dart, dummy, dx, hpux, midas, pulse, sdl, sgi,
sun, uss, wmm)
-soundarg <args>
Specifies an additional parameter for the audio device (SoundDeviceArg).
-soundrecdev <name>
Specify recording sound driver (SoundRecordDeviceName). (aiff, dump, fs, iff,
mp3, flac, ogg, speed, voc, wav)
-soundrecarg <args>
Specify initialization parameters for recording sound driver
(SoundRecordDeviceArg).
-soundvolume <volume>
Specify the sound volume (SoundVolume). (0..100)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 77

-samplerdev <device number>

Specify the device to use for audio input (SamplerDevice). (0: file device, 1:
portaudio device)
-samplergain <percent>
Specify the amount of gain (volume increase/decrease) for the audio input de-
vice (SamplerGain). (0..200)
-samplename <name>
Specify the name of the file to use for the ’file’ audio input device (SampleFile).

5.10 Tape settings

These settings are used to control the hardware-level emulation of the Tape drive.

5.10.1 Tape resources

DatasetteResetWithCPU
Boolean specifying whether to reset (rewind) the tape when resetting the CPU.
DatasetteZeroGapDelay
Integer specifying the delay in cycles for a zero gap length in the tap. Mostly
relevant for v0 .tap files which could not properly encode gaps > 255. The
default is 2500, which is what "mtap" is using.
DatasetteSpeedTuning
Integer specifying the deviation from the correct motor speed. 100000 equals
100% deviation. Default is 0.
DatasetteTapeWobbleFrequency
Integer specifying the tape wobble frequency. 1000 equals 1Hz, default is 3Hz.
DatasetteTapeWobbleAmplitude
Integer specifying the tape wobble amplitude. 100000 equals 100% deviation of
the correct motor speed. Default is 0.5%.
DatasetteTapeAzimuthError
Integer specifying the amount of azimuth alignment error. This is right now
very inaccurately simulated by adding a random amount of cycles. 1000 equals
+/- one cycle. Default is 0.
DatasetteSound
Boolean specifying whether to produce audible sound when playing a tape on
the datasette
DatasetteSoundVolume
Integer specifying the volume of the tape sound. Meaningful values are in the
range 1-32767

5.10.2 Tape command-line options

-dsresetwithcpu
+dsresetwithcpu
Enable/disable automatic Datasette-Reset (DatasetteResetWithCPU=1,
DatasetteResetWithCPU=0).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 78

-dszerogapdelay <value>
Set delay in cycles for a zero gap in the tap. Mostly relevant for v0 .tap files
which could not properly encode gaps > 255. (DatasetteZeroGapDelay).
-dsspeedtuning <value>
Set amount of deviation from the correct motor speed. 100000 equals 100%
deviation. (DatasetteSpeedTuning).
-dstapewobblefreq <value>
Set tape wobble frequency. 1000 equals 1Hz, default is 3Hz.
(DatasetteTapeWobbleFrequency).
-dstapewobbleamp <value>
Set tape wobble amplitude. 100000 equals 100% deviation of the correct motor
speed. (DatasetteTapeWobbleAmplitude).
-dstapeerror <value>
Set tape alignment error. This is right now very inaccurately simulated
by adding a random amount of cycles. 1000 equals +/- one cycle.
(DatasetteTapeAzimuthError).
-datasettesound
+datasettesound
Enable/disable Datasette sound emulation (DatasetteSound=1,
DatasetteSound=0).
-dssoundvolume <value>
Set the volume of the Datasette sound (DatasetteSoundVolume).

5.11 Drive settings

These settings are used to control the hardware-level emulation of the Disk drives. When
hardware-level emulation is turned on, only drives 8 and 9 are being emulated.
The following settings affect both drives:
• “Enable true drive emulation” enables the (slow) hardware-level emulation of the drives
for maximum compatibility. This must be turned on for any of the following settings
to have effect.
• “Drive sync factor” specifies the speed of the drive’s CPU. This can be used to help
loading certain programs that have trouble with the default PAL setting (for example,
programs designed for NTSC machines). The ratio is calculated as follows:
sync_factor = 65536 * clk_drive / clk_machine
where clk_drive and clk_machine are clock speeds in MHz. The menu lets you choose
between the PAL and NTSC values, and also lets you specify whatever value you want.
Be careful when changing it, though, because a wrong value can break things and even
corrupt disk images.
The following settings, instead, are specific of each drive:
• “Drive model” specifies the model of the drive being emulated. Warning: This will
reset the drive.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 79

• “Enable parallel cable” enables emulation of a SpeedDOS parallel cable; if you switch
this option on and replace the original Commodore ROMs with SpeedDOS-compatible
ones, you can speed up loading/saving times.
• “Idle method” specifies which method the drive emulation should use to save CPU
cycles in the host CPU. There are three methods:
• Skip cycles: Each time the serial line is accessed by the C64, the drive executes all
the cycles since the last time it ran. If the number of elapsed cycles is larger than
a certain value, the drive discards part of them.
• Trap idle: The disk drive is still emulated upon serial line accesses as with the
previous option, but it is also always emulated at the end of each screen frame.
If the drive gets into the DOS idle loop, only pending interrupts are emulated to
save time.
• No traps: Like “Trap idle”, but without any traps at all. So basically the drive
works exactly as with the real thing, and nothing is done to reduce the power
needs of the drive emulation.
The first option (“Skip cycles”) is usually best for performance, as the drive is emulated
as little as possible; on the other hand, you may notice sudden slowdowns (when the
drive executes several cycles at once) and the LED status is never updated (because
it would not be possible to do correctly so). Moreover, if the drive tries to get in sync
with the computer in some weird way and the computer does not access the serial line
for a long time, it is possible that some cycles are discarded and the sync is lost. Notice
that this hack will have no effect on performance if a program continuously reads from
the IEC port, as the drive will have to be fully emulated in any case (some stupid
programs do this, even when they don’t actually need to use the drive).
The second option (“Trap idle”) is usually a bit slower, as at least interrupts are always
emulated, but ensures the LED state is always updated correctly and always keeps the
drive and the computer in sync. On the other hand, if a program installs a non-standard
idle loop in the drive, the drive CPU has to be emulated even when not necessary and
the global emulation speed is then much slower.
• “40-track image support” specifies how 40-track (“extended”) disk images should be
supported. There are three possible ways:
• “Never extend” never extends disk images at all (so if a program tries to write
tracks beyond the 35th, it is not allowed to do so);
• “Ask on extend” prompts the user as soon as a program tries to write tracks
beyond the 35th, and the user can then choose whether he wants the disk image
to be extended or not;
• “Extend on access” simply extends the disk image as soon the program needs it,
without prompting the user.

5.11.1 Drive resources

Drive8TrueEmulation
Drive9TrueEmulation
Drive10TrueEmulation
Drive11TrueEmulation
Boolean controlling whether the “true” drive emulation is turned on.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 80

DriveSoundEmulation
Boolean controlling whether the drive noise emulation is turned on (all emula-
tors except vsid).
DriveSoundEmulationVolume
Integer specifying the volume of the drive noise emulation (all emulators except
vsid). (0..4000, 4000 equals 100.0%.)
Drive8Type
Drive9Type
Drive10Type
Drive11Type
Integers specifying the model number for drives 8 to 11. Possible values are
1541 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1542 (1541-II) [all
emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1570 [all emulators except
xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1571 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0,
xpet and vsid], 1573 (1571CR) [x128 only], 1551 [xplus4 only], 1581 [all emula-
tors except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1001 [all emulators except x64dtv,
xplus4 and vsid], 2000 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid],
2031 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 2040 [all emulators except
x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 3040 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid],
4000 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 4040 [all emulators
except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 4844 (CMD HD) [all emulators except xcbm2,
xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 8050 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid],
8250 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid]. 9000 [all emulators except
x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid].
Drive8RTCSave
Drive9RTCSave
Drive10RTCSave
Drive11RTCSave
Integer specifying whether the RTC data of drive 8 to 11 should be saved when
changed or not (drive type 2000/4000/4844 only).
Drive8ParallelCable
Drive9ParallelCable
Drive10ParallelCable
Drive11ParallelCable
integers controlling what type of parallel cable is emulated for drives 8 to 11
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xplus4 only). x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128: (0:
None, 1: Standard, 2: Dolphin DOS 3, 3: Formel64) xplus4: (0: None, 1:
Standard)
Drive8ProfDOS
Drive9ProfDOS
Drive10ProfDOS
Drive11ProfDOS
Booleans controlling whether Professional DOS is emulated or not for drives 8
to 11 (x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 81

Drive8SuperCard
Drive9SuperCard
Drive10SuperCard
Drive11SuperCard
Booleans controlling whether Supercard is emulated or not for drives 8 to 11
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

Drive8StarDos
Drive9StarDos
Drive10StarDos
Drive11StarDos
Booleans controlling whether StarDOS is emulated or not for drives 8 to 11
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

Drive8RAM2000
Drive9RAM2000
Drive10RAM2000
Drive11RAM2000
Booleans controlling whether a RAM block is emulated at $2000-$3FFF for
drive 8 to 11.

Drive8RAM4000
Drive9RAM4000
Drive10RAM4000
Drive11RAM4000
Booleans controlling whether a RAM block is emulated at $4000-$5FFF for
drive 8 to 11.

Drive8RAM6000
Drive9RAM6000
Drive10RAM6000
Drive11RAM6000
Booleans controlling whether a RAM block is emulated at $6000-$7FFF for
drive 8 to 11.

Drive8RAM8000
Drive9RAM8000
Drive10RAM8000
Drive11RAM8000
Booleans controlling whether a RAM block is emulated at $8000-$9FFF for
drive 8 to 11.

Drive8RAMA000
Drive9RAMA000
Drive10RAMA000
Drive11RAMA000
Booleans controlling whether a RAM block is emulated at $A000-$BFFF for
drive 8 to 11.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 82

Drive8ExtendImagePolicy
Drive9ExtendImagePolicy
Drive10ExtendImagePolicy
Drive11ExtendImagePolicy
Integer specifying the policy for 40-track support for drives 8 to 11. (0: never
extend, 1: ask on extend, 2: extend on access)

Drive8IdleMethod
Drive9IdleMethod
Drive10IdleMethod
Drive11IdleMethod
Integers specifying the idling method for the drive CPU. See Section 5.11 [Drive
settings], page 78. (0: none, 1: skip cycles, 2: trap idle)

Drive8RPM
Drive9RPM
Drive10RPM
Drive11RPM
Integers specifying the rotation speed of the drive, multiplied by 100, so 300rpm
equals 30000.

Drive8WobbleFrequency
Drive9WobbleFrequency
Drive10WobbleFrequency
Drive11WobbleFrequency
Integers specifying the drive wobble frequency. 1000 equals 1Hz.

Drive8WobbleAmplitude
Drive9WobbleAmplitude
Drive10WobbleAmplitude
Drive11WobbleAmplitude
Integers specifying the drive wobble amplitude. 1000 equals +/- 1 RPM.

Drive8FixedSize
Drive9FixedSize
Drive10FixedSize
Drive11FixedSize
Integer specifying the size of the diskimage (in bytes) returned to SCSI capacity
inquiries for CMD HDs. A disk image must be attached for a valid size to be
returned. A value of "0" will report back the current image size. Values may
also be followed by the suffix "K", "M", or "G" for kilobyte, megabyte, and
gigabyte respectively. Default is "8G".
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 83

DosName1540
DosName1541
DosName1541ii
DosName1570
DosName1571
DosName1581
DosName2000
DosName4000
DosNameCMDHD
Strings specifying the names of the ROM images for the drive emulation. (all
emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
DosName1551
String specifying the name of the ROM image for the drive emulation. (xplus4
only)
DosName1571cr
String specifying the name of the ROM image for the drive emulation. (x128
only)
DosName2031
DosName2040
DosName3040
DosName4040
DosName1001
DosName9000
Strings specifying the names of the ROM images for the drive emulation. (all
emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
DriveProfDOS1571Name
String specifying the filename of the 1571 professional DOS ROM image (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
DriveSuperCardName
String specifying the filename of the Supercard ROM image (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
DriveStarDosName
String specifying the filename of the image of the lower half of the StarDOS
ROM (x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
FliplistName
String specifying the filename of the current flip list. (Drive 8 only) (all emula-
tors except vsid).
AttachDevice8d0Readonly
AttachDevice9d0Readonly
AttachDevice10d0Readonly
AttachDevice11d0Readonly
Booleans that specify whether to attach images on drives 8 to 11 read-only or
not (all emulators except vsid).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 84

AttachDevice8d1Readonly
AttachDevice9d1Readonly
AttachDevice10d1Readonly
AttachDevice11d1Readonly
Booleans that specify whether to attach images on the second drive of dual-
drives 8 to 11 read-only or not (all emulators except vsid).

5.11.2 Drive command-line options

-drive8truedrive, +drive8truedrive
-drive9truedrive, +drive9truedrive
-drive10truedrive, +drive10truedrive
-drive11truedrive, +drive11truedrive
Enable/disable true drive emulation (Drive8TrueEmulation=1,
Drive8TrueEmulation=0, Drive9TrueEmulation=1, Drive9TrueEmulation=0,
Drive10TrueEmulation=1, Drive10TrueEmulation=0, Drive11TrueEmulation=1,
Drive11TrueEmulation=0).

-drivesound
+drivesound
Enable/disable drive sound emulation (DriveSoundEmulation=1,
DriveSoundEmulation=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-drivesoundvolume <Volume>
Set the volume of the drive sound emulation. (4000 equals 100.0%.)
(DriveSoundEmulationVolume=0..4000) (all emulators except vsid).

-drive8type <Type>
-drive9type <Type>
-drive10type <Type>
-drive11type <Type>
Specifies the drive types for drives 8-11, respectively. Possible values for TYPE
are 1541 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1542 (meaning
1541-II) [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1551 [xplus4
only], 1570 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1571 [all
emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 1573 (meaning 1571cr) [x128
only], 1581 [all emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 2000 [all
emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 4000 [all emulators except
xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 4844 (meaning CMD HD) [all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid], 2031 [all emulators except x64dtv,
xplus4 and vsid], 2040 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 3040 [all
emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 4040 [all emulators except x64dtv,
xplus4 and vsid], 1001 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid], 8050 [all
emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid] 8250 [all emulators except x64dtv,
xplus4 and vsid]. and 9000 [all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid].
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 85

-drive8rtcsave, +drive8rtcsave
-drive9rtcsave, +drive9rtcsave
-drive10rtcsave, +drive10rtcsave
-drive11rtcsave, +drive11rtcsave
Enable/disable the saving of the RTC data for drive 8 to 11 when
changed (drive type 2000/4000/4844 only) (Drive8RTCSave=1,
Drive8RTCSave=0, Drive9RTCSave=1, Drive9RTCSave=0, Drive10RTCSave=1,
Drive10RTCSave=0, Drive11RTCSave=1, Drive11RTCSave=0).

-parallel8 <type>
-parallel9 <type>
-parallel10 <type>
-parallel11 <type>
Set parallel cable type for drives 8-11 respectively (Drive8ParallelCable,
Drive9ParallelCable, Drive10ParallelCable, Drive11ParallelCable)
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xplus4 only). x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128: (0:
None, 1: Standard, 2: Professional DOS, 3: Formel64) xplus4: (0: None, 1:
Standard)

-drive8idle <method>
-drive9idle <method>
-drive10idle <method>
-drive11idle <method>
Specifies <method> as the idling method for drives 8-11 respec-
tively (Drive8IdleMethod, Drive9IdleMethod, Drive10IdleMethod),
Drive11IdleMethod). (0: none, 1: skip cycles, 2: trap idle)

-drive8extend <method>
-drive9extend <method>
-drive10extend <method>
-drive11extend <method>
Specifies <method> as the track 40 extend policy in drives 8-11 re-
spectively (Drive8ExtendImagePolicy, Drive9ExtendImagePolicy,
Drive10ExtendImagePolicy, Drive11ExtendImagePolicy). (0: never extend,
1: ask on extend, 2: extend on access)

-drive8rpm <rpm>
-drive9rpm <rpm>
-drive10rpm <rpm>
-drive11rpm <rpm>
Specifies the rotation speed of the drive, multiplied by 100 so 300rpm equal
30000.

-drive8wobblefrequency <frequency>
-drive9wobblefrequency <frequency>
-drive10wobblefrequency <frequency>
-drive11wobblefrequency <frequency>
Specifies frequency of the drive wobble. 1000 equals 1Hz.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 86

-drive8wobbleamplitude <amplitude>
-drive9wobbleamplitude <amplitude>
-drive10wobbleamplitude <amplitude>
-drive11wobbleamplitude <amplitude>
Specifies amplitude of the drive wobble. 1000 equals +/- 1RPM.
-drive8fixedsize
-drive9fixedsize
-drive10fixedsize
-drive11fixedsize
Specifies the size of the diskimage (in bytes) returned to SCSI capacity inquiries
for CMD HDs. A disk image must be attached for a valid size to be returned.
A value of "0" will report back the current image size. Values may also be
followed by the suffix "K", "M", or "G" for kilobyte, megabyte, and gigabyte
respectively. Default is "8G".
-dos1540 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1540 emulation (DosName1540). (all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos1541 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1541 emulation (DosName1541). (all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos1541II <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1541-II emulation (DosName1541ii). (all emu-
lators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos1551 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1551 emulation (DosName1551). (xplus4 only)
-dos1570 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1570 emulation (DosName1570). (all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos1571 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1571 emulation (DosName1571). (all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos1571cr <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1571 emulation (DosName1571CR). (x128 only)
-dos1581 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1581 emulation (DosName1581). (all emulators
except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos2000 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the FD2000 emulation (DosName2000). (all emula-
tors except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos4000 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the FD4000 emulation (DosName4000). (all emula-
tors except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 87

-dosCMDHD <name>
Specify the boot ROM name for the CMD HD emulation (DosNameCMDHD). (all
emulators except xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet and vsid)
-dos2031 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 2031 emulation (DosName2031). (all emulators
except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-dos2040 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 2040 emulation (DosName2040). (all emulators
except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-dos3040 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 3040 emulation (DosName3040). (all emulators
except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-dos4040 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 4040 emulation (DosName4040). (all emulators
except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-dos1001 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the 1001, 8050 and 8250 emulations (DosName1001).
(all emulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-dos9000 <name>
Specify the ROM name for the D9090/60 emulations (DosName9000). (all em-
ulators except x64dtv, xplus4 and vsid)
-drive8ram2000, +drive8ram2000
-drive9ram2000, +drive9ram2000
-drive10ram2000, +drive10ram2000
-drive11ram2000, +drive11ram2000
Enable/disable 8KiB RAM expansion at $2000-$3FFF for drive 8 to 11
(Drive8RAM2000=1, Drive8RAM2000=0, Drive9RAM2000=1, Drive9RAM2000=0,
Drive10RAM2000=1, Drive10RAM2000=0, Drive11RAM2000=1,
Drive11RAM2000=0).
-drive8ram4000, +drive8ram4000
-drive9ram4000, +drive9ram4000
-drive10ram4000, +drive10ram4000
-drive11ram4000, +drive11ram4000
Enable/disable 8KiB RAM expansion at $4000-$5FFF for drive 8 to 11
(Drive8RAM4000=1, Drive8RAM4000=0, Drive9RAM4000=1, Drive9RAM4000=0,
Drive10RAM4000=1, Drive10RAM4000=0, Drive11RAM4000=1,
Drive11RAM4000=0).
-drive8ram6000, +drive8ram6000
-drive9ram6000, +drive9ram6000
-drive10ram6000, +drive10ram6000
-drive11ram6000, +drive11ram6000
Enable/disable 8KiB RAM expansion at $6000-$7FFF for drive 8 to 11
(Drive8RAM6000=1, Drive8RAM6000=0, Drive9RAM6000=1, Drive9RAM6000=0,
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 88

Drive10RAM6000=1, Drive10RAM6000=0, Drive11RAM6000=1,

Drive11RAM6000=0).

-drive8ram8000, +drive8ram8000
-drive9ram8000, +drive9ram8000
-drive10ram8000, +drive10ram8000
-drive11ram8000, +drive11ram8000
Enable/disable 8KiB RAM expansion at $8000-$9FFF for drive 8 to 11
(Drive8RAM8000=1, Drive8RAM8000=0, Drive9RAM8000=1, Drive9RAM8000=0,
Drive10RAM8000=1, Drive10RAM8000=0, Drive11RAM8000=1,
Drive11RAM8000=0).

-drive8rama000, +drive8rama000
-drive9rama000, +drive9rama000
-drive10rama000, +drive10rama000
-drive11rama000, +drive11rama000
Enable/disable 8KiB RAM expansion at $A000-$BFFF for drive 8 to 11
(Drive8RAMA000=1, Drive8RAMA000=0, Drive9RAMA000=1, Drive9RAMA000=0,
Drive10RAMA000=1, Drive10RAMA000=0, Drive11RAMA000=1,
Drive11RAMA000=0).

-drive8profdos, +drive8profdos
-drive9profdos, +drive9profdos
-drive10profdos, +drive10profdos
-drive11profdos, +drive11profdos
Enable/disable Professional DOS for drive 8 to 11 (Drive8ProfDOS=1,
Drive8ProfDOS=0, Drive9ProfDOS=1, Drive9ProfDOS=0, Drive10ProfDOS=1,
Drive10ProfDOS=0, Drive11ProfDOS=1, Drive11ProfDOS=0) (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).

-profdos1571 <name>
Specify name of Professional DOS 1571 ROM image (DriveProfDOS1571Name)
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128).

-drive8supercard, +drive8supercard
-drive9supercard, +drive9supercard
-drive10supercard, +drive10supercard
-drive11supercard, +drive11supercard
Enable/disable Supercard for drive 8 to 11 (Drive8SuperCard=1,
Drive8SuperCard=0, Drive9SuperCard=1, Drive9SuperCard=0,
Drive10SuperCard=1, Drive10SuperCard=0, Drive11SuperCard=1,
Drive11SuperCard=0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

-supercard <name>
Specify name of Supercard ROM image (DriveSuperCardName) (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 89

-drive8stardos, +drive8stardos
-drive9stardos, +drive9stardos
-drive10stardos, +drive10stardos
-drive11stardos, +drive11stardos
Enable/disable StarDOS for drive 8 to 11 (Drive8StarDos=1,
Drive8StarDos=0, Drive9StarDos=1, Drive9StarDos=0, Drive10StarDos=1,
Drive10StarDos=0, Drive11StarDos=1, Drive11StarDos=0) (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
-stardos <name>
Specify name of the image of the lower half of the StarDOS ROM. (Attach
the upper half using the -dos1541 option.) (DriveStarDosName) (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
-flipname <name>
Specify name of the flip list file image (Drive 8 only) (FliplistName) (all em-
ulators except vsid).

5.12 Peripheral settings

VICE is able to support some special peripherals:
• file system devices, pseudo-drives accessing the Unix file system;
• printers.
These features depend on some kernal traps that replace the existing routines in the original
Commodore operating system with custom-made C routines.

5.12.1 Settings for file system devices

These settings deal with the drive-like peripherals connected to the bus of the emulated
machine. The first setting relates to the parallel IEEE488 interface. With this interface a
special engine is used to listen to the bus lines to translates them to the filesystem code.
Thus the PET will always detect a drive for example, but it can also use drives 10 and 11
even together with true disk drive emulation.
• “Enable virtual devices”, enables the peripheral access via the fast disk emulation
(either kernal traps or IEEE488 interface). Both, filesystem and disk image access via
fast drive emulation, are affected.
Four peripherals, numbered from 8 to 11, are accessible; each of them provides the following
settings:
• “File system access”, if enabled, allows the device to emulate a drive accessing a file
system directory; note that when a disk image is attached to the same drive, the
directory is no longer visible and the attached disk is used instead.
• “File system directory” specifies the directory to be accessed by the drive.
• “Convert P00 file names”, if enabled, allows access to P00 files using their built-in
name instead of the Unix one.
• “Create P00 files on save”, if enabled, creates P00 files (instead of raw CBM files)
whenever a program creates a file.
Note that, by default, all drives create P00 files on save.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 90

5.12.1.1 Resources for file system devices

IECDevice8
IECDevice9
IECDevice10
IECDevice11
Booleans that specify whether IEC device emulation for device #8 to #11 is
enabled.
FileSystemDevice8
FileSystemDevice9
FileSystemDevice10
FileSystemDevice11
Integers specifying the device type for device 8-11 respectively (all emulators
except vsid). (0: None, 1: Filesystem, 2: OpenCBM (Real))
FSDevice8ConvertP00
FSDevice9ConvertP00
FSDevice10ConvertP00
FSDevice11ConvertP00
Booleans specifying whether on-read support for P00 files is enabled on drives
8, 9, 10 and 11 respectively (all emulators except vsid).
FSDevice8SaveP00
FSDevice9SaveP00
FSDevice10SaveP00
FSDevice11SaveP00
Booleans specifying whether the drives should create P00 files instead of plain
CBM ones for drives 8, 9, 10 and 11 respectively (all emulators except vsid).
FSDevice8HideCBMFiles
FSDevice9HideCBMFiles
FSDevice10HideCBMFiles
FSDevice11HideCBMFiles
Booleans specifying whether non-P00 files should be invisible for drives 8, 9, 10
and 11 respectively (all emulators except vsid).
FSDevice8Dir
FSDevice9Dir
FSDevice10Dir
FSDevice11Dir
Strings specifying the directories to which drives 8, 9, 10 and 11 have access
(all emulators except vsid).
FSDeviceLongNames
Boolean specifying whether filenames will get converted to 16 character long
short names or not. Disabled by default.
FSDeviceOverwrite
Boolean specifying whether files in the file system can be overwritten without
using "@:name", or not. Disabled by default.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 91

5.12.1.2 Command-line options for file system devices

-iecdevice8
+iecdevice8
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #8 (IECDevice8=1,
IECDevice8=0).
-iecdevice9
+iecdevice9
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #9 (IECDevice9=1,
IECDevice9=0).
-iecdevice10
+iecdevice10
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #10 (IECDevice10=1,
IECDevice10=0).
-iecdevice11
+iecdevice11
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #11 (IECDevice11=1,
IECDevice11=0).
-device8 <type>
-device9 <type>
-device10 <type>
-device11 <type>
Set device type for device 8-11 respectively (FileSystemDevice8,
FileSystemDevice9, FileSystemDevice10, FileSystemDevice11) (all
emulators except vsid). (0: None, 1: Filesystem, 2: OpenCBM (Real))
-fs8 <Name>
-fs9 <Name>
-fs10 <Name>
-fs11 <Name>
Specify the paths for the file system access on drives 8, 9, 10 and 11, respectively
(FSDevice8Dir, FSDevice9Dir, FSDevice10Dir and FSDevice11Dir) (all em-
ulators except vsid).
-fs8convertp00
+fs8convertp00
Enable/disable on-read support for P00 files on drive 8 (FSDevice8ConvertP00=1,
FSDevice8ConvertP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).
-fs9convertp00
+fs9convertp00
Enable/disable on-read support for P00 files on drive 9 (FSDevice9ConvertP00=1,
FSDevice9ConvertP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).
-fs10convertp00
+fs10convertp00
Enable/disable on-read support for P00 files on drive 10 (FSDevice10ConvertP00=1,
FSDevice10ConvertP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 92

-fs11convertp00
+fs11convertp00
Enable/disable on-read support for P00 files on drive 11 (FSDevice11ConvertP00=1,
FSDevice11ConvertP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs8savep00
+fs8savep00
Enable/disable saving P00 files on drive 8 (FSDevice8SaveP00=1,
FSDevice8SaveP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs9savep00
+fs9savep00
Enable/disable saving P00 files on drive 9 (FSDevice9SaveP00=1,
FSDevice9SaveP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs10savep00
+fs10savep00
Enable/disable saving P00 files on drive 10 (FSDevice10SaveP00=1,
FSDevice10SaveP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs11savep00
+fs11savep00
Enable/disable saving P00 files on drive 11 (FSDevice11SaveP00=1,
FSDevice11SaveP00=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs8hidecbm
+fs8hidecbm
Enable/disable hiding of CBM files for drive 8 (FSDevice8HideCBMFiles=1,
FSDevice8HideCBMFiles=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs9hidecbm
+fs9hidecbm
Enable/disable hiding of CBM files for drive 9 (FSDevice9HideCBMFiles=1,
FSDevice9HideCBMFiles=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs10hidecbm
+fs10hidecbm
Enable/disable hiding of CBM files for drive 10 (FSDevice10HideCBMFiles=1,
FSDevice10HideCBMFiles=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fs11hidecbm
+fs11hidecbm
Enable/disable hiding of CBM files for drive 11 (FSDevice11HideCBMFiles=1,
FSDevice11HideCBMFiles=0) (all emulators except vsid).

-fslongnames
+fslongnames
Enable/disable whether filenames will get converted to 16 character long short
names (FSDeviceLongNames=1, FSDeviceLongNames=0) (all emulators except
vsid).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 93

-fsoverwrite
+fsoverwrite
Enable/disable whether existing files in the file system can be overwrit-
ten by default. Using OPEN or SAVE"@:name" this is always possible.
(FSDeviceOverwrite=1, FSDeviceOverwrite=0) (all emulators except vsid).

5.12.2 Printer settings

The VICE emulators can emulate printers connected to either the IEC buffer or the user
port. Emulation can be achieved by redirecting the printer output to a file or by piping
it through an external process. This is defined by so-called printer device file names; a
printer device file name can be either a simple path, or a command name preceeded by a
pipe symbol ‘|’.
For example, printer device ‘filename’ will cause the output to be appended to the file
filename, while printer device ‘|lpr’ will cause the lpr command to be executed and be
fed the printer output. The printer output will not be converted but saved as printed by
the emulated machine.
Up to three printer devices may be specified through the following resources:
• device 1, whose default value is print.dump;
• device 2, whose default value is |lpr.
• device 3, whose default value is |petlp -F PS|lpr;

So, basically, by default printer device 1 will dump printer output to print.dump; printer
device 2 will print it via lpr directly to the printer and device 3 will print it via petlp (a
not-yet-complete utility that will produce Postscript output from the Commodore printer
code) and then to the printer via lpr.

5.12.2.1 Printer resources

IECDevice4
IECDevice5
IECDevice6
IECDevice7
Booleans that specify whether IEC device emulation for device #4, #5, #6 and
#7 is enabled.
PrinterTextDevice1
PrinterTextDevice2
PrinterTextDevice3
Strings specifying the printer devices (see Section 5.12.2 [Printer settings],
page 93).
Printer4TextDevice
Printer5TextDevice
Printer6TextDevice
Integer (ranging from 0 to 2, for device 1-3) specifying what printer device (see
Section 5.12.2 [Printer settings], page 93) the IEC printer is using.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 94

Printer4
Printer5
Printer6 Integer specifying how the printer (device 4-6) is being emulated. (0: None, 1:
Filesystem, 2: Real)
Printer7 Integer specifying how printer 7 is being emulated. (0: None, 2: Real)
Printer4Driver
String specifying the printer output driver. (raw, ascii, 2022, 4023, 8023,
mps801, mps802, mps803, nl10)
Printer5Driver
String specifying the printer output driver. (raw, ascii, 2022, 4023, 8023,
mps801, mps802, mps803, nl10)
Printer6Driver
String specifying the printer output driver. (raw, 1520)
Printer4Output
Printer5Output
Printer6Output
Strings specifying the IEC printer output device. (text, graphics)
PrinterUserportTextDevice
Integer (ranging from 0 to 2, for device 1-3) specifying what printer device the
user-port printer is using.
PrinterUserportDriver
String specifying the user-port printer output driver. (ascii/nl10/raw)
PrinterUserportOutput
String specifying the user-port printer output device. (text, graphics)

5.12.2.2 Printer command-line options

-iecdevice4
+iecdevice4
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #4 (IECDevice4=1,
IECDevice4=0).
-iecdevice5
+iecdevice5
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #5 (IECDevice5=1,
IECDevice5=0).
-iecdevice6
+iecdevice6
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #6 (IECDevice6=1,
IECDevice6=0).
-iecdevice7
+iecdevice7
Enable/disable IEC device emulation for device #7 (IECDevice7=1,
IECDevice7=0).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 95

-device4 <type>
Set device type for device 4 (Printer4). (0: None, 1: Filesystem, 2: Real)
-device5 <type>
Set device type for device 5 (Printer5). (0: None, 1: Filesystem, 2: Real)
-device6 <type>
Set device type for device 6 (Printer6). (0: None, 1: Filesystem, 2: Real)
-device7 <type>
Set device type for device 7 (Printer7). (0: None, 2: Real)
-prtxtdev1 <name>
-prtxtdev2 <name>
-prtxtdev3 <name>
Specify name of printer text device or dump file (PrinterTextDevice1,
PrinterTextDevice2, PrinterTextDevice3).
-pr4txtdev <0-2>
-pr5txtdev <0-2>
-pr6txtdev <0-2>
Specify printer text output device for IEC printer #4-6 (Printer4TextDevice,
Printer5TextDevice, Printer6TextDevice).
-pr4output <name>
Specify name of output device for device #4 (Printer4Output). (text, graph-
ics)
-pr5output <name>
Specify name of output device for device #5 (Printer5Output). (text, graph-
ics)
-pr6output <name>
Specify name of output device for device #6 (Printer6Output). (text, graph-
ics)
-pr4drv <name>
Specify name of printer driver for device #4 (Printer4Driver). (raw, ascii,
2022, 4023, 8023, mps801, mps802, mps803, nl10)
-pr5drv <name>
Specify name of printer driver for device #5 (Printer5Driver). (raw, ascii,
2022, 4023, 8023, mps801, mps802, mps803, nl10)
-pr6drv <name>
Specify name of printer driver for device #6 (Printer6Driver). (raw, 1520)
-prusertxtdev <0-2>
Specify printer text output device for userport printer (PrinterUserportTextDevice).
-pruseroutput <name>
Specify name of output device for the userport printer (PrinterUserportOutput).
(text, graphics)
-pruserdrv <name>
Specify name of printer driver for the userport printer (PrinterUserportDriver).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 96

5.12.3 Disabling kernal traps

If you have compatibility problems, you can completely disable Kernal traps with the “Dis-
able kernal traps” option. This will of course disable all the features that depend on it, such
as the fast 1541 emulation (so you will have to turn true 1541 emulation on if you want to
be able to read or write disk images) and tape (t64) support.
Since the 3.0 release kernal traps have been disabled by default to ensure maximum com-
patibility.

5.12.3.1 Resources to control Kernal traps

VirtualDevice1
VirtualDevice2
VirtualDevice4
VirtualDevice5
VirtualDevice6
VirtualDevice7
VirtualDevice8
VirtualDevice9
VirtualDevice10
VirtualDevice11
Boolean specifying whether all the mechanisms for virtual device emulation
should be enabled. Serial IEC devices use kernal traps, parallel IEEE488 devices
use an own IEEE488 engine. Both are switched on and off with this resource.

5.12.3.2 Command-line options to control Kernal traps

-virtualdev1, +virtualdev1
-virtualdev2, +virtualdev2
-virtualdev4, +virtualdev4
-virtualdev5, +virtualdev5
-virtualdev6, +virtualdev6
-virtualdev7, +virtualdev7
-virtualdev8, +virtualdev8
-virtualdev9, +virtualdev9
-virtualdev10, +virtualdev10
-virtualdev11, +virtualdev11
Enable/disable virtual devices (VirtualDevice1=1, VirtualDevice1=0,
VirtualDevice2=1, VirtualDevice2=0, VirtualDevice4=1,
VirtualDevice4=0, VirtualDevice5=1, VirtualDevice5=0,
VirtualDevice6=1, VirtualDevice6=0, VirtualDevice7=1,
VirtualDevice7=0, VirtualDevice8=1, VirtualDevice8=0,
VirtualDevice9=1, VirtualDevice9=0, VirtualDevice10=1,
VirtualDevice10=0, VirtualDevice11=1, VirtualDevice11=0).

5.13 RS232 settings

The VICE emulators can emulate the RS232 device most of the machines have. The C64,
C128 and VIC20 emulators emulate the userport RS232 interface from 300 to 57600 baud.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 97

The C64 can also use the UP9600 interface by Daniel Dallmann, using the shift registers of
the two CIA 6526 chips. The PET can have a 6551 ACIA RS232 interface when running as
a SuperPET, and the CBM-II has such an ACIA by default. The C64 and C128 emulators
can emulate an ACIA 6551 (also known as Swiftlink, Datapump or Turbo232 for example)
as extension at $de**, $df** or $d7** (C128 only).
Emulation can be achieved by either:
• connecting a real serial device/port;
• dumping to a file;
• piping through a process.
• connect through a network socket.
It is possible to define up to four serial devices, and then decide which interface should be
connected to which device. This is done by so-called rs232 device file names; an rs232 device
file name can be either a simple path, a network address, or a command name preceeded
by a pipe symbol ‘|’. If the path specifies a special device (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or com1) it is
recognized by VICE and the emulator can set the baudrate.
For example, rs232 device ‘filename’ will cause the output to be written (not appended) to
the file filename, while printer device ‘|lpr’ will cause the lpr command to be executed
and be fed the rs232 output. The rs232 output will not be converted but saved as sent by
the emulated machine. The same holds true for the rs232 input. If the command writes
data to the standard output it will be caught by VICE and sent back to the emulator. Also
the data sent by the pseudo device will be sent back to VICE.
For example you can setup a null-modem cable between two serial ports of your PC, setup
one port for login and use the other in VICE. Then you can login from your emulator via
the RS232 emulation and the null-modem cable to your machine again.
Up to four RS232 devices may be specified through the following resources:
• device 1, whose default value is /dev/ttyS0;
• device 2, whose default value is /dev/ttyS1;
• device 3, whose default value is 127.0.0.1:25232;
• device 4, whose default value is |nc 127.0.0.1:25232.
(Only) when using physical RS232 ports, you’ll also have to specify it on the commandline
or in the menu.

5.13.1 RS232 resources

RsDevice1
RsDevice2
RsDevice3
RsDevice4
Strings specifying the RS232 devices (see Section 5.13 [RS232 settings],
page 96).
The windows driver understands various options passed in the so called
"mode string" after a colon after the ports name: COMx[:] [baud=b]
[parity=p] [data=d] [stop=s] [to=on|off] [xon=on|off] [odsr=on|off]
[octs=on|off] [dtr=on|off|hs] [rts=on|off|hs|tg] [idsr=on|off]
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 98

RsDevice1ip232
RsDevice2ip232
RsDevice3ip232
RsDevice4ip232
Boolean specifying whether the respective RS232 devices (see Section 5.13
[RS232 settings], page 96) use the IP232 protocol supported by tcpser. This
only works with Socket connections.
Acia1Enable
Boolean specifying whether the ACIA (Swiftlink, Turbo232) cartridge should
be emulated or not (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only, and only if RS232
support is enabled and supported at compile time).
Acia1Dev Integer specifying what RS232 device (see Section 5.13 [RS232 settings],
page 96) the ACIA is using (all emulators except x64dtv and vsid, and only if
RS232 support is enabled and supported at compile time).
Acia1Base
Integer specifying the base address for the emulated ACIA chip (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64, xvic and x128 only, and only if RS232 support is enabled and sup-
ported at compile time). (xvic: $9800/$9C00, x128: $D700/$DE00/$DF00,
x64, x64sc, xscpu64: $DE00/$DF00)
Acia1Mode
Integer specifying the type of emulated RS232 interface (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
xvic and x128 only, and only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at
compile time). (0: normal, 1: Swiftlink, 2: Turbo232)
Acia1Irq Integer specifying which interrupt to use (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, xvic and x128
only, and only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at compile time). (0
= none, 1 = NMI, 2 = IRQ)
RsUserUP9600
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 interface is of the UP9600 type. (C64
only).
RsUserRTSInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Request to Send (RTS) flow control
line is inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).
RsUserCTSInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Clear to Send (CTS) flow control line
is inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).
RsUserDSRInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Data Set Ready (DSR) control line
is inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).
RsUserDCDInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Data Carrier Detect (DCD) control
line is inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 99

RsUserDTRInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Data Terminal Ready (DTR) control
line is inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).

RsUserRIInv
Boolean specifying if the user-port RS232 Ring Indicator (RI) control line is
inverted. (C64, C128 and VIC20).

RsUserBaud
Integer specifying the baudrate of the user-port RS232 interface (C64, C128
and VIC20). This must match the baudrate the emulated user port is being
used with, and needs to be set up by the user because automatically detecting
it can not be done easily (like when using ACIA)

RsUserDev
Integer (ranging from 0 to 3, for device 1-4) specifying what RS232 device the
user-port interface is using (C64, C128 and VIC20).

The following resources are only available if RS232 device support or RS232 network sup-
port is available at compile time.

RsDevice1Baud
RsDevice2Baud
RsDevice3Baud
RsDevice4Baud
Integers specifying the RS232 baudrate devices if the device file points to a
special device (like /dev/ttyS0 or com1, ie the serial device is a physical RS232
port of the host computer; see Section 5.13 [RS232 settings], page 96) (all
emulators except vsid).

5.13.2 RS232 command-line options

-rsdev1 <Name>
-rsdev2 <Name>
-rsdev3 <Name>
-rsdev4 <Name>
Specify <Name> as RS232 devices 1, 2, 3 and 4, respectively (RsDevice1,
RsDevice2 RsDevice3 and RsDevice4).

The windows driver understands various options passed in the so called

"mode string" after a colon after the ports name: COMx[:] [baud=b]
[parity=p] [data=d] [stop=s] [to=on|off] [xon=on|off] [odsr=on|off]
[octs=on|off] [dtr=on|off|hs] [rts=on|off|hs|tg] [idsr=on|off]
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 100

-rsdev1ip232
+rsdev1ip232
-rsdev2ip232
+rsdev2ip232
-rsdev3ip232
+rsdev3ip232
-rsdev4ip232
+rsdev4ip232
Enable/Disable whether the respective RS232 devices (see Section 5.13 [RS232
settings], page 96) use the IP232 protocol supported by tcpser. This only works
with Socket connections.
-acia1
+acia1 Enable/Disable the $DE** ACIA RS232 interface emulation (Acia1Enable=1,
Acia1Enable=0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only, and only if RS232
support is enabled and supported at compile time).
-myaciadev <0-3>
Specify RS232 device the ACIA should work on (all emulators except x64dtv
and vsid, and only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at compile time)
-acia1base <Base address>
Set the base address of the ACIA cartridge (Acia1Base) (x64, x64sc, xscpu,
x128 and xvic only, and only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at
compile time). (xvic: $9800/$9C00, x128: $D700/$DE00/$DF00, x64, x64sc,
xscpu: $DE00/$DF00)
-acia1mode <mode>
Set the ACIA mode (Acia1Mode) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, xvic and x128 only, and
only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at compile time). (0: Normal,
1: Swiftlink, 2: Turbo232)
-acia1irq <interrupt>
Set the ACIA interrupt (Acia1Irq) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, xvic and x128 only,
and only if RS232 support is enabled and supported at compile time). (0: None,
1: NMI, 2: IRQ)
-rsuserup9600
+rsuserup9600
Enable or disable the userport RS232 UP9600 emulation (RsUserUP9600; C64
only)
-rsuserrtsinv
+rsuserrtsinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Request To Send
(RTS) flow control line.
-rsuserctsinv
+rsuserctsinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Clear To Send
(CTS) flow control line.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 101

-rsuserdsrinv
+rsuserdsrinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Data Set Ready
(DSR) control line.
-rsuserdcdinv
+rsuserdcdinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Data Carrier Detect
(DCD) control line.
-rsuserdtrinv
+rsuserdtrinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Data Terminal
Ready (DTR) control line.
-rsuserriinv
+rsuserriinv
Enable or disable inversion of the userport RS232 emulation Ring Indicator
(RI) control line.
-rsuserbaud <baud>
Set the baud rate of the RS232 userport emulation. This must match the
baudrate the emulated userport is being used at.
-rsuserdev <0-3>
Specify device for the userport RS232 emulation (RsUserDev; C64, C128 and
VIC20).
The following command-line options are only available if RS232 device support or RS232
network support is available at compile time.
-rsdev1baud <baudrate>
-rsdev2baud <baudrate>
-rsdev3baud <baudrate>
-rsdev4baud <baudrate>
If the serial device is a physical RS232 port, specify <baudrate> as baudrate,
see Section 5.13 [RS232 settings], page 96; RsDevice1Baud, RsDevice2Baud
RsDevice3Baud and RsDevice4Baud) (all emulators except vsid).

5.13.3 RS232 usage example

Here we give you a simple example how to set up an emulated C64 using the modem
connected to your PC. The following list shows each step.
Attach your modem to your PC at a serial port.
Normally you should set it up to use the modem as "/dev/modem".
start VICE
Setup VICE to use your modem as "serial device 1"
Go to the RS232 settings menu and change "Serial 1 device" to "/dev/modem"
(or the device where you attached your modem to) Then go to the RS232
settings menu and change "Serial 1 baudrate" to the baudrate your modem
should run at. Watch out, e.g. on Linux there is an additional multiplier to
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 102

multiply with the baudrate (so e.g. 19200 gives 115200 or so baud) See the
"setserial" manpage on Linux for example. However, most modems should be
able to autodetect the speed to the computer as well.
Select the RS232 emulation your programs use
If you want to use the Userport emulation, go to the RS232 settings and change
"Userport RS232 Device" to "Serial 1". If you want ACIA emulation (swiftlink
or what’s it called?) then change "ACIA $DE** device" to "Serial 1".
Enable the emulation
Go to the RS232 settings and select either "ACIA $DE** emulation" or User-
port 300/1200 baud or CIA 9600 baud emulation.
Load your program and start it.
If it is able to detect an RS232 cartridge like swiftlink or so, try to detect the
ACIA emulation if enabled. Otherwise just set the baudrate to either 300, 1200,
2400 or 9600 according to what you enabled in the VICE menu for the userport.

5.14 Ethernet emulation

To use the ethernet emulation features, VICE must be configured with –enable-ethernet
before compiling, and the system headers for libpcap, libnet and/or tuntap must be present.
In Windows you will have to install the npcap driver, which is available from https://
npcap.com/#download (select winpcap compatibility mode when installing).
It should be clear to you that it may pose a security problem using these libraries in a
network. Using libpcap can result in disclosure of any information that is available on your
network which is not secured by other means! Furthermore, libnet might allow even further
attacks on your infrastructure!
Installing libpcap and libnet, you acknowledge that you’re well aware of these security
problems and that the VICE team cannot be made responsible for any problems and/or
damage which may arise from the use of these libraries! If you don’t acknowledge this, don’t
install the tools and/or use VICE networking.

5.14.1 Ethernet usage example

• Go to Preferences -> Peripherial Devices -> Ethernet and select the driver and net-
work interface you want to use. If this option is not present at all, then VICE was
compiled without ethernet support or the respective libraries could not be found on
your system (see note above). If the option exists but is not enabled, you may not
have the required permissions to use the raw ethernet device - you can try to run
VICE as root/Administrator (the usual precautions apply), on *nix platforms VICE
also supports the "capabilities" mechanism.
• Go to Preferences -> Cartridges - Ethernet Cartridge and select "Enable ethernet car-
tridge". Most likely you want to enable "RR-Net compatibility mode", too. (If this
option is not set, the ethernet emulation runs in "The Final Ethernet" mode). The
cartridge I/O base should be at its default value of $de00.
• Run the RR-Net enabled C64 program.
• If the program can not access the network, check your router setup. The raw ethernet
emulation works exactly like a "real" ethernet device in the network, eg the emulated
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 103

ethernet device gets its own MAC adress, which you may have to allow to access the
internet at your router.

5.14.2 Ethernet resources

The following are the generic ethernet resources, some more may exist for the individual
emulators:
ETHERNET_INTERFACE
String specifying the device name of the ethernet device to use for the emulation.
ETHERNET_DRIVER
String specifying the low-level ethernet driver for Ethernet Cartridge emulation
(tuntap, pcap).
ETHERNET_DISABLED
Boolean that specified whether ethernet emulation has been disabled because
it is not available in the current configuration.

5.14.3 Ethernet command line options

-ethernetioif <name>
Set the system ethernet interface for Ethernet Cartridge emulation (ETHERNET_
INTERFACE).
-ethernetiodriver <name>
Set the low-level ethernet driver for Ethernet Cartridge emulation (ETHERNET_
DRIVER). (tuntap, pcap)

5.15 Tape port devices

5.15.1 Tape port resources
TapePort1Device
Set the device attached to the (first) tape port (see table below):
TapePort2Device
Set the device attached to the second tape port (xpet only, see table below):
0 None x64, x64sc, x128, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
1 Datasette x64, x64sc, x128, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
2 Tape RTC (PCF8583) x64, x64sc, x128, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
3 DTL BASIC dongle x64, x64sc, x128
4 Sense dongle x64, x64sc, x128, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
6 tapecart x64, x64sc, x128
CPClockF83Save
Boolean specifying whether the CP Clock F83 (PCF8583 RTC) data is saved
when changed.
TapecartUpdateTCRT
Boolean, if true write back the tapecart memory contents back to the .tcrt file
when detaching the image or quitting the emulator.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 104

TapecartOptimizeTCRT
Boolean, when set to true the .tcrt image will be optimized by leaving out blank
space at the end when saving.
TapecartLogLevel
Integer that specifies the tapecart emulation log level. At the default level of 0,
only errors are logged. Level 1 additionally logs mode changes and command
bytes and level 2 adds details of command parameters.
TapecartTCRTFilename
String specifying the file name of the current tapecart image.

5.15.2 Tape port command line options

-tapeport1device <device>
Set the device attached to the (first) tape port: (see table for TapePort1Device
above).
-tapeport2device <device>
Set the device attached to the second tape port: (see table for TapePort2Device
above).
-cpclockf83save
+cpclockf83save
Enable/Disable saving of the CP Clock F83 (PCF8583 RTC) data when changed
(CPClockF83Save=1, CPClockF83Save=0).
-tcrt <name>
Specify tapecart .tcrt image filename (TapecartTCRTFilename)
-tapecartupdatetcrt
+tapecartupdatetcrt
Specify if the attached .tcrt image should be updated when the emulated
tapecart is written to. (TapecartUpdateTCRT=1, TapecartUpdateTCRT=0)
-tapecartoptimizetcrt
+tapecartoptimizetcrt
Specify if writing to a .tcrt file should optimize its size by leaving out blank
space at the end. (TapecartOptimizeTCRT=1, TapecartOptimizeTCRT=0)
-tapecartloglevel <number>
Specify the tapecart log level. The default level of 0 only logs errors. Level 1
additionally logs mode changes and command bytes and level 2 adds details of
command parameters.

5.16 Userport devices

5.16.1 Userport resources
UserportDevice
Set the device attached to the userport (see table below):
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 105

0 None x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, x64dtv, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
1 Userport printer x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xpet, xcbm2
2 Userport RS232/Modem x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic
3 CGA userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xpet, xcbm2
4 PET userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
5 Hummer userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, x64dtv, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
6 OEM userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
7 HIT userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64
8 KingSoft userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64
9 StarByte userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64
10 Synergy userport joy adapter x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
11 Wheel of joystick 8-joy userport x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
joy adapter
12 Userport DAC x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
13 Userport DigiMAX x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xcbm2
14 Userport 4bit sampler x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xcbm2
15 Userport 8bit stereo sampler x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xcbm2
16 Userport RTC (RTC58321A) x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xpet, xcbm2
17 Userport RTC (DS1307) x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xpet, xcbm2
18 Userport Petscii SNES pad x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic, xpet, xcbm2
19 Userport SuperPad64 x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xcbm2
20 Userport Diag 586220 Harness x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64
21 Userport parallel drive cable x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xplus4
22 Userport I/O Simulation x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, x64dtv, xvic, xplus4, xpet, xcbm2
23 Userport WiC64 Simulation x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic
24 Joystick Adapter (Spaceballs) x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xvic
25 Userport Stupid Pet Tricks joy- x64, x64sc, x128, xscpu64, xcbm2, xpet, xvic
stick adapter

UserportRTC58321aSave
Boolean specifying whether the userport RTC data is saved when changed or
not (xpet, cbm2, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

UserportRTCDS1307Save
Boolean specifying whether the userport RTC data is saved when changed or
not (xpet, cbm2, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

WIC64DefaultServer
String specifying the default server URL used by the wic64 emulation (vic20,
x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

WIC64Timezone
Integer specifying the default timezone used by the wic64 emulation (vic20, x64,
x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

WIC64SecToken
String specifying the security token used by the wic64 emulation for identifying
the user at the WiC64 portal. (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 106

WIC64MACAddress
String specifying the pseudo MAC address used by the wic64 emulation for
identifying the user at the WiC64 portal (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128
only).
WIC64IPAddress
String specifying the IP address used by the wic64 emulation (vic20, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
WIC64Logenabled
Integer, 1: user selected WiC64 tracing, 0: no tracing (vic20, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
WIC64Resetuser
Integer 1: user credentials shall be reseted if WiC64 is reseted, 0: user creden-
tials are preseved (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
WIC64HexdumpLines
Integer number of lines to hexdump, 0: unlimited (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64
and x128 only).
WIC64ColorizeLog
Integer, 1: WiC64 tracing using ANSI colorizing, 0: no colorizing (vic20, x64,
x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

5.16.2 Userport command line options

-userportdevice <device>
Set the device attached to the userport (see table for UserportDevice above).
-userportrtc58321asave
+userportrtc58321asave
Disable/enable saving of the userport RTC data when changed
(UserportRTC58321aSave=1, UserportRTC58321aSave=0) (xpet, cbm2, x64,
x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
-userportrtcds1307save
+userportrtcds1307save
Disable/enable saving of the userport RTC data when changed
(UserportRTCDS1307Save=1, UserportRTCDS1307Save=0) (xpet, cbm2, x64,
x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
-wic64server <URL>
String specifying the default server URL used by the wic64 emulation, (vic20,
x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
-wic64timezone <0..31>
Integer to specify default timezone index, e.g. 2: European Central Time",
(vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
-wic64reset
Resets wic64 related resources to factory defaults (including user credentials)
(vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 107

-wic64trace
+wic64trace
Enable/disable WIC64 tracing on the console (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and
x128 only).
-wic64tracelevel <0..3>
Integer to specify WIC64 trace level (0: off, 1: commands, >2: debug), implicitly
turns on/off WiC64 tracing. (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).
-wic64hexdumplines <value>
Integer to specify number of lines to hexdump, 0: unlimited, (vic20, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only).
-wic64colorizetrace
+wic64colorizetrace
Enable/disable ANSI color codes for terminals to colorize the WiC64 log for
better readability (vic20, x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only).

5.17 Monitor settings

This section lists command-line options specific to the built-in monitor.

5.17.1 Monitor resources

KeepMonitorOpen
Boolean, if true the monitor window may stay open when the emulation is
running, eg to look at trace-point output. (Not all ports/UIs support this, in
that case this setting has no effect.)
RefreshOnBreak
Boolean, if true, the emulated display(s) will update as the monitor is entered
and also after each command executed via the monitor. Not entirely accurate
yet, as updates become visible one scanline at a time. In addtion, the image
can be not quite right around the raster line being updated.
MonitorServer
Boolean specifying whether the remote monitor server is enabled.
MonitorServerAddress
String specifying the address the remote monitor server listens to
(ip4://127.0.0.1:6510)
BinaryMonitorServer
Boolean specifying whether the binary monitor server is enabled.
BinaryMonitorServerAddress
String specifying the address the binary monitor server listens to
(ip4://127.0.0.1:6502)
NativeMonitor
Boolean specifying whether the native monitor is enabled. When enabled, the
monitor will not run in the interface of the emulator, but instead work in the
spawning terminal.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 108

MonitorLogEnabled
Boolean specifying whether the output of the monitor will be logged to a file.
MonitorLogFileName
String specifying the logfile name for the monitor.
MonitorChisLines
Integer specifying the number of lines to keep in the cpu history. (only when
enabled in configure)
MonitorScrollbackLines
Integer specifying the number of lines to keep in the monitor scrollback buffer
(-1 for no limit).
MonitorFont
String specifying the font to use in the Gtk3 UI’s VTE monitor window. Should
be in the form accepted by Pango, for example "Liberation Mono 11".
MonitorFG
String specifying the foreground color to use in the Gtk3 UI’s VTE monitor
window. Should be in form accepted by Pango: either a CSS color name
(for example ’limegreen’), three/six digit hex string ("#rgb"/"#rrggbb") or
three decimal values in the range 0-255 ("rbg(red,green,blue"), for example
"rgb(27,180,33)").
MonitorBG
String specifying the background color to use in the Gtk3 UI’s VTE moni-
tor window. Should be in form accepted by Pango: either a CSS color name
(for example ’limegreen’), three/six digit hex string ("#rgb"/"#rrggbb") or
three decimal values in the range 0-255 ("rbg(red,green,blue"), for example
"rgb(27,180,33)").
MonitorXPos
Integer specifying the Gtk3 VTE-monitor window’s X position.
MonitorYPos
Integer specifying the Gtk3 VTE-monitor window’s Y position.
MonitorWidth
Integer specifying the Gtk3 VTE-monitor window’s width.
MonitorHeight
Integer specifying the Gtk3 VTE-monitor window’s height.

5.17.2 Monitor command-line options

-moncommands <Name>
Execute the commands from the file <Name> in the monitor after starting up.
All monitor commands are supported, including playback of other command
files via pb. By default, the monitor opens and starts executing the commands
just before the kernal reset routine starts. The kernal starup sequence may
interfere with what you are trying to achieve, for example by clearing any basic
listing you may have loaded. In this case, use the -initbreak option to control
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 109

when the monitor will open and execute your script. You can choose an address,
or use -initbreak ready to attempt to detect when the kernel is ready and
execute the script then.
-initbreak <address>
-initbreak reset
-initbreak ready
Set an initial breakpoint for the monitor. Addresses with prefix "0x" are hex-
adecimal. -initbreak reset will break just before the reset routine starts.
-initbreak ready will attempt to break when the kernal is ’ready’.
-keepmonopen
+keepmonopen
Enable/disable keeping the monitor window open (KeepMonitorOpen=1,
KeepMonitorOpen=0).
-refreshonbreak
+refreshonbreak
Enable/Disable refresh display when entering monitor and after each monitor
command. (RefreshOnBreak=1, RefreshOnBreak=0).
-remotemonitor
+remotemonitor
Enable/Disable remote monitor
-remotemonitoraddress <name>
The local address the remote monitor should bind to
-binarymonitor
+binarymonitor
Enable/Disable binary monitor
-binarymonitoraddress <name>
The local address the binary monitor should bind to
-nativemonitor
+nativemonitor
Enable/Disable native monitor. (NativeMonitor=1, NativeMonitor=0).
-monlog
+monlog Enable/Disable logging monitor output to a file. (MonitorLogEnabled=1,
MonitorLogEnabled=0).
-monlogname <name>
Specify logfile name for the monitor. (MonitorLogFileName).
-monchislines <value>
Set number of lines to keep in the cpu history. (only when enabled in configure)
(MonitorChisLines).
-monscrollbacklines <value>
Set number of lines to keep in the monitor scrollback buffer (-1 for no limit).
(MonitorScrollbackLines).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 110

-monitorfont <font-description>
Set the monitor font for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor. (MonitorFont).
-monitorfg <colour-description>
Set the monitor foreground colour for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor.
(MonitorFG).
-monitorbg <colour-description>
Set the monitor background colour for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor.
(MonitorFG).
-monitorxpos <X-position>
Set window X position for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor. (MonitorXPos).
-monitorxpos <Y-position>
Set window Y position for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor. (MonitorYPos).
-monitorwidth <width>
Set window width for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor. (MonitorWidth).
-monitorheight <height>
Set window height for the Gtk3 UI’s VTE-monitor. (MonitorHeight).

5.18 RAM init pattern settings

The initial content of uninitialized RAM depends on many factors, the inner workings of
the RAM chip, the motherboard, etc. Generally, many RAM chips are build in a way that
- however - at powerup about half the bits turn out 1, and about the other half turns out
0. As a consequence, and depending on what kind of RAM chips have been used in what
kind of way, the typical patterns can be "seen" by the CPU right after powerup.
VICE tries to model (some of) the real patterns accurately. Please be aware of the fact that
there is - technically buggy - software out there that will only work with a certain RAM
init pattern.
How generating the pattern works is easily described in three simple steps:
1. A base pattern is created using blocks of RAMInitStartValue, which is inverted
every RAMInitValueInvert bytes. This pattern can be offset ("rotated") by
RAMInitValueOffset bytes. This step creates the typical 00 00 ff ff ff ff 00 00 etc patterns.
2. Every RAMInitPatternInvert bytes the base pattern is inverted ("xored") by
RAMInitPatternInvertValue. This step creates the inverted pattern every $4000 or so
bytes that is typical for some boards/ICs. It may also create the 0x99, 0x66 based patterns
that show up on other setups.
3. Every RAMInitRepeatRandom bytes RAMInitStartRandom bytes are randomly inverted
("xored"). Additionally every bit is randomly inverted with a RAMInitRandomChance :
10000 chance. This step creates the typical random bytes that have been observed with
some boards/ICs.

5.18.1 RAM init pattern resources

RAMInitStartValue
Integer specifying the first value of the base pattern (all emulators except vsid).
(0..255)
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 111

RAMInitValueInvert
Integer specifying the number of bytes until the base pattern is inverted (all
emulators except vsid).
RAMInitValueOffset
Integer specifying the number of bytes to offset the base pattern (all emulators
except vsid).
RAMInitPatternInvert
Integer specifying the length of the memory block when inverting the base
pattern (all emulators except vsid).
RAMInitPatternInvertValue
Integer specifying the value to use for inverting the base pattern with (all em-
ulators except vsid).
RAMInitStartRandom
Integer specifying the number of random bytes in the random pattern (all em-
ulators except vsid).
RAMInitRepeatRandom
Integer specifying the number of bytes after which to repeat the random pattern
(all emulators except vsid).
RAMInitRandomChance
Integer specifying the chance of any bit to randomly toggle (0-4096) (all emu-
lators except vsid).

5.18.2 RAM init pattern command-line options

-raminitstartvalue <value>
Set the first value of the base pattern (RAMInitStartValue) (all emulators
except vsid). (0..255)
-raminitvalueinvert <num of bytes>
Set the number of bytes until the base pattern is inverted
(RAMInitValueInvert) (all emulators except vsid).
-raminitvalueoffset <num of bytes>
Offset the first pattern by <num> of bytes (RAMInitValueOffset) (all emulators
except vsid).
-raminitpatterninvert <num of bytes>
Set the length of the memory block when inverting the base pattern
(RAMInitPatternInvert) (all emulators except vsid).
-raminitpatterninvertvalue <value>
Set the value to invert the base pattern with (RAMInitPatternInvertValue)
(all emulators except vsid).
-raminitstartrandom <num of bytes>
Set the number of random bytes in the random pattern (RAMInitStartRandom)
(all emulators except vsid).
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 112

-raminitrepeatrandom <num of bytes>

Set the number of bytes after which to repeat the random pattern
(RAMInitRepeatRandom) (all emulators except vsid).
-raminitrandomchance <value>
Set the chance of any bit to randomly toggle (0-4096) (RAMInitRandomChance)
(all emulators except vsid).

5.19 Debug settings

5.19.1 Debug resources
DebugCartEnable
Boolean specifying whether the debug "cartridge" used for the test suite is
enabled.
The following are only available when the emulators were compiled in DEBUG
mode:
TraceMode
Integer specifying the trace mode (0=normal 1=small 2=history)
AutoPlaybackFrames
Amount of automatic playback frames
MainCPU_TRACE
Trace the main CPU / Do not trace the main CPU
Drive0CPU_TRACE
Trace the drive 0 CPU / Do not trace the drive 0 CPU
Drive1CPU_TRACE
Trace the drive 1 CPU / Do not trace the drive 1 CPU
Drive2CPU_TRACE
Trace the drive 2 CPU / Do not trace the drive 2 CPU
Drive3CPU_TRACE
Trace the drive 3 CPU / Do not trace the drive 3 CPU
IEC_TRACE
Trace IEC bus activity / Do not trace IEC bus activity

5.19.2 Debug command-line options

-core
+core Enable/disable generation of core dumps (DoCoreDump=1, DoCoreDump=0) (all
emulators except vsid).
-debug
+debug Disable/enable calling of the exception handler (DoCoreDump=1, DoCoreDump=0)
(all emulators except vsid).
-debugcart
+debugcart
Enable/disable the debug "cartridge" used for the test suite.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 113

The following are only available when the emulators were compiled in DEBUG
mode:
-trace_maincpu
+trace_maincpu
Trace the main CPU / Do not trace the main CPU (MainCPU_TRACE=1,
MainCPU_TRACE=0)
-trace_drive0
+trace_drive0
Trace the drive 0 CPU / Do not trace the drive 0 CPU (Drive0CPU_TRACE=1,
Drive0CPU_TRACE=0)
-trace_drive1
+trace_drive1
Trace the drive 1 CPU / Do not trace the drive 1 CPU (Drive1CPU_TRACE=1,
Drive1CPU_TRACE=0)
-trace_drive2
+trace_drive2
Trace the drive 2 CPU / Do not trace the drive 2 CPU (Drive2CPU_TRACE=1,
Drive2CPU_TRACE=0)
-trace_drive3
+trace_drive3
Trace the drive 3 CPU / Do not trace the drive 3 CPU (Drive3CPU_TRACE=1,
Drive3CPU_TRACE=0)
-trace_iec
+trace_iec
Trace IEC bus activity / Do not trace IEC bus activity (IEC_TRACE=1, IEC_
TRACE=0)
-trace_mode <value>
Trace mode (0=normal 1=small 2=history)
-autoplaybackframes <frames>
Set the amount of automatic playback frames

5.20 Network Play settings

Note network play code is still experimental and unstable in some corners and can be a bit
tricky to setup and made work:
• First make sure both client and server can actually use the port you want to use. This
might require poking holes into your firewall. On the server side, this often requires
configuring port forwarding.
• Choose a port you want to use. Usually the default (6502) is fine.
• Setup the server address, usually you can leave it blank - if that does not work you
might have to use the actual IP of your machine. Start the server and leave the settings
before you continue.
Chapter 5: Settings and resources 114

• On the client setup the remote address of the server (use 127.0.0.1 to connect to another
VICE instance running on the same machine) and connect to the server.
The experimental nature of this feature also means that you might require both involved
parties to use the exact same version of VICE.

5.20.1 Network Play resources

NetworkServerName
String specifying the name of the remote server. The client specifies here to
what remote machine it wants to connect. To connect to another instance of
VICE running on the same machine use 127.0.0.1.
NetworkServerBindAddress
String specifying the IP of the remote server. The server specifies here at what
IP it listens. This can be blank in common setups.
NetworkServerPort
Integer specifying the port used for network play. This must be a number >
1023 (non privileged) and must be the same on both server and client.
NetworkControl
Integer containing a bitfield that specifies which resources are controlled by
either the server or the client:
Bit Resource controlled by
0 Keyboard Server
1 Joystick port 1 Server
2 Joystick port 2 Server
3 Devices Server
4 Resources Server
5 Keyboard Client
6 Joystick port 1 Client
7 Joystcik port 2 Client
8 Devices Client
9 Resources Client

5.20.2 Network Play command-line options

-netplayserver <name>
Set the name of the remote server (NetworkServerName).
-netplaybind <ip>
Set the IP of the remote server (NetworkServerBindAddress).
-netplayport <port>
Set the port used for network play (NetworkServerPort).
-netplayctrl <flag>
Specify what resources are controlled by the server or the client (see above)
(NetworkControl).
 115

6 Machine-specific features

6.1 C64/128-specific commands and settings

This section lists the settings and commands that are C64/128 specific and thus are not
present in the other emulators.

6.1.1 Using cartridges

Generally a cartridge can be enabled by attaching its respective cartridge image, or using
the respective menu option for cartridges that do not require an image.
Cartridge images are like disk images, but contain the contents of cartridge ROM and/or
RAM images instead of disk images. Two kinds of cartridge images are supported:
• .crt images, as used by the CCS64 emulator by Per Håkan Sundell
• raw .bin images, with or without load address
Use cartconv to convert .bin images to .crt format.
To attach cartridges, use the “Attach a cartridge image” submenu. When using .crt
images, this will work for every cartridge which is supported. For raw .bin images you will
have to select the correct type of cartridge first, or use command line options.
When you have successfully attached a cartridge image, you should then reset the machine
to make sure the cartridge initializes itself. (Or enable the "reset on cartridge change"
option).
Of course, it is also possible to detach a currently attached cartridge image (“Detach car-
tridge image”).
If you are using a freezer cart like an Action Replay cartridge, you can emulate the cartridge’s
freeze button with the “Cartridge freeze” command.
The cartridge system is organized in "Slots" to allow more than one cartridge connected at
a time, like it can be done using an expansion port expander on a real C64 (see below).
The imaginary expansion port expander is organized in 4 slots, the cartridges are associated
with them like this:

6.1.1.1 Slot 0
All carts that have a passthrough connector go here. Once a "Slot 0" cartridge is enabled
all further cartridges are connected to its respective passthrough port.
Only one cartridge of this type can be active at a time.
"Slot 0" carts have individual "enable" switches, enabling means enabling permanently.
The following cartridges are emulated in this slot:
• CMD RAMlink
• IEEE-488 Interface (http://www.funet.fi/pub/cbm/schematics/cartridges/c64/
ieee-488/eprom.bin)
• IEEE Flash 64! interface
• Magic Voice
• MMC64
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 116

6.1.1.2 Slot 1
Mostly RAM based cartridges which for one reason or the other might make sense to be
enabled together with one of the "Main Slot" cartridges go here.
Only one cartridge of this type can be active at a time.
"Slot 1" carts have individual "enable" switches, enabling means enabling permanently
The following cartridges are emulated in this slot:
• Double Quick Brown Box (DQBB)
• Expert Cartridge
• ISEPIC
• RamCart

6.1.1.3 Main Slot

All other cartridges which are not pure i/o extensions go here.
Only one cartridge of this type can be active at a time.
Cartridges in the "Main Slot" must be explicitly set as default to enable them permanently.
The following cartridges are emulated in this slot:
• generic 4KiB, 8KiB and 16KiB game- and ultimax cartridges
• Action Replay V5
• Action Replay MK2
• Action Replay MK3
• Action Replay MK4
• Atomic Power
• BIS-Plus
• Blackbox V3
• Blackbox V4
• Blackbox V8
• Blackbox V9
• C64 Games System
• Capture
• Comal 80
• Dela EP64
• Dela EP7x8
• Dela EP256
• Diashow-Maker
• Dinamic
• Drean
• Easy Calc
• EasyFlash
• Epyx FastLoad
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 117

• EXOS
• The Final Cartridge
• The Final Cartridge III
• Final Cartridge Plus
• Formel 64
• Freeze Frame
• Freeze Frame MK2
• Freeze Machine
• Fun Play / Powerplay
• Game Killer
• GMod2
• GMod3
• Hyper-BASIC
• IDE64 (http://www.ide64.org)
• KCS Power Cartridge
• Kingsoft
• Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor
• MACH 5
• Magic Desk
• Magic Formel
• MAX Basic
• Mikro Assembler
• MMC Replay
• Ocean
• Pagefox
• Prophet64
• REX 256KiB EPROM Cart
• REX RAM-Floppy
• REX Utility
• Retro Replay
• RGCD
• RR-Net MK3
• ROSS
• SD-BOX
• Silverrock 128
• Simons’ BASIC
• Snapshot 64
• Stardos
• Structured BASIC
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 118

• Super Explode V5.0

• Super Games
• Super Snapshot V4
• Super Snapshot V5
• Turtle Graphics II
• Warp Speed
• Westermann Learning
• Zaxxon
• ZIPP-CODE 48

6.1.1.4 I/O Slot

All carts that are pure I/O extensions go here.
Any number of "I/O Slot" Carts may be active at a time.
"I/O Slot" carts have individual "enable" switches, enabling means enabling permanently.
The following cartridges are emulated in this slot:
• ACIA (Swiftlink, Turbo232)
• DigiMAX
• DS12C887 RTC
• Ethernet (The Final Ethernet, RR-Net)
• GEO-RAM
• MIDI (Passport/Syntech, Datel/Siel/JMS/C-Lab, Maplin, Namesoft, Sequential)
• RAM Expansion Module (REU)
• SFX Sound Expander
• SFX Sound Sampler

6.1.1.5 Expected behaviour

When the emulator is run without arguments, all settings from the config file should be
applied and arguments override settings from the config file.
When saving the settings to the config file it is expected that on the next run of the emulator
all settings will be in the same state as they were when saved.
There is an exception to this rule: the cartridge in the "Main Slot" must be explicitly set
as default before it gets saved to the config file.
+cart should disable ALL cartridges, including eventually activated REU, Swiftlink and all
similar expansionport devices.
-cartXYZ options should generally attach AND activate a cart of type XYZ. As a conse-
quence, attaching carts this way which are NOT in the "Main Slot" will also enable the
cart permanently.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 119

6.1.1.6 Common problems

If attaching a cartridge does not work as expected, this may be because of various reasons:
• Not seldomly the CRT type is incorrectly set in .crt files found "in the wild". Make
sure this is not the case (if in doubt use cartconv to verify and/or fix).
• You may have unintentionally enabled more than one cartridge at once, for example
by saving the settings with REU enabled, and then later attaching a game cartridge
from the command-line. The cartridge system will allow certain combinations, but (as
on the real thing) not all do (can) actually work. To make sure this is not the case,
either detach all cartridges from the menus, or use +cart on the command-line.
• The cartridge image might be broken. Try one from a different source. If you are sure
the dump is ok (for example because you dumped it yourself) then make sure it is in
proper linear order (on some cartridges, for example "capture", address and/or data
lines at the eprom are shuffled around so a dump made with an eprom burner can not
be used as is).
• Last not least you might have encountered a bug in the emulation. If you suspect this
is the case, and you can still reproduce the bug after checking the things above, please
file a bug report including the following information:
• attach your vicerc and a reference to the cartridge binaries
• if you can, comment in the respective DEBUGXYZ macros prominently defined
at the top of these files: src/c64/cart/c64cart.c src/c64/cart/c64cartmem.c
src/c64/c64io.c src/c64/c64export.c and then recompile. this will add debug
output that might make it much easier to locate certain problems.

6.1.1.7 IEEE-488 interface

To be able to use an IEEE drive, you need to enable an IEEE interface for the emulator.
You can use the Commodore IEEE-488 interface, or the Skyles Electric Works IEEE Flash!
64 interface.
To use the Commodore interface, follow these steps:
Download the IEEE 488 ROM image from the CBM archives (formerly known as FUNET)
Attach that image with File/Attach cartridge image/IEEE488 interface image.
Make sure you have a one-drive system only (that is, go to Settings/Peripheral Setting,
uncheck "use IEC device" for all devices, go to Settings/Drive Settings and select "Floppy
type" as "none" for all drives other than drive 8.
After this, all drives can be selected in x64 and x128.
To use the IEEE Flash! 64 interface, follow these steps:
Download the IEEE Flash! 64 ROM image (uploaded to the CBM archives but not yet in
place). Set the path to the ROM image using the UI under Cartridges/IEEE Flash! 64
settings, the commandline argument -ieeeflash64image, or the IEEEFlash64Image resource
setting. Then you can Enable the interface and choose which devices to route to the IEEE
bus using the other IEEE Flash! 64 settings. With this interface, you can mix and match
IEC and IEEE drives.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 120

6.1.1.8 The Final Cartridge 3

The Final Cartridge 3 detects whether a mouse is connected when it starts and disables
mouse support if it doesnt detect one. So to make mouse emulation work you must either
enable it on the command line, or reset the cartridge after enabling it from the user interface.

6.1.1.9 CMD RAMLink

The CMD RAMLink can operate standalone using its own RAMCard or with an REU,
GEORAM, or RAMDrive (only one) which is inserted into the RAM port. The RAMLink
is essentially a builtin high capacity RAMDOS with battery backup support. This "backup"
support can be emulated through the use of images. Initially it will "format" the memory
so each has their own native parition on drive 16. Paritions and the device number can be
changed with the CMD "RAM-tools". The latest RAMLink firmware (2.01) can not handle
REU sizes greater than 8 MiB, or GEORAM sizes beyond 2 MiB, as the firmware will hang
on size detection.
The RAMLink also features a parallel port (similar to IEEE-488 interface) which allows
faster transfers to the CMD HD series drives. The "cabling" is automatically performed by
VICE and the RAMLink firmware will detect the cable presence and use it automatically.
However, some programs may have compatibility issues (notably the CMD HD-tools with
older HD boot roms). When connecting an empty image, or an image without a HD-
DOS signature, the cable will be automatically disconnected. Although documented in the
RAMLink manual, the JiffyDOS command "@P0" to disable, or "@P1" to enable parallel
transfers will hang as they try to communicate the HD boot rom and fail. To resolve this,
use the "Drive#ParallelCable" or command line switch "-parallel#" and set it to 0, to
disable transfers; any other value will enable them.
The RAMLink features an "Enable/Disable" switch that can be changed at anytime using
the GUI options. Prior to disabling, the JiffyDOS "@Q" command should be issued to
remove the JiffyDOS system vectors. See the manual for how to reactivate JiffyDOS. It is
not recommended to change the REU, GEORAM, or RAMCard size as the CMD RAMDOS
was not designed to detect this. Any changes should be followed by a machine reset.
The RAMLink also has a "Normal/Direct" switch which can also be changed at anytime.
Normal, the default, only allows RAMLink access to the RAM port (REU, GEORAM, and
RAMDrive); their registers are hidden otherwise. Direct exposes their registers all the time.
This can lead to potential data corruption of the data on the RAM expansion devices as
RAMLink can not guarantee its access is exclusive.
RAMLink is also compatible with the CMD SuperCPU 64, however it requires the official
SuperCPU ROM (2.04) along with the RAMLink ROM to properly detect and utilize all
the RAMLink features.

6.1.2 C64 cartridge settings

6.1.2.1 C64 cartridge resources
IOCollisionHandling
Integer specifying the way the I/O collisions should be handled. (0: error
message and detach all involved carts, 1: error message and detach last attached
involved carts, 2: warning in log and ’AND’ the valid return values)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 121

CartridgeReset
Boolean specifying whether the machine should be reset when a cartridge is
changed.
CartridgeType
Integer specifying the type of the default cartridge.
The following cartridge types are valid:
• - 6: Ultimax
• - 3: Generic 8KiB
• - 2: Generic 16KiB
• - 1: None
• 0: CRT
• 1: Action Replay V5
• 2: KCS Power Cartridge
• 3: The Final Cartridge III
• 4: Simons’ BASIC
• 5: Ocean
• 6: Expert Cartridge
• 7: Fun Play
• 8: Super Games
• 9: Atomic Power / Nordic Power
• 10: Epyx FastLoad
• 11: Westermann Learning
• 12: REX Utility
• 13: The Final Cartridge
• 14: Magic Formel
• 15: C64 Games System
• 16: Warp Speed
• 17: Dinamic
• 18: Zaxxon
• 19: Magic Desk
• 20: Super Snapshot V5
• 21: Comal 80
• 22: Structured BASIC
• 23: ROSS
• 24: Dela EP64
• 25: Dela EP7x8
• 26: Dela EP256
• 27: REX 256KiB EPROM Cart
• 28: Mikro Assembler
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 122

• 29: Final Cartridge Plus

• 30: Action Replay MK4
• 31: Stardos
• 32: EasyFlash
• 33: EasyFlash Xbank
• 34: Capture
• 35: Action Replay MK3
• 36: Retro Replay
• 37: MMC64
• 38: MMC Replay
• 39: IDE64
• 40: Super Snapshot V4
• 41: IEEE-488 Interface
• 42: Game Killer
• 43: Prophet64
• 44: EXOS
• 45: Freeze Frame
• 46: Freeze Machine
• 47: Snapshot 64
• 48: Super Explode V5.0
• 49: Magic Voice
• 50: Action Replay MK2
• 51: MACH 5
• 52: Diashow-Maker
• 53: Pagefox
• 54: Kingsoft
• 55: Silverrock 128KiB Cartridge
• 56: Formel 64
• 57: RGCD
• 58: RR-Net MK3
• 59: EasyCalc
• 60: GMod2
• 61: MAX Basic
• 62: GMod3
• 63: ZIPP-CODE 48
• 64: Blackbox V8
• 65: Blackbox V3
• 66: Blackbox V4
• 67: REX RAM-Floppy
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 123

• 68: BIS-Plus
• 69: SD-BOX
• 70: MultiMAX
• 71: Blackbox V9
• 72: Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor
• 73: RAMLink
• 74: Drean
• 75: IEEE Flash! 64
• 76: Turtle Graphics II
• 77: Freeze Frame MK2
• 78: Partner 64
• 79: Hyper-BASIC
CartridgeFile
String specifying the filename of the image for the cartridge emulated in the
"main" slot.
DQBB Boolean specifying whether the Double Quick Brown Box should be emulated
or not.
DQBBfilename
String specifying the filename of the DQBB RAM image.
DQBBImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the DQBB image file automatically, incase the RAM
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
EasyFlashJumper
Boolean specifying whether the Easy Flash jumper is set.
EasyFlashWriteCRT
Boolean, if true write back the Easy Flash image file automatically, incase the
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
EasyFlashOptimizeCRT
Boolean, if true omit empty (filled with $ff) banks from the .crt image when
writing.
ExpertCartridgeEnabled
Boolean specifying whether the Expert Cartridge should be emulated or not.
Expertfilename
String specifying the filename of the Expert Cartridge RAM image.
ExpertImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the Expert Cartridge image file automatically, incase
the RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
ExpertCartridgeMode
Integer specifying the state of the expert cartridge switch. (0: off, 1: prg, 2:
on)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 124

GMod2EEPROMImage
String that specifies the name of the raw GMod2 EEPROM image.
GMod2FlashWrite
Boolean that specifies wether writes to GMod2 EEPROM image are enabled.
GMod2EEPROMRW
Boolean that specifies wether the GMod2 ROM is saved at exit
GMod3FlashWrite
Boolean that specifies wether changes to GMod3 EEPROM image are written
back to the cartridge image.
IDE64version
Integer specifying whether the emulated card version is V3.4, V4.1 or V4.2.
This is automatically detected most of the time for .crt cartridge images.
IDE64Image1
IDE64Image2
IDE64Image3
IDE64Image4
Strings specifying the full path to the four harddisk images. If a file is non-
existing the drive is not emulated. Some older IDEDOS versions only support
the first two harddisks.
IDE64Cylinders1
IDE64Cylinders2
IDE64Cylinders3
IDE64Cylinders4
Integers specifying the number of cylinders for the four harddisk images.
(1..65535)
IDE64Heads1
IDE64Heads2
IDE64Heads3
IDE64Heads4
Integers specifying the number of heads for the four harddisk images. (1..16)
IDE64Sectors1
IDE64Sectors2
IDE64Sectors3
IDE64Sectors4
Integers specifying the number of sectors for the four harddisk images. (1..63)
IDE64AutodetectSize1
IDE64AutodetectSize2
IDE64AutodetectSize3
IDE64AutodetectSize4
Booleans specifying whether the disk geometry should be auto detected based
on the disk image for the respective harddisk, or the cylinder/head/sector re-
sources above should be used.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 125

IDE64USBServerAddress
String specifying the address the IDE64 USB server listens to
(ip4://127.0.0.1:64245)
IDE64USBServer
Boolean specifying whether the IDE64 USB server is enabled.
IDE64RTCSave
Boolean specifying whether the IDE64 RTC data should be saved when changed
or not.
IDE64ClockPort
Integer that specifies the enabled IDE64 Clockport device. (0: None, 2: RRNet,
4: MP3@64)
SBDIGIMAX
Boolean that specifies whether the Short Bus DigiMAX expansion is enabled.
SBDIGIMAXbase
Integer specifying the Base address of the Short Bus DigiMAX expansion.
(0xDE40/0xDE48)
SBETFE Boolean specifying whether the Short Bus ETFE expansion is enabled
SBETFEbase
Integer specifying the Base address of the Short Bus ETFE expansion. ($de00,
$de10, $df00)
IEEE488 Boolean specifying whether the IEEE488 interface should be emulated or not.
IEEE488Image
String specifying the filename of the IEEE488 ROM image.
IEEEFlash64
Boolean specifying whether the IEEE Flash! 64 interface should be emulated
or not.
IEEEFlash64Image
String specifying the filename of the IEEE Flash! 64 KERNAL ROM image.
IEEEFlash64Dev8
IEEEFlash64Dev910
IEEEFlash64Dev4
Booleans indicating whether to route devices 8, 9 and 10, and 4 respectively to
the IEEE bus (1) or IEC bus (0).
IsepicCartridgeEnabled
Boolean specifying whether ISEPIC should be emulated or not.
Isepicfilename
String specifying the filename of the ISEPIC RAM image.
IsepicSwitch
Boolean specifying the status of the ISEPIC switch. (0: off, 1: on)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 126

IsepicImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the ISEPIC image file automatically, incase the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
LTKimage0
LTKimage1
LTKimage2
LTKimage3
LTKimage4
LTKimage5
LTKimage6
Strings specifying the full path to up to seven harddisk images. If a file is
non-existing the drive is not emulated. The first drive is necessary.
LTKio Integer specifying the Base address of the I/O interface. (1: $de00, 2: $df00)
Default is $df00.
LTKport Integer specifying the port number in multiplexed multi-computer/single-disk
configurations. (0 to 15) Default is 0, the master.
LTKserial
String specifying the serial number. It must be in the form "00000000" with
all numeric digits. Default is 87000000. LTK DOS install disks are locked to
their respective LTK host adapor boot ROM. This setting will override the boot
ROM value. The floppy disk serial number can be changed with a sector editor
on track 18, sector 18.
MagicVoiceCartridgeEnabled
Boolean specifying whether the Magic Voice should be emulated or not.
MagicVoiceImage
String specifying the filename of the Magic Voice ROM image.
MMC64 Boolean specifying whether the MMC64 should be emulated or not.
MMC64BIOSfilename
String specifying the filename of the MMC64 Flash ROM image.
MMC64_bios_write
Boolean, if true write back the MMC64 Flash ROM image file automatically,
incase the contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
MMC64_flashjumper
Boolean that specifies whether the MMC64 flash jumper is set.
MMC64_revision
Integer specifying the MMC64 hardware revision. (0: Revision A, 1: Revision
B)
MMC64imagefilename
String specifying the filename of the SD-Card image used by the MMC64 em-
ulation.
MMC64_RO Boolean, if true the SD-Card image is mounted read-only.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 127

MMC64_sd_type
Integer that specifies the reported type for the emulated SD-Card. (0: Auto,
1: MMC, 2: SD, 3: SDHC)
MMC64ClockPort
Integer that specifies the clockport device used. (0: None, 1: ETH64-II, 2:
RRNet, 3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
MMCRCardImage
String specifying the filename of the SD-Card image used by the MMCR emu-
lation.
MMCREEPROMImage
String specifying the filename of the MMCR EEPROM image.
MMCRRescueMode
Boolean specifying if the rescue mode (both buttons pressed during powerup)
of the MMCR is active.
MMCRImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the MMCR Flash ROM image file automatically,
incase the contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
MMCRCardRW
Boolean specifying if the SD-Card image used by the MMCR emulation is
writeable.
MMCRSDType
Integer that specifies the reported type for the emulated SD-Card. (0: Auto,
1: MMC, 2: SD, 3: SDHC)
MMCREEPROMRW
Boolean specifying if the MMCR EEPROM image is writeable.
MMCRClockPort
Integer that specifies the clockport device. (0: None, 1: ETH64-II, 2: RRNet,
3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
RAMCART Boolean specifying whether the RAMCart should be emulated or not.
RAMCARTfilename
String specifying the filename of the RAMCart RAM image.
RAMCARTImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the RAMCart image file automatically, incase the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
RAMCART_RO
Boolean, if true the RAMCart contents are read only.
RAMCARTsize
Integer specifying the size of the RAMCart in KiB. (64, 128)
RAMLINK Boolean specifying whether the RAMLink module should be emulated or not.
This option emulates the behavior of the enable/disable switch on the unit.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 128

RAMLINKBIOSfilename
String specifying the filename of the RAMLINK ROM image.
RAMLINKfilename
String specifying the filename of the RAMCard image.
RAMLINKImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the RAMCard image file automatically, in case the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
RAMLINKsize
Integer specifying the size of the RAMCard in MiB. (0..16; default is 0)
RAMLINKmode
Integer specifying the mode of the RAMLink. "1", the default, (Normal) only
allows RAMLink access to the RAM port (REU, GEORAM, and RAMDrive);
their registers are hidden otherwise. "0" (Direct) exposes their registers all the
time. This option emulates the behavior of the Normal/Direct switch on the
unit.
RAMLINKRTCSave
Boolean specifying whether the RTC data should be saved when changed or
not.
RRFfilename
String that specifies the filename for the REX RAM-Floppy RAM image
RRFImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the REX RAM-Floppy RAM image file automati-
cally, incase the contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
RGCDrevision
Integer specifying the RGCD-cartridge hardware variant. (0: RGCD 64k, 1:
Hucky’s EPROM Cartridge)
RRrevision
Integer specifying the RR hardware revision. (0: Retro Replay, 1: Nordic
Replay)
RRFlashJumper
Boolean specifying whether the RR flash jumper is set or not.
RRBankJumper
Boolean specifying whether the RR bank jumper is set or not.
RRBiosWrite
Boolean, if true write back the RR Flash ROM image file automatically, incase
the contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
RRClockPort
Integer that specifies the clockport device. (0: None, 1: ETH64-II, 2: RRNet,
3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
RRNETMK3_flashjumper
Boolean specifying whether the RRNETMK3 Flash Jumper is set.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 129

RRNETMK3_bios_write
Boolean specifying whether to save the RRNETMK3 bios when changed.
SSRamExpansion
Boolean, if true enable the 32KiB addon RAM of the Supersnapshot V5

6.1.2.2 C64 cartridge command-line options

-iocollision <method>
Select the way the I/O collisions should be handled (IOCollisionHandling).
(0: error message and detach all involved carts, 1: error message and detach last
attached involved carts, 2: warning in log and ’AND’ the valid return values
+cart Disable all cartridges (which would eventually be enabled in the config file).
-cartreset
+cartreset
Reset/Do not reset machine if a cartridge is attached or detached
(CartridgeReset=1, CartridgeReset=0).
-cart8 <name>
Attach generic 8KiB cartridge image.
-cart16 <name>
Attach generic 16KiB cartridge image.
-cartultimax <name>
Attach generic 16KiB Ultimax cartridge image.
-cartcrt <name>
Attach CRT cartridge image.
-cartap <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Atomic Power cartridge image.
-cartar2 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Action Replay MK2 cartridge image.
-cartar3 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Action Replay MK3 cartridge image.
-cartar4 <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Action Replay MK4 cartridge image.
-cartar5 <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Action Replay cartridge image.
-cartbis <name>
Attach raw 8KiB BIS-Plus cartridge image.
-cartbb3 <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Blackbox V3 cartridge image.
-cartbb4 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Blackbox V4 cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 130

-cartbb8 <name>
Attach raw 32/64KiB Blackbox V8 cartridge image.
-cartbb9 <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Blackbox V9 cartridge image.
-cartcap <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Capture cartridge image.
-cartcomal <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Comal 80 cartridge image.
-cartdep256 <name>
Attach raw Dela EP256 cartridge image.
-cartdep64 <name>
Attach raw Dela EP64 cartridge image.
-cartdep7x8 <name>
Attach raw Dela EP7x8 cartridge image.
-cartdin <name>
Attach raw 128KiB Dinamic cartridge image.
-cartdsm <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Diashow-Maker cartridge image.
-cartdqbb <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Double Quick Brown Box cartridge image.
-dqbb
+dqbb Enable/disable Double Quick Brown Box (DQBB=1, DQBB=0).
-dqbbimage <name>
Specify Double Quick Brown Box filename (DQBBfilename).
-dqbbimagerw
+dqbbimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to DQBB image (DQBBImageWrite=1,
DQBBImageWrite=0).
-carteasy <name>
Attach raw EasyFlash cartridge image.
-carteasycalc <name>
Attach raw 24KiB Easy Calc Result cartridge image
-easyflashjumper
+easyflashjumper
Enable/disable EasyFlash jumper (EasyFlashJumper=1, EasyFlashJumper=0).
-easyflashcrtwrite
+easyflashcrtwrite
Allow/Disallow writing to EasyFlash .crt image (EasyFlashWriteCRT=1,
EasyFlashWriteCRT=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 131

-easyflashcrtoptimize
+easyflashcrtoptimize
Allow/Disallow EasyFlash .crt image optimizing (omitting of empty banks) on
write (EasyFlashOptimizeCRT=1, EasyFlashOptimizeCRT=0).
-cartepyx <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Epyx FastLoad cartridge image.
-cartexos <name>
Attach raw 8KiB EXOS cartridge image.
-cartexpert <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Expert Cartridge image.
-expert
+expert Enable/Disable the Expert Cartridge (ExpertCartridgeEnabled=1,
ExpertCartridgeEnabled=0).
-expertimagename <name>
Set Expert Cartridge image name (Expertfilename).
-expertimagerw
+expertimagerw
Allow/Disallow writing to Expert Cartridge image (ExpertImageWrite=1,
ExpertImageWrite=0).
-expertmode <mode>
Set Expert Cartridge mode (ExpertCartridgeMode). (0: off, 1: prg, 2: on)
-cartf64 <Name>
Attach raw 32KiB Formel 64 image.
-cartfc1 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Final Cartridge image.
-cartfc3 <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Final Cartridge III image.
-cartfcplus <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Final Cartridge Plus image.
-cartff <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Freeze Frame image.
-cartff2 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Freeze Frame MK2 image.
-cartfm <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Freeze Machine image.
-cartfp <name>
Attach raw 128KiB Fun Play/Power Play cartridge image.
-cartgmod2 <name>
Attach raw GMod2 cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 132

-gmod2eepromimage <name>
Attach raw GMod2 EEPROM image (GMod2EEPROMImage).

-gmod2eepromrw
+gmod2eepromrw
Enable/Disable writes to GMod2 EEPROM image (GMod2EEPROMRW=1,
GMod2EEPROMRW=0).

-gmod2flashwrite
+gmod2flashwrite
Enable/Disable saving of the GMod2 ROM at exit (GMod2FlashWrite=1,
GMod2FlashWrite=0).

-cartgmod3 <name>
Attach raw GMod3 cartridge image.

-gmod3flashwrite
+gmod3flashwrite
Enable/Disable saving of the GMod3 ROM at exit (GMod3FlashWrite=1,
GMod3FlashWrite=0).

-cartgk <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Game Killer cartridge image.

-cartgs <name>
Attach raw 512KiB Game System cartridge image.

-carthyper <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Hyper-BASIC cartridge image.

-cartdrean <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Drean (eg H.E.R.O. bootleg) cartridge image

-cartide64 <name>
Attach raw 64KiB or 128KiB IDE64 cartridge image.

-IDE64image1 <name>
-IDE64image2 <name>
-IDE64image3 <name>
-IDE64image4 <name>
Specify path to the image files for IDE64 harddisks (IDE64Image1,
IDE64Image2, IDE64Image3, IDE64Image4).

-IDE64cyl1 <value>
-IDE64cyl2 <value>
-IDE64cyl3 <value>
-IDE64cyl4 <value>
Set number of cylinders for the IDE64 harddisk emulation (IDE64Cylinders1,
IDE64Cylinders2, IDE64Cylinders3, IDE64Cylinders1). (1..65535)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 133

-IDE64hds1 <value>
-IDE64hds2 <value>
-IDE64hds3 <value>
-IDE64hds4 <value>
Set number of heads for the IDE64 harddisk emulation (IDE64Heads1,
IDE64Heads2, IDE64Heads3, IDE64Heads4). (1..16)
-IDE64sec1 <value>
-IDE64sec2 <value>
-IDE64sec3 <value>
-IDE64sec4 <value>
Set number of sectors for the IDE64 harddisk emulation (IDE64Sectors1,
IDE64Sectors2, IDE64Sectors3, IDE64Sectors4). (1..63)
-IDE64autosize1
+IDE64autosize1
Autodetect geometry of formatted image or do not autodetect and use specified
geometry (IDE64AutodetectSize1=1, IDE64AutodetectSize1=0).
-IDE64autosize2
+IDE64autosize2
Autodetect geometry of formatted image or do not autodetect and use specified
geometry (IDE64AutodetectSize2=1, IDE64AutodetectSize2=0).
-IDE64autosize3
+IDE64autosize3
Autodetect geometry of formatted image or do not autodetect and use specified
geometry (IDE64AutodetectSize3=1, IDE64AutodetectSize3=0).
-IDE64autosize4
+IDE64autosize4
Autodetect geometry of formatted image or do not autodetect and use specified
geometry (IDE64AutodetectSize4=1, IDE64AutodetectSize4=0).
-IDE64version <value>
Select IDE64 version V3 (0), V4.1 (1) or V4.2 (2). (IDE64version). (0..2)
-IDE64USB
+IDE64USB
Enable/Disable IDE64 USB server
-IDE64USBAddress <name>
The local address the IDE64 USB server should bind to
-IDE64rtcsave
+IDE64rtcsave
Enable/disable saving of IDE64 RTC data when changed (IDE64RTCSave=1,
IDE64RTCSave=0).
-ide64clockportdevice
Enable IDE64 Clockport device (0: None, 2: RRNet, 4: MP3@64)
(IDE64ClockPort).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 134

-sbdigimax
+sbdigimax
Enable/Disable the Short Bus DigiMAX expansion (SBDIGIMAX).
-sbdigimaxbase
Set Base address of the Short Bus DigiMAX expansion (0xDE40/0xDE48)
(SBDIGIMAXbase).
-sbetfe
+sbetfe Enable/Disable the Short Bus ETFE expansion (SBETFE).
-sbetfebase
Set Base address of the Short Bus ETFE expansion (56832: $de00, 56848:
$de10, 57088: $df00) (SBETFEbase).
-cartieee <name>
Attach CBM IEEE-488 cartridge image.
-ieee488
+ieee488 Enable/disable emulation of the IEEE488 interface (IEEE488=1, IEEE488=0).
-ieee488image <name>
Set IEEE488 interface image name (IEEE488Image).
-ieeeflash64
+ieeeflash64
Enable/disable IEEE Flash! 64 interface (IEEEFlash64).
-ieeeflash64image
Set IEEE Flash! 64 ROM image name (IEEEFlash64Image).
-ieeeflash64dev8
+ieeeflash64dev8
Route/do not route device 8 to IEEE bus of IEEE Flash! 64 interface
(IEEEFlash64Dev8).
-ieeeflash64dev910
+ieeeflash64dev910
Route/do not route devices 9 and 10 to IEEE bus of IEEE Flash! 64 interface
(IEEEFlash64Dev910).
-ieeeflash64dev4
+ieeeflash64dev4
Route/do not route device 4 to IEEE bus of IEEE Flash! 64 interface
(IEEEFlash64Dev4).
-cartieeeflash64 <Name>
Attach raw 8KiB IEEE Flash! 64 cartridge image
-isepic
+isepic Enable/disable the ISEPIC cart (IsepicCartridgeEnabled=1,
IsepicCartridgeEnabled=0).
-isepicswitch
+isepicswitch
Enable/disable the ISEPIC switch (IsepicSwitch=1, IsepicSwitch=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 135

-cartisepic <name>
Attach raw 2KiB ISEPIC cartridge image.
-isepicimagename <name>
Set ISEPIC image name (Isepicfilename).
-isepicimagerw
+isepicimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to ISEPIC image (IsepicImageWrite=1,
IsepicImageWrite=0).
-cartkcs <name>
Attach raw 16KiB KCS Power cartridge image.
-cartks <name>
Attach raw 24KiB Kingsoft cartridge image.
-cartltk <name>
Attach raw Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor cartridge image.
-ltkimage0 <name>
-ltkimage1 <name>
-ltkimage2 <name>
-ltkimage3 <name>
-ltkimage4 <name>
-ltkimage5 <name>
-ltkimage6 <name>
Strings specifying the full path to up to seven harddisk images. If a file is non-
existing the drive is not emulated. The first drive is necessary. (ltkimage0,
ltkimage1, ltkimage2, ltkimage3, ltkimage4, ltkimage5, ltkimage6).
-ltkio <value>
Integer specifying the Base address of the I/O interface. (1: $de00, 2: $df00)
Default is $df00.
-ltkport <value>
Integer specifying the port number in multiplexed multi-computer/single-disk
configurations. (0..15) Default is 0, the master.
-ltkserial <name>
String specifying the serial number. It must be in the form "00000000" with
all numeric digits. Default is 87000000. LTK DOS install disks are locked to
their respective LTK host adapor boot ROM. This setting will override the boot
ROM value. The floppy disk serial number can be changed with a sector editor
on track 18, sector 18.
-cartmach5 <name>
Attach raw 8KiB MACH 5 cartridge image.
-cartmd <name>
Attach raw 32/64/128KiB Magic Desk cartridge image.
-cartmf <name>
Attach raw Magic Formel cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 136

-cartmax <name>
Attach raw MAX Basic cartridge image.
-cartmm <name>
Attach raw MultiMAX cartridge image.
-cartmikro <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Mikro Assembler cartridge image.
-mmc64
+mmc64 Enable/disable the MMC64 expansion (MMC64=1, MMC64=0).
-cartmmc64 <name>
Attach raw 8KiB MMC64 cartridge image.
-mmc64bios <name>
Specify name of MMC64 BIOS image (MMC64BIOSfilename).
-mmc64image <name>
Specify name of MMC64 image (MMC64imagefilename).
-mmc64readonly
Set the MMC64 card to read-only (MMC64_RO=1).
-mmc64readwrite
Set the MMC64 card to read/write (MMC64_RO=0).
-mmc64flash
+mmc64flash
Enable/Disable the MMC64 flash jumper (MMC64_flashjumper=1,
MMC64_flashjumper=0).
-mmc64bioswrite
Save the MMC64 bios when changed (MMC64_bios_write=1).
-mmc64biosreadonly
Do not save the MMC64 bios when changed (MMC64_bios_write=0).
-mmc64rev <revision>
Specify MMC64 revision (MMC64_revision). (0: Revision A, 1: Revision B)
-mmc64sdtype <type>
Specify MMC64 SD type (MMC64_sd_type). (0: Auto, 1: MMC, 2: SD, 3:
SDHC)
-mmc64clockportdevice <device>
Set MMC64 clockport device (MMC64ClockPort) (0: None, 1: ETH64-II, 2:
RRNet, 3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
-cartmmcr <name>
Attach raw 512KiB MMC Replay cartridge image.
-mmcrrescue
+mmcrrescue
Enable/disable MMC Replay rescue mode (MMCRRescueMode=1,
MMCRRescueMode=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 137

-mmcrimagerw
+mmcrimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to MMC Replay image (MMCRImageWrite=1,
MMCRImageWrite=0).
-mmcrsdtype <type>
Specify MMC Replay SD type (MMCRSDType). (0: Auto, 1: MMC, 2: SD, 3:
SDHC)
-mmcrcardimage <filename>
Specify MMC Replay card image filename (MMCRCardImage).
-mmcrcardrw
+mmcrcardrw
Allow/disallow writes to MMC Replay card image (MMCRCardRW=1,
MMCRCardRW=0).
-mmcreepromimage <filename>
Specify MMC Replay EEPROM image filename (MMCREEPROMImage).
-mmcreepromrw
+mmcreepromrw
Allow/disallow writes to MMC Replay EEPROM image (MMCREEPROMRW=1,
MMCREEPROMRW=0).
-mmcrclockportdevice <id>
Set MMC Replay clockport device (MMCRClockPort). (0: None, 1: ETH64-II,
2: RRNet, 3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
-cartmv <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Magic Voice cartridge image.
-magicvoiceimage <name>
Specify Magic Voice cartridge ROM image filename (MagicVoiceImage).
-magicvoice
+magicvoice
Enable/disable Magic Voice cartridge (MagicVoiceCartridgeEnabled=1,
MagicVoiceCartridgeEnabled=0).
-cartocean <name>
Attach raw Ocean cartridge image.
-cartp64 <name>
Attach raw 256KiB Prophet 64 cartridge image.
-cartpf <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Pagefox cartridge image.
-cartpartner64 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Partner 64 cartridge image.
-cartramcart <name>
Attach raw RamCart cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 138

-ramcart
+ramcart Enable/disable the RAMCART expansion (RAMCART=1, RAMCART=0).
-ramcartsize <size in KiB>
Size of the RAMCART expansion (RAMCARTsize). (64, 128)
-ramcartimage <name>
Specify name of RAMCART image (RAMCARTfilename).
-ramcartimagerw
+ramcartimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to RAMCart image (RAMCARTImageWrite=1,
RAMCARTImageWrite=0).
-ramcartro
Set the RamCart switch to read-only (RAMCART_RO=1).
-ramcartrw
Set the RamCart switch to read-only (RAMCART_RO=0).
-ramlink
+ramlink Enable/disable emulation of the RAMLink module. This option emulates the
behavior of the enable/disable switch on the unit (RAMLINK=1, RAMLINK=0).
-cartramlink <name>
Attach the raw 64 KiB ROM image.
-ramlinkbios <name>
Specify name of RAMLink BIOS image (RAMLINKBIOSfilename).
-ramlinkbios <name>
Specify name of RAMLink BIOS image (RAMLINKBIOSfilename).
-ramlinkimage <name>
Specify name of RAMLink RAMCard image (RAMLINKfilename).
-ramlinkimagerw
+ramlinkimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to RAMCard image on detach (RAMLINKImageWrite=1,
RAMLINKImageWrite=0).
-ramlinksize <size in MiB>
Size of the RAMCard unit (RAMLINKsize). (0..16; default is 0)
-ramlinkmode <value>
Sets the RAM port mode of the unit. "1", the default, (Normal) only allows
RAMLink access to the RAM port (REU, GEORAM, and RAMDrive); their
registers are hidden otherwise. "0" (Direct) exposes their registers all the time.
This option emulates the behavior of the Normal/Direct switch on the unit.
(RAMLINKmode). (1:normal (default), 0:direct)
-ramlinkrtcsave
+ramlinkrtcsave
Enable/disable saving of the RTC data when changed (RAMLINKRTCSave=1,
RAMLINKRTCSave=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 139

-cartrep256 <name>
Attach raw REX EP256 cartridge image.
-cartrgcd <Name>
Attach raw 64KiB RGCD cartridge image.
-rgcdrev <Revision>
Set the RGCD-cartridge hardware variant. (RGCDrevision). (0: RGCD 64k,
1: Hucky’s EPROM Cartridge)
-cartross <name>
Attach raw 16/32KiB ROSS cartridge image.
-cartrrnet <name>
Attach raw 8KiB RR-Net MK3 cartridge image.
-cartrr <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Retro Replay cartridge image.
-rrbioswrite
+rrbioswrite
Enable/disable saving of the RR ROM at exit (RRBiosWrite=1,
RRBiosWrite=0).
-rrbankjumper
+rrbankjumper
Set/unset RR Bank Jumper (RRBankJumper=1, RRBankJumper=0).
-rrflashjumper
+rrflashjumper
Set/unset RR Flash Jumper (RRFlashJumper=1, RRFlashJumper=0).
-rrrev <Revision>
Set the RR revision (RRrevision). (0: Retro Replay, 1: Nordic Replay)
-rrclockportdevice <device>
Set the RR clockport device (RRClockPort) (0: None, 1: ETH64-II, 2: RRNet,
3: Silver Surfer, 4: MP3@64, 5: Catweasel MkIII SID)
-rrnetmk3flash
+rrnetmk3flash
SetRemove the RRNETMK3 Flash Jumper (RRNETMK3_flashjumper=1,
RRNETMK3_flashjumper=0).
-rrnetmk3bioswrite
+rrnetmk3bioswrite
Save/Do not save the RRNETMK3 bios when changed (RRNETMK3_bios_
write=1, RRNETMK3_bios_write=0).
-cartrrf <name>
Attach raw 8KiB REX RAM-Floppy cartridge image.
-rexramfloppyimage <name>
Set filename for the REX RAM-Floppy RAM image (RRFfilename).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 140

-rexramfloppyimagerw
+rexramfloppyimagerw
Save/Do not save the REX RAM-Floppy RAM when changed
(RRFImageWrite=1, RRFImageWrite=0).
-cartru <name>
Attach raw 8KiB REX Utility cartridge image.
-cartsdbox <name>
Attach raw 128KiB SD-BOX cartridge image.
-carts64 <name>
Attach raw 4KiB Snapshot 64 cartridge image.
-cartsb <name>
Attach raw Structured Basic cartridge image.
-cartse5 <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Super Explode V5 cartridge image.
-cartsg <name>
Attach raw 64KiB Super Games cartridge image.
-cartsilver <Name>
Attach raw Silverrock 128 cartridge image.
-cartsimon <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Simons’ Basic cartridge image.
-cartss4 <name>
Attach raw 32KiB Super Snapshot V4 cartridge image.
-cartss5 <name>
Attach raw 64KiB or 128KiB Super Snapshot V5 cartridge image.
-ssramexpansion
+ssramexpansion
Enable/disable 32KiB addon RAM. (SSRamExpansion=1, SSRamExpansion=0).
-cartstar <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Stardos cartridge image.
-cartturtle <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Turtle Graphics II cartridge image.
-cartwl <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Westermann Learning cartridge image.
-cartws <name>
Attach raw 8KiB Warp Speed cartridge image.
-cartzaxxon <name>
Attach raw 16KiB Zaxxon cartridge image.
-cartzipp <name>
Attach raw 8KiB ZIPP-CODE 48 cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 141

6.1.3 CIA settings

6.1.3.1 CIA resources
CIA1Model
Integer specifying CIA1 model (all emulators except x64dtv, xpet, xplus4, xvic).
(0: old 6526, 1: new 6526A)
CIA2Model
Integer specifying CIA2 model (all emulators except x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0,
xpet, xplus4, xvic). (0: old 6526, 1: new 6526A)

6.1.3.2 CIA command-line options

-ciamodel <model>
Set both CIA models (CIA1Model, CIA2Model) (all emulators except x64dtv,
xcbm2, xcbm5x0, xpet, xplus4, xvic). (0: old 6526, 1: new 6526A)
-cia1model <model>
Set CIA1 model (CIA1Model) (all emulators except x64dtv, xpet, xplus4, xvic).
(0: old 6526, 1: new 6526A)
-cia2model <model>
Set CIA2 model (CIA2Model) (all emulators except x64dtv, xcbm2, xcbm5x0,
xpet, xplus4, xvic). (0: old 6526, 1: new 6526A)

6.1.4 VIC-II settings

These settings control the emulation of the VIC-II (MOS6569) video chip used in both the
C64 and the C128.
• “Sprite-sprite collisions” and “Sprite-background collisions”, if enabled, cause the hard-
ware detection of sprite-to-sprite and sprite-to-background collisions of the VIC-II to
be emulated. This feature is used by many games, and disabling either of the two
detection systems can sometimes make you invincible (although there is also a chance
that also enemies become invincible then).
• “Color set” can be used to dynamically change the palette file being used by choosing
one of the available predefined color sets, for example:
• pepto-pal.vpl (“Pepto PAL”), a Palette calculated by Philip "Pepto" Timmer-
mann (http://www.pepto.de/projects/colorvic/). (This is the default)
• vice.vpl (“VICE”), the old default VICE palette.
• c64s.vpl (“C64S”), palette taken from the shareware C64S emulator by Miha
Peternel.
• ccs64.vpl (“CCS64”), palette taken from the shareware CCS64 emulator by Per
Håkan Sundell.
• frodo.vpl (“Frodo”), palette taken from the free Frodo emulator by Christian
Bauer (https://frodo.cebix.net/).
• pc64.vpl (“PC64”), palette taken from the free PC64 emulator by Wolfgang
Lorenz.
• godot.vpl (“GoDot”), palette as suggested by the authors of the C64 graphics
package GoDot (https://www.godot64.de).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 142

6.1.4.1 VIC-II resources

VICIIModel
Integer that specifies VIC-II model (x64sc, xscpu64 only). (6569, 6569r1, 8565,
6567, 8562, 6567r56a, 6572)
VICIICheckSsColl
Boolean specifying whether the sprite-sprite hardware collision detection must
be emulated.
VICIICheckSbColl
Boolean specifying whether the sprite-background hardware collision detection
must be emulated.
VICIIVSPBug
Boolean specifying whether the "VSP Bug" must be emulated (x64sc, xscpu64
only).
VICIIVideoCache
Boolean specifying whether the video cache is turned on.
VICIIDoubleSize
Boolean specifying whether double-size mode is turned on.
VICIIDoubleScan
Boolean specifying whether double-scan mode is turned on.
VICIINewLuminances
Boolean specifying whether to use new (9 steps) luminances.
VICIIPaletteFile
String specifying the name of the palette file being used. The .vpl extension
is optional.
VICIIExternalPalette
Boolean specifying whether to use external palette file or not.
VICIIColorSaturation
Integer specifying saturation of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICIIColorContrast
Integer specifying contrast of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICIIColorBrightness
Integer specifying brightness of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICIIColorGamma
Integer specifying gamma of internal calculated palette. (0..4000)
VICIIColorTint
Integer specifying tint of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICIIPALScanLineShade
Integer specifying amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
VICIIPALBlur
Integer specifying amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 143

VICIIPALOddLinePhase
Integer specifying phase for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
VICIIPALOddLineOffset
Integer specifying phase offset for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
VICIIPALDelaylineType
Integer specifying the type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only
(1084 style))
VICIIAudioLeak
Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable video to audio leak emulation.
VICIIFilter
Integer specifying rendering filter. (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
VICIIBorderMode
Integer specifying border display mode. (0: normal, 1: full, 2: debug, 3: none)
VICIIVSync
Boolean specifying whether to enable vsync to prevent screen tearing. (0: vsync
off, 1: vsync on)
VICIIShowStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether to show the status bar or not (x64, x64sc, x64dtv,
xscpu64, x128 and xcbm5x0).
VICIIFullscreen
Boolean specifying whether to use fullscreen mode or not (all emulators except
xcbm2, xpet, xplus4, xvic and vsid).

The following resources are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL or Direct-X)
is present and used at compile time.

VICIIAspectRatio
String/float specifying the aspect ratio. (0.5-2.0)
VICIIAspectMode
Integer specifying the OpenGL aspect mode. (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
VICIIGLFilter
Integer specifying the OpenGL filtering mode. (0: nearest neighbour, 1: bilin-
ear, 2: bicubic)
VICIIFlipX
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip.
VICIIFlipY
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip.
VICIIRotate
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree clockwise rotation.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 144

6.1.4.2 VIC-II command-line options

-VICIIcheckss
+VICIIcheckss
Enable/disable emulation of hardware sprite-sprite collision detection
(VICIICheckSsColl=1, VICIICheckSsColl=0).
-VICIIchecksb
+VICIIchecksb
Enable/disable emulation of hardware sprite-background collision detection
(VICIICheckSbColl=1, VICIICheckSbColl=0).
-VICIIvspbug
+VICIIvspbug
Enable/disable emulation of the "VSP bug" (VICIIVSPBug=1, VICIIVSPBug=0)
(x64sc, xscpu64 only).
-VICIIvcache
+VICIIvcache
Enable/disable the video cache (VICIIVideoCache=1, VICIIVideoCache=0).
-VICIIdsize
+VICIIdsize
Enable/disable the double size mode (VICIIDoubleSize=1,
VICIIDoubleSize=0).
-VICIIdscan
+VICIIdscan
Enable/disable the double scan mode (VICIIDoubleScan=1,
VICIIDoubleScan=0).
-VICIIfilter <Mode>
Select rendering filter (VICIIFilter). (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
-VICIIintpal
Use an internal calculated palette (VICIIExternalPalette=0).
-VICIIextpal
Use an external palette (file) (VICIIExternalPalette=1).
-VICIIpalette <Name>
Specify the name of the palette file (VICIIPaletteFile).
-VICIIborders <mode>
Set VIC-II border display mode (VICIIBorderMode). (0: normal, 1: full, 2:
debug, 3: none)
-VICIImodel <model>
Set VIC-II model (VICIIModel) (x64sc and xscpu64 only). (6569, 6569r1, 8565,
6567, 8562, 6567r56a, 6572)
-VICIInewluminance
+VICIInewluminance
Enable/disable new luminances (VICIINewLuminances=1, VICIINewLuminances=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 145

-VICIIsaturation <0-2000>
Set saturation of internal calculated palette (VICIIColorSaturation).
-VICIIcontrast <0-2000>
Set contrast of internal calculated palette (VICIIColorContrast).
-VICIIbrightness <0-2000>
Set brightness of internal calculated palette (VICIIColorBrightness).
-VICIIgamma <0-4000>
Set gamma of internal calculated palette (VICIIColorGamma).
-VICIItint <0-2000>
Set tint of internal calculated palette (VICIIColorTint).
-VICIIoddlinesphase <0-2000>
Set phase for color carrier in odd lines (VICIIPALOddLinePhase).
-VICIIoddlinesoffset <0-2000>
Set phase offset for color carrier in odd lines (VICIIPALOddLineOffset).
-VICIIcrtblur <0-1000>
Amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation (VICIIPALBlur).
-VICIIcrtscanlineshade <0-1000>
Amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation (VICIIPALScanLineShade).
-VICIIcrtscanlineshade <type>
Type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only (1084 style))
(VICIIPALDelaylineType).
-VICIIaudioleak
+VICIIaudioleak
Enable/disable video to audio leak emulation (VICIIAudioLeak=1,
VICIIAudioLeak=0).
-VICIIshowstatusbar
+VICIIshowstatusbar
Show/hide status bar (VICIIShowStatusbar=1, VICIIShowStatusbar=0).
-VICIIvsync
Enable vsync to prevent screen tearing (VICIIVSync=1).
+VICIIvsync
Disable vsync to allow screen tearing (VICIIVSync=0).
-VICIIfull
+VICIIfull
Enable/Disable fullscreen (VICIIFullscreen=1, VICIIFullscreen=0) (all em-
ulators except xcbm2, xpet, xplus4, xvic and vsid).
The following command-line options are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL
or Direct-X) is present and used at compile time.
-VICIIaspectmode <mode>
Set the aspect mode (VICIIAspectMode). (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 146

-VICIIaspect <aspect ratio>

Set the aspect ratio (VICIIAspectRatio). (0.5-2.0)
-VICIIglfilter <mode>
Set OpenGL (or Direct-X) filtering mode (0 = nearest, 1 = linear, 2 = bicubic)
(VICIIglfilter).
-VICIIflipx
+VICIIflipx
Enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip (VICIIFlipX=1, VICIIFlipX=0).
-VICIIflipy
+VICIIflipy
Enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip (VICIIFlipY=1, VICIIFlipY=0).
-VICIIrotate
+VICIIrotate
Enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree rotation (VICIIRotate=1, VICIIRotate=0).

6.1.5 SID settings

These settings control the emulation of the SID (MOS6581 or MOS8580) audio chip.
• “Second SID” maps a second SID chip into the address space for stereo sound. This
emulates e.g. the “SID Symphony Stereo Cartridge” from Dr. Evil Laboratories. The
second SID can be used with software such as “Stereo SID Player” by Mark Dickenson
or “The Enhanced Sidplayer” by Craig Chamberlain.
• “Second SID base address” sets the start address for the second SID chip. Software nor-
mally uses $DE00 or $DF00, since $DE00-$DEFF and $DF00-$DFFF can be mapped
through the cartridge port of the C64. The default start address is $DE00.
• “Emulate filters” causes the built-in programmable filters of the SID chip to be emu-
lated. A lot of C64 music requires them to be emulated properly, but their emulation
requires some additional processor power.
• “ChipModel” specifies the model of the SID chip being emulated: there are two slightly
different generations of SID chips: MOS6581 ones and MOS8580 ones. Additionally
there is "8580D", which refers to MOS8580 with added "Digifix" modification, which
adds a DC offset to audio-in, which makes classic samples audible also on the 8580.
• “Use reSID emulation” specifies whether the more accurate (and resource hungry)
reSID emulation is turned on or off.
• “reSID sampling method” selects the method for conversion of the SID output signal to
a sampling rate appropriate for playback by standard digital sound equipment. Possible
settings are:
• “Fast” simply clocks the SID chip at the output sampling frequency, picking the
nearest sample. This yields acceptable sound quality, but sampling noise is notice-
able in some cases, especially with SID combined waveforms. The sound emulation
is still cycle exact.
• “Interpolating” clocks the SID chip each cycle, and calculates each sample with
linear interpolation. The sampling noise is now strongly attenuated by the SID
external filter (as long as “Emulate filters” is selected), and the linear interpolation
further improves the sound quality.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 147

• “Resampling” clocks the SID chip each cycle, and uses the theoretically correct
method for sample generation. This delivers CD quality sound, but is extremely
CPU intensive, and is thus most useful for non-interactive sound generation. Unless
you have a very fast machine, that is.
• “reSID resampling passband” specifies the percentage of the total bandwidth allocated
to the resampling filter passband. The work rate of the resampling filter is inversely
proportional to the remaining transition band percentage. This implies that e.g. with
the transition band starting at ~ 20kHz, it is faster to generate 48kHz than 44.1kHz
samples. For CD quality sound generation at 44.1kHz the passband percentage should
be set to 90 (i.e. the transition band starting at almost 20kHz).

6.1.5.1 SID resources

SidStereo
Integer specifying the amount of emulated extra SIDs. (0: off, 1: 1 extra sid,
2: 2 extra sids, 3: three extra sids, 4: four extra sids, 5: five extra sids, 6: six
extra sids, 7: seven extra sids)
Sid2AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the second SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0,
0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0,
0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0,
0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0,
0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560,
0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660,
0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid3AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the third SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128
and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0,
0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0,
0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0,
0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0,
0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480,
0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580,
0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680,
0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780,
0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80,
0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80,
0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid4AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the fourth SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0,
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 148

0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0,

0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0,
0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0,
0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560,
0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660,
0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid5AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the fifth SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128
and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0,
0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0,
0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0,
0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0,
0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480,
0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580,
0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680,
0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780,
0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80,
0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80,
0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid6AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the sixth SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128
and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0,
0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0,
0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0,
0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0,
0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480,
0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580,
0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680,
0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780,
0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80,
0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80,
0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid7AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the seventh SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64,
x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0,
0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0,
0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0,
0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0,
0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560,
0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660,
0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 149

0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,

0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Sid8AddressStart
Integer specifying the base address of the eigth SID (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128
and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0,
0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0,
0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0,
0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0,
0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480,
0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520, 0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580,
0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620, 0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680,
0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780,
0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80,
0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80,
0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
SidFilters
Boolean specifying whether the built-in SID filters must be emulated.
SidModel Integer specifying what model of the SID must be emulated. (0: 6581, 1: 8580,
2: 8580D, 3: DTVSID)
SidEngine
Integer specifying what SID engine will be used. (0: FastSID, 1: ReSID, 2:
Catweasel MKIII, 3: HardSID, 4: ParSID Port 1, 5: ParSID Port 2, 6: ParSID
Port 3)
SidResidSampling
Integer specifying the sampling method (0: Fast, 1: Interpolation, 2: Resam-
pling, 3: Fast Resampling)
SidResidPassband
Integer specifying the resampling filter passband in percentage of the total band-
width (0 - 90) for 6581.
SidResidGain
Integer that specifies reSID gain in percent [97] (90..100) for 6581.
SidResidFilterBias
Integer that specifies reSID filter bias for 6581, which can be used to adjust
DAC bias in millivolts. [0] (-5000..5000, 1000 equals 1mV)
SidResid8580Passband
Integer specifying the resampling filter passband in percentage of the total band-
width (0 - 90) for 8580.
SidResid8580Gain
Integer that specifies reSID gain in percent [97] (90..100) for 8580.
SidResid8580FilterBias
Integer that specifies reSID filter bias for 8580, which can be used to adjust
DAC bias in millivolts. [0] (-5000..5000, 1000 equals 1mV)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 150

SidResidEnableRawOutput
Boolean specifying whether raw debug output is enabled. When enabled, the
raw - not downsampled - audio data is written to a file called resid.raw in the
current working directory.

6.1.5.2 SID command-line options

-sidextra
Specify the amount of extra SID chips to emulate (SidStereo). (0: off, 1: 1
extra sid, 2: 2 extra sids, 3: 3 extra sids, 4: 4 extra sids, 5: 5 extra sids, 6: 6
extra sids, 7: 7 extra sids)
-sid2address <Base address>
Specifies the start address for the second SID chip (Sid2AddressStart)
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
-sid3address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the third SID chip (Sid3AddressStart) (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
-sid4address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the fourth SID chip (Sid4AddressStart)
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 151

0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,

0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)

-sid5address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the fifth SID chip (Sid5AddressStart) (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)

-sid6address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the sixth SID chip (Sid6AddressStart) (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)

-sid7address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the seventh SID chip (Sid7AddressStart)
(x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 152

-sid8address ADDRESS
Specifies the start address for the eight SID chip (Sid8AddressStart) (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and vsid only). (x128: 0xD420, 0xD440, 0xD460,
0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD700, 0xD720, 0xD740, 0xD760,
0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60,
0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60,
0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64, vsid: 0xD420,
0xD440, 0xD460, 0xD480, 0xD4A0, 0xD4C0, 0xD4E0, 0xD500, 0xD520,
0xD540, 0xD560, 0xD580, 0xD5A0, 0xD5C0, 0xD5E0, 0xD600, 0xD620,
0xD640, 0xD660, 0xD680, 0xD6A0, 0xD6C0, 0xD6E0, 0xD700, 0xD720,
0xD740, 0xD760, 0xD780, 0xD7A0, 0xD7C0, 0xD7E0, 0xDE00, 0xDE20,
0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00, 0xDF20,
0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
-sidenginemodel <engine and model>
Specify engine and model for the emulated SID chip (SidEngine,
SidModel). (FastSID 6581: 0/fast/fastold/fast6581, FastSID 8580:
1/fastnew/fast8580, ReSID 6581: 256/resid/residold/resid6581, ReSID
8580: 257/residnew/resid8580, ReSID 8580 + digiboost: 258/residdigi-
tal/residd/residnewd/resid8580d, DTVSID: 260/dtv/c64dtv/dtvsid, Catweasel
MKIII: 512/catweaselmkiii/catweasel3/catweasel/cwmkiii/cw3/cw, HardSID:
768/hardsid/hard/hs, ParSID Port 1: 1024/parsid/parsid1/par1/lpt1, ParSID
Port 2: 1280/parsid2/par2/lpt2 ParSID Port 3: 1536/parsid3/par3/lpt3)
-sidfilters
+sidfilters
Enable/disable emulation of the built-in SID filters (SidFilters=1,
SidFilters=0).
-residsamp METHOD
Specifies the sampling method; fast (SidResidSampling=0), interpolating
(SidResidSampling=1), resampling (SidResidSampling=2), fast resampling
(SidResidSampling=3).
-residpass PERCENTAGE
Specifies the resampling filter passband in percentage of the total bandwidth
(SidResidPassband=0-90) for 6581.
-residgain PERCENTAGE
Specifies reSID gain in percent (90 - 100) for 6581.
-residfilterbias <number>
reSID filter bias setting for 6581, which can be used to adjust DAC bias in
millivolts.
-residpass PERCENTAGE
Specifies the resampling filter passband in percentage of the total bandwidth
(SidResid8580Passband=0-90) for 8580.
-residgain PERCENTAGE
Specifies reSID gain in percent (90 - 100) for 8580.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 153

-residfilterbias <number>
reSID filter bias setting for 8580, which can be used to adjust DAC bias in
millivolts.
-residrawoutput
+residrawoutput
Boolean specifying whether raw debug output is enabled. When enabled, the
raw - not downsampled - audio data is written to a file called resid.raw in the
current working directory.

6.1.6 C64 I/O extension settings

I/O extensions are (usually) cartridges which do not map into ROM space, but use only
the I/O space at address range $DE00 . . . $DEFF and/or $DF00 . . . $DFFF.
Please use these extensions only when needed, as they might cause compatibility problems.
The following I/O extensions are available:
• ACIA (Swiftlink, Turbo232)
• DigiMAX
• DS12C887 RTC
• Ethernet (The Final Ethernet, RR-Net)
• GEO-RAM
• MIDI (Passport, Datel, Maplin, Namesoft, Sequential)
• REU - The “RAM Expansion Module” extension emulates a standard Commodore
RAM Expansion Unit; this can be used with GEOS and other programs that are
designed to take advantage of it. This currently works only in the C64 emulator.
• SFX Sound Expander
• SFX Sound Sampler

6.1.6.1 C64 I/O extension resources

DIGIMAX Boolean specifying whether the DigiMAX cartridge should be emulated or not.
DIGIMAXbase
Integer specifying the DigiMAX base address. (0xDD00: useport, 0xDE00,
0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0, 0xDF00,
0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
DS12C887RTC
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC cartridge should be emulated
or not.
DS12C887RTCbase
Integer specifying the DS12C887 RTC base address. x128: (0xD700, 0xDE00,
0xDF00) x64, x64sc, xscpu64: (0xD500, 0xD600, 0xD700, 0xDE00, 0xDF00)
DS12C887RTCRunMode
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC cartridge starts out running or
halted. (0: halted, 1: running)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 154

DS12C887RTCSave
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC data should be saved when
changed or not.
ETHERNETCART_ACTIVE
Boolean that specifies whether the CS8900 ethernet interface emulation is ac-
tive.
ETHERNETCARTMode
Boolean that specifies whether RR-Net compatible mapping is enabled.
ETHERNETCARTBase
Integer specifying the I/O base address of the emulated ethernet cartridge,
GEORAM Boolean specifying whether the GEO-RAM cartridge should be emulated or
not. (x64, x64sc, x128).
GEORAMfilename
String specifying the filename of the GEORAM image. (x64, x64sc, x128).
GEORAMImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the GEO-RAM image file automatically, incase the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator. (x64, x64sc,
x128).
GEORAMsize
Integer specifying the size of the emulated GEO-RAM in KiB. (512, 1024, 2048,
4096). (x64, x64sc, x128).
MIDIEnable
Boolean specifying whether the MIDI cartridge should be emulated or not (x64,
x64sc, xscpu64, x128 only, and only if MIDI support is enabled and available
at compile time).
MIDIMode Integer specifying the type of emulated MIDI interface (x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and
x128 only, and only if MIDI support is enabled and available at compile time).
(0: Sequential, 1: Passport/Syntech, 2: DATEL/Siel/JMS, 3: Namesoft, 4:
Maplin)
REU Boolean specifying whether the RAM Expansion Module should be emulated
or not.
REUfilename
String specifying the filename of the REU image.
REUImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the REU image file automatically, in case the RAM
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
REUsize Integer specifying the size of the emulated REU in KiB. (128, 256, 512, 1024,
2048, 4096, 8192, 16384)
SFXSoundExpander
Boolean specifying whether the SFX Sound Expander should be emulated or
not.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 155

SFXSoundExpanderChip
Integer specifying which YM chip is emulated. (3526, 3812)
SFXSoundSampler
Boolean specifying whether the SFX Sound Sampler should be emulated or not.

6.1.6.2 C64 I/O extension command-line options

-digimax
+digimax Enable/disable the DigiMAX cartridge (DIGIMAX=1, DIGIMAX=0).
-digimaxbase <base address>
Base address of the DigiMAX cartridge (DIGIMAXbase). (0xDD00: userport,
0xDE00, 0xDE20, 0xDE40, 0xDE60, 0xDE80, 0xDEA0, 0xDEC0, 0xDEE0,
0xDF00, 0xDF20, 0xDF40, 0xDF60, 0xDF80, 0xDFA0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFE0)
-ds12c887rtc
+ds12c887rtc
Enable/disable the DS12C887 RTC cartridge (DS12C887RTC=1,
DS12C887RTC=0).
-ds12c887rtcbase <base address>
Base address of the DS12C887 RTC cartridge (DS12C887RTCbase). x128:
(0xD700, 0xDE00, 0xDF00) x64, x64sc, xscpu64: (0xD500, 0xD600, 0xD700,
0xDE00, 0xDF00)
-ds12c887rtchalted
Set the DS12C887 RTC oscillator to ’halted’ (DS12C887RTCRunMode=0).
-ds12c887rtcrunning
Set the DS12C887 RTC oscillator to ’running’ (DS12C887RTCRunMode=1).
-ds12c887rtcsave
+ds12c887rtcsave
Enable/disable saving of the DS12C887 RTC data when changed
(DS12C887RTCSave=1, DS12C887RTCSave=0).
-miditype <0-4>
Set MIDI interface type (MIDIMode) (x64, x64sc, xscpu64 and x128 only, and
only if MIDI support is enabled and available at compile time). (0: Sequential,
1: Passport/Syntech, 2: DATEL/Siel/JMS, 3: Namesoft, 4: Maplin)
-midi
+midi Enable/disable MIDI emulation (MIDIEnable=1, MIDIEnable=0) (x64, x64sc,
xscpu64 and x128 only, and only if MIDI support is enabled and available at
compile time). (0: Sequential, 1: Passport/Syntech, 2: DATEL/Siel/JMS, 3:
Namesoft, 4: Maplin)
-georam
+georam Enable/disable the GEORAM expansion unit (GEORAM=1, GEORAM=0).
-cartgeoram <name>
Attach raw GEO-RAM cartridge image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 156

-georamimage <name>
Specify name of GEORAM image (GEORAMfilename).
-georamimagerw
+georamimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to GEORAM image (GEORAMImageWrite=1,
GEORAMImageWrite=0).
-georamsize <size in KiB>
Size of the GEORAM expansion unit (GEORAMsize). (512, 1024, 2048, 4096)
-reu
+reu Enable/disable emulation of the RAM Expansion Module (REU=1, REU=0).
-cartreu <name>
Attach raw REU cartridge image.
-reuimage <name>
Specify name of REU image (REUfilename).
-reuimagerw
+reuimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to REU image (REUImageWrite=1, REUImageWrite=0).
-reusize <size in KiB>
Size of the RAM expansion unit (REUsize). (128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096,
8192, 16384)
-sfxse
+sfxse Enable/disable the SFX soundexpander cartridge (SFXSoundExpander=1,
SFXSoundExpander=0).
-sfxsetype <type>
Set YM chip type (SFXSoundExpanderChip). (3526, 3812)
-sfxss
+sfxss Enable/disable the SFX Sound Sampler cartridge (SFXSoundSampler=1,
SFXSoundSampler=0).
-ethernetcart
+ethernetcart
Disable/Enable the Ethernet Cartridge (ETHERNETCART_ACTIVE). (TFE/RR-
Net/64NIC/FB-NET)
-ethernetcartmode <Mode>
Mode of Ethernet Cartridge (ETHERNETCARTMode). (0: TFE, 1: RR-Net)
-ethernetcartbase <Base address>
Base address of the Ethernet Cartridge. (ETHERNETCARTBase) (0xDE00,
0xDE10, 0xDE20, 0xDE30, 0xDE40, 0xDE50, 0xDE60, 0xDE70, 0xDE80,
0xDE90, 0xDEA0, 0xDEB0, 0xDEC0, 0xDED0, 0xDEE0, 0xDEF0, 0xDF00,
0xDF10, 0xDF20, 0xDF30, 0xDF40, 0xDF50, 0xDF60, 0xDF70, 0xDF80,
0xDF90, 0xDFA0, 0xDFB0, 0xDFC0, 0xDFD0, 0xDFE0, 0xDFF0)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 157

-tfe Enable the Ethernet Cartridge in TFE ("The Final Ethernet") compatible
mode and set default I/O address
-rrnet Enable the Ethernet Cartridge in RR-Net compatible mode and set default I/O
address
-burstmod <value>
Set the kind of burst modification. This emulates the fast serial bus connection
as described at https://a1bert.kapsi.fi/Dev/burst/, with the wire to the
tape port cut (BurstMod). (0: None, 1: CIA-1, 2: CIA-2)

6.1.7 C64 system ROM settings

These settings can be used to control what system ROMs are loaded in the C64 emulator
at startup. They cannot be changed from the menus.

6.1.7.1 C64 system ROM resources

BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic).
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).
KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal-901227-
03.bin).
KernalRev
String specifying the Kernal revision. This resource can be used to control
what revision of the C64 kernal is being used; Changing this resource equals
loading one of the provided kernal ROM files. It will be adjusted when changing
KernalName.
Valid values are:
-1 Unknown kernal. This value can not be set by the user, it will be
set when loading a custom kernal via changing KernalName.
-2 No kernal. This is used by the MAX Machine.
0 Kernal revision 0 (Japanese, 906145-02)
1 Kernal revision 1 (901227-01)
2 Kernal revision 2 (901227-02)
3 Kernal revision 3 (901227-03)
39 C64 GS (390852-01)
67 SX-64 (251104-04)
100 Commodore 4064 (also known as “PET64” or “Educator 64”)
(901246-01)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 158

6.1.7.2 C64 system ROM command-line options

-basic <name>
Specify filename of the Basic ROM file (BasicName).
-chargen <name>
Specify filename of the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
-kernal <name>
Specify filename of the Kernal ROM file (KernalName).
-kernalrev <revision>
Specify Kernal revision (KernalRev). (0/jap: japanese 1: rev. 1, 2: rev. 2, 3:
rev. 3, 39/gs: C64 GS, 67/sx: sx64, 100/4064: 4064)

6.1.8 C64 settings

6.1.8.1 C64 resources
GlueLogic
Integer specifying the type of emulated glue-logic. (0: discrete, 1: custom IC)
BurstMod Integer specifying the kind of Burst-Mode modification. (0: None, 1: CIA-1, 2:
CIA-2)
BoardType
Integer specifying the type of emulated board (not available in xscpu64). (0:
C64, 1: MAX)
IECReset Integer specifying if the IEC bus resets when the CPU resets. (0: No, 1: Yes)
MemoryHack
Integer specifying what memory expansion hack is active. (0: None, 1: C64
256K, 2: PLUS60K, 3: PLUS256K)
PLUS60Kfilename
String specifying the filename of the PLUS60K RAM image.
PLUS60Kbase
Integer that specifies the base address of the PLUS60K RAM expansion.
(0xD040, 0xD100)
PLUS256Kfilename
String specifying the filename of the PLUS256K RAM image.
C64_256Kfilename
String specifying the filename of the 256KiB RAM image.
C64_256Kbase
Integer that specifies the base address of the 256KiB RAM expansion.
(0xDE00/0xDE80/0xDF00/0xDF80)
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC, 3: Old NTSC, 4: PAL-N).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 159

MachinePowerFrequency
Integer that specifies the frequency of the power grid in Hz (50, 60). This is
used to determine the tick frequency for the TOD clocks.
CPMCart Boolean that specifies if a CP/M cartridge is attached.

6.1.8.2 C64 command-line options

-gluelogictype <type>
Set glue logic type (GlueLogic). (0: discrete, 1: 252535-01)
-iecreset <value>
Set IEC reset bahaviour (IECReset). (0: Do not reset with CPU reset, 1: Reset
with CPU reset)
-memoryexphack <device>
Set active memory expansion hack (MemoryHack). (0: None, 1: C64 256K, 2:
PLUS60K, 3: PLUS256K)
-plus60kimage <name>
Specify name of PLUS60K image (PLUS60Kfilename).
-plus60kbase <base address>
Base address of the PLUS60K expansion (PLUS60Kbase). (0xD040/0xD100)
-plus256kimage <name>
Specify name of PLUS256K image (PLUS256Kfilename).
-256kimage <name>
Specify name of 256K image (C64_256Kfilename).
-256kbase <base address>
Base address of the 256KiB expansion (C64_256Kbase). (0xDE00, 0xDE80,
0xDF00, 0xDF80)
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-ntscold Use old NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=3).
-paln Use PAL-N sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=4).
-power50 Use 50Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=50).
-power60 Use 60Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=60).
-model <Model>
Set the C64 model (MachineVideoStandard, MachinePowerFrequency,
VICIIModel, CIA1Model, CIA2Model, GlueLogic, BoardType, IECReset,
KernalRev, ChargenName, SidEngine, SidModel) (x64 and x64sc only).
(c64/c64c/c64old, ntsc/newntsc/oldntsc, drean, jap, c64gs, pet64, ultimax)
-cpmcart
+cpmcart Enable/disable the CP/M cartridge (CPMCart=1, CPMCart=0)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 160

6.2 C128-specific commands and settings

6.2.1 C128 cartridge settings
x128 reuses the cartridge system from the C64 emulation, so all options listed there apply
as well. The following only lists what is different and/or additional.

6.2.1.1 C128 cartridge resources

CartridgeType
Integer specifying the type of the default cartridge.
Additional to the C64 types, the following types are valid C128 CRT ID:
• 1: Warpspeed 128
• 2: Partner 128
• 3: Comal 80
• 4: Magic Desk 128
• 5: Gmod2-C128
Note: The actual value will be this ID added to the highest C64 CRT ID, so
both can coexist.
GMod128EEPROMImage
String that specifies the name of the raw GMod2-C128 EEPROM image.
GMod128FlashWrite
Boolean that specifies wether writes to GMod2-C128 EEPROM image are en-
abled.
GMod128EEPROMRW
Boolean that specifies wether the GMod2-C128 ROM is saved at exit

6.2.1.2 C128 cartridge command-line options

-cartfrom <name>
Attach generic external function ROM cartridge image.
-cartcomal128 <name>
Attach 96k Comal 80 cartridge image.
-cartgmod128 <name>
Attach 512k Gmod2-C128 cartridge image.
-cartmd128 <name>
Attach 16/32/64/128/256/512k/1M Magic Desk 128 cartridge image.
-cartpartner128 <name>
Attach 16KiB Partner 128 cartridge image.
-cartws128 <name>
Attach 16KiB Warpspeed 128 cartridge image.
-gmod128eepromimage <filename>
Specify Gmod2-C128 EEPROM image filename (GMod128EEPROMImage).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 161

-gmod128eepromrw
+gmod128eepromrw
Enable/Disable writes to Gmod2-C128 EEPROM image (GMod128EEPROMRW=1,
GMod128EEPROMRW=0).
-gmod128flashwrite
+gmod128flashwrite
Enable/Disable saving of the Gmod2-C128 ROM at exit (GMod128FlashWrite=1,
GMod128FlashWrite=0).

6.2.2 VDC settings

6.2.2.1 VDC resources
VDC64KB Boolean to enabled/disable full 64KiB video ram.
VDCRevision
Integer specifying the VDC hardware revision (0: Rev 0, 1: Rev 1, 2: Rev 2).
VDCVideoCache
Boolean specifying whether the video cache is turned on.
VDCDoubleSize
Boolean specifying whether double-size mode is turned on.
VDCDoubleScan
Boolean specifying whether double-scan mode is turned on.
VDCStretchVertical
Boolean specifying whether vertical stretching is turned on.
VDCPaletteFile
String specifying the name of the palette file being used. The .vpl extension
is optional.
VDCExternalPalette
Boolean specifying whether to use external palette file or not.
VDCColorSaturation
Integer specifying saturation of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VDCColorContrast
Integer specifying contrast of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VDCColorBrightness
Integer specifying brightness of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VDCColorGamma
Integer specifying gamma of internal calculated palette. (0..4000)
VDCColorTint
Integer specifying tint of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VDCPALScanLineShade
Integer specifying amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 162

VDCPALBlur
Integer specifying amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
VDCAudioLeak
Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable video to audio leak emulation.
VDCFilter
Integer specifying rendering filter (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
VDCVSync Boolean specifying whether to enable vsync to prevent screen tearing. (0: vsync
off, 1: vsync on)
TEDShowStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether to show the status bar or not (x128 only).
VDCFullscreen
Boolean specifying whether to use fullscreen mode or not (x128 only).
The following resources are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL or Direct-X)
is present and used at compile time.
VDCAspectRatio
String/float specifying the aspect ratio. (0.5-2.0)
VDCAspectMode
Integer specifying the OpenGL aspect mode. (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
VDCGLFilter
Integer specifying the OpenGL filtering mode. (0: nearest neighbour, 1: bilin-
ear, 2: bicubic)
VDCFlipX Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip.
VDCFlipY Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip.
VDCRotate
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree clockwise rotation.

6.2.2.2 VDC command-line options

-VDCvcache
+VDCvcache
Enable/disable the video cache (VDCVideoCache=1, VDCVideoCache=0).
-VDCdsize
+VDCdsize
Enable/disable double size (VDCDoubleSize=1, VDCDoubleSize=0).
-VDCstretchvertical
+VDCstretchvertical
Enable/Disable vertical stretching (VDCStretchVertical=1,
VDCStretchVertical=0).
-VDCdscan
+VDCdscan
Enable/disable double scan (VDCDoubleScan=1, VDCDoubleScan=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 163

-VDCintpal
Use an internal calculated palette (VDCExternalPalette=0).
-VDCextpal
Use an external palette (file) (VDCExternalPalette=1).
-VDCpalette <name>
Specify name of file of external palette (VDCPaletteFile).
-VDC16KB Set the VDC memory size to 16KiB (VDC64KB=0).
-VDC64KB Set the VDC memory size to 64KiB (VDC64KB=1).
-VDCRevision <number>
Set VDC revision (VDCRevision). (0..2)
-VDCsaturation <0-2000>
Set saturation of internal calculated palette (VDCColorSaturation).
-VDCcontrast <0-2000>
Set contrast of internal calculated palette (VDCColorContrast).
-VDCbrightness <0-2000>
Set brightness of internal calculated palette (VDCColorBrightness).
-VDCgamma <0-4000>
Set gamma of internal calculated palette (VDCColorGamma).
-VDCtint <0-2000>
Set tint of internal calculated palette (VDCColorTint).
-VDCcrtblur <0-1000>
Amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation (VDCPALBlur).
-VDCcrtscanlineshade <0-1000>
Amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation (VDCPALScanLineShade).
-VDCaudioleak
+VDCaudioleak
Enable/disable video to audio leak emulation (VDCAudioLeak=1,
VDCAudioLeak=0).
-VDCfilter <Mode>
Select rendering filter (VDCFilter). (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
-VDCshowstatusbar
+VDCshowstatusbar
Show/hide status bar (VDCShowStatusbar=1, VDCShowStatusbar=0).
-VDCvsync
Enable vsync to prevent screen tearing (VDCVSync=1).
+VDCvsync
Disable vsync to allow screen tearing (VDCVSync=0).
-VDCfull
+VDCfull Enable/Disable fullscreen (VDCFullscreen=1, VDCFullscreen=0) (x128 only).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 164

The following command-line options are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL
or Direct-X) is present and used at compile time.
-VDCaspectmode <mode>
Set the aspect mode (VDCAspectMode). (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
-VDCaspect <aspect ratio>
Set the aspect ratio (VDCAspectRatio). (0.5-2.0)
-VDCglfilter <mode>
Set OpenGL (or Direct-X) filtering mode (0 = nearest, 1 = linear, 2 = bicubic)
(VDCglfilter).
-VDCflipx
+VDCflipx
Enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip (VDCFlipX=1, VDCFlipX=0).
-VDCflipy
+VDCflipy
Enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip (VDCFlipY=1, VDCFlipY=0).
-VDCrotate
+VDCrotate
Enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree rotation (VDCRotate=1, VDCRotate=0).

6.2.3 C128 system ROM settings

6.2.3.1 C128 system ROM resources
ChargenIntName
String specifying the filename of the international character generator ROM
image.
ChargenDEName
String specifying the filename of the German character generator ROM image.
ChargenFIName
String specifying the filename of the Finnish character generator ROM image.
ChargenFRName
String specifying the filename of the French character generator ROM image.
ChargenITName
String specifying the filename of the Italian character generator ROM image.
ChargenNOName
String specifying the filename of the Norwegian character generator ROM im-
age.
ChargenSEName
String specifying the filename of the Swedish character generator ROM image.
ChargenCHName
String specifying the filename of the Swiss character generator ROM image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 165

KernalIntName
String specifying the filename of the international Kernal ROM image.
KernalDEName
String specifying the filename of the German Kernal ROM image.
KernalFIName
String specifying the filename of the Finnish Kernal ROM image.
KernalFRName
String specifying the filename of the French Kernal ROM image.
KernalITName
String specifying the filename of the Italian Kernal ROM image.
KernalNOName
String specifying the filename of the Norwegian Kernal ROM image.
KernalSEName
String specifying the filename of the Swedish Kernal ROM image.
KernalCHName
String specifying the filename of the Swiss Kernal ROM image.
BasicLoName
BasicHiName
Strings specifying the filename of the Basic ROM images.
Kernal64Name
String specifying the filename of the C64 Kernal ROM image.
Basic64Name
String specifying the filename of the C64 Basic ROM image.
InternalFunctionROM
Integer specifying the internal function ROM type (0: None, 1: ROM, 2: RAM,
3: RTC).
InternalFunctionName
String specifying the filename of the ROM image for the internal function ROM.
InternalFunctionROMRTCSave
Boolean to enable/disable the saving of the Internal Function RTC data when
changed.

6.2.3.2 C128 system ROM command-line options

-basic64 <name>
Specify name of C64 mode BASIC ROM image (Basic64Name).
-kernal64 <name>
Specify name of C64 mode Kernal ROM image (Kernal64Name).
-basiclo <name>
Specify name of BASIC ROM image (lower part) (BasicLoName).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 166

-basichi <name>
Specify name of BASIC ROM image (higher part) (BasicHiName).
-kernal <name>
Specify name of international Kernal ROM image (KernalIntName).
-kernalde <name>
Specify name of German Kernal ROM image (KernalDEName).
-kernalfi <name>
Specify name of Finnish Kernal ROM image (KernalFIName).
-kernalfr <name>
Specify name of French Kernal ROM image (KernalFRName).
-kernalit <name>
Specify name of Italian Kernal ROM image (KernalITName).
-kernalno <name>
Specify name of Norwegian Kernal ROM image (KernalNOName).
-kernalse <name>
Specify name of Swedish Kernal ROM image (KernalSEName).
-kernalch <name>
Specify name of Swiss Kernal ROM image (KernalCHName).
-chargen <name>
Specify name of international character generator ROM image
(ChargenIntName).
-chargde <name>
Specify name of German character generator ROM image (ChargenDEName).
-chargfi <name>
Specify name of Finnish character generator ROM image (ChargenFRName).
-chargfr <name>
Specify name of French character generator ROM image (ChargenFRName).
-chargit <name>
Specify name of Italian character generator ROM image (ChargenFRName).
-chargno <name>
Specify name of Norwegian character generator ROM image (ChargenNOName).
-chargse <name>
Specify name of Swedish character generator ROM image (ChargenSEName).
-chargch <name>
Specify name of Swiss character generator ROM image (ChargenCHName).
-intfunc <type>
Set the internal Function ROM type (InternalFunctionROM). (0: None, 1:
ROM, 2: RAM, 3: RTC)
-intfrom <name>
Specify name of internal Function ROM image (InternalFunctionName).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 167

-intfuncrtcsave
+intfuncrtcsave
Enable/disable the saving of the Internal Function RTC data when changed
(InternalFunctionROMRTCSave=1, InternalFunctionROMRTCSave=0).

6.2.4 C128 settings

6.2.4.1 C128 resources
C128ColumnKey
Boolean specifying the status of the 40/80 columns key. (0: Not pressed, 1:
Pressed)
Go64Mode Boolean, if true enter C64 mode on reset.
C128FullBanks
Boolean to enable/disable RAM banks 2 and 3.
MachineType
Integer specifying the C128 machine type. (0: International, 1: Finnish, 2:
French, 3: German, 4: Italian, 5: Norwegian, 6: Swedish)
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC).
MachinePowerFrequency
Integer that specifies the frequency of the power grid in Hz (50, 60). This is
used to determine the tick frequency for the TOD clocks.
C128HideVDC
Boolean to enable/disable the VDC display window.
DualWindow
Boolean to turn on dual-window rendering, opening two windows, one for each
display.

6.2.4.2 C128 command-line options

-40col Activate 40 column mode (C128ColumnKey=1).
-80col Activate 80 column mode (C128ColumnKey=0).
-go64 Always switch to C64 mode on reset (Go64Mode=1.
+go64 Always switch to C128 mode on reset (Go64Mode=0.
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-power50 Use 50Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=50).
-power60 Use 60Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=60).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 168

-model <Model>
Set the C128 model (MachineVideoStandard, MachinePowerFrequency,
CIA1Model, CIA2Model, VICIINewLuminances, VDCRevision, VDC64KB,
SidEngine, SidModel). (c128/c128dcr, pal/ntsc)
-c128fullbanks
+c128fullbanks
Enable/disable RAM banks 2 and 3 (C128FullBanks=1, C128FullBanks=0).
-machinetype <Type>
Set the C128 machine type (MachineType). (0: International, 1: Finnish, 2:
French, 3: German, 4: Italian, 5: Norwegian, 6: Swedish)
-hidevdcwindow
+hidevdcwindow
Hide/show the VDC display window (C128HideVDC=1, C128HideVDC=0).
-dualwindow
Turn on dual-window rendering, opening two windows, one for each display.
(DualWindow).

6.3 C64DTV-specific commands and settings

This section lists the settings and commands that are C64DTV specific and thus are not
present in the other emulators.

6.3.1 C64DTV ROM image

The DTV has a 2MiB Flash chip which contains the kernal, basic and character set ROMs
along with other data, such as games in the case of the original C64DTV ROM.
The image file is a dump of the flash chip. It is exactly 2MiB (2097152 bytes).
If you do not have a suitable image file, an image using the C64 kernal, basic and charset
is automatically created.
If writing to the C64DTV ROM is enabled, the image file is rewritten with the current data
when exiting x64dtv.
Note that x64dtv tries to load the image file from the C64DTV directory first, and if
it isn’t found there, x64dtv tries to load it from the current directory. If you do not
have dtvrom.bin in your C64DTV directory and writing to DTV ROM is enabled, the
dtvrom.bin file is created to the current directory.
NOTE: The original C64DTV ROM has somewhat distorted colors, normally you should
use a patched rom.
-ntscv2romimage <name>
Specify filename of the C64DTV NTSC v2 ROM image (DTVNTSCV2FlashName).
-palv2romimage <name>
Specify filename of the C64DTV PAL v2 ROM image (DTVPALV2FlashName).
-ntscv3romimage <name>
Specify filename of the C64DTV NTSC v3 ROM image (DTVNTSCV3FlashName).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 169

-palv3romimage <name>
Specify filename of the C64DTV PAL v3 ROM image (DTVPALV3FlashName).
-hummerromimage <name>
Specify filename of the C64DTV Hummer ROM image (DTVHummerFlashName).
-c64dtvromrw
+c64dtvromrw
Enable/disable writing to C64DTV ROM image (c64dtvromrw=1,
c64dtvromrw=0).
The trueflashfs option is analogous to True drive emulation. If disabled, any file access to
the flash filesystem (device 1) will go to the local file system instead.
-trueflashfs
+trueflashfs
Enable/disable true hardware flash file system (FlashTrueFS=1,
FlashTrueFS=0).
-fsflash <name>
Specify the directory for the flash file system device (FSFlashDir).

6.3.2 DTV revision

The DTV revision 2 has a bug in the Blitter. Using revision 3 is recommended. Emulation
of DTV revision 2 including Blitter bug is intended for testing DTV software.
-dtvrev <revision>
Specify DTV revision (DtvRevision). (2: DTV2, 3: DTV3)

6.3.3 LumaFix
The PAL C64DTVs have wrong resistors in the video output circuit, which causes incorrect
luminances. Several hardware solutions ("LumaFixes") have been developed to fix this flaw.
The fixed video output is emulated by selecting "New Luminances". The unmodified
C64DTV video output can be emulated with "Old Luminances".
The default setting is "New Luminances".

6.3.4 Userport
The C64DTV userport emulation currently supports three devices: Hummer ADC, userport
joystick and PS/2 mouse.
The joystick that controls either the Hummer ADC or userport joystick can be selected
using the same parameter or menu option.
While using the Hummer ADC, joystick UP and DOWN are mapped to the Hummer buttons
A and B respectively. LEFT and RIGHT set the ADCs output to 0 and 255. Centering
the joystick results in the ADC value of 128.
Currently the Hummer ADC and userport joystick are mutually exclusive. This means that
enabling one disables the other. PS/2 mouse emulation can be used simultaneously with
either Hummer ADC or userport joystick.
-hummeradc
+hummeradc
Enable/Disable Hummer ADC (HummerADC=1, HummerADC=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 170

-ps2mouse
+ps2mouse
Enable/disable PS/2 mouse on userport (ps2mouse=1, ps2mouse=0).

6.3.5 Debug
Debugging information on Blitter, DMA and Flash can be enabled with command line
parameters. This can be useful for DTV software development.
-dtvblitterlog
+dtvblitterlog
Enable or disable DTV Blitter log
-dtvdmalog
+dtvdmalog
Enable or disable DTV DMA log
-dtvflashlog
+dtvflashlog
Enable or disable DTV Flash log

6.3.6 Monitor DTV features

Currently the registers A, Y and X are registers R0, R1 and R2 regardless of the mapping,
which can be seen and modified via the registers ACM and XYM.
The monitor can access all 2MiB of RAM and 2MiB of Flash, but only 64 KiB at a
time. The 64KiB bank can be selected with "bank ram00".."ram1f" for RAM and "bank
rom00".."rom1f" for Flash.
The "load" command can load large files (>64KiB) correctly if the bank is set to "ramXX",
where XX is the starting bank (usually "bank00").

6.3.7 DTV resources

DtvRevision
Integer specifying the emulated DTV revision. (2: DTV2, 3: DTV3)
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).
KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal).
BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic).
DTVNTSCV2FlashName
String specifying the filename of the DTV NTSC v2 Flash ROM image.
DTVPALV2FlashName
String specifying the filename of the DTV PAL v2 Flash ROM image.
DTVNTSCV3FlashName
String specifying the filename of the DTV NTSC v3 Flash ROM image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 171

DTVPALV3FlashName
String specifying the filename of the DTV PAL v3 Flash ROM image.
DTVHummerFlashName
String specifying the filename of the DTV Hummer Flash ROM image.
DTVFlashRevision
Integer specifying which of the above Flash ROM images will be used.
c64dtvromrw
Boolean that specifies whether the emulated Flash ROM is writeable.
FSFlashDir
String specifying the working directory for the flash file system.
FlashTrueFS
Boolean, enables true hardware flash file system.
HummerADC
Boolean to enable/disable the Hummer ADC emulation.
ps2mouse Boolean to enable/disable PS/2 Mouse emulation.
DtvBlitterLog
Boolean, enables Blitter logging.
DtvDMALog
Boolean, enables DMA logging.
DtvFlashLog
Boolean, enables Flash ROM logging.
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine. (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC)

6.3.8 DTV command-line options

-model <Model>
Set the DTV model (MachineVideoStandard, DtvRevision, HummerADC).
(v2/v2pal/v2ntsc, v3/v3pal/v3ntsc, hummer)
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-chargen <name>
Specify filename of the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
-kernal <name>
Specify filename of the Kernal ROM file (KernalName).
-basic <name>
Specify the filename of the Basic ROM file (BasicName).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 172

6.4 SCPU64-specific commands and settings

6.4.1 SCPU64 resources
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).
SCPU64Name
String specifying the name of the SCPU64 ROM (default scpu64).
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (4: PAL-N,
3: Old NTSC, 1: PAL, 2: NTSC).
MachinePowerFrequency
Integer that specifies the frequency of the power grid in Hz (50, 60). This is
used to determine the tick frequency for the TOD clocks.
IECReset Integer specifying if the IEC bus resets when the CPU resets. (0: No, 1: Yes)
BurstMod Integer specifying the kind of Burst-Mode modification. (0: None, 1: CIA-1, 2:
CIA-2)
SIMMSize Integer specifying the size of the SIMM RAM. (0, 1, 4, 8, 16)
JiffySwitch
Boolean to enable/disable the jiffy switch.
SpeedSwitch
Boolean to enable/disable the speed switch.
GlueLogic
Integer specifying the type of emulated glue-logic. (0: discrete, 1: custom IC)

6.4.2 SCPU64 command-line options

-chargen <name>
Specify filename of the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
-scpu64 <Name>
Specify filename of the SCPU64 ROM file (SCPU64Name).
-model <Model>
Set the C64 model (MachineVideoStandard, MachinePowerFrequency,
CIA1Model, CIA2Model, VICIINewLuminances, IECReset, ChargenName,
SidEngine, SidModel). (c64/c64c/c64old, ntsc/newntsc/oldntsc, drean, jap,
c64gs)
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-ntscold Use old NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=3).
-paln Use PAL-N sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=4).
-power50 Use 50Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=50).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 173

-power60 Use 60Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=60).

-iecreset <value>
Set IEC reset bahaviour (IECReset). (0: Do not reset with CPU reset, 1: Reset
with CPU reset)
-burstmod <value>
Set the kind of burst modification. This emulates the fast serial bus connection
as described at https://a1bert.kapsi.fi/Dev/burst/, with the wire to the
tape port cut (BurstMod). (0: None, 1: CIA-1, 2: CIA-2)
-simmsize <number>
Set the size of the SIMM RAM (SIMMSize). (0, 1, 4, 8, 16)
-jiffyswitch
+jiffyswitch
Enable/disable the jiffy switch (JiffySwitch=1, JiffySwitch=0).
-speedswitch
+speedswitch
Enable/disable the speed switch (SpeedSwitch=1, SpeedSwitch=0).
-gluelogictype <type>
Set glue logic type (GlueLogic). (0: discrete, 1: 252535-01)

6.5 VIC20-specific commands and settings

This section lists the settings and commands that are VIC20-specific and thus are not
present in the other emulators.

6.5.1 Using prg files

It’s not alway easy to get VIC-20 games to work due to its different configurations. To run
VIC-20 games, you can try the following:
• Try to autorun with different memory sets: "no expansion", "3KiB" and "Full"
• Load the file in a hex editor and have a look at the first two bytes. If they are e.g. 00
A0 the file should probably be attached as a cartridge image at $A000.
• Some programs, (eg the loadable Scott Adams text adventures) have to be loaded into
the expanded memory blocks, and then run with the expansion disabled via software,
like this:
• Enable the full memory expansion
• Disable the expanded memory
POKE44,16:POKE56,30:POKE4096,0:new
POKE648,30
• Press RUN/STOP + RESTORE (which is ESC + F12 on the default keymap)
• Load the program
LOAD"4.Voodoo Castle",8,1
• Start the program (other programs may have a different start address)
SYS32592
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 174

6.5.2 Using cartridge images

As with the C64 (see Section 6.1.1 [C64 cartridges], page 115), it is possible to attach several
types of cartridge images:
• 4 or 8 KiB cartridges located at $2000;
• 4 or 8 KiB cartridges located at $4000;
• 4 or 8 KiB cartridges located at $6000;
• 4 or 8 KiB cartridges located at $A000;
• 4 KiB cartridges located at $B000.
This can all be done via the “Attach cartridge image. . . ” command in the menu. It is also
possible to let xvic “guess” the type of cartridge using “Smart-attach cartridge image. . . ”.
Notice that several cartridges are actually made up of two pieces (and two files), that need
to be loaded separately at different addresses. In that case, you have to know the addresses
(which are usually specified in the file name) and use the “attach” command twice.
Also notice that surprisingly often it is required for the user to start VIC20 cartridges
manually by typing a BASIC "SYS" command.
A special kind of cartridge file is where the two files mentioned above are concatenated
(with removing the two byte load address of the second image) into one 16KiB image. Vice
can attach such concatenated files at the start address $2000, $4000, and $6000. The second
half of such an image is moved to the memory block following the first block. It is also
possible to concatenate four 8KiB files, the resulting file will load into all 4 cartridge blocks.
If you encounter 16KiB images that have the second half at eg $A000 you can split the
image into two halfs (i.e. one 8194 byte and one 8192 byte, because the first has the load
address) and attach both files separately. Alternatively you can create a 32KiB file with
padding blocks in between.
One cartridge that is currently only partially supported here is the VIC1112 IEEE488
interface. You have to load the ROM as a cartridge, but you also have to enable the
IEEE488 hardware by menu.

6.5.3 VIC20 cartridge settings

6.5.3.1 VIC20 cartridge resources
CartridgeReset
Boolean specifying whether the machine should be reset when a cartridge is
changed.
CartridgeType
Integer specifying the type of the default cartridge.
The following cartridge types are valid:
• - 1: None
• - 2: Generic
• 1: Megacart
• 2: Behrbonz
• 3: Vic Flash Plugin
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 175

• 4: Ultimem
• 5: Final Expansion
• - 10: SID Cartridge
• - 11: IEEE-4888
• - 12: IO ram cart (IO2)
• - 13: IO ram cart (IO3)
• 0x8000: Auto Detect
• 0x8002: 4KiB at $2000-$2FFF
• 0x8003: 8KiB at $2000-$3FFF
• 0x8004: 4KiB at $6000-$6FFF
• 0x8005: 8KiB at $6000-$7FFF
• 0x8006: 4KiB at $A000-$AFFF
• 0x8007: 8KiB at $A000-$BFFF
• 0x8008: 4KiB at $B000-$BFFF
• 0x8009: 8KiB at $4000-$5FFF
• 0x800A: 4KiB at $4000-$4FFF
• 0x8013: 16KiB at $2000-$5FFF
• 0x8015: 16KiB at $6000-$9FFF
• 0x8019: 16KiB at $4000-$7FFF
CartridgeFile
String specifying the filename of the image for the current cartridge.
IOCollisionHandling
Integer specifying the way the I/O collisions should be handled. (0: error
message and detach all involved carts, 1: error message and detach last attached
involved carts, 2: warning in log and ’AND’ the valid return values)
GenericCartridgeFile2000
GenericCartridgeFile4000
GenericCartridgeFile6000
GenericCartridgeFileA000
GenericCartridgeFileB000
Strings specifying the name of the respective cartridge ROM images.
FinalExpansionWriteBack
Boolean, if true write back the Flash ROM image file automatically, incase the
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
VicFlashPluginWriteBack
Boolean, if true write back the Flash ROM image file automatically, incase the
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
MegaCartNvRAMfilename
String specifying the filename of the MegaCart NvRAM image.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 176

MegaCartNvRAMWriteBack
Boolean, if true write back the NvRAM image file automatically, incase the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
UltiMemWriteBack
Boolean, if true write back the Flash ROM image file automatically, incase the
contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
IO2RAM Boolean specifying whether the I/O-2 ($9800-$9BFF) RAM cartridge should
be emulated or not.
IO3RAM Boolean specifying whether the I/O-3 ($9C00-$9FFF) RAM cartridge should
be emulated or not.
VFLImod Boolean specifying whether the VFLI modification should be enabled.
SFXSoundExpander
Boolean specifying whether the SFX Sound Expander should be emulated or
not.
SFXSoundExpanderChip
Integer specifying which YM chip is emulated. (3526, 3812)
SFXSoundExpanderIOSwap
Boolean, swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-2) or don’t swap io
mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-3).
SFXSoundSampler
Boolean specifying whether the SFX Sound Sampler should be emulated or not.
SFXSoundSamplerIOSwap
Boolean, swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-2) or don’t swap io
mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-3).
GEORAMfilename
String specifying the filename of the GEORAM image.
GEORAM Boolean specifying whether the GEO-RAM cartridge (using the MasC=uerade
cartridge adapter) should be emulated or not.
GEORAMsize
Integer specifying the size of the emulated GEO-RAM in KiB. (512, 1024, 2048,
4096).
GEORAMImageWrite
Boolean, if true write back the GEO-RAM image file automatically, incase the
RAM contents changed, when detaching or quitting the emulator.
GEORAMIOSwap
Boolean specifying whether the io mapping should be swapped (map cart I/O-
1 to VIC20 I/O-3 and cart I/O-2 to VIC20 I/O-2) or not (map cart I/O-2 to
VIC20 I/O-2 and cart I/O-2 to VIC20 I/O-3).
SidCart Boolean specifying whether SID-Cart emulation is enabled or not.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 177

SidAddress
Integer that specifies the base address of the emulated SID chip. (0x9800,
0x9C00)
SidClock Integer specifying the clock rate used for the emulated SID chip (0: C64, 1:
VIC20)
DIGIMAX Boolean specifying whether the DigiMAX cartridge (using the MasC=uerade
cartridge adapter) should be emulated or not.
DIGIMAXbase
Integer specifying the DigiMAX base address. (0x9800, 0x9820, 0x9840, 0x9860,
0x9880, 0x98A0, 0x98C0, 0x98E0, 0x9C00, 0x9C20, 0x9C40, 0x9C60, 0x9C80,
0x9CA0, 0x9CC0, 0x9CE0)
DS12C887RTC
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC cartridge (using the
MasC=uerade cartridge adapter) should be emulated or not.
DS12C887RTCbase
Integer specifying the DS12C887 RTC base address. (0x9800, 0x9C00)
DS12C887RTCRunMode
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC cartridge starts out running or
halted. (0: halted, 1: running)
DS12C887RTCSave
Boolean specifying whether the DS12C887 RTC data should be saved when
changed or not.
IEEE488 Boolean specifying whether the IEEE488 interface should be emulated or not.
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC).

6.5.3.2 VIC20 cartridge command-line options

-iocollision <method>
Select the way the I/O collisions should be handled (IOCollisionHandling).
(0: error message and detach all involved carts, 1: error message and detach last
attached involved carts, 2: warning in log and ’AND’ the valid return values
-cartreset
+cartreset
Do/don’t reset machine if a cartridge is attached or detached
(CartridgeReset=1, CartridgeReset).
-cart2 <name>
Specify 4/8/16KiB extension ROM name at $2000
-cart4 <name>
Specify 4/8/16KiB extension ROM name at $4000
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 178

-cart6 <name>
Specify 4/8/16KiB extension ROM name at $6000
-cartA <name>
Specify 4/8KiB extension ROM name at $A000
-cartB <name>
Specify 4KiB extension ROM name at $B000
-cartgeneric <name>
Specify generic extension ROM name
-cartbb <name>
Specify Behr-Bonz extension ROM name
-cartmega <name>
Specify Mega-Cart extension ROM name
-mcnvramfile <name>
Set Mega-Cart NvRAM filename (MegaCartNvRAMfilename).
-mcnvramwriteback
+mcnvramwriteback
Enable/Disable Mega-Cart NvRAM writeback (MegaCartNvRAMWriteBack=1,
MegaCartNvRAMWriteBack=0).
-cartfe <name>
Specify Final Expansion extension ROM name
-fewriteback
+fewriteback
Enable/disable Final Expansion write back to ROM file (FinalExpansionWriteBack=1,
FinalExpansionWriteBack=0).
-cartfp <name>
Specify Vic Flash Plugin extension ROM name
-fpwriteback
+fpwriteback
Enable/Disable Vic Flash Plugin write back to ROM file (VicFlashPluginWriteBack=1,
VicFlashPluginWriteBack=0).
-ultimem <name>
Specify Ultimem extension ROM name
-umwriteback
+umwriteback
Enable/disable UltiMem write back to ROM file (UltiMemWriteBack=1,
UltiMemWriteBack=0).
-io2ram
+io2ram Enable/disable the I/O-2 ($9800-$9BFF) RAM cartridge (IO2RAM=1,
IO2RAM=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 179

-io3ram
+io3ram Enable/disable the I/O-3 ($9C00-$9FFF) RAM cartridge (IO3RAM=1,
IO3RAM=0).
-ieee488
+ieee488 Enable/disable VIC-1112 IEEE488 interface (IEEE488=1, IEEE488=0).
-vflimod
+vflimod Enable/disable VIC-20 VFLI modification (VFLImod=1, VFLImod=0)
-sidcart
+sidcart Enable/disable SID Cartridge (SidCart=1, SidCart=0).
-sidcartaddress <address>
Specify address of the SID Cartridge (SidAddress). (0x9800, 0x9C00)
-sidcartclock <clock>
Specify clock of the SID Cartridge (SidClock). (0: C64, 1: VIC20)
-ethernetcart
+ethernetcart
Disable/Enable the Ethernet Cartridge (ETHERNETCART_ACTIVE). (TFE/RR-
Net/64NIC/FB-NET)
-ethernetcartmode <Mode>
Mode of Ethernet Cartridge (ETHERNETCARTMode). (0: TFE, 1: RR-Net)
-ethernetcartbase <Base address>
Base address of the Ethernet Cartridge. (ETHERNETCARTBase) (0x9800,
0x9810, 0x9820, 0x9830, 0x9840, 0x9850, 0x9860, 0x9870, 0x9880, 0x9890,
0x98A0, 0x98B0, 0x98C0, 0x98D0, 0x98E0, 0x98F0, 0x9C00, 0x9C10, 0x9C20,
0x9C30, 0x9C40, 0x9C50, 0x9C60, 0x9C70, 0x9C80, 0x9C90, 0x9CA0,
0x9CB0, 0x9CC0, 0x9CD0, 0x9CE0, 0x9CF0)
-tfe Enable the Ethernet Cartridge in TFE ("The Final Ethernet") compatible
mode and set default I/O address
-rrnet Enable the Ethernet Cartridge in RR-Net compatible mode and set default I/O
address
-digimax
+digimax Enable/disable the DigiMAX cartridge (using the MasC=uerade cartridge
adapter) (DIGIMAX=1, DIGIMAX=0).
-digimaxbase <base address>
Base address of the DigiMAX cartridge (DIGIMAXbase). (0x9800, 0x9820,
0x9840, 0x9860, 0x9880, 0x98A0, 0x98C0, 0x98E0, 0x9C00, 0x9C20, 0x9C40,
0x9C60, 0x9C80, 0x9CA0, 0x9CC0, 0x9CE0)
-ds12c887rtc
+ds12c887rtc
Enable/disable the DS12C887 RTC cartridge (using the MasC=uerade car-
tridge adapter) (DS12C887RTC=1, DS12C887RTC=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 180

-ds12c887rtcbase <base address>

Base address of the DS12C887 RTC cartridge (DS12C887RTCbase). (0x9800,
0x9C00)
-ds12c887rtchalted
Set the DS12C887 RTC oscillator to ’halted’ (DS12C887RTCRunMode=0).
-ds12c887rtcrunning
Set the DS12C887 RTC oscillator to ’running’ (DS12C887RTCRunMode=1).
-ds12c887rtcsave
+ds12c887rtcsave
Enable/disable saving of the DS12C887 RTC data when changed
(DS12C887RTCSave=1, DS12C887RTCSave=0).
-sfxse
+sfxse Enable/disable the SFX soundexpander cartridge (using the MasC=uerade car-
tridge adapter) (SFXSoundExpander=1, SFXSoundExpander=0).
-sfxsetype <type>
Set YM chip type (SFXSoundExpanderChip). (3526, 3812)
-sfxseioswap
Swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-2) (SFXSoundExpanderIOSwap=1).
+sfxseioswap
Swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-3) (SFXSoundExpanderIOSwap=0).
-sfxssioswap
Swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-2) (SFXSoundSamplerIOSwap=1).
+sfxssioswap
Don’t swap io mapping (map cart I/O to VIC20 I/O-3) (SFXSoundSamplerIOSwap=0).
-sfxss
+sfxss Enable/disable the SFX Sound Sampler cartridge (SFXSoundSampler=1,
SFXSoundSampler=0).
-georamioswap
Swap the io mapping (map cart I/O-1 to VIC20 I/O-3 and cart I/O-2 to VIC20
I/O-2) (GEORAMIOSwap=1).
+georamioswap
Do not swap the io mapping (map cart I/O-2 to VIC20 I/O-2 and cart I/O-2
to VIC20 I/O-3) (GEORAMIOSwap=0).
-georam
+georam Enable/disable the GEORAM expansion unit (using the MasC=uerade car-
tridge adapter) (GEORAM=1, GEORAM=0).
-georamimage <name>
Specify name of GEORAM image (GEORAMfilename).
-georamimagerw
+georamimagerw
Allow/disallow writing to GEORAM image (GEORAMImageWrite=1,
GEORAMImageWrite=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 181

-georamsize <size in KiB>

Size of the GEORAM expansion unit (GEORAMsize). (512, 1024, 2048, 4096)
-model <model>
Specify the VIC20 model you want to emulate (MachineVideoStandard,
RamBlock0, RamBlock1, RamBlock2, RamBlock3 and RamBlock5).
(vic20/vic20pal/vic20ntsc, vic21)
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).

6.5.4 VIC settings

6.5.4.1 VIC resources
VICVideoCache
Boolean specifying whether the video cache is turned on.
VICDoubleSize
Boolean specifying whether double-size mode is turned on.
VICDoubleScan
Boolean specifying whether double-scan mode is turned on.
VICPaletteFile
String specifying the name of the palette file being used. The .vpl extension
is optional.
VICExternalPalette
Boolean specifying whether to use external palette file or not.
VICColorSaturation
Integer specifying saturation of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICColorContrast
Integer specifying contrast of internal calculated palette, (0..2000)
VICColorBrightness
Integer specifying brightness of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICColorGamma
Integer specifying gamma of internal calculated palette. (0..4000)
VICColorTint
Integer specifying tint of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
VICPALScanLineShade
Integer specifying amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
VICPALBlur
Integer specifying amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
VICPALOddLinePhase
Integer specifying phase for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 182

VICPALOddLineOffset
Integer specifying phase offset for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
VICPALDelaylineType
Integer specifying the type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only
(1084 style))
VICAudioLeak
Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable video to audio leak emulation.
VICFilter
Integer specifying the rendering filter. (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
VICBorderMode
Integer specifying border display mode (0: normal, 1: full, 2: debug, 3: none)
VICVSync Boolean specifying whether to enable vsync to prevent screen tearing. (0: vsync
off, 1: vsync on)
VICShowStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether to show the status bar or not (xvic only).
VICFullscreen
Boolean specifying whether to use fullscreen mode or not (xvic only).
The following resources are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL or Direct-X)
is present and used at compile time.
VICAspectRatio
String/float specifying the aspect ratio. (0.5-2.0)
VICAspectMode
Integer specifying the OpenGL aspect mode. (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
VICGLFilter
Integer specifying the OpenGL filtering mode. (0: nearest neighbour, 1: bilin-
ear, 2: bicubic)
VICFlipX Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip.
VICFlipY Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip.
VICRotate
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree clockwise rotation.

6.5.4.2 VIC command-line options

-VICvcache
+VICvcache
Enable/disable the video cache (VICVideoCache=1, VICVideoCache=0).
-VICdsize
+VICdsize
Enable/disable the double size mode (VICDoubleSize=1, VICDoubleSize=0).
-VICdscan
+VICdscan
Enable/disable the double scan mode (VICDoubleScan=1, VICDoubleScan=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 183

-VICfilter <Mode>
Select rendering filter (VICFilter). (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
-VICpalette NAME
Specify the name of the palette file (VICPaletteFile).
-VICintpal
Use an internal calculated palette (VICExternalPalette=0).
-VICextpal
Use an external palette (file) (VICExternalPalette=1).
-VICborders <mode>
Set VIC border display mode (VICBorderMode). (0: normal, 1: full, 2: debug,
3: none)
-VICsaturation <0-2000>
Set saturation of internal calculated palette (VICColorSaturation).
-VICcontrast <0-2000>
Set contrast of internal calculated palette (VICColorContrast).
-VICbrightness <0-2000>
Set brightness of internal calculated palette (VICColorBrightness).
-VICgamma <0-4000>
Set gamma of internal calculated palette (VICColorGamma).
-VICtint <0-2000>
Set tint of internal calculated palette (VICColorTint).
-VICoddlinesphase <0-2000>
Set phase for color carrier in odd lines (VICPALOddLinePhase).
-VICoddlinesoffset <0-2000>
Set phase offset for color carrier in odd lines. (VICPALOddLineOffset).
-VICcrtblur <0-1000>
Amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation (VICPALBlur).
-VICcrtscanlineshade <0-1000>
Amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation (VICPALScanLineShade).
-VICcrtscanlineshade <type>
Type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only (1084 style))
(VICPALDelaylineType).
-VICaudioleak
+VICaudioleak
Enable/disable video to audio leak emulation (VICAudioLeak=1,
VICAudioLeak=0).
-VICshowstatusbar
+VICshowstatusbar
Show/hide status bar (VICShowStatusbar=1, VICShowStatusbar=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 184

-VICvsync
Enable vsync to prevent screen tearing (VICVSync=1).
+VICvsync
Disable vsync to allow screen tearing (VICVSync=0).
-VICfull
+VICfull Enable/Disable fullscreen (VICFullscreen=1, VICFullscreen=0) (xvic only).
The following command-line options are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL
or Direct-X) is present and used at compile time.
-VICaspectmode <mode>
Set the aspect mode (VICAspectMode). (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
-VICaspect <aspect ratio>
Set the aspect ratio (VICAspectRatio). (0.5-2.0)
-VICglfilter <mode>
Set OpenGL (or Direct-X) filtering mode (0 = nearest, 1 = linear, 2 = bicubic)
(VICglfilter).
-VICflipx
+VICflipx
Enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip (VICFlipX=1, VICFlipX=0).
-VICflipy
+VICflipy
Enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip (VICFlipY=1, VICFlipY=0).
-VICrotate
+VICrotate
Enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree rotation (VICRotate=1, VICRotate=0).

6.5.5 Changing memory configuration

It is possible to change the VIC20 memory configuration in two ways: by enabling and/or
disabling certain individual memory blocks, or by choosing one among a few typical memory
configurations. The former can be done by modifying resource values directly or from the
right-button menu; the latter can only be done from the menu.
There are 5 RAM expansion blocks in the VIC20, numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 and 5:
• block 0 (3 KiB at $0400-$0FFF);
• block 1 (8 KiB at $2000-$3FFF);
• block 2 (8 KiB at $4000-$5FFF);
• block 3 (8 KiB at $6000-$7FFF);
• block 5 (8 KiB at $A000-$BFFF).
These blocks are called expansion blocks because they are not present a stock (“unex-
panded”) machine. Each of them is associated to a boolean RamBlockX resource (where X
is the block number) that specifies whether the block is enabled or not.
There are also some common memory configurations you can select:
• no RAM expansion blocks at all;
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 185

• all RAM expansion blocks enabled;

• 3KiB expansion (only block 0 is enabled);
• 8KiB expansion (only block 1 is enabled);
• 16KiB expansion (only blocks 1 and 2 are enabled);
• 24KiB expansion (only blocks 1, 2 and 3 are enabled).

6.5.5.1 VIC20 memory configuration resources

RAMBlock0
RAMBlock1
RAMBlock2
RAMBlock3
RAMBlock5
Booleans specifying whether RAM blocks 0, 1, 2, 3 and 5 must be enabled.

6.5.5.2 VIC20 memory configuration command-line options

-memory <config>
Specify memory configuration. It must be a comma-separated list of options,
each of which can be one the following:
• none (no extension);
• all (all blocks);
• 3k (3KiB space in block 0);
• 8k (first 8KiB extension block);
• 16k (first and second 8KiB extension blocks);
• 24k (first, second and 3rd extension blocks);
• 0, 1, 2, 3, 5 (memory in respective blocks);
• 04, 20, 40, 60, A0 (memory at respective address.
For example,
xvic -memory none
gives an unexpanded VIC20. While
xvic -memory 60,a0
or
xvic -memory 3,5
enables memory in blocks 3 and 5, which is the usual configuration for 16KiB
ROM modules.

6.5.6 VIC20 system ROM settings

These settings can be used to control what system ROMs are loaded in the VIC20 emulator
at startup.

6.5.6.1 VIC20 system ROM resources

KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 186

BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic).
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).

6.5.6.2 VIC20 system ROM command-line options

-kernal <name>
Specify the filename of the Kernal ROM file (KernalName).
-basic <name>
Specify the filename of the Basic ROM file (BasicName).
-chargen <name>
Specify the filename of the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
-cart2 NAME
-cart4 NAME
-cart6 NAME
-cartA NAME
-cartB NAME
Specify NAME as the cartridge image to attach. (CartridgeFile2000, . . . ,
CartridgeFileB000).

6.5.7 VIC20 settings

6.5.7.1 VIC20 command-line options

6.6 PLUS4-specific commands and settings

6.6.1 Using cartridge images
As with the C64 (see Section 6.1.1 [C64 cartridges], page 115), it is possible to attach several
types of cartridge images:

6.6.2 PLUS4 cartridge settings

6.6.2.1 PLUS4 cartridge resources
CartridgeReset
Boolean specifying whether the machine should be reset when a cartridge is
changed.
CartridgeType
Integer specifying the type of the default cartridge.
The following cartridge types are valid:
• - 1: None
• - 2: Generic
• 1: c264 magic cart
• 2: Plus4 multi cart
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 187

• 3: 1MB Cartridge
CartridgeFile
String specifying the filename of the image for the current cartridge.
c1loName String specifying the filename of cartridge 1 Lo ROM.
c1hiName String specifying the filename of cartridge 1 High ROM.

6.6.2.2 PLUS4 cartridge command-line options

-cartreset
+cartreset
Do/don’t reset machine if a cartridge is attached or detached
(CartridgeReset=1, CartridgeReset).
-c1lo <name>
Specify name of Cartridge 1 low ROM image (c1loName).
-c1hi <name>
Specify name of Cartridge 1 high ROM image (c1HiName).
-cart <Name>
+cart Smart-attach cartridge image / Start without cartridge
-cartjacint <name>
Attach a 1MiB "1MB Cartridge" image
-cartmagic <name>
Attach a 128kiB/256kiB/512kiB/1MiB/2MiB "c264 magic cart" image
-cartmulti <name>
Attach a 1MiB/2MiB "Plus4 multi cart" image. The binary should contain all
c1lo banks first, then all c1hi banks.

6.6.3 TED settings

6.6.3.1 TED resources
TEDVideoCache
Boolean specifying whether the video cache is turned on.
TEDDoubleSize
Boolean specifying whether double-size mode is turned on.
TEDDoubleScan
Boolean specifying whether double-scan mode is turned on.
TEDPaletteFile
String specifying the name of the palette file being used. The .vpl extension
is optional.
TEDExternalPalette
Boolean specifying whether to use external palette file or not.
TEDColorSaturation
Integer specifying saturation of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 188

TEDColorContrast
Integer specifying contrast of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
TEDColorBrightness
Integer specifying brightness of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
TEDColorGamma
Integer specifying gamma of internal calculated palette. (0..4000)
TEDColorTint
Integer specifying tint of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
TEDPALScanLineShade
Integer specifying amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
TEDPALBlur
Integer specifying amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
TEDPALOddLinePhase
Integer specifying phase for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
TEDPALOddLineOffset
Integer specifying phase offset for color carrier in odd lines. (0..2000)
TEDPALDelaylineType
Integer specifying the type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only
(1084 style))
TEDAudioLeak
Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable video to audio leak emulation.
TEDFilter
Integer specifying rendering filter. (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
TEDBorderMode
Integer specifying border display mode. (0: normal, 1: full, 2: debug, 3: none)
TEDVSync Boolean specifying whether to enable vsync to prevent screen tearing. (0: vsync
off, 1: vsync on)
TEDShowStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether to show the status bar or not (xplus4 only).
TEDFullscreen
Boolean specifying whether to use fullscreen mode or not (xplus4 only).
The following resources are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL or Direct-X)
is present and used at compile time.
TEDAspectRatio
String/float specifying the aspect ratio. (0.5-2.0)
TEDAspectMode
Integer specifying the OpenGL aspect mode. (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
TEDGLFilter
Integer specifying the OpenGL filtering mode. (0: nearest neighbour, 1: bilin-
ear, 2: bicubic)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 189

TEDFlipX Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip.

TEDFlipY Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip.
TEDRotate
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree clockwise rotation.

6.6.3.2 TED command-line options

-TEDvcache
+TEDvcache
Enable/disable the video cache (TEDVideoCache=1, TEDVideoCache=0).
-TEDdsize
+TEDdsize
Enable/disable double size (TEDDoubleSize=1, TEDDoubleSize=0).
-TEDdscan
+TEDdscan
Enable/disable double scan (TEDDoubleScan=1, TEDDoubleScan=0).
-TEDfilter <Mode>
Select rendering filter (TEDFilter). (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
-TEDintpal
Use an internal calculated palette (TEDExternalPalette=0).
-TEDextpal
Use an external palette (file) (TEDExternalPalette=1).
-TEDpalette <name>
Specify name of the external palette file (TEDPaletteFile).
-TEDborders <mode>
Set TED border display mode (TEDBorderMode). (0: normal, 1: full, 2: debug,
3: none)
-TEDsaturation <0-2000>
Set saturation of internal calculated palette (TEDColorSaturation).
-TEDcontrast <0-2000>
Set contrast of internal calculated palette (TEDColorContrast).
-TEDbrightness <0-2000>
Set brightness of internal calculated palette (TEDColorBrightness).
-TEDgamma <0-4000>
Set gamma of internal calculated palette (TEDColorGamma).
-TEDtint <0-2000>
Set tint of internal calculated palette (TEDColorTint).
-TEDoddlinesphase <0-2000>
Set phase for color carrier in odd lines (TEDPALOddLinePhase).
-TEDoddlinesoffset <0-2000>
Set phase offset for color carrier in odd lines (TEDPALOddLineOffset).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 190

-TEDcrtblur <0-1000>
Amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation (TEDPALBlur).
-TEDcrtscanlineshade <0-1000>
Amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation (TEDPALScanLineShade).
-TEDcrtscanlineshade <type>
Type of delay line used in the CRT (0: normal, 1: U only (1084 style))
(TEDPALDelaylineType).
-TEDaudioleak
+TEDaudioleak
Enable/disable video to audio leak emulation (TEDAudioLeak=1,
TEDAudioLeak=0).
-TEDshowstatusbar
+TEDshowstatusbar
Show/hide status bar (TEDShowStatusbar=1, TEDShowStatusbar=0).
-TEDvsync
Enable vsync to prevent screen tearing (TEDVSync=1).
+TEDvsync
Disable vsync to allow screen tearing (TEDVSync=0).
-TEDfull
+TEDfull Enable/Disable fullscreen (TEDFullscreen=1, TEDFullscreen=0) (xplus4
only).
The following command-line options are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL
or Direct-X) is present and used at compile time.
-TEDaspectmode <mode>
Set the aspect mode (TEDAspectMode). (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
-TEDaspect <aspect ratio>
Set the aspect ratio (TEDAspectRatio). (0.5-2.0)
-TEDglfilter <mode>
Set OpenGL (or Direct-X) filtering mode (0 = nearest, 1 = linear, 2 = bicubic)
(TEDglfilter).
-TEDflipx
+TEDflipx
Enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip (TEDFlipX=1, TEDFlipX=0).
-TEDflipy
+TEDflipy
Enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip (TEDFlipY=1, TEDFlipY=0).
-TEDrotate
+TEDrotate
Enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree rotation (TEDRotate=1, TEDRotate=0).

6.6.4 PLUS4 I/O extension settings

Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 191

6.6.4.1 PLUS4 I/O extension resources

DIGIBLASTER
Boolean to enable/disable the Digiblaster emulation.
SpeechEnabled
Boolean to enable/disable the emulation of the V364 speech chip.
SidCart Boolean specifying whether SID-Cart emulation is enabled or not.
SidAddress
Integer that specifies the base address of the emulated SID chip. (0xFD40,
0xFE80)
SidClock Integer specifying the clock rate used for the emulated SID chip (0: C64, 1:
Plus4)
SIDCartJoy
Boolean to enable/disable the emulation of the SID-Cart control port.

6.6.4.2 PLUS4 I/O extension command-line options

-digiblaster
+digiblaster
Enable/disable the digiblaster add-on (DIGIBLASTER=1, DIGIBLASTER=0).
-sidcart
+sidcart Enable/disable SID Cartridge (SidCart=1, SidCart=0).
-sidcartjoy
+sidcartjoy
Enable/disable SID cartridge control port (SIDCartJoy=1, SIDCartJoy=0).
-sidcartaddress <address>
Specify address of the SID Cartridge (SidAddress). (0xFD40, 0xFE80)
-sidcartclock <clock>
Specify clock of the SID Cartridge (SidClock). (0: C64, 1: Plus4)
-speech
+speech Enable/Disable the v364 speech add-on (SpeechEnabled=1,
SpeechEnabled=0).

6.6.5 PLUS4 system ROM settings

6.6.5.1 PLUS4 system ROM resources
KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal).
BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic).
FunctionLowName
String specifying the filename of the Lo Function ROM.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 192

FunctionHighName
String specifying the filename of the High Function ROM.
c2loName String specifying the filename of cartridge 2 Lo ROM.
c2hiName String specifying the filename of cartridge 2 High ROM.

6.6.5.2 PLUS4 system ROM command-line options

-kernal <Name>
Specify name of the Kernal ROM image (KernalName).
-basic <Name>
Specify name of the BASIC ROM image (BasicName).
-functionlo <name>
Specify name of Function low ROM image (FunctionLowName).
-functionhi <name>
Specify name of Function high ROM image (FunctionHighName).
-c2lo <name>
Specify name of Cartridge 2 low ROM image (c2loName).
-c2hi <name>
Specify name of Cartridge 2 high ROM image (c2HiName).

6.6.6 PLUS4 settings

6.6.6.1 PLUS4 resources
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC).
RamSize Integer specifying the size of the memory in KiB. (16, 32, 64)
MemoryHack
Integer specifying what memory expansion hack is active. (0: None, 1: C256K,
2: H256K, 3: H1024K, 4: H4096K)
Acia1Enable
Boolean specifying whether the ACIA should be emulated or not.

6.6.6.2 PLUS4 command-line options

-model <model>
Specify the PLUS4 model you want to emulate (MachineVideoStandard,
RamSize, KernalName, BasicName, FunctionLowName, FunctionHighName,
c2loName, Acia1Enable, SpeechEnabled). (c16/c16pal/c16ntsc,
plus4/plus4pal/plus4ntsc, v364/cv364, c232)
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 193

-ramsize <ramsize>
Specify size of RAM installed in KiB (RamSize). (16, 32, 64)
-memoryexphack <device>
Set active memory expansion hack (MemoryHack). (0: None, 1: C256K, 2:
H256K, 3: H1024K, 4: H4096K)
-acia
+acia Enable/Disable the ACIA emulation

6.7 PET-specific commands and settings

This section lists the settings and commands that are PET-specific and thus are not present
in the other emulators.

6.7.1 Changing PET model settings

With xpet, it is possible to change at runtime the characteristics of the emulated PET so
that it matches (or not) the ones of a certain PET model, and it is also possible to select
from a common set of PET models so that all the features are selected accordingly.
The former is done by changing the following resources (via resource file, command line
options or right-menu items):
RamSize Integer specifying the size of the memory in KiB. 96KiB denotes an 8096,
128KiB an 8296. (4, 8, 16, 32, 96, 128)
IOSize Integer specifying the size of the I/O area in Bytes for the 8296 model. (256,
2048)
VideoSize
Integer specifying the number of columns on the screen. (0: Automatic from
ROM, 40: 40 columns, 80: 80 columns)
Ram9 Boolean specifying if the 8296 can map RAM into the address range $9*** or
not.
RamA Boolean specifying if the 8296 can map RAM into the address range $A*** or
not.
SuperPET Boolean that enables/disables the SuperPET (MicroMainFrame 9000) I/O and
6809 CPU, and disables/enables the 8x96 mappings.
Basic1 Boolean to enable/disable the patching of a version 1 kernal ROM to make the
IEEE488 interface work.
EoiBlank Boolean to enable/disable the "blank screen on EOI" feature of the oldest PET
2001.
Screen2001
Boolean specifying if the screen memory should have "mirrors" like on the
oldest PET 2001: $8000-$83FF is visible 3 more times, up to $8FFF. Otherwise,
mirrors (if any) only go up to $87FF.
DiagPin Boolean to enable/disable the diagnostic pin on the PET userport (see below).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 194

ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).
KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal4).
BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic4).
EditorName
String specifying the filename of the editor ROM file. This file contains an
overlay for the editor ROM at $E000-$E7FF if necessary.
RomModule9Name
String specifying the filename for the $9*** Expansion ROM file. This file
contains an expansion ROM image of 4KiB.
RomModuleAName
String specifying the filename for the $A*** Expansion ROM file. This file
contains an expansion ROM image of 4KiB.
RomModuleBName
String specifying the filename for the $B*** Expansion ROM file. This file
contains an expansion ROM image of 4KiB. This file overlays the lowest 4KiB
of a BASIC 4 ROM.
Choosing a common PET model is done from the setting dialog, by choosing an item from
the “Model” selection. Available models are:
• PET 2001-8N
• PET 3008
• PET 3016
• PET 3032
• PET 3032B
• PET 4016
• PET 4032
• PET 4032B
• PET 8032
• PET 8096
• PET 8296
• SuperPET
Notice that this will reset the emulated machine.
It is also possible to select the PET model at startup, with the -model command-line option:
for example, ‘xpet -model 3032’ will emulate a PET 3032 while ‘xpet -model 8296’ will
emulate a PET 8296.

6.7.2 CRTC Settings

Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 195

6.7.2.1 CRTC resources

Crtc Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable CRTC 6545 emulation (all models
from 40xx and above).
CrtcVideoCache
Boolean specifying whether the video cache is turned on.
CrtcDoubleSize
Boolean specifying whether double-size mode is turned on.
CrtcDoubleScan
Boolean specifying whether double-scan mode is turned on.
CrtcStretchVertical
Boolean specifying whether vertical stretching is turned on.
CrtcPaletteFile
String specifying the name of the palette file being used. The .vpl extension
is optional.
CrtcExternalPalette
Boolean specifying whether to use external palette file or not.
CrtcColorSaturation
Integer specifying saturation of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
CrtcColorContrast
Integer specifying contrast of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
CrtcColorBrightness
Integer specifying brightness of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
CrtcColorGamma
Integer specifying gamma of internal calculated palette. (0..4000)
CrtcColorTint
Integer specifying tint of internal calculated palette. (0..2000)
CrtcPALScanLineShade
Integer specifying amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
CrtcPALBlur
Integer specifying amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation. (0..1000)
CrtcAudioLeak
Boolean specifying whether to enable/disable video to audio leak emulation.
CrtcFilter
Integer specifying rendering filter. (0: None, 1: CRT emulation, 2: Scale2x)
CrtcVSync
Boolean specifying whether to enable vsync to prevent screen tearing. (0: vsync
off, 1: vsync on)
CrtcShowStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether to show the status bar or not (xcbm2 and xpet
only).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 196

CrtcFullscreen
Boolean specifying whether to use fullscreen mode or not (xcbm2 and xpet
only).
The following resources are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL or Direct-X)
is present and used at compile time.
CrtcAspectRatio
String/float specifying the aspect ratio. (0.5-2.0)
CrtcAspectMode
Integer specifying the OpenGL aspect mode. (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
CrtcGLFilter
Integer specifying the OpenGL filtering mode. (0: nearest neighbour, 1: bilin-
ear, 2: bicubic)
CrtcFlipX
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip.
CrtcFlipY
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip.
CrtcRotate
Boolean to enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree clockwise rotation.

6.7.2.2 CRTC command-line options

-crtc
+crtc Enable/disable the 6545 CRTC emulation (Crtc=1, Crtc=0).
-Crtcvcache
+Crtcvcache
Enable/disable the video cache (CrtcVideoCache=1, CrtcVideoCache=0).
-Crtcdsize
+Crtcdsize
Enable/disable double size (CrtcDoubleSize=1, CrtcDoubleSize=0).
-CRTCstretchvertical
+CRTCstretchvertical
Enable/disable vertical stretching (CrtcStretchVertical=1,
CrtcStretchVertical=0).
-Crtcdscan
+Crtcdscan
Enable/disable double scan (CrtcDoubleScan=1, CrtcDoubleScan=0).
-Crtcfilter <Mode>
Select rendering filter (CrtcFilter). (0: None, 2: CRT emulation, 3: Scale2x)
-Crtcintpal
Use an internal calculated palette (CrtcExternalPalette=0).
-Crtcextpal
Use an external palette (file) (CrtcExternalPalette=1).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 197

-Crtcpalette <name>
Specify the name of the palette file (CrtcPaletteFile).
-Crtcsaturation <0-2000>
Set saturation of internal calculated palette (CrtcColorSaturation).
-Crtccontrast <0-2000>
Set contrast of internal calculated palette (CrtcColorContrast).
-Crtcbrightness <0-2000>
Set brightness of internal calculated palette (CrtcColorBrightness).
-Crtcgamma <0-4000>
Set gamma of internal calculated palette (CrtcColorGamma).
-Crtctint <0-2000>
Set tint of internal calculated palette (CrtcColorTint).
-Crtccrtblur <0-1000>
Amount of horizontal blur for the CRT emulation (CrtcPALBlur).
-Crtccrtscanlineshade <0-1000>
Amount of scan line shading for the CRT emulation (CrtcPALScanLineShade).
-Crtcaudioleak
+Crtcaudioleak
Enable/disable video to audio leak emulation (CrtcAudioLeak=1,
CrtcAudioLeak=0).
-Crtcshowstatusbar
+Crtcshowstatusbar
Show/hide status bar (CrtcShowStatusbar=1, CrtcShowStatusbar=0).
-Crtcvsync
Enable vsync to prevent screen tearing (CrtcVSync=1).
+Crtcvsync
Disable vsync to allow screen tearing (CrtcVSync=0).
-CRTCfull
+CRTCfull
Enable/Disable fullscreen (CrtcFullscreen=1, CrtcFullscreen=0) (xcbm2
and xpet only).
The following command-line options are only present if hardware scaling support (OpenGL
or Direct-X) is present and used at compile time.
-Crtcaspectmode <mode>
Set the aspect mode (CrtcAspectMode). (0: off, 1: custom, 2: true)
-Crtcaspect <aspect ratio>
Set the aspect ratio (CrtcAspectRatio). (0.5-2.0)
-Crtcglfilter <mode>
Set OpenGL (or Direct-X) filtering mode (0 = nearest, 1 = linear, 2 = bicubic)
(Crtcglfilter).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 198

-Crtcflipx
+Crtcflipx
Enable/disable OpenGL horizontal screen flip (CrtcFlipX=1, CrtcFlipX=0).
-Crtcflipy
+Crtcflipy
Enable/disable OpenGL vertical screen flip (CrtcFlipY=1, CrtcFlipY=0).
-Crtcrotate
+Crtcrotate
Enable/disable OpenGL 90 degree rotation (CrtcRotate=1, CrtcRotate=0).

6.7.3 PET I/O extension settings

6.7.3.1 PET I/O extension resources
PETREU Boolean specifying whether PET REU emulation is enabled or not.
PETREUfilename
String specifying the filename of the PET REU image.
PETREUsize
Integer specifying the size of the emulated PET REU in KiB. (128, 512, 1024,
2048)
PETDWW Boolean specifying whether DWW emulation is enabled or not.
PETDWWfilename
String specifying the filename of the DWW image RAM image.
PETHRE Boolean specifying whether HRE emulation is enabled or not.
PETColour
Integer selecting the colour extension. (0: off, 1: RGBI, 2: Analog)
PETColourBG
Integer specifying the analog colour background on PET 4032. (0..255)
SidCart Boolean specifying whether SID Cartridge emulation is enabled or not.
SidAddress
Integer that specifies the base address of the emulated SID chip. (0x8F00,
0xE900)
SidClock Integer specifying the clock rate used for the emulated SID chip. (0: C64, 1:
PET)

6.7.3.2 PET I/O extension command-line options

-petreu
+petreu Enable/disable the PET Memory Expansion Unit (PETREU=1, PETREU=0).
-petreuimage <name>
Specify name of PET Ram and Expansion Unit image (PETREUfilename).
-petreuramsize <size in KiB>
Size of the PET Ram and Expansion Unit (PETREUsize). (128, 512, 1024, 2048)
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 199

-petdww
+petdww Enable/disable the PET DWW hi-res board (30xx models only) (PETDWW=1,
PETDWW=0).
-petdwwimage <name>
Specify name of PET DWW RAM image (PETDWWfilename).
-pethre
+pethre Enable/disable the PET HRE extension (model 8296 only) (PETHRE=1,
PETHRE=0).
-colour-rgbi
Enable the RGBI colour extension to PET 4032 (PETColour=1).
-colour-analog
Enable the analog colour extension to PET 4032 (PETColour=2).
-colour-analog-bg <Colour 0-255>
Select the analog colour background on PET 4032 (PETColourBG).
-sidcart
+sidcart Enable/disable the SID Cartridge (SidCart=1, SidCart=0).
-sidcartaddress <address>
Specify address of the SID Cartridge (SidAddress). (0x8F00, 0xE900)
-sidcartclock <clock>
Specify clock of the SID Cartridge (SidClock). (0: C64, 1: PET)

6.7.4 PET system ROM settings

6.7.4.1 PET system ROM resources
H6809RomAName
H6809RomBName
H6809RomCName
H6809RomDName
H6809RomEName
H6809RomFName
Strings specifying the filenames of the respective H6809 ROM images, relevant
for the SuperPET.

6.7.4.2 PET system ROM command-line options

-kernal <name>
Specify filename of the Kernal ROM file (KernalName).
-basic <name>
Specify filename of the BASIC ROM file (BasicName).
-editor NAME
Specify the filename for the editor ROM file (EditorName).
-chargen <name>
Specify filename of the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 200

-rom9 <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the $9*** cartridge area
(RomModule9Name).
-romA <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the $A*** cartridge area
(RomModuleAName).
-romB <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the $B*** cartridge area
(RomModuleBName).
-6809romA <Name>
Specify 4KiB to 24KiB ROM file name at $A000 for 6809 (H6809RomAName).
-6809romB <Name>
Specify 4KiB to 20KiB ROM file name at $B000 for 6809 (H6809RomBName).
-6809romC <Name>
Specify 4KiB to 16KiB ROM file name at $C000 for 6809 (H6809RomCName).
-6809romD <Name>
Specify 4KiB to 12KiB ROM file name at $D000 for 6809 (H6809RomDName).
-6809romE <Name>
Specify 2KiB or 8KiB ROM file name at $E000 for 6809 (H6809RomEName).
-6809romF <Name>
Specify 4KiB ROM file name at $F000 for 6809 (H6809RomFName).

6.7.5 The PET diagnostic pin

It is possible to enable or disable emulation of the PET diagnostic pin via the DiagPin
resource, or the “PET userport diagnostic pin” item in the right-button menu.
When the diagnostic pin is set, the Kernal does not try to initialize the BASIC, but directly
jumps into the builtin machine monitor.

6.7.6 PET settings

6.7.6.1 PET resources
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC).
CPUswitch
Integer specifying the status of the SuperPET CPU switch (0: 6502, 1: 6809,
2: Prog.)
CB2Lowpass
Integer specifying the frequency of the low-pass filter that is applied to the CB2
sound signal. Default: 16000
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 201

6.7.6.2 PET command line options

These are the commandline options specific for the PET models.
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-model <model>
Specify the PET model you want to emulate (Basic1, Basic1Chars,
EoiBlank, Screen2001, ChargenName, KernalName, BasicName, EditorName,
RomModule9Name, RomModuleAName, RomModuleBName, H6809RomAName,
H6809RomBName, H6809RomCName, H6809RomDName, H6809RomEName,
H6809RomFName). (2001, 3008, 3016, 3032, 3032B, 4016, 4032, 4032B, 8032,
8096, 8296, SuperPET)
-iosize <size>
Specify size of I/O in Bytes (IOSize). (256, 2048)
-ramsize <size>
Specify size of RAM in KiB (RamSize). (8, 16, 32, 96, 128)
-videosize <size>
Specify video size (VideoSize). (0: Automatic from ROM, 40: 40 columns, 80:
80 columns)
-petram9
+petram9 Switch on/off RAM mapping at address $9000-$9FFF (Ram9=1, Ram9=0).
-petramA
+petramA Switch on/off RAM mapping at address $A000-$AFFF (RamA=1, RamA=0).
-superpet
+superpet
Enable/disable SuperPET I/O and CPU emulation (SuperPET).
-cpu6502 Set SuperPET CPU switch to ’6502’ (CPUswitch=0).
-cpu6809 Set SuperPET CPU switch to ’6809’ (CPUswitch=1).
-cpuprog Set SuperPET CPU switch to ’Prog’ (CPUswitch=2).
-basic1
+basic1 Enable/disable patching the IEEE488 section of the PET2001 ROM when de-
tected (Basic1=1, Basic1=0).
-eoiblank
+eoiblank
Model-2001-only quirk: Enable/disable EOI blanking the screen. (EoiBlank=1,
EoiBlank=0).
-screen2001
+screen2001
Model-2001-only quirk: the 1 KiB of screen memory is mirrored all the way
through the $8*** block. This option is incompatible with 80 columns and the
Colour PET extension. (Screen2001=1, Screen2001=0).
 Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 202

-diagpin
+diagpin Enable/disable the diagnostic pin at the PET userport (DiagPin=1,
DiagPin=0).
-cb2lowpass
Integer specifying the frequency of the low-pass filter that is applied to the CB2
sound signal. (CB2Lowpass)

6.7.7 Colour PET

The Colour PET is a simple extension by Steve Gray http://www.6502.org/users/
sjgray/projects/colourpet/. It exploits the similarities and differences between the 4032
and 8032 models, to use memory at $8800 as colour RAM.
There are two versions of the extension:
with digital colour (RGBI), which can select 16 foreground and 16 background colours for
each character cell. The 8 colour bits are used as RGBI RGBI, with the most significant
bits for the background, and the least significant bits for the foreground.
With analog colour, which can use 256 foreground colours for each character cell, the 8
colour bits are used as RRR GGG BB.

6.7.8 Changing screen colors

It is also possible to choose what color set is used for the emulation window. This is done by
specifying a palette file name (see Section 3.3 [Palette files], page 37) in the PaletteName
resource. The menu provides the following values:
• green.vpl (default, “green)”), the good old green-on-black feeling; for use on the 3000
models and up;
• 2001-blueish.vpl (“2001-blueish”), an approximation of the slightly blue CRTs used
for the 2001 models;
• amber.vpl (“amber”), an amber phosphor lookalike (not used by Commodore);
• white.vpl (“white”), simple white-on-black palette (not used by Commodore).

6.7.9 DWW high resolution graphics

The DWW, or Double-W1 , board is a high resolution graphics board for PET models 30xx.
It attaches to the internal expansion connector. It would not physically fit in 20xx, 40xx
or 80xx models because their connectors are physically and logically different. Apart from
this, it requires address space at $EC00-$EFFF, which makes it unfit to work in 40xx and
80xx models, which have only 256 bytes of I/O space at $E800.
The DWW board consists of 8 KiB of RAM and a PIA to control various options. The
RAM can be mapped either linearly at $9000-$AFFF, or bank-switched in 8 banks of 1 KiB
each at $EC00-$EFFF.
It seems that in the demo programs, the BASIC versions like to POKE in 60200, where the
machine language programs use $EB00.
60200 Port A or DDR A $EB28
$EBx0 1 0 \
1
Dubbel-W bord, designed by Ben de Winter and Pieter Wolvekamp
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 203

2 1 - RAM block at $EC00 (0-7)

4 2 /
8 3 charrom 0 = off 1 = on
16 4 hires 0 = on 1 = off
32 5 extra charrom 0 = on 1 = off

60201 Control Register A: bit #3 (worth 4) controls if 60200

$EBx1 accesses the Data Direction Register A (0) or Port A (1).

60202 Port B or DDR B

$EBx2 0 = RAM is visible from $9000 - $AFFF
1 = RAM is bank-switched in blocks of 1 K in $EC00 - $EFFF

[Control Register B is never mentioned, so putting 1 in this

address would access the DDR, creating an output line, which
after RESET is default 0...]
Typical initialisation sequence:
poke 60201,0 poke 60200,255 (all outputs)
poke 60201,4 poke 60200,24 or 25 (16 + 8 + 1)
Demo programs on disk PBE-110A, 110B, 111A, and 111B. (PBE = PET Benelux Ex-
change, the Dutch PET user group)
The memory mapping is a bit strange. It seems each 1 K block contains the pixeldata
for 1 bit-line of each text line. This is probably so that the addressing of the RAM can
borrow part of the addressing logic/signals of the text screen. (The screen addressing cycles
through 0-39, then increases the line (= byte offset) which is fetched from the character
ROM; for the graphics, the screen position selects the byte in a KiB and the char ROM
offset selects which KiB of graphics RAM).
My notes say: to set a pixel:
RE = INT(Y/8): LY = Y - 8*RE (or Y AND 7)
BY = INT(X/8): BI = X - 8*BY (or X AND 7)
when memory mapped to $9000:
L = 36864 + 1024 * LY + 40 * RE + BY
POKE L, PEEK(L) OR 2^BI
when memory mapped to $EC00:
POKE 60200,LY + 40 (or 8?)
L = 60416 + RE * 40 + BY
POKE L, PEEK(L) OR 2^BI
Unfortunately there is no logical means of expanding the memory to 16 K, so even in an 80
columns PET the resolution will be the same.

6.7.10 HRE high resolution graphics

This information comes from Michal Pleban, http://www.cbm-ii.com.
This is a short information about the HRE (HiRes Emulator) graphics board for PET 8296
(ASSY No. 324890-01). This is a small board that is installed on the mainboard into sockets
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 204

for the CRTC and character ROM. It adds the ability to display 512x256 graphics on the
built-in monitor.
The board is accompanied with two extension ROMs:
• 324992-02 HiRes Emulator (at $9000)
• 324993-02 HiRes BASIC (at $A000)

The ROMs are initialized by the command SYS 36864.

After that, the computer recognizes additional BASIC commands like DISPLAY, PLOT
and so on; these commands are identical to those of the HiRes Graphics boards based on
Thomson chips. All BASIC programs written for the HRG boards should also work on the
HRE (albeit much slower).
Upon initialization, the ROM code writes some routines into expansion RAM as $8800 -
they are used to manipulate the bitmap data. The actual bitmap is located in expansion
RAM at addresses $A000-$DFFF, and is organized linearly (first 64 bytes form the first
display line, then comes the next line and so on).
The RAM is accessed for reading by writing the value #$83 into $E888. This is a register
in the CRTC memory space that is intercepted by the board and serves as a latch to drive
jumpers on the 8296D mainboard. Because the ROMs are banked out this way, all video
memory manipulation must happen with interrupts disabled. Normal ROM operation is
restored by writing #$0F into $E888.
As usual with the 8296, the RAM can also be written even when the ROMs are mapped
normally.
The board is initialized into graphics mode by modifying the following values in CRTC
registers (it is done by the routine located at $8C1A):
• Register $01 (horizontal displayed) = #$20
• Register $02 (horizontal sync position) = original + #$02
• Register $06 (vertical displayed) = #$20
• Register $07 (vertical sync position) = original + #$04
• Register $0C (RAM address high) = #$02

The last value causes the board to switch into graphics mode; former values set up proper
screen dimensions for 512x256 display.

6.8 CBM-II-specific commands and settings

This section lists the settings and commands that are CBM-II-specific and thus are not
present in the other emulators.

6.8.1 Changing CBM-II model

With xcbm2 and xcbm5x0, it is possible to change at runtime the characteristics of the
emulated CBM so that it matches (or not) the ones of a certain CBM model, and it is also
possible to select from a common set of CBM models so that all the features are selected
accordingly.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 205

The former is done by changing the following resources (via resource file, command line
options or right-menu items):
RamSize Size of memory in KiB. xcbm2: (128, 256, 512, 1024) xcbm5x0: (64, 128, 256,
512, 1024)
Ram08 Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $0800-$0FFF or not.
Ram1 Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $1000-$1FFF or not.
Ram2 Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $2000-$3FFF or not.
Ram4 Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $4000-$5FFF or not.
Ram6 Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $6000-$7FFF or not.
RamC Boolean specifying whether the RAM should be mapped to the expansion ROM
area at $C000-$CFFF or not.
CartridgeReset
Boolean specifying whether the machine should be reset when a cartridge is
changed.
Cart1Name
String specifying the filename for the $1000-$1FFF expansion ROM file. This
file contains a 4KiB ROM dump.
Cart2Name
String specifying the filename for the $2000-$3FFF expansion ROM file. This
file contains an 8KiB ROM dump.
Cart4Name
String specifying the filename for the $4000-$5FFF expansion ROM file. This
file contains an 8KiB ROM dump.
Cart6Name
String specifying the filename for the $6000-$7FFF expansion ROM file. This
file contains an 8KiB ROM dump.
ModelLine
The CBM-II business models have two hardcoded lines at one of the I/O ports.
From those lines the kernal determines how it should init the CRTC video chip
for either 50Hz (Europe) or 60Hz (North America), and either for 8 (C6x0) or
14 (C7x0) scanlines per character. xcbm2: (0: CBM 7x0 (50Hz), 1: 60Hz C6x0,
2: 50Hz C6x0) xcbm5x0: (1: 60Hz C5x0, 2: 50Hz C5x0)
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default for xcbm2:
chargen.600, default for xcbm5x0: chargen.500).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 206

KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default for xcbm2: kernal,
default for xcbm5x0: kernal.500).
BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default for xcbm2: basic.128,
default for xcbm5x0: basic.500).
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC).
MachinePowerFrequency
Integer that specifies the frequency of the power grid in Hz (50, 60). This is
used to determine the tick frequency for the TOD clocks.
Choosing a common CBM-II model is done from the right-button menu instead, by choosing
an item from the “Model defaults” submenu. Available models are:
• C510 PAL or NTSC (128KiB RAM)
• C610 PAL or NTSC (128KiB RAM)
• C620 (256KiB RAM)
• C620+ (1024KiB RAM, expanded) PAL or NTSC
• C710 (128KiB RAM) NTSC
• C720 (256KiB RAM) NTSC
• C720+ (1024KiB RAM, expanded) NTSC
Notice that this will reset the emulated machine.
Warning: At this time the 5x0 and other machines are implemented in different executables,
so switching between those models is not possible.
It is also possible to select the CBM model at startup, with the -model command-line
option: for example, ‘xcbm2 -model 610’ will emulate a CBM 610 while ‘xcbm2 -model
620’ will emulate a CBM 620.

6.8.2 CBM-II system ROM settings

6.8.2.1 CBM-II system ROM resources
6.8.2.2 CBM-II system ROM command line options
-kernal <name>
Specify the name of the Kernal ROM file (KernalName).
-basic <name>
Specify the name of the Basic ROM file (BasicName).
-chargen <name>
Specify the filename for the character generator ROM file (ChargenName).
+cart Disable all cartridges (which would eventually be enabled in the config file).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 207

-cartreset
+cartreset
Reset/do not reset machine if a cartridge is attached or detached
(CartridgeReset=1, CartridgeReset=0).
-cart1 <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the cartridge area $1000-$1FFF
(Cart1Name).
-cart2 <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the cartridge area $2000-$2FFF
(Cart2Name).
-cart4 <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the cartridge area $4000-$5FFF
(Cart4Name).
-cart6 <name>
Specify the filename for the ROM image file for the cartridge area $6000-$7FFF
(Cart6Name).

6.8.3 CBM-II command line options

These are the commandline options specific for the CBM-II models.
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-power50 Use 50Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=50).
-power60 Use 60Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=60).
-ramsize <ramsize>
Specify size of RAM (RamSize). xcbm2: (128, 256, 512, 1024) xcbm5x0: (64,
128, 256, 512, 1024)
-ram08
+ram08 Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $0800-$0FFF (Ram08=1,
Ram08=0).
-ram1
+ram1 Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $1000-$1FFF (Ram1=1,
Ram1=0).
-ram2
+ram2 Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $2000-$3FFF (Ram2=1,
Ram2=0).
-ram4
+ram4 Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $4000-$5FFF (Ram4=1,
Ram4=0).
-ram6
+ram6 Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $6000-$7FFF (Ram6=1,
Ram6=0).
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 208

-ramC
+ramC Enable/disable RAM mapping in bank 15 at address $C000-$CFFF (RamC=1,
RamC=0).
-model <modelnumber>
Specify CBM-II model to emulate (ModelLine, MachineVideoStandard,
MachinePowerFrequency, RamSize, KernalName, BasicName, ChargenName).
xcbm2: (610, 620, 620+, 710, 720, 720+) xcbm5x0: (510)

6.8.4 Changing screen colors

It is also possible to choose what color set is used for the emulation window. This is done by
specifying a palette file name (see Section 3.3 [Palette files], page 37) in the PaletteName
resource. The menu provides the following values:
• green.vpl (default, “green”), the good old green-on-black feeling;
• amber.vpl (“amber”), an amber phosphor lookalike;
• white.vpl (“white”), simple white-on-black palette.

6.9 VSID-specific commands and settings

6.9.1 VSID settings
6.9.1.1 VSID resources
PSIDKeepEnv
Boolean that specifies whether to override PSID settings for Video standard
and SID model.
PSIDTune Integer that specifies the currently played sub tune.
HVSCRoot String specifying the location of the HVSC root directory, overriding the envi-
ronment variable HVSC_BASE.
ChargenName
String specifying the name of the character generator ROM (default chargen).
BasicName
String specifying the name of the Basic ROM (default basic).
KernalName
String specifying the name of the Kernal ROM (default kernal-901227-
03.bin).
KernalRev
String specifying the Kernal revision. This resource can be used to control
what revision of the C64 kernal is being used; Changing this resource equals
loading one of the provided kernal ROM files. It will be adjusted when changing
KernalName.
Valid values are:
-1 Unknown kernal. This value can not be set by the user, it will be
set when loading a custom kernal via changing KernalName.
Chapter 6: Machine-specific features 209

-2 No kernal. This is used by the MAX Machine.

0 Kernal revision 0 (Japanese, 906145-02)
1 Kernal revision 1 (901227-01)
2 Kernal revision 2 (901227-02)
3 Kernal revision 3 (901227-03)
39 C64 GS (390852-01)
67 SX-64 (251104-04)
100 Commodore 4064 (also known as “PET64” or “Educator 64”)
(901246-01)
MachineVideoStandard
Integer that specifies the video standard of the emulated machine (1: PAL, 2:
NTSC, 3: Old NTSC, 4: PAL-N).
MachinePowerFrequency
Integer that specifies the frequency of the power grid in Hz (50, 60). This is
used to determine the tick frequency for the TOD clocks.

6.9.1.2 VSID command-line options

-keepenv Override PSID settings for Video standard and SID model (PSIDKeepEnv=1).
-tune <number>
Specify PSID tune <number> (PSIDTune).
-hvsc-root <path>
Specify the location of the HVSC root directory, overriding the environment
variable HVSC_BASE.
(HVSCRoot).
-chargen <name>
Specify name of character generator ROM image (ChargenName).
-kernal <name>
Specify name of the Kernal ROM image (KernalName).
-kernalrev <revision>
Specify Kernal revision (KernalRev). (0/jap: japanese 1: rev. 1, 2: rev. 2, 3:
rev. 3, 39/gs: C64 GS, 67/sx: sx64, 100/4064: 4064)
-basic <name>
Specify name of the Basic ROM image (BasicName).
-pal Use PAL sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=1).
-ntsc Use NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=2).
-ntscold Use old NTSC sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=3).
-paln Use PAL-N sync factor (MachineVideoStandard=4).
-power50 Use 50Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=50).
-power60 Use 60Hz power grid frequency. (MachinePowerFrequency=60).
 210

7 Platform-specific features
This section lists the settings and commands that are platform specificm, ie which control
the behaviour and appearance of the host user interface.

7.1 Common features

7.1.1 Common command line options
-windowxpos <xpos>
Set initial horizontal window position. (Window0Xpos).
-windowypos <ypos>
Set initial vertical window position. (Window0Ypos).
-windowxpos1 <xpos>
Set initial horizontal window position for the second window (C128).
(Window1Xpos).
-windowypos1 <ypos>
Set initial vertical window position for the second window (C128).
(Window1Ypos).
-windowwidth <width>
Set initial window width. (Window0Width).
-windowheight <height>
Set initial window height. (Window0Height).
-windowwidth1 <width>
Set initial window width for the second window (C128), (Window1Width).
-windowheight1 <height>
Set initial window height for the second window (C128), (Window1Height).
-saveres
+saveres Enable/disable automatic saving of settings on exit (SaveResourcesOnExit=1,
SaveResourcesOnExit=0).
-confirmonexit
Confirm quitting VICE (ConfirmOnExit=1).
+confirmonexit
Never confirm quitting VICE (ConfirmOnExit=0).
-kbdstatusbar
+kbdstatusbar
Enable/Disable keyboard-status bar (when status bar is enabled)
(KbdStatusbar=1, KbdStatusbar=0).
-minimized
+minimized
Start/Do not start with minimized window (StartMinimized=1,
StartMinimized=0).
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 211

-jamaction <Type>
Specify the action to take when the CPU encounters a ’JAM’ opcode
(JAMAction) (0: Show dialog, 1: Continue emulation, 2: Start monitor, 3:
Reset, 4: Power cycle, 5: Quit emulator).
-directory <Path>
Specify the system file search path (Directory).

7.1.2 Common resources

Window0Xpos
Window0Ypos
Integers specifying the position of the (first) emulator window (all emulators
except vsid).
Window1Xpos
Window1Ypos
Integers specifying the position of the (second) emulator window (all emulators
except vsid).
Window0Width
Window0Height
Integers specifying the size of the (first) emulator window (all emulators except
vsid).
Window1Width
Window1Height
Integers specifying the size of the (second) emulator window (all emulators
except vsid).
DoCoreDump
Boolean specifying whether the emulator should dump core when it gets a signal
(all emulators except vsid).
LogFileName
String specifying the filename of the current log file.
ExitScreenshotName
String specifying the filename of a screenshot file that will be written when the
emulator exits.
ExitScreenshotName1
String specifying the filename of a screenshot file that will be written when the
emulator exits. (x128)
SaveResourcesOnExit
Boolean specifying whether the emulator should save changed settings before
exiting. If this is enabled, the user will be always prompted first, in case the
settings have changed.
ConfirmOnExit
Boolean specifying whether to show a confirmation dialog on exit.
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 212

KbdStatusbar
Boolean specifying whether the keyboard-status bar is enabled.
StartMinimized
Boolean specifying whether the emulator should start minimized
JAMAction
Integer specifying the action to take when the CPU encounters a ’JAM’ opcode.
(0: Show dialog, 1: Continue emulation, 2: Start monitor, 3: Reset, 4: Power
cycle, 5: Quit emulator)
Directory
String specifying the search path for system files. It is defined as a sequence
of directory names, separated by colons (‘:’), just like the PATH variable in the
shell. The special string ‘$$’ stands for the default search path.

7.2 SDL-specific features

This section lists the settings and commands that are common and specific to SDL, and are
thus not present in other platforms.

7.2.1 SDL specific resources

HotkeyFile
String specifying the name of the hotkey file (all emulators except vsid).
MenuKey Integer specifying the keycode for activating the SDL menu.
MenuKeyUp
Integer specifying the keycode for ’up’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyDown
Integer specifying the keycode for ’down’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyLeft
Integer specifying the keycode for ’left’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyRight
Integer specifying the keycode for ’right’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyPageUp
Integer specifying the keycode for ’page up’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyPageDown
Integer specifying the keycode for ’page down’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyHome
Integer specifying the keycode for ’home’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyEnd
Integer specifying the keycode for ’end’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeySelect
Integer specifying the keycode for ’select’ in the SDL menu.
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 213

MenuKeyCancel
Integer specifying the keycode for ’cancel’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyExit
Integer specifying the keycode for ’exit’ in the SDL menu.
MenuKeyMap
Integer specifying the keycode for ’map’ in the SDL menu.
SDLBitdepth
Integer specifying the bitdepth used. (0: current, 8, 15, 16, 24, 32)
SDLLimitMode
Integer specifying the resolution limit mode. (0: off, 1: max, 2: fixed)
SDL2Backend
String specifying the preferred SDL2 backend. (See startup log for available
backends, valid ones might be eg: software, opengl, direct3d, direct3d11, open-
gles2)
CrtcFullscreenMode
Integer specifying the fullscreen mode (xcbm2 and xpet only). (0:
use desktop resolution, 1: switch to CrtcFullscreenCustomWidth,
CrtcFullscreenCustomHeight)
CrtcFullscreenCustomWidth
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution width.
CrtcFullscreenCustomHeight
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution height.
TEDFullscreenMode
Integer specifying the fullscreen mode (xplus4 only). (0: use desktop resolution,
1: switch to TEDFullscreenCustomWidth, TEDFullscreenCustomHeight)
TEDFullscreenCustomWidth
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution width.
TEDFullscreenCustomHeight
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution height.
VDCFullscreenMode
Integer specifying the fullscreen mode (x128 only). (0: use desktop resolution,
1: switch to VDCFullscreenCustomWidth, VDCFullscreenCustomHeight)
VDCFullscreenCustomWidth
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution width.
VDCFullscreenCustomHeight
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution height.
VICFullscreenMode
Integer specifying the fullscreen mode (xvic only). (0: use desktop resolution,
1: switch to VICFullscreenCustomWidth, VICFullscreenCustomWidth)
VICFullscreenCustomWidth
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution width.
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 214

VICFullscreenCustomHeight
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution height.
VICIIFullscreenMode
Integer specifying the fullscreen mode (all emulators except xcbm2,
xpet, xplus4, xvic and vsid). (0: use desktop resolution, 1: switch to
VICIIFullscreenCustomWidth, VICIIFullscreenCustomHeight)
VICIIFullscreenCustomWidth
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution width.
VICIIFullscreenCustomHeight
Integer specifying the custom fullscreen resolution height.
JoyDevice1
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emu-
lation of joystick 1 (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet and vsid). (0: None, 1:
Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was
present in the compile time SDL library))
JoyDevice2
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emula-
tion of joystick 2 (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid). (0: None,
1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was
present in the compile time SDL library))
JoyDevice3
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emu-
lation of extra joystick 1 (all emulators except xcbm5x0 and vsid). (0: None,
1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was
present in the compile time SDL library))
JoyDevice4
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the em-
ulation of extra joystick 2 (all emulators except xcbm5x0, xplus4 and vsid).
(0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick
support was present in the compile time SDL library))

The following resources are only present if the SDL library has joystick support at compile
time and applies to all emulators except vsid.

JoyMapFile
String specifying the name of the joystick map file.
JoyThreshold
Integer specifying the joystick threshold. (0..32767)
JoyFuzz Integer specifying the joystick fuzz. (0..32767)
JoyMenuControl
Boolean to enable/disable controlling the SDL menu using a joystick.
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 215

7.2.2 SDL specific command-line options

-hotkeyfile <name>
Set the hotkey file name (HotkeyFile) (all emulators except vsid).
-menukey <key>
Set the keycode of the SDL menu activation key (MenuKey).
-menukeyup <key>
Set the keycode of the ’up’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyUp).
-menukeydown <key>
Set the keycode of the ’down’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyDown).
-menukeyleft <key>
Set the keycode of the ’left’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyLeft).
-menukeyright <key>
Set the keycode of the ’right’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyRight).
-menukeypageup <key>
Set the keycode of the ’page up’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyPageUp).
-menukeypagedown <key>
Set the keycode of the ’page down’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyPageDown).
-menukeyhome <key>
Set the keycode of the ’home’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyHome).
-menukeyend <key>
Set the keycode of the ’end’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyEnd).
-menukeyselect <key>
Set the keycode of the ’select’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeySelect).
-menukeycancel <key>
Set the keycode of the ’cancel’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyCancel).
-menukeyexit <key>
Set the keycode of the ’exit’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyExit).
-menukeymap <key>
Set the keycode of the ’map’ key in the SDL menu (MenuKeyMap).
-sdlbitdepth <bpp>
Set the display bitdepth (SDLBitdepth). (0: current, 8, 15, 16, 24, 32)
-sdllimitmode <mode>
Set the resolution limit mode (SDLLimitMode). (0: off, 1: max, 2: fixed)
-sdl2backend <renderer name>
Set the preferred SDL2 backend (SDL2Backend). See startup log for available
backends, valid ones might be eg: software, opengl, direct3d, direct3d11, open-
gles2)
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 216

-CRTCfullmode <Mode>
Set the fullscreen mode (CrtcFullscreenMode) (xcbm2 and xpet only).
(0: use desktop resolution, 1: switch to CrtcFullscreenCustomWidth,
CrtcFullscreenCustomHeight)
-Crtcfullwidth <width>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution width (CrtcFullscreenCustomWidth).
-Crtcfullheight <height>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution height (CrtcFullscreenCustomHeight).
-TEDfullmode <Mode>
Set the fullscreen mode (TEDFullscreenMode) (xplus4 only). (0:
use desktop resolution, 1: switch to TEDFullscreenCustomWidth,
TEDFullscreenCustomHeight)
-TEDfullwidth <width>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution width (TEDFullscreenCustomWidth).
-TEDfullheight <height>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution height (TEDFullscreenCustomHeight).
-VDCfullmode <Mode>
Set the fullscreen mode (VDCFullscreenMode) (x128 only). (0:
use desktop resolution, 1: switch to VDCFullscreenCustomWidth,
VDCFullscreenCustomHeight)
-VDCfullwidth <width>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution width (VDCFullscreenCustomWidth).
-VDCfullheight <height>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution height (VDCFullscreenCustomHeight).
-VICfullmode <Mode>
Set the fullscreen mode (VICFullscreenMode) (xvic only). (0:
use desktop resolution, 1: switch to VICFullscreenCustomWidth,
VICFullscreenCustomHeight)
-VICfullwidth <width>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution width (VICFullscreenCustomWidth).
-VICfullheight <height>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution height (VICFullscreenCustomHeight).
-VICIIfullmode <Mode>
Set the fullscreen mode (VICIIFullscreenMode) (all emulators except xcbm2,
xpet, xplus4, xvic and vsid). (0: use desktop resolution, 1: switch to
VICIIFullscreenCustomWidth, VICIIFullscreenCustomHeight)
-VICIIfullwidth <width>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution width (VICIIFullscreenCustomWidth).
-VICIIfullheight <height>
Set the custom fullscreen resolution height (VICIIFullscreenCustomHeight).
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 217

-joydev1 <0-3> / <0-4>

Set the device for joystick emulation of port 1 (JoyDevice1) (all emulators
except xcbm2, xpet and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset
2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was present in the compile time SDL
library))
-joydev2 <0-3> / <0-4>
Set the device for joystick emulation of port 2 (JoyDevice2) (all emulators
except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3:
Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was present in the compile time
SDL library))
-extrajoydev1 <0-3> / <0-4>
Set device for extra joystick port 1 (JoyDevice3) (all emulators except xcbm5x0
and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Joystick (only if
joystick support was present in the compile time SDL library))
-extrajoydev2 <0-3> / <0-4>
Set device for extra joystick port 2 (JoyDevice4) (all emulators except
xcbm5x0, xplus4 and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset
2, 4: Joystick (only if joystick support was present in the compile time SDL
library))
The following command-line options are only present if the SDL library has joystick support
at compile time and applies to all emulators except vsid.
-joymap <name>
Set the joystick map file name (JoyMapFile).
-joythreshold <0-32767>
Set the joystick threshold (JoyThreshold).
-joyfuzz <0-32767>
Set the joystick fuzz (JoyFuzz).
-joymenucontrol
+joymenucontrol
Enable/disable controlling the SDL menu with a joystick (JoyMenuControl=1,
JoyMenuControl=0).

7.3 GTK3 specific features

This section lists the settings and commands that are common and specific to Unix, and
are thus not present in other platforms.

7.3.1 GTK3 specific resources

FullscreenDecorations
Boolean specifying whether the menu and statusbar are shown in full screen
mode.
PauseOnSettings
Boolean specifying wheter to pause the emulation when triggering the settings
dialog. If set, the emulation will pause when triggering the settings dialog.
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 218

When closing the settings dialog the pause state will revert to its state before
triggering the settings UI.
JoyDevice1
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emu-
lation of joystick 1 (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet and vsid). (0: None, 1:
Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick
2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog
joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13:
USB joystick 2)
JoyDevice2
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emula-
tion of joystick 2 (all emulators except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid). (0: None,
1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick
2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog
joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13:
USB joystick 2)
JoyDevice3
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emu-
lation of extra joystick 1 (all emulators except xcbm5x0 and vsid). (0: None,
1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick
2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog
joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13:
USB joystick 2)
JoyDevice4
Integer specifying which joystick device the emulator should use for the emu-
lation of extra joystick 2 (all emulators except xcbm5x0, xplus4 and vsid). (0:
None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog
joystick 2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5,
9: Analog joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB
joystick 1, 13: USB joystick 2)
The available joysticks might differ depending on operating system and joystick support in
the OS.
Devices 4..9
Only available if joystick support is available at compile time.
Devices 10 and 11
Only available if digital joystick support is available at compile time.
Devices 12 and 13
Only available if USB joystick support is available at compile time.
The following resources are only available if MIDI support is available at compile time.
MIDIName String specifying the name of the MIDI client (default:"VICE") (ALSA and
macOS only, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
Chapter 7: Platform-specific features 219

MIDIInDev
String specifying the OSS MIDI input device (Windows and OSS, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
MIDIOutDev
String specifying the OSS MIDI output device (Windows and OSS, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
MIDIInName
String specifying the name of the MIDI input port (default:"VICEInput")
(macOS only, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
MIDIOutName
String specifying the name of the MIDI output port (default:"VICEOutput")
(macOS only, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
The following resource is only available if MIDI support and ALSA support is available at
compile time.
MIDIDriver
Enum specifying the MIDI driver (Unix - x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic
only). (0: OSS, 1: ALSA)

7.3.2 GTK3 specific command-line options

-fullscreen-decorations
+fullscreen-decorations
Enable/disable fullscreen decorations
-pauseonsettings
Pause emulation when enabling the settings dialog. (PauseOnSettings=1).
+pauseonsettings
Do not pause emulation when enabling the settings dialog.
(PauseOnSettings=0).
-joydev1 <0-3> / <0-9> / <0-11> / <0-13>
Set the device for joystick emulation of port 1 (JoyDevice1) (all emulators
except xcbm2, xpet and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset
2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick 2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog
joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11:
Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13: USB joystick 2)
-joydev2 <0-3> / <0-9> / <0-11> / <0-13>
Set the device for joystick emulation of port 2 (JoyDevice2) (all emulators
except xcbm2, xpet, xvic and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3:
Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick 2, 6: Analog joystick 3,
7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog joystick 6, 10: Digital
joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13: USB joystick 2)
-extrajoydev1 <0-3> / <0-9> / <0-11> / <0-13>
Set device for extra joystick port 1 (JoyDevice3) (all emulators except xcbm5x0
and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2, 4: Analog joystick
 220

1, 5: Analog joystick 2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog joystick 4, 8: Analog

joystick 5, 9: Analog joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1, 11: Digital joystick 2,
12: USB joystick 1, 13: USB joystick 2)
-extrajoydev2 <0-3> / <0-9> / <0-11> / <0-13>
Set device for extra joystick port 2 (JoyDevice4) (all emulators except
xcbm5x0, xplus4 and vsid). (0: None, 1: Numpad, 2: Keyset 1, 3: Keyset 2,
4: Analog joystick 1, 5: Analog joystick 2, 6: Analog joystick 3, 7: Analog
joystick 4, 8: Analog joystick 5, 9: Analog joystick 6, 10: Digital joystick 1,
11: Digital joystick 2, 12: USB joystick 1, 13: USB joystick 2)
The available joysticks might differ depending on operating system and joystick support in
the OS.
Devices 4..9
Only available if joystick support is available at compile time.
Devices 10 and 11
Only available if digital joystick support is available at compile time.
Devices 12 and 13
Only available if USB joystick support is available at compile time.
The following command-line options are only available if MIDI support is available at
compile time.
-midiname <name>
Specify the name of the MIDI client (default:"VICE") (MIDIName) (ALSA and
macOS only, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
-midiin <name>
Specify OSS MIDI-In device (MIDIInDev) (Windows and OSS, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
-midiout <name>
Specify OSS MIDI-Out device (MIDIOutDev) (Windows and OSS, x64, x64sc,
xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
-midiinname <name>
Specify the name of the MIDI input port (default:"VICEInput") (MIDIInName)
(macos, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
-midioutname <name>
Specify the name of the MIDI output port (default:"VICEOutput")
(MIDIOutName) (macos, x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic only).
The following command-line option is only available if MIDI support and ALSA support is
available at compile time.
-mididrv <driver>
Specify MIDI driver (MIDIDriver) (Unix - x64, x64sc, xscpu64, x128 and xvic
only). (0: OSS, 1: ALSA)
 221

8 Snapshots
Every VICE emulator has a built-in snapshot feature, that saves the complete emulator
state into one file for later use. You can therefore save the emulator state - including the
state of the game you are playing for example - in a single file.
Important note: In the past the idea was that snapshots with the same major version can
be exchanged with later versions of the emulator. However, this proved to be too difficult
to maintain, and insanely hard to test for correctness, which is why now the emulator will
reject the snapshot when it finds a module that is too old. Because of this you should not
use snapshots for permanent/long term storage.

8.1 Snapshot usage

A snapshot is one file containining the complete emulator state. A snapshot file can be
generated by selecting the “Save snapshot” command at any time. This will pop up a
requester from which you can specify whether the snapshot should also contain the disk
and ROM status.
A snapshot file can be used to restore the emulator state by selecting the load snapshot
menu entry at any time. Unfortunately attached ROM images/cartridges are only supported
in the VIC20, the PET and the CBM-II emulators at this time.
The memory configuration of the emulator is saved in the snapshot file as well. This
configuration is restored when the snapshot is loaded.
A quick snapshot can now be made by pressing the M-F11 key and reloaded by pressing the
M-F10 key.

8.2 Snapshot format

A snapshot file consists of several modules of mostly different types. Each module has a
name and saves the state of an entity like a CIA, the CPU, or the memory.

8.2.1 Emulator modules

This section lists the modules that are contained in each of the emulators snapshot files.

8.2.1.1 x64 modules

The modules in the x64 emulator are:
Name Type Description
MAINCPU 6502 The Main CPU - although it is a 6510, only
the 6502 core is saved here
C64MEM Memory Holds the RAM contents of the C64. Also
the CPU I/O register contents are saved
here.
C64ROM ROM images Dump of the system ROMs
VIC-II 656* The VIC-II of the C64/128
CIA1 6526 The CIA for the interrupts and the
keyboard
Chapter 8: Snapshots 222

CIA2 6526 The CIA for the userport, IEC-bus and

RS232.
SID 6581 The SID sound chip of the C64/C128
REU* The RAM Extension Unit state (optional)
ACIA1 6551 An ACIA (RS232 interface) at $DE00
(optional)
TPI 6525 A TPI at $DF00 for a parallel IEEE488 in-
terface (optional)
* Drive modules The emulated drive(s) have their own mod-
ules see Section 8.2.1.6 [Drive modules],
page 224,
Some of the modules are optional and are only saved if the specific feature is enabled at
save-time. If the module is found when restoring the state the optional features are enabled,
and disabled otherwise.

8.2.1.2 x128 modules

The modules in the x128 emulator are:
Name Type Description
MAINCPU 6502 The Main CPU - although it is a 6510, only
the 6502 core is saved here
C128MEM Memory Holds the RAM contents of the C64. Also
the CPU I/O register contents are saved
here.
C128ROM ROM images Dump of the system ROMs
VIC-II 656* The VIC-II of the C64/128
CIA1 6526 The CIA for the interrupts and the
keyboard
CIA2 6526 The CIA for the userport, IEC-bus and
RS232.
SID 6581 The SID sound chip of the C64/C128
ACIA1 6551 An ACIA at $DE00 (optional)
TPI 6525 A TPI at $DF00 for a parallel IEEE488 in-
terface (optional)
* Drive modules The emulated drive(s) have their own mod-
ules see Section 8.2.1.6 [Drive modules],
page 224,
Some of the modules are optional and are only saved if the specific feature is enabled at
save-time. If the module is found when restoring the state the optional features are enabled,
and disabled otherwise.
Not yet supported are the 80 column video chip, cartridges and RAM expansion unit.

8.2.1.3 xvic modules

The modules in the xvic emulator are:
Name Type Description
MAINCPU 6502 The Main CPU
Chapter 8: Snapshots 223

VIC20MEMMemory Holds the RAM contents of the VIC20.

VIC20ROMROM images Holds the ROM images of the VIC20, in-
cluding possibly attached cartridges
VIC-I 656* The VIC-I of the VIC20
VIA1 6522 The VIA for the interrupts and the
keyboard
VIA2 6522 The VIA for the userport, IEC-bus and
RS232.
* Drive modules The emulated drive(s) have their own mod-
ules see Section 8.2.1.6 [Drive modules],
page 224,

8.2.1.4 xpet modules

The modules in the xpet emulator are:
Name Type Description
MAINCPU 6502 The Main CPU
PETMEM Memory Holds the RAM contents of the PET.
PETROM ROM images Holds the ROM images of the PET, includ-
ing possibly attached cartridges
CRTC 6545 The CRTC of the PET. This is also in-
cluded if it is a dump of a PET without
CRTC, because the video state is saved
here anyway.
PIA1 6520 The PIA for the interrupts, tape and the
keyboard
PIA2 6520 The PIA for the IEEE488-bus
VIA 6522 The VIA for IEEE488, userport, sound
ACIA1 6551 The ACIA for the SuperPET. This module
is optional.
DWWPIA 6520 The PIA for the DWW hires board.
CPU6809 6809 The extra CPU in the SuperPET. This
module is optional.
* Drive modules The emulated drive(s) have their own mod-
ules see Section 8.2.1.6 [Drive modules],
page 224,

8.2.1.5 xcbm2 and xcbm5x0 modules

The modules in the xcbm2 and xcbm5x0 emulators are:
Name Type Description
MAINCPU 6502 The Main CPU - although it is a 6509, only
the 6502 core is saved here
CBM2MEMMemory Holds the RAM contents of the CBM-II
models. Also holds the exec-bank and indi-
rection bank registers
Chapter 8: Snapshots 224

C500DATA Holds additional state information neces-

sary for the C500 (e.g. cycles till the next
IRQ)
CBM2ROMMemory optional. Holds the ROM images.
CRTC 6545 The video chip for the C6*0 and C7*0 mod-
els (only those models).
VIC-II 656? The video chip for the C5*0 models (only
the C5*0 models).
CIA1 6526 The CIA for IEEE 488 and userport.
TPI1 6525 TPI 1 for IEEE488
TPI2 6525 TPI 2 for interrupts and keyboard.
ACIA1 6551 The RS232 interface
SID 6581 The CBM2s SID sound chip
* Drive modules The emulated drive(s) have their own mod-
ules see Section 8.2.1.6 [Drive modules],
page 224,

8.2.1.6 Drive modules

The modules for the real disk drive emulation are included in the emulator when the emu-
lation is enabled during the writing of the snapshot.
Name Type Description
*CPU 6502 The Drive 0 CPU
* * *

8.2.2 Module formats

This section shows the basic module framework and the contents of the different types of
modules.
The single chip modules contain the chip state, and sometimes additional state of the
emulator. In the past we tried to make the format as implementation-independent as
possible, to allow reuse of snapshots in later versions of the emulator, that however proved
to be very impractical and insanely hard to maintain.

8.2.2.1 Terminology
In this section we use certain abbreviations to define the types of the data saved in the
snapshot.

BYTE 8 bit integer.

WORD 16 bit integer. Saved with low-byte first, high-byte last.
DWORD 32 bit integer. Saved with low-word first, then high-word. Each word saved
with its low-byte first.
ARRAY Array of BYTE values. Length depends on the description.

The tables for the single modules state the type, name and description of the data saved in
the modules. The data is saved in the order it is in the tables, so no offset is given.
Chapter 8: Snapshots 225

8.2.2.2 Module framework

The VICE snapshot file starts with the magic string and includes the fileformat version
number.
Type Name Description
19 BYTE MAGIC "VICE Snapshot File\032", padded with 0
BYTE VMAJOR fileformat major version number
BYTE VMINOR fileformat minor version number
16 BYTE MACHINENAME Name of emulated machine, like "PET",
"CBM-II", "VIC20", "C64" or "C128".
zerobyte-padded.
13 BYTE VERSION MAGIC "VICE Version\032", padded with 0
4 BYTE VERSION Release version (major, minor, micro).
Byte 4 is always zero.
DWORD SVNVERSION SVN revision (or 0 if not available)
The file header is followed by a number of different snapshot modules.
Each module has a header with the information given in the table below. The header
includes two version numbers, VMAJOR and VMINOR. In the past the idea was that
modules with the same VMAJOR should be able to be exchanged. This however proved to
be too difficult to maintain, and insanely hard to test for correctness, which is why now the
emulator will reject the snapshot when it finds a module that is too old. Because of this
you should not use snapshots for permanent/long term storage.
Type Name Description
16 MODULENAME The name of the module in ASCII, padded
BYTE with 0 to 16 byte.
BYTE VMAJOR major version number
BYTE VMINOR minor version number
DWORD SIZE size of the module, including this header

8.2.2.3 CPU 6502 module

This module saves the core 6502 state. You will find a clock value there. All other modules
save their own clock values relative to this value. However, the drive modules save their
clocks relative to their appropriate CPUs of course.
Type Name Description
DWORD CLK the current CPU clock value. All other
clock values are relative to this.
BYTE AC Accumulator
BYTE XR X index register
BYTE YR Y index register
BYTE SP Stack Pointer
WORD PC Programm Counter
BYTE ST Status Registers
DWORD LASTOPCODE ?
DWORD IRQCLK absolute CLK when the IRQ line came
active
Chapter 8: Snapshots 226

DOWRD NMICLK absolute CLK when the NMI line came

active
DWORD ? ?
DWORD ? ?

8.2.2.4 CPU 6809 module

This module saves the core 6809 state. You will find a clock value there. All other modules
save their own clock values relative to this value. However, the drive modules save their
clocks relative to their appropriate CPUs of course.
Type Name Description
DWORD CLK the current CPU clock value. All other
clock values are relative to this.
WORD X The X register
WORD Y The Y register
WORD U The U register
WORD PC The Program Counter register
BYTE DP The Direct Page register
BYTE CC The Condition Code register
BYTE A The A register
BYTE B The B register
The following are for 6309 compatibility:
WORD V The V register
BYTE E The E register
BYTE F The F register

8.2.2.5 CIA module

The CIA 6526 is an I/O port chip with 2 8-bit I/O ports, a shift register, two timers, a
Time of Day clock and interrupts.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 1.
Type Name Description
BYTE ORA Output register A
BYTE ORB Output register B
BYTE DDRA Data direction register A
BYTE DDRB Data direction register B
WORD TAC Timer A counter value
WORD TBC Timer B counter value
BYTE TOD TEN Time of Day - current tenth of second
BYTE TOD SEC Time of Day - current seconds
BYTE TOD MIN Time of Day - current minutes
BYTE TOD HR Time of Day - current hours
BYTE SDR contents of shift register
BYTE IER mask of enabled interrupt masks
BYTE CRA Control register A
BYTE CRB Control register B
WORD TAL Timer A latch value
WORD TBL Timer B latch value
Chapter 8: Snapshots 227

BYTE IFR mask of currently active interrupts

BYTE PBSTATE Bit 6/7 reflect the PB6/7 toggle bit state.
Bit 2/3 reflect the corresponding port bit
state.
BYTE SRHBITS number of half-bits to still shift in/out SDR
BYTE ALARM TEN Time of Day - alarm tenth of second
BYTE ALARM SEC Time of Day - alarm seconds
BYTE ALARM MIN Time of Day - alarm minutes
BYTE ALARM HR Time of Day - alarm hours
BYTE READICR current clock minus the clock when ICR
was read last plus 128.
BYTE TODLATCHED Bit 0: 1= latched for reading, Bit 1:
2=stopped for writing
BYTE TODL TEN Time of Day - latched tenth of second
BYTE TODL SEC Time of Day - latched seconds
BYTE TODL MIN Time of Day - latched minutes
BYTE TODL HR Time of Day - latched hours
DWORD TOD TICKS clk ticks till next tenth of second
– – The next items have been added in V1.1
WORD TASTATE The state bits of the CIA timer A, accord-
ing to ciatimer.h
WORD TBSTATE The state bits of the CIA timer B, accord-
ing to ciatimer.h
The last two items have been added in CIA snapshot version 1.1 due to the improved CIA
emulation in the newer VICE versions. Some state bits correspond to the CIA state as
described in the "A Software Model of the CIA 6526" document by Wolfgang Lorenz, some
are delayed versions. For more read the source file ciatimer.h.

8.2.2.6 VIA module

The VIA 6522 is the predecessor of the CIA and also an I/O port chip with 2 8-bit I/O
ports, a shift register, two timers and interrupts.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
BYTE ORA Output register A
BYTE DDRA Data direction register A
BYTE ORB Output register B
BYTE DDRB Data direction register B
WORD T1L Timer 1 Latch value
WORD T1C Timer 1 counter value
BYTE T2L Timer 2 latch (8 bit as only lower byte is
used)
WORD T2C Timer 2 counter value
BYTE RUNFL bit 7: timer 1 will generate IRQ on under-
flow; bit 6: timer 2 will generate IRQ on
underflow
BYTE SR Shift register value
Chapter 8: Snapshots 228

BYTE ACR Auxiliary control register

BYTE PCR Peripheral control register
BYTE IFR active interrupts
BYTE IER interrupt mask
BYTE PB7 bit 7 = pb7 state
BYTE SRHBITS number of half-bits to shift out on SR
BYTE CABSTATE bit 7: state of CA2 pin, bit 6: state of CB2
pin
BYTE ILA Port A Input Latch (see ACR bit 0)
BYTE ILB Port B Input Latch (see ACR bit 1)

8.2.2.7 PIA module

The PIA 6520 is a chip with two I/O ports (Parallel Interface Adapter) and four additional
handshake lines. The chip is pretty the same for Port A and B, only that Port A implements
handshake on read operation and port B on write operation.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
UBYTE ORA Output register A
UBYTE DDRA Data Direction Register A
UBYTE CTRLA Control Register A
UBYTE ORB Output register B
UBYTE DDRB Data Direction Register B
UBYTE CTRLB Control Register B
UBYTE CABSTATE Bit 7 = state of CA2, Bit 6 = state of CB2

8.2.2.8 TPI module

The TPI 6525 is a chip with three I/O ports (Tri-Port-Interface). One of the ports can
double as an interrupt prioritizer. Therefore we also have to save the states of the interrupt
stack etc.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
BYTE PRA Port A output register
BYTE PRB Port B output register
BYTE PRC Port C output register (doubles as IRQ
latch register)
BYTE DDRA Port A data direction register
BYTE DDRB Port B data direction register
BYTE DDRC Port C data direction register (doubles as
IRQ mask register)
BYTE CR Control Register
BYTE AIR Active interrupt register
BYTE STACK Interrupt stack - the interrupt bits that are
not (yet) served.
BYTE CABSTATE State of CA/CB pins. Bit 7 = state of CA,
Bit 6 = state of CB
Chapter 8: Snapshots 229

8.2.2.9 RIOT module

The RIOT 6532 is a chip with two I/O ports, some RAM and a Timer. The chip contains
128 byte RAM, but the RAM is not saved in the RIOT snapshot, but in the memory section.
Version numbers: Major 0, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
BYTE ORA Port A output register
BYTE DDRA Port A data direction register
BYTE ORB Port B output register
BYTE DDRB Port B data direction register
BYTE EDGECTRL Bit 0/1: A0/A1 address bits written to
edgecontrol registers
BYTE IRQFL Bit 6/7: A6/A7 IRQ flag register. Bit 0:
state of the IRQ line (0=inactive, 1=active)
BYTE N timer value
WORD DIVIDER Pre-scale divider value (1, 8, 64, or 1024)
WORD REST cycles since the last counter change
BYTE IRQEN Bit 0: 0= timer IRQ disabled, 1= timer
IRQ enabled

8.2.2.10 SID module

8.2.2.11 ACIA module
The ACIA 6551 is an RS232 interface chip. VICE emulates RS232 connections via
/dev/ttyS* (Unix) or COM: (DOS/WIN - not yet?). When saving a snapshot, those
connections are of course lost. The state of the ACIA however is restored if possible. I.e. if
a connection is already open when restoring the snapshot, this connection is used instead.
If no connection is open, a carrier/DTR drop is emulated.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
BYTE TDR Transmit Data Register
BYTE RDR Receiver Data Register
BYTE SR Status Register
BYTE CMD Command Register
BYTE CTRL Ctrl Register
BYTE INTX 0 = no data to tx; 1 = Data is being trans-
mitted; 2 = Data is being transmitted while
data in TDR waiting to be put to internal
transmit register
DWORD TICKS Clock ticks till the next TDR empty
interrupt

8.2.2.12 VIC-I module

8.2.2.13 VIC-II module
Chapter 8: Snapshots 230

8.2.2.14 CRTC module

Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 1.

Type Name Description

Hardware options
WORD VADDR MASK Mask of the address bits valid when access-
ing the video memory
WORD VADDR CHARSWITCH If one bit in the video address is used to
switch the character generator, it is masked
here.
WORD VADDR CHAROFFSET The offset in characters in the character
generator that CHARSWITCH switches.
WORD VADDR REVSWITCH If one bit in the video address inverts the
screen, it is masked here.
WORD CHARGEN MASK size of character generator in byte - 1
WORD CHARGEN OFFSET offset given by external circuitry
BYTE HW CURSOR external hardware cursor circuitry enabled
BYTE HW COLS number of displayed columns during one
character clock cycle
BYTE HW BLANK set if the hardware blank feature is available
CRTC register
20 REGISTERS register DUMP of the CRTC registers 0-19.
BYTE
CRTC internal registers
BYTE REGNO The current index in the CRTC register file
BYTE CHAR The current cycle within the current
rasterline
BYTE CHARLINE The current character line
BYTE YCOUNTER The current rasterline in the character
BYTE CRSRCNT Framecounter for the blinking cursor
BYTE CRSRSTATE if set the hardware cursor is visible
BYTE CRSRLINES set if ycounter is within the active cursor
rasterlines for a char
WORD CHARGEN REL relative base of currently used character
generator in ROM (in byte)
WORD SCREEN REL screen address to load the counter at the
beginning of the next rasterline
WORD VSYNC number of rasterlines left within vsync; 0 =
not in vsync
BYTE VENABLE vertical enable flipflop; 1= display, 0=
blank.
(VICE-dependent?) variables
WORD SCREEN WIDTH width of the current display window
WORD SCREEN HEIGHT height of the current display window
WORD SCREEN XOFFSET x position where the first character in a line
starts in the window. . .
Chapter 8: Snapshots 231

WORD HJITTER . . . but only after adding this jitter

WORD SCREEN YOFFSET x position where the first character in a line
starts in the window. . .
WORD FRAMELINES expected number of rasterlines for the cur-
rent frame
WORD CURRENT LINE current rasterline as seen from the CRTC
This value has been added in module ver-
sion V1.1
BYTE FLAG Bit 0: If 1 then bit in
VADDR REVSWITCH must be
set for reverse; if 0 then bit must be
cleared for reverse.
Here is the reference for the previous CRTC snapshot module. It is outdated and will not
be read by this and later versions of VICE.
Version numbers: Major 0, Minor 0.
Type Name Description
BYTE RASTERY The number of clock cycles from rasterlines
start
WORD RASTERLINE The current rasterline
WORD ADDRMASK The address mask valid for the CRTC. All
memory accesses are masked with this value
BYTE HWFLAG Bit 0: 1= hardware cursor available. Bit 1:
1= number of columns is doubled by exter-
nal hardware
20 REGISTERS register DUMP of the CRTC registers 0-19.
BYTE
BYTE CRSRSTATE Hardware cursor: Bits 0-3: frame counter
till next crsr line toggle. Bit 7: 1= cursor
line active

8.2.2.15 C64 memory module

The C64 memory module actually consists of two modules. The "C64MEM" module is
mandatory and contains the RAM dump. The "C64ROM" module is optional and contains
a dump of the ROM images.
The size of the C64 memory modules differs with each different memory configuration. The
RAM configuration is saved in the snapshot, and restored when the snapshot is loaded.
Version numbers: Major 0, Minor 0
The C64MEM module
Type Name Description
BYTE CPUDATA CPU port data byte
BYTE CPUDIR CPU port direction byte
BYTE EXROM state of the EXROM line (?)
BYTE GAME state of the GAME line (?)
ARRAY RAM 64KiB RAM dump
The C64ROM module
Chapter 8: Snapshots 232

Type Name Description

ARRAY KERNAL 8KiB dump of the kernal ROM
ARRAY BASIC 8KiB dump of the basic ROM
ARRAY CHARGEN 4KiB dump of the chargen ROM

8.2.2.16 C128 memory module

The C128 memory module actually consists of two modules. The "C128MEM" module is
mandatory and contains the RAM dump. The "C128ROM" module is optional and contains
a dump of the ROM images.
The size of the C128 memory modules differs with each different memory configuration.
The RAM configuration is saved in the snapshot, and restored when the snapshot is loaded.
The attached cartridges are also restored upon load if they have been saved in the snapshot.
Version numbers: Major 0, Minor 0
The C128MEM module
Type Name Description
12 MMU dump of the 12 MMU registers
BYTE
ARRAY RAM 128KiB RAM dump banks 0 and 1
The C128ROM module
Type Name Description
ARRAY KERNAL 8KiB dump of the kernal ROM
ARRAY BASIC 32KiB dump of the basic ROM
ARRAY EDITOR 4KiB dump of the editor ROM
ARRAY 4KiB CHARGEN dump of the chargen ROM

8.2.2.17 VIC20 memory module

The VIC20 memory module actually consists of two modules. The "VIC20MEM" module
is mandatory and contains the RAM dump. The "VIC20ROM" module is optional and
contains a dump of the ROM images.
The size of the VIC20 memory modules differs with each different memory configuration.
The RAM configuration is saved in the snapshot, and restored when the snapshot is loaded.
The attached cartridges are also restored upon load if they have been saved in the snapshot.
The VIC20MEM module
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0
Type Name Description
BYTE CONFIG Configuration register. Bits 0,1,2,3,5 reflect
if the corresponding memory block is RAM
(bit=1) or not (bit=0).
ARRAY RAM0 1KiB RAM dump $0000-$03ff
ARRAY RAM1 4KiB RAM dump $1000-$1fff
ARRAY COLORRAM 2KiB Color RAM, $9400-$9bff
ARRAY BLK0 if CONFIG & 1 then: 3KiB RAM dump
$0400-$0fff
Chapter 8: Snapshots 233

ARRAY BLK1 if CONFIG & 2 then: 8KiB RAM dump

$2000-$3fff
ARRAY BLK2 if CONFIG & 4 then: 8KiB RAM dump
$4000-$5fff
ARRAY BLK3 if CONFIG & 8 then: 8KiB RAM dump
$6000-$7fff
ARRAY BLK5 if CONFIG & 32 then: 8KiB RAM dump
$a000-$bfff
The VIC20ROM module
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 1
Type Name Description
BYTE CONFIG Bit 0: 1= ROM block $2*** enabled. Bit 1:
1= ROM block $3*** enabled. Bit 2: 1=
ROM block $4*** enabled. Bit 3: 1= ROM
block $5*** enabled. Bit 4: 1= ROM block
$6*** enabled. Bit 5: 1= ROM block $7***
enabled. Bit 6: 1= ROM block $A***
enabled. Bit 7: 1= ROM block $B***
enabled.
ARRAY KERNAL 8KiB KERNAL ROM image $e000-$ffff
ARRAY BASIC 16KiB BASIC ROM image $c000-$dfff
ARRAY CHARGEN 4KiB CHARGEN ROM image
ARRAY BLK1A 4KiB ROM image $2*** (if CONFIG & 1)
ARRAY BLK1B 4KiB ROM image $3*** (if CONFIG & 2)
ARRAY BLK3A 4KiB ROM image $6*** (if CONFIG & 16)
ARRAY BLK3B 4KiB ROM image $7*** (if CONFIG & 32)
ARRAY BLK5A 4KiB ROM image $A*** (if CONFIG &
64)
ARRAY BLK5B 4KiB ROM image $B*** (if CONFIG &
128)
ARRAY BLK2A 4KiB ROM image $4*** (if CONFIG & 4;
added in V1.1)
ARRAY BLK2B 4KiB ROM image $5*** (if CONFIG & 8;
added in V1.1)

8.2.2.18 PET memory module

The PET memory module actually consists of three modules. The "PETMEM" module is
mandatory and contains the RAM dump. The "PETROM" module is optional and contains
a dump of the ROM images. The "PETDWW" module is also optional and contains the
image of the hires expansion board (if enabled).
The size of the PET memory modules differs with each different memory configuration. The
RAM configuration is saved in the snapshot, and restored when the snapshot is loaded.
The PETMEM module
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 3
Type Name Description
Chapter 8: Snapshots 234

BYTE CONFIG Configuration value. Bits 0-3: 0= 40 col

PET without CRTC; 1= 40 col PET with
CRTC; 2 = 80 col PET (with CRTC); 3=
SuperPET; 4= 8096; 5= 8296. Bit 6: 1=
RAM at $9***. Bit 7: 1= RAM at $A***.
BYTE KEYBOARD Keyboard type. 0= UK business; 1=
Graphics; 2= German business
BYTE MEMSIZE memory size of low 32KiB in k (possible
values 4, 8, 16, 32)
BYTE CONF8X96 Value of the 8x96 configuration register
BYTE SUPERPET SuperPET config. Bit 0: 1= $9*** RAM
enabled. Bit 1: 1= RAM write protected.
Bit 2: 1= CTRL register write protected.
Bit 3: 0= DIAG pin active. Bits 4-7: RAM
block in use.
ARRAY RAM 4-32KiB RAM (not 8296, size depends on
MEMSIZE)
ARRAY VRAM 2/4KiB RAM (not 8296, size depends on
CONFIG)
ARRAY EXTRAM 64KiB expansion RAM (SuperPET and
8096 only)
ARRAY RAM 128KiB RAM (8296 only)
– – The following item has been added in V1.1
BYTE POSITIONAL bit 0=0 = symbolic keyboard mapping, bit
0=1 = positional mapping.
– – The following item has been added in V1.2
BYTE EOIBLANK bit 0=0 = EOI does not blank screen, bit
0=1 = EOI blanks screen.
– – The following items have been added in
V1.3
WORD CPU SWITCH 6502 / 6809 / PROG
BYTE VAL, PREVODD, WANTODD 6702 dongle state information
WORD[8] SHIFT
BYTE SuperPET config 2 Extra bits due to the Super-OS-9 MMU.
Bit 5: FIRQ disabled. Bit 6: expansion
memory in OS-9 flat mode.

The POSITIONAL item has been added in PETMEM snapshot version 1.1. It is ignored
by earlier restore routines (V1.0) and the V1.1 restore routines do not change the current
setting when reading a V1.0 snapshot.
In V1.2 the new EOIBLANK variable has been added. This implements the "blank screen
on EOI" feature that was previously linked to a wrong resource.
In V1.3 the state for SuperPET has been added.
The PETROM module
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 1
Chapter 8: Snapshots 235

Type Name Description

BYTE CONFIG Bit 0: 1= $9*** ROM included. Bit 1: 1=
$A*** ROM included. Bit 2: 1= $B***
ROM included. Bit 3: 1= $e900-$efff ROM
included. Bit 4: 1= SuperPET ROMs
included.
ARRAY KERNAL 4KiB KERNAL ROM image $f000-$ffff
ARRAY EDITOR 2KiB EDITOR ROM image $e000-$e7ff
ARRAY CHARGEN 2KiB CHARGEN ROM image
ARRAY ROM9 4KiB $9*** ROM image (if CONFIG & 1)
ARRAY ROMA 4KiB $A*** ROM image (if CONFIG & 2)
ARRAY ROMB 4KiB $B*** ROM image (if CONFIG & 4)
ARRAY ROMC 4KiB $C*** ROM image
ARRAY ROMD 4KiB $D*** ROM image
ARRAY ROME9 7 blocks $e900-$efff ROM image (if CON-
FIG & 8)
– – The following items have been added in
V1.1
ROM6809 ROM6809 24KiB $A000-$FFFF ROM (if CONFIG &
16)
ARRAY CHARGEN(2) upper half of CHARGEN (if CONFIG &
16)
The PETDWW module
For storing the state of the DWW hires expansion board, there is a PETDWWPIA module,
and a DWWMEM module.
The former has the same format as the PIA1.
Type Name Description
WORD SIZE The size of the memory dump that follows,
or 0 if DWW disabled.
ARRAY MEM The memory in the DWW card, SIZE
bytes.

8.2.2.19 CBM-II memory module

The CBM-II memory module actually consists of two modules. The "CBM2MEM" module
is mandatory and contains the RAM dump. The "CBM2ROM" module is optional and
contains a dump of the ROM images.
The size of the CBM-II memory modules differs with each different memory configuration.
The RAM configuration is saved in the snapshot, and restored when the snapshot is loaded.
Version numbers: Major 1, Minor 0
The CBM2MEM module
Type Name Description
UBYTE MEMSIZE Memory size in 128KiB blocks (1=128KiB,
2=256KiB, 4=512KiB, 8=1024KiB)
Chapter 8: Snapshots 236

UBYTE CONFIG Bit 0 = $f0800-$f0fff RAM, Bit 1 = $f1000-

$f1fff RAM, Bit 2 = $f2000-$f3fff RAM, Bit
3 = $f4000-$f5fff RAM, Bit 4 = $f6000-
$f7fff RAM, Bit 5 = $fc000-$fcfff RAM, Bit
6 = is a C500
UBYTE HWCONFIG Bit 0/1: model line configuration
UBYTE EXECBANK CPUs execution bank register
UBYTE INDBANK CPUs indirection bank register
ARRAY SYSRAM 2KiB system RAM $f0000-$f07ff
ARRAY VIDEO 2KiB video RAM $fd000-$fd7ff
ARRAY RAM RAM dump, size according to MEMSIZE
ARRAY RAM08 if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 1 :
2KiB RAM $f0800-$f0fff
ARRAY RAM1 if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 2 :
4KiB RAM $f1000-$f1fff
ARRAY RAM2 if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 4 :
8KiB RAM $f2000-$f3fff
ARRAY RAM4 if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 8 :
8KiB RAM $f4000-$f5fff
ARRAY RAM6 if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 16 :
8KiB RAM $f6000-$f7fff
ARRAY RAMC if memsize < 1MiB and CONFIG & 32 :
4KiB RAM $fc000-$fcfff
The RAM* arrays are only saved if the RAM itself is less than 1MiB. If the memory size is
1MiB then those areas are taken from the bank 15 area of the normal RAM.
The memory array starts at $10000 if the memory size is less than 512KiB, or at $00000 if
512KiB or more. In case of a C510, then the memory array also always starts at $00000.
The CBM2ROM module
Type Name Description
UBYTE CONFIG Bit 1: 1= $1*** ROM image included. Bit
2: 1= $2000-$3fff ROM image included.
Bit 3: 1= $4000-$5fff ROM image included.
Bit 4: 1= $6000-$7fff ROM image included.
Bit 5: 1= chargen ROM is VIC-II chargen,
0= CRTC chargen.
ARRAY KERNAL 8 KERNAL ROM image ($e000-$efff)
ARRAY BASIC BASIC ROM image ($8000-$bfff)
ARRAY CHARGEN 4KiB CHARGEN ROM image
ARRAY ROM1 4KiB cartridge ROM image for $1*** (if
CONFIG & 2)
ARRAY ROM2 8KiB cartridge ROM image for $2000-$3fff
(if CONFIG & 4)
ARRAY ROM4 8KiB cartridge ROM image for $4000-$5fff
(if CONFIG & 8)
Chapter 8: Snapshots 237

ARRAY ROM6 8KiB cartridge ROM image for $6000-$7fff

(if CONFIG & 16)

8.2.2.20 C500 data module

The C500 data module contains simple state information not already saved in the other
modules.
Version numbers: Major 0, Minor 0
The C500DATA module
Type Name Description
DWORD IRQCLK CPU clock ticks till next 50Hz IRQ
 238

9 Media images

9.1 Media images resources

OCPOversizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the oversized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center top, 3: crop right
top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center, 7: crop left bottom,
8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
OCPUndersizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the undersized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
OCPMultiColorHandling
Integer specifying the way the multicolor to hires should be handled (all emu-
lators except vsid). (0: b&w, 1: 2 colors, 2: 4 colors, 3: gray scale, 4: best cell
colors)
OCPTEDLumHandling
Integer specifying the way the TED luminosity should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
KoalaOversizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the oversized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center top, 3: crop right
top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center, 7: crop left bottom,
8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
KoalaUndersizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the undersized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
KoalaTEDLumHandling
Integer specifying the way the TED luminosity should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
MinipaintOversizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the oversized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center top, 3: crop right
top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center, 7: crop left bottom,
8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
MinipaintUndersizeHandling
Integer specifying the way the undersized input should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
MinipaintTEDLumHandling
Integer specifying the way the TED luminosity should be handled (all emulators
except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
Chapter 9: Media images 239

FFMPEGFormat
String specifying the current FFMPEG output driver.
FFMPEGAudioBitrate
Integer specifying the current FFMPEG audio bitrate.
FFMPEGVideoBitrate
Integer specifying the current FFMPEG video bitrate.
FFMPEGAudioCodec
Integer specifying the current FFMPEG audio codec.
FFMPEGVideoCodec
Integer specifying the current FFMPEG video codec.
FFMPEGVideoHalveFramerate
Boolean, if true record only every other frame.
ZMBVFormat
String specifying the current ZMBV output driver.
ZMBVAudioCodec
Integer specifying the current ZMBV audio codec.
ZMBVVideoCodec
Integer specifying the current ZMBV video codec.

9.2 Media images command-line options

-ocpoversize <method>
Select the way the oversized input should be handled (OCPOversizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center top,
3: crop right top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center, 7:
crop left bottom, 8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
-ocpundersize <method>
Select the way the undersized input should be handled (OCPUndersizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
-ocpmc <method>
Select the way the multicolor to hires should be handled (OCPMultiColorHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: b&w, 1: 2 colors, 2: 4 colors, 3: gray scale, 4:
best cell colors)
-ocptedlum <method>
Select the way the TED luminosity should be handled (OCPTEDLumHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
-koalaoversize <method>
Select the way the oversized input should be handled (KoalaOversizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center
top, 3: crop right top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center,
7: crop left bottom, 8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
 240

-koalaundersize <method>
Select the way the undersized input should be handled (KoalaUndersizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
-koalatedlum <method>
Select the way the TED luminosity should be handled (KoalaTEDLumHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
-minipaintoversize <method>
Select the way the oversized input should be handled (MinipaintOversizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale down, 1: crop left top, 2: crop center
top, 3: crop right top, 4: crop left center, 5: crop center, 6: crop right center,
7: crop left bottom, 8: crop center bottom, 9: crop right bottom)
-minipaintundersize <method>
Select the way the undersized input should be handled (MinipaintUndersizeHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: scale, 1: borderize)
-minipainttedlum <method>
Select the way the TED luminosity should be handled (MinipaintTEDLumHandling)
(all emulators except vsid). (0: ignore, 1: dither)
-ffmpegaudiobitrate <value>
Set bitrate for audio stream in media file
-ffmpegvideobitrate <value>
Set bitrate for video stream in media file
 241

10 Event history
VICE supports recording an arbitrary session on the emulated machine and playing back
this session later. This is done by saving a snapshot at the beginning of the recording
session and then remembering all the user interaction such as keyboard and joystick input.
We call this an ’event history’. The main purpose for having an event history is to create
game sessions, e.g. recording how to solve a game. An example walkthrough for the well
known game "Fort Apocalypse" is available.

10.1 Recommended Settings

When using the event history feature it is possible that the playback session differs from
what was done at recording time. This might arise due to a problem in the initial snap-
shot or settings. Here are some suggestions to minimize the chance of failures in the ses-
sion: a. Reset to default settings. b. Choose refresh rate 1/1. c. Choose joystick and
Video/Doublesize settings as desired or needed. d. SID engine must be reSID (which is the
default). e. Choose Drive settings/Idle method: None Do not change any settings during
recording or playback!

10.2 Recorded Events

The following is a list of the user interaction that will be recorded: - Joystick movement
and button - Keyboard - Resetting the machine (Reset and power cycle) - Attaching or
detaching disk/tape images (see 8. Limitations) - Datasette controls

10.3 Recording an Event History

Recording an event history will create one or two files for a snapshot and the list of the
user events. First, create an empty directory in which these files are to be saved and
then select this directory and the name of the snapshot files via ’Snapshot//Select History
files/directory’. Next, attach the disk or tape image with the game you want to record and
load and run the game.
Start recording via ’Snapshot//Start/Stop Recording History’. Play the game. All actions
will be recorded. After the game is finished, stop recording via ’Snapshot//Start/Stop
Recording History’. The selected directory should now contain the two snapshot files (de-
fault ist start.vsf and end.vsf).

10.4 Setting and Returning to Milestones

It is difficult to finish a game in one sitting and noone wants to record all their mistakes
and lost lives. Use the milestone feature in a recording session in the following way:
Set a milestone when you have finished a level or completed a task (’Snapshot//Set recording
milestone’ or ALT-E). This will save the event history and a snapshot of the machine to
the file end.vsf but recording will continue.
Return to the last milestone when you have made a mistake or lost a life (’Snapshot//Return
to milestone’ or ALT-U). This will reset the game and the event history to the last milestone
snapshot so that you can try again.
Chapter 10: Event history 242

10.5 Continuing an Event History

If you have stopped a recording session and want to continue it later, you should create a
backup of your start.vsf and end.vsf files first to avoid overwriting them by accident.
Then change the event history start mode: ’Snapshot//Recording start mode//Load ex-
isting snapshot’. When you start recording now, you will continue where the session was
stopped last time.
Another way of continuing an existing history is to start somewhere inside the history (e.g.
you have recorded 10 minutes of a game and later recognize that you made a mistake after
6 minutes that makes it impossible to finish the game). For this you have to select the start
mode ’Overwrite playback’. Now you can start the playback with ’Snapshot//Start/Stop
Playback History’ and when you reach the point where you want to change the history you
can directly switch to recording via ’Snapshot//Start/Stop Recording History’.

10.6 Playing Back an Event History

To play back an event history, select the directory with the history files start.vsf and end.vsf
via ’Snapshot//Select History directory’ and start the playback with ’Snapshot//Start/Stop
Playback History’. Enjoy! During playback any user interaction is disabled. The playback
stops when the end of the session is reached or if ’Snapshot//Select History directory’ is
selected again.

10.7 Limitations and Suggestions

a. Snapshot files will be quite big (>1MiB) if a disk image has been attached. If possible,
use PRG or T64 images to reduce the size of snapshot files. b. Snapshots may not be 100%
accurate even with all the recommended settings.

10.8 Event history resources

EventSnapshotDir
String specifying the directory used for loading and saving snapshots (all emu-
lators except vsid).

EventStartSnapshot
String specifying the filename for the start snapshot (all emulators except vsid).

EventEndSnapshot
String specifying the filename for the end snapshot (all emulators except vsid).

EventStartMode
Integer specifying how to start event recording (all emulators except vsid). (0:
save new snapshot, 1: load existing snapshot, 2: reset, 3: playback)

EventImageInclude
Boolean specifying whether to include ROM and Disk images in the snapshots
(all emulators except vsid).
Chapter 10: Event history 243

10.9 Event history command-line options

-playback
Playback recorded events (all emulators except vsid).
-eventsnapshotdir <Name>
Set event snapshot directory (EventSnapshotDir) (all emulators except vsid).
-eventstartsnapshot <Name>
Set event start snapshot filename (EventStartSnapshot) (all emulators except
vsid).
-eventendsnapshot <Name>
Set event end snapshot filename (EventEndSnapshot) (all emulators except
vsid).
-eventstartmode <Mode>
Set event start mode (EventStartMode) (all emulators except vsid). (0: save
new snapshot, 1: load existing snapshot, 2: reset, 3: playback)
-eventimageinc
+eventimageinc
Enable/disable the inclusion of disk images in the event (EventImageInclude=1,
EventImageInclude=0) (all emulators except vsid).
 244

11 Monitor
The VICE emulator has a complete built-in monitor, which can be used to examine, dis-
assemble and assemble machine language programs, as well as debug them through break-
points. It can be activated by using “Activate monitor” from the menu. The monitor will
either run in a seperate window, or in a terminal emulation program (such as rxvt or xterm)
when “native monitor” has been enabled in the settings.

11.1 Terminology
‘address_space’
This refers to the range of memory locations and a set of registers. This can be
the addresses available to the computer’s processor, the disk drive’s processor
or a specific memory configuration of one of the mentioned processors.
‘bankname’
The CPU can only see 64KiB of memory at any one time, due to its 16 bit
address bus. The C64 and other computers have more than this amount, and
this is handled by banking: a memory address can have different contents,
depending on the active memory bank. A bankname names a specific bank in
the current address space.
‘register’
One of the following: program counter (PC), stack pointer (SP), accumulator
(A), X register (X), or Y register (Y).
‘address’ A specific memory location in the range $0000 to $FFFF.
‘address_range’
Two addresses. If the second address is less than the first, the range is assumed
to wraparound from $FFFF to $0000. Both addresses must be in the same
address space.
‘address_opt_range’
An address or an address range.
‘radix_type’
Radix for the output, H for hex, D for decimal, O for octal, or B for binary.
‘label’ label is the name of a label. It must start with a dot (".") in order for the
monitor to recognize it as a label. Register names preceeded by a dot (for
example .PC) are special labels that evaluate to value of the respective register
at the time it is used, and thus can not be used as a regular label.
‘prompt’ The prompt has the format [x:y]. If x is -, memory reads from the monitor
do not have side effects. Otherwise, x is S. The second part of the prompt, y,
shows the default address space.
‘checkpoint’
The monitor has the ability to setup triggers that perform an action when a
specified situation occurs. There are three types of checkpoints; breakpoints,
tracepoints and watchpoints.
Chapter 11: Monitor 245

‘breakpoint’
A breakpoint is triggered based on the program counter. When it is triggered,
the monitor is entered.
‘tracepoint’
Like breakpoints, a tracepoint is triggered based on the program counter. In-
stead of entering the monitor, the program counter is printed and execution
continues.
‘watchpoint’
Watchpoints are triggered by a read and/or write to an address. When a
watchpoint is triggered, the monitor is entered.
‘memmap’ The memmap keeps track of RAM/ROM/IO read/write/execute accesses. The
feature must be enabled with "–enable-cpuhistory" configure option, as it might
decrease performance notably on slower hardware. The option also enables CPU
history.
‘<...>’ A data type.
‘*’ Zero or more occurrences.
‘[...]’ An optional argument.

11.2 General commands

help [<command>]
If no argument is given, prints out a list of all available commands. If an
argument is given, prints out specific help for that command.
print <expression>
p <expression>
Evaluate the specified expression and output the result.
~ <number>
Display the specified number in decimal, hex, octal and binary.

11.3 Monitor state commands

device [c:|8:|9:|10:|11:]
dev [c:|8:|9:|10:|11:]
Set the default address space to either the computer (c:) or the disk
(8:|9:|10:|11:). Switches to computer when not given a device.
sidefx [on|off|toggle]
sfx [on|off|toggle]
Control how monitor generated reads affect memory locations that have read
side-effects, like CIA interrupt registers for example. If the argument is ’on’
then reads may cause side-effects. If the argument is ’off’ then reads don’t cause
side-effects. If the argument is ’toggle’ then the current mode is switched. No
argument displays the current state.
Chapter 11: Monitor 246

log [on|off|toggle]
Control whether the monitor output is logged into a logfile. If the argument
is ’on’ then all output will be written into the logfile. If the argument is ’off’
then no log is produced. If the argument is ’toggle’ then the current mode is
switched. No argument displays the current state.
logname "<filename>"
Sets the filename of the logfile.
exit
x Leave the monitor and return to execution.
quit
q Exit the emulator immediately.
radix [H|D|O|B]
rad [H|D|O|B]
Set the default radix to hex, decimal, octal, or binary. With no argument, the
current radix is printed.

11.4 Machine state commands

backtrace
bt Print JSR call chain (most recent call first). Stack offset relative to SP+1 is
printed in parentheses. This is a best guess only.
bank [<bankname>]
Without a bankname, display all available banks for the current address space.
With a bankname given, switch to the specified bank. If a bank is not com-
pletely filled (ROM banks for example) normally the ram bank is used where
the bank has holes. The cpu bank uses the bank currently used by the CPU.
cpuhistory [<count>] [c:] [8:] [9:] [10:] [11:]
chis [<count>] [c:] [8:] [9:] [10:] [11:]
Show <count> last executed commands on up to five devices. If no devices are
specified, then the default device is shown. VICE emulation runs each CPU
for a variable number of cycles before switching between them. They will be
synchronized when communication between them occurs. (disabled by default;
configure with –enable-cpuhistory to enable)
dump "<filename>"
Write a snapshot of the machine into the file specified. This snapshot is compat-
ible with a snapshot written out by the UI. Note: No ROM images are included
into the dump.
goto <address>
g <address>
Change the PC to address and continue execution.
io [<address>]
Display i/o registers. Invoking without an address shows a dump of the entire
io range, if an address is given then details for the chip at the respective (base-
)address are displayed (if available).
Chapter 11: Monitor 247

next [<count>]
n [<count>]
Advance to the next instruction(s). COUNT allows stepping more than a single
instruction at a time. Subroutines are treated as a single instruction ("step
over").
registers [<reg_name> = <number> [, <reg_name> = <number>]*]
r [<reg_name> = <number> [, <reg_name> = <number>]*]
Assign respective registers (use FL for status flags). With no parameters, dis-
play register values.
reset [<type>]
Reset the machine or drive. type: 0 = reset, 1 = power cycle, 8-11 = drive.
return
ret Continues execution and returns to the monitor just after the next RTS or RTI
is executed ("step out").
step [<count>]
z [<count>]
Single step through instructions. An optional count allows stepping more than
a single instruction at a time ("step into").
stopwatch [reset]
Print the CPU cycle counter of the current device. ’reset’ sets the counter to 0.
undump "<filename>"
Read a snapshot of the machine from the file specified.
warp [on|off|toggle]
Turn warp mode on or off. If the argument is ’toggle’ then the current mode is
toggled. When no argument is given the current mode is displayed.
cartfreeze
Use cartridge freeze.
cpu <type>
Specify the type of CPU currently used (6502/z80).
export
exp Print out list of attached expansion port devices.
keybuf "<string>"
Put the specified string into the keyboard buffer. Note that you can specify
specific keycodes by using C-style escaped hexcodes ("\x0a").

11.5 Memory commands

compare <address_range> <address>
c <address_range> <address>
Compare memory from the source specified by the address range to the des-
tination specified by the address. The regions may overlap. Any values that
miscompare are displayed using the default displaytype.
Chapter 11: Monitor 248

fill <address_range> <data_list>

f <address_range> <data_list>
Fill memory in the specified address range with the data in <data list>. If the
size of the address range is greater than the size of the data list, the data list
is repeated.
hunt <address_range> <data_list>
h <address_range> <data_list>
Hunt memory in the specified address range for the data in <data list>. If the
data is found, the starting address of the match is displayed. The entire range
is searched for all possible matches. The data list may have ‘xx’ as a wildcard.
i <address_opt_range>
Display memory contents as PETSCII text.
ii <address_opt_range>
Display memory contents as screen code text
mem [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
m [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
Display the contents of memory. If no datatype is given, the default is used.
If only one address is specified, the length of data displayed is based on the
datatype. If no addresses are given, the ’dot’ address is used.
memmapshow [<mask>] [<address_opt_range>]
mmsh [<mask>] [<address_opt_range>]
Show the memmap. The mask can be specified to show only those locations with
accesses of certain type(s). The mask is a number with the bits "ioRWXrwx",
where RWX are for ROM and rwx for RAM. Optionally, an address range can
be specified. (disabled by default; configure with –enable-cpuhistory to enable)
memmapzap
mmzap Clear the memmap. (disabled by default; configure with –enable-cpuhistory to
enable)
memmapsave "<filename>" <format>
mmsave "<filename>" <format>
Save the memmap as a picture. format: 0 = BMP, 1 = PCX, 2 = PNG, 3
= GIF, 4 = IFF. (disabled by default; configure with –enable-cpuhistory to
enable)
memchar [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
mc [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
Display the contents of memory as character data. If only one address is speci-
fied, only one character is displayed. If no addresses are given, the “dot” address
is used.
memsprite [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
ms [<radix_type>] [<address_opt_range>]
Display the contents of memory as sprite data. If only one address is specified,
only one sprite is displayed. If no addresses are given, the “dot” address is used.
Chapter 11: Monitor 249

move <address_range> <address>

t <address_range> <address>
Move memory from the source specified by the address range to the destination
specified by the address. The regions may overlap.
screen
sc Displays the contents of the screen.
> [<address>] <data_list>
Write the specified data at address.

11.6 Assembly commands

a <address> [ <instruction> [: <instruction>]* ]
Assemble instructions to the specified address. If only one instruction is speci-
fied, enter assembly mode (enter an empty line to exit assembly mode).
disass [<address> [<address>]]
d [<address> [<address>]]
Disassemble instructions. If two addresses are specified, they are used as a start
and end address. If only one is specified, it is treated as the start address and a
default number of instructions are disassembled. If no addresses are specified,
a default number of instructions are disassembled from the dot address.

11.7 Checkpoint commands

break [load|store|exec] [address [address] [if <cond_expr>]]
This command allows setting a breakpoint or listing the current breakpoints. If
no address is given, the currently valid checkpoints are printed. If an address is
given, a breakpoint is set for that address and the breakpoint number is printed.
The "load|store|exec" parameter can be either "load", "store" or "exec" (or
any combination of these) to determine on which operation the monitor breaks.
If not specified, the monitor breaks on "exec". A conditional expression can
also be specified for the breakpoint. For more information on conditions, see
the CONDITION command.
enable <checknum>
disable <checknum>
Each checkpoint can be enabled or disabled. This command allows changing
between these states.
command <checknum> "<command>"
When checkpoint checknum is hit, the specified command is executed by the
monitor. Note that the x command is not yet supported as a command argu-
ment.
condition <checknum> if <cond_expr>
cond <checknum> if <cond_expr>
Each time the specified checkpoint is examined, the condition is evaluated. If
it evalutes to true, the checkpoint is activated. Otherwise, it is ignored. If
Chapter 11: Monitor 250

registers are specified in the expression, the values used are those at the time
the checkpoint is examined, not when the condition is set.
The condition can use registers (A, X, Y, PC, SP, FL and other cpu specific
registers (see manual)) and compare them (==, !=, <, >, <=, >=) against other
registers or constants. RL can be used to refer to the current rasterline, and
CY refers to the current cycle in the line.
Full expressions are also supported (+, -, *, /, &, |, &&, ||). This lets you for
example check specific bits in the FL register using the bitwise boolean operators
(& and |). Parentheses are also supported in the expression. Registers can be
the registers of other devices; this is denoted by a memspace prefix (i.e., c:, 8:,
9:, 10:, 11:) Examples: A == $0, X == Y, 8:X == X
You can also compare against the value of a memory location in a specific
bank, i.e you can break only if the vic register $d020 is $f0. use the form
@[bankname]:[$<address>] | [.label]. Note this is for the C: memspace only.
Examples : if @io:$d020 == $f0, if @io:.vicBorder == $f0
As an extension as the previous case, you can also dereference an expression,
using the form @[bankname]:(expression) . The parentheses around the ex-
pression distinguish it from the previous form. Example: break load 0 $ffff if
@cpu:(pc - $1) == $37

delete <checknum>
del <checknum>
Delete the specified checkpoint.

ignore <checknum> [<count>]

Ignore a checkpoint after a given number of crossings. If no count is given, the
default value is 1.

trace [load|store|exec] [address [address] [if <cond_expr>]]

tr [load|store|exec] [address [address] [if <cond_expr>]]
This command is similar to the break command except that it operates on
tracepoints. A tracepoint differs from a breakpoint by not stopping execution
but simply printing the PC, giving the user an execution trace. The second
optional address can be used to specify the end of an range of addresses to be
traced. If no addresses are given, a list of all the checkpoints is printed. The
"load|store|exec" parameter can be either "load", "store" or "exec" (or any
combination of these) to determine which operation the monitor traces. If not
specified, the monitor traces all operations. A conditional expression can also
be specified for the tracepoint. For more information on conditions, see the
CONDITION command.

until [<address>]
un [<address>]
If no address is given, the currently valid breakpoints are printed. If an address
is given, a temporary breakpoint is set for that address and the breakpoint
number is printed. Control is returned to the emulator by this command. The
breakpoint is deleted once it is hit.
Chapter 11: Monitor 251

watch [load|store|exec] [address [address] [if <cond_expr>]]

w [load|store|exec] [address [address] [if <cond_expr>]]
This command is similar to the break command except that it operates on
watchpoints. A watchpoint differs from a breakpoint by stopping on a read
and/or write to an address or range of addresses. If no addresses are given, a
list of all the checkpoints is printed. The "load|store|exec" parameter can be
either "load", "store" or "exec" (or any combination of these) to determine on
which operation the monitor breaks. If not specified, the monitor breaks on
"load" and "store" operations. A conditional expression can also be specified
for the watchpoint. For more information on conditions, see the CONDITION
command.
dummy [on|off|toggle]
Control whether the checkpoints will trigger on dummy accesses. If the ar-
gument is ’on’ then dummy accesses will cause checkpoints to trigger. If the
argument is ’off’ then dummy accesses will not trigger any checkpoints. If the
argument is ’toggle’ then the current mode is switched. No argument displays
the current state.

11.8 File commands

cd <directory>
Change the working directory.
dir [<directory>]
ls [<directory>]
Display the directory contents.
pwd Show current working directory.
mkdir <directory>
Create directory.
rmdir <directory>
Remove directory.
attach <filename> <device>
Attach file to device. (device 32 = cart)
block_read <track> <sector> [<address>]
br <track> <sector> [<address>]
Read the block at the specified track and sector. If an address is specified, the
data is loaded into memory. If no address is given, the data is displayed using
the default datatype.
block_write <track> <sector> <address>
bw <track> <sector> <address>
Write a block of data at address to the specified track and sector of disk in
drive 8.
detach <device>
Detach file from device. (device 32 = cart)
Chapter 11: Monitor 252

@<disk command>
Perform a disk command on the currently attached disk image on virtual drive
8. Since the emulated drive is halted when the monitor is open, DOS commands
can not be sent to the actual drive emulation and must be handled by the virtual
drive implementation. As a consequence, all limitations of the virtual drives
apply. Use the regular monitor commands to eg execute code in the drive.
list [<directory>]
List disk contents.
load "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
l "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
Load the specified file into memory. If no address is given, the file is loaded
to the address specified by the first two bytes read from the file. If address is
given, the file is loaded to the specified address and the first two bytes read
from the file are skipped. If device is 0, the file is read from the file system.
loadbasic "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
ldb "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
Load the specified file into memory and set BASIC pointers as if the file was
loaded by the Kernal. If no address is given, the file is loaded to the address
specified by the first two bytes read from the file. If address is given, the file
is loaded to the specified address and the first two bytes read from the file are
skipped. If device is 0, the file is read from the file system.
bload "<filename>" <device> <address>
bl "<filename>" <device> <address>
Load the specified file into memory at the specified address. If device is 0, the
file is read from the file system.
save "<filename>" <device> <address1> <address2>
s "<filename>" <device> <address1> <address2>
Save the memory from address1 to address2 to the specified file. Write two-byte
load address. If device is 0, the file is written to the file system.
bsave "<filename>" <device> <address1> <address2>
bs "<filename>" <device> <address1> <address2>
Save the memory from address1 to address2 to the specified file. If device is 0,
the file is written to the file system.
verify "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
v "<filename>" <device> [<address>]
Compare the specified file with memory. If no address is given, the address
is specified by the first two bytes read from the file. If address is given, the
specified address is used and the first two bytes read from the file are skipped.
If device is 0, the file is read from the file system.
bverify "<filename>" <device> <address>
bv "<filename>" <device> <address>
Compare the specified file with memory at the specified address. If device is 0,
the file is read from the file system.
Chapter 11: Monitor 253

tapectrl <command>
Control the datasette. command: 0 = stop, 1 = start, 2 = forward, 3 = rewind,
4 = record, 5 = reset, 6 = reset counter.
screenshot "<filename>" [<format>]
scrsh "<filename>" [<format>]
Take a screenshot. format: default = BMP, 1 = PCX, 2 = PNG, 3 = GIF, 4
= IFF.

11.9 Command file commands

playback "<filename>"
pb "<filename>"
Monitor commands from the specified file are read and executed. This command
stops at the end of file or when a STOP command is read.
record "<filename>"
rec "<filename>"
After this command, all commands entered are written to the specified file until
the STOP command is entered.
stop Stop recording commands. See record.
; <text> Add a comment to a file to be read by the monitor. For example:
; Set border and background to black
> d020 00 00

11.10 Label commands

add_label <address> <label>
al <address> <label>
Map a given address to a label. This label can be used when entering assembly
code and is shown during disassembly. Additionally, it can be used whenever
an address must be specified.
<label> is the name of the label; it must start with a dot (".") in order for the
monitor to recognize it as a label.
delete_label [<address_space>] <label>
dl [<address_space>] <label>
Remove the specified label from the label tables. If no address space is checked,
all tables are checked.
load_labels [<address_space>] "<filename>"
ll [<address_space>] "<filename>"
Load a file containing a mapping of labels to addresses. If no address space is
specified, the default readspace is used.
The file must contain commands the monitor understands, e.g. add label. The
compiler cc65 can create such label files.
Vice can also load label files created by the Acme assembler. Their syntax is e.g.
"labelname = $1234 ; Maybe a comment". A dot will be added automatically
Chapter 11: Monitor 254

to label names assigned in this way to fit to the Vice label syntax. Normally
the semicolon seperates commands but after an assignment of this kind it may
be used to start a comment to end of line, so unchanged Acme label files can
be fed into Vice.
save_labels [<address_space>] "<filename>"
sl [<address_space>] "<filename>"
Save labels to a file. If no address space is specified, all of the labels are saved.
show_labels [<address_space>]
shl [<address_space>]
Display current label mappings. If no address space is specified, show all labels
from default address space.
clear_labels [<address_space>]
cl [<address_space>]
Clear current label mappings. If no address space is specified, clear all labels
from default address space.

11.11 Profiling commands

Profiling commands are executed through the profile command (alt. abbreviated prof)
followed by subcommand and arguments per below.
profile on
Start profiling and flush old profiling data.
profile off
Stop profiling.
profile flat [<num=20>]
Show flat summary of num top functions sorted by self time.
profile graph [<ctx>] [depth <d>]
Show callgraph up to d levels deep. If ctx is given, zoom on that subtree.
profile func <function>
Show aggregate statistics for a function including callers and callees.
profile disass <function>
Show per-instruction profiling for a given function.
profile context <ctx>
Show detailed context information including per-instruction profiling for a func-
tion a call graph context.
profile clear <function>
Clears all profiling stats for a function.

11.12 Resources commands

resourceget "<resource>"
resget "<resource>"
Displays the value of the resource.
 255

resourceset "<resource>" "<value>"

resset "<resource>" "<value>"
Sets the value of the resource.
load_resources "<file>"
resload "<file>"
Load resources from file.
save_resources "<file>"
ressave "<file>"
Save resources to file.
 256

12 Binary monitor
The binary remote monitor commands are sent over a dedicated connection, specified with
the command line options -binarymonitor & -binarymonitoraddress. See Section 5.17
[Monitor settings], page 107. The remote monitor detects a binary command because it
starts with ASCII STX (0x02). Note that there is no termination character. The command
length acts as synchronisation point.
All multibyte values are in little endian order unless otherwise specified.

12.1 Command Structure

byte 0: 0x02 (STX)
byte 1: API version ID (currently 0x02)
The API version identifies incompatible changes, such as modifying the header
structure, or rearranging or changing the meaning of existing response fields.
The API version does not need to be incremented for additional fields. If all the
variable length fields are prefixed with their lengths then you should be able to
add new ones to any response. The server can assume default values for older
clients, and for newer clients with longer commands it should be able to ignore
the extra fields safely.
byte 2-5: length
Note that the command length does *not* count the STX, the command length,
the command byte, or the request ID. Basically nothing in the header, just the
body.
byte 6-9: request id
In little endian order. All multibyte values are in little endian order, unless
otherwise specified. There is no requirement for this to be unique, but it makes
it easier to match up the responses if you do.
byte 10: The numeric command type
See Section 12.4 [Binary Commands], page 260.
byte 11+: The command body.
See Section 12.4 [Binary Commands], page 260.

12.2 Response Structure

byte 0: 0x02 (STX)
byte 1: API version ID (currently 0x02)
The API version identifies incompatible changes, such as modifying the header
structure, or rearranging or changing the meaning of existing response fields.
The API version does not need to be incremented for additional fields. If all
the variable length fields are prefixed with their lengths then you should be
able to add new ones to any response. The client can assume default values for
older versions of VICE, and for newer versions of VICE with longer responses
it should be able to ignore the extra fields safely.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 257

byte 2-5: response body length. Does not include any header fields
byte 6: response type
This is usually the same as the command ID
byte 7: error code
0x00 OK, everything worked
0x01 The object you are trying to get or set doesn’t exist.
0x02 The memspace is invalid
0x80 Command length is not correct for this command
0x81 An invalid parameter value was present
0x82 The API version is not understood by the server
0x83 The command type is not understood by the server
0x8f The command had parameter values that passed basic checks, but
a general failure occurred

See Section 12.4 [Binary Commands], page 260, for other error
codes
byte 8-11: request ID
This is the request ID given to initiate this response. If the value is 0xffffffff,
Then the response was initiated by an event, such as hitting a checkpoint.
byte 12+: response body.
See Section 12.4 [Binary Commands], page 260.

12.3 Example Exchange

1. Client connects to ip4://127.0.0.1:6502
2. Client sends a command to set a temporary checkpoint:

02 | 02 | 08 00 00 00 | ad de 34 12 | 12 | e2 fc | e3 fc | 01 | 01 | 04 | 01

0x02 Begin command

0x02 API version 2
0x00000008
The command excluding the header is 8 bytes long.
0x1234dead
The request ID is 0x1234dead. The response will contain this ID.
0x12 See Section 12.4.4 [MON CMD CHECKPOINT SET], page 262.
0xfce2 The address range of the checkpoint starts at 0xfce2.
0xfce3 The address range of the checkpoint ends at 0xfce3.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 258

0x01 The checkpoint will cause the emulator to stop.

0x01 The checkpoint is enabled.
0x04 The checkpoint will trigger on exec from 0xfce2 - 0xfce3.
0x01 The checkpoint is temporary.
3. The transmission of any command causes the emulator to stop, similar to the regular
monitor. This causes the server to respond with a list of register values.

02 | 02 | 26 00 00 00 | 31 | 00 | ff ff ff ff | 09 00 [ 03 { 03 | cf e5 } 03 { 00
| 00 00 } ... ]

0x02 Begin response

0x02 API Version 2
0x00000026
Response length is 38
0x31 See Section 12.5.3 [MON RESPONSE REGISTER INFO], page 272.
0x00 No error occurred
0xffffffff
This response was not directly triggered by a command from the client.
0x0009 The register array is 9 items long
PC:
0x03 The register array item is 3 bytes long
0x03 The register is the PC (ID 3) Note: you should find the names
to these IDs using the MON CMD REGISTERS AVAILABLE
command. See Section 12.4.20 [MON CMD REGISTERS AVAILABLE],
page 267. Do not rely on them being consistent.
0xe5cf The register value is 0xe5cf
A:
0x03 The register array item is 3 bytes long
0x00 The register is A (ID 0) Note: you should find the names to
these IDs using the MON CMD REGISTERS AVAILABLE
command. See Section 12.4.20 [MON CMD REGISTERS AVAILABLE],
page 267. Do not rely on them being consistent.
0x0000 The register value is 0x0000
4. After the register information, the server sends a stopped event to indicate that the
emulator is stopped.

02 | 02 | 02 00 00 00 | 62 | 00 | ff ff ff ff | cf e5
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 259

0x02 Begin response

0x02 API Version 2
0x00000002
Response is two bytes long.
0x62 Response type is 0x62, MON RESPONSE STOPPED.
0xffffffff
This response was not directly triggered by a command from the client.
0xe5cf The current program counter
5. The server processes the checkpoint set command, and sends a response to the client.

... | 11 | ... | 02 00 00 00 | 00 | e2 fc | e3 fc | 01 | 01 | 04 | 01 | 00 00 00
00 | 00 00 00 00 | 00
(Some response header fields are omitted (...) for brevity.)

0x11 See Section 12.5.2 [MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO], page 271.
0x00000002
Checkpoint number is 2
0x00 Checkpoint was not hit (as it was just created)
0xfce2 Checkpoint start address
0xfce3 Checkpoint end address
0x01 The checkpoint will cause the emulator to stop.
0x01 The checkpoint is enabled.
0x04 The checkpoint will trigger on exec from 0xfce2 - 0xfce3.
0x01 The checkpoint is temporary.
0x00000000
The checkpoint has been hit zero times.
0x00000000
The checkpoint has been ignored zero times.
6. Client sends a command to continue:

... | aa
(Some command header fields are omitted (...) for brevity.)

0xaa See Section 12.4.26 [MON CMD EXIT], page 270.

Chapter 12: Binary monitor 260

7. Server acknowledges the command:

... | aa | ...
(Some response header fields are omitted (...) for brevity.)

0xaa See Section 12.4.26 [MON CMD EXIT], page 270.

8. Server resumes execution and sends a resume event:

... | 63 | ... | cf e5
(Some response header fields are omitted (...) for brevity.)

0x63 See Section 12.5.6 [MON RESPONSE RESUMED], page 273.

0xe5cf Program counter is currently at 0xe5cf
9. Some time later, the server hits the breakpoint. This causes it to emit a checkpoint
response. This is identical to the previous checkpoint response, except that it is marked
as "hit" and the hit and ignore counts are updated.
10. The server emits the register information and the stopped event when reentering the
monitor, as seen previously.

12.4 Commands
These are the possible command types and responses, without the header portions men-
tioned above.

12.4.1 Memory get (0x01)

Reads a chunk of memory from a start address to an end address (inclusive).
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: side effects?
Should the read cause side effects?
byte 1-2: start address
byte 3-4: end address
byte 5: memspace
Describes which part of the computer you want to read:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 261

byte 6-7: bank ID

Describes which bank you want. This is dependent on your machine.
See Section 12.4.19 [MON CMD BANKS AVAILABLE], page 267. If the
memspace selected doesn’t support banks, this value is ignored.
Response type:
0x01: MON RESPONSE MEM GET
Response body:
byte 0-1: The length of the memory segment. Will be zero for start 0x0000, end 0xffff.
byte 2+: The memory at the address.
12.4.2 Memory set (0x02)
Writes a chunk of memory from a start address to an end address (inclusive).
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: side effects?
Should the write cause side effects?
byte 1-2: start address
byte 3-4: end address
byte 5: memspace
Describes which part of the computer you want to write:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
byte 6-7: bank ID
Describes which bank you want. This is dependent on your machine.
See Section 12.4.19 [MON CMD BANKS AVAILABLE], page 267. If the
memspace selected doesn’t support banks, this byte is ignored.
byte 8+: Memory contents to write
Response type:
0x02: MON RESPONSE MEM SET
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.3 Checkpoint get (0x11)

Gets any type of checkpoint. (break, watch, trace)
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0-3: checkpoint number
See Section 12.5.2 [MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO], page 271.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 262

12.4.4 Checkpoint set (0x12)

Sets any type of checkpoint. This combines the functionality of several textual commands
(break, watch, trace) into one, as they are all the same with only minor variations. To set
conditions, see Section 12.4.8 [MON CMD CONDITION SET], page 263, after executing
this one.
Command body:
byte 0-1: start address
byte 2-3: end address
byte 4: stop when hit
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 5: enabled
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 6: CPU operation
>=0x01: load, 0x02: store, 0x04: exec
byte 7: temporary
Deletes the checkpoint after it has been hit once. This is similar to "until"
command, but it will not resume the emulator.
byte 8 (optional): memspace
Describes which part of the computer to checkpoint:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
See Section 12.5.2 [MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO], page 271.

12.4.5 Checkpoint delete (0x13)

Deletes any type of checkpoint. (break, watch, trace)
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0-3: checkpoint number
Response type:
0x13: MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT DELETE
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.6 Checkpoint list (0x14)

Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Currently empty.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 263

Response type:
Emits a series of MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO responses (see Section 12.5.2
[MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO], page 271) followed by
0x14: MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT LIST
Response body:
byte 0-3: The total number of checkpoints
12.4.7 Checkpoint toggle (0x15)
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0-3: Checkpoint number
byte 4: Enabled?
0x00: disabled, 0x01: enabled
Response type:
0x15: MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT TOGGLE
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.8 Condition set (0x22)

Sets a condition on an existing checkpoint. It is not currently possible to retrieve conditions
after setting them.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0-3: checkpoint number
byte 4: condition expression length
byte 5+: condition expression string
This is the same format used on the command line. Not null terminated.
Response type:
0x22: MON RESPONSE CONDITION SET
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.9 Registers get (0x31)

Get details about the registers
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: memspace
Describes which part of the computer you want to read:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 264

• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
See Section 12.5.3 [MON RESPONSE REGISTER INFO], page 272.

12.4.10 Registers set (0x32)

Set the register values
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: memspace
Describes which part of the computer you want to write:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
byte 1-2: The count of the array items
byte 3+: An array with items of structure:
byte 0: Size of the item, excluding this byte
byte 1: ID of the register
byte 2-3: register value
See Section 12.5.3 [MON RESPONSE REGISTER INFO], page 272.

12.4.11 Dump (0x41)

Saves the machine state to a file.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: Save ROMs to snapshot file?
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 1: Save disks to snapshot file?
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 2: Length of filename
byte 3+: Filename
The filename to save the snapshot to.
Response type:
0x41: MON RESPONSE DUMP
Response body:
Currently empty.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 265

12.4.12 Undump (0x42)

Loads the machine state from a file.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: Length of filename
byte 1+: Filename
The filename to load the snapshot from.
Response type:
0x42: MON RESPONSE UNDUMP
Response body:
byte 0-1: The current program counter position
12.4.13 Resource Get (0x51)
Get a resource value from the emulator. See Section “Settings and resources” in Settings
and resources.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: Length of resource name
byte 1+: Resource name
Response type:
0x51: MON RESPONSE RESOURCE GET
Response body:
byte 0: Type of the resource
0x00: String, 0x01: Integer
byte 1: Length of the value
byte 2+: The value
12.4.14 Resource Set (0x52)
Set a resource value in the emulator. See Section “Settings and resources” in Settings and
resources.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
1 byte: Type of the resource value
0x00: String, 0x01: Integer
Strings will be interpreted if the destination is an Integer.
1 byte: Resource name length = (&name)
(*name) bytes: The resource name
1 byte: Resource value length = (&value)
(*value) bytes: The resource value
Response type:
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 266

0x52: MON RESPONSE RESOURCE SET

Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.15 Advance Instructions (0x71)

Step over a certain number of instructions.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: Step over subroutines?
Should subroutines count as a single instruction?
byte 1-2: How many instructions to step over.
Response type:
0x71: MON RESPONSE ADVANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.16 Keyboard feed (0x72)

Add text to the keyboard buffer.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Minimum API version: 2
Command body:
byte 0: Length of text
byte 1+: The text, in PETSCII
Response type:
0x72: MON RESPONSE KEYBOARD FEED
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.17 Execute until return (0x73)

Continues execution and returns to the monitor just after the next RTS or RTI is executed.
This command is the same as "return" in the text monitor.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Currently empty.
Response type:
0x73: MON RESPONSE EXECUTE UNTIL RETURN
Response body:
Currently empty.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 267

12.4.18 Ping (0x81)

Get an empty response
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Always empty
Response type:
0x81: MON RESPONSE PING
Response body:
Always empty

12.4.19 Banks available (0x82)

Gives a listing of all the bank IDs for the running machine with their names.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Currently empty.
Response type:
0x82: MON RESPONSE BANKS AVAILABLE
Response body:
byte 0-1: The count of the array items
byte 2+: An array with items of structure:
byte 0: Size of the item, excluding this byte
byte 1-2: bank ID
byte 3: Name length
byte 4+: Name
12.4.20 Registers available (0x83)
Gives a listing of all the registers for the running machine with their names.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: memspace
Describes which part of the computer you want to read:
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11
Response type:
0x82: MON RESPONSE REGISTERS AVAILABLE
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 268

Response body:
byte 0-1: The count of the array items
byte 2+: An array with items of structure:
byte 0: Size of the item, excluding this byte
byte 1: ID of the register
byte 2: Size of the register in bits
byte 3: Length of name
byte 4+: Name
12.4.21 Display Get (0x84)
Gets the current screen in a requested bit format.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Minimum API version: 2
Command body:
byte 0: USE VIC-II?
Must be included, but ignored for all but the C128. If true, (>=0x01) the screen
returned will be from the VIC-II. If false (0x00), it will be from the VDC.
byte 1: Format
0x00: Indexed, 8 bit

Response type:
0x84: MON RESPONSE DISPLAY GET
Response body:
4 bytes: Length of the fields before the display buffer
2 bytes: Debug width of display buffer (uncropped)
The largest width the screen gets.
2 bytes: Debug height of display buffer (uncropped)
The largest height the screen gets.
2 bytes: X offset
X offset to the inner part of the screen.
2 bytes: Y offset
Y offset to the inner part of the screen.
2 bytes: Width of the inner part of the screen.
2 bytes: Height of the inner part of the screen.
1 byte: Bits per pixel of display buffer, 8
4 bytes: Length of display buffer = (&buffer)
(*buffer) bytes: Display buffer data
12.4.22 VICE info (0x85)
Get general information about VICE. Currently returns the versions.
Minimum VICE version: 3.6
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 269

Command body:
Always empty
Response type:
0x85: MON RESPONSE VICE INFO
Response body:
1 byte: Length of main version = (&main)
(*main) bytes: Main version
In linear format. For example 0x03, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00 for 3.5.0.0
1 byte: Length of SVN revision = (&rev)
(*rev) bytes: SVN revision
In little endian format. Returns zero if it’s not an SVN build.

12.4.23 Palette get (0x91)

Get the colors in the current palette
Minimum VICE version: 3.6
Command body:
byte 0: USE VIC-II?
Must be included, but ignored for all but the C128. If true, (>=0x01) the screen
returned will be from the VIC-II. If false (0x00), it will be from the VDC.
Response type:
0x91: MON RESPONSE PALETTE GET
Response body:
byte 0-1: The number of palette items.
byte 2+: An array with items of structure:
byte 0: Size of the item, excluding this byte
byte 1: Red
byte 2: Green
byte 3: Blue
12.4.24 Joyport set (0xa2)
Set the simulated joyport value.
Minimum VICE version: 3.6
Command body:
byte 0-1: The port to set the value on
byte 2-3: The value to set
Response type:
0xa2: MON RESPONSE JOYPORT SET
Response body:
Currently empty.
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 270

12.4.25 Userport set (0xb2)

Set the simulated userport value.
Minimum VICE version: 3.6
Command body:
byte 0-1: The value to set
Response type:
0xb2: MON RESPONSE USERPORT SET
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.26 Exit (0xaa)

Exit the monitor until the next breakpoint.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Currently empty.
Response type:
0xaa: MON RESPONSE EXIT
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.27 Quit (0xbb)

Quits VICE.
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
Currently empty.
Response type:
0xbb: MON RESPONSE QUIT
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.28 Reset (0xcc)

Reset the system or a drive
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: What to reset
• 0x00: Reset system
• 0x01: Power cycle system
• 0x08 - 0x0b: Reset drives 8 - 11
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 271

Response type:
0xcc: MON RESPONSE RESET
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.4.29 Autostart / autoload (0xdd)

Load a program then return to the monitor
Minimum VICE version: 3.5
Command body:
byte 0: Run after loading?
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 1-2: File index
The index of the file to execute, if a disk image. 0x00 is the default value.
byte 3: Length of filename
byte 4+: Filename
The filename to autoload.
Response type:
0xdd: MON RESPONSE AUTOSTART
Response body:
Currently empty.

12.5 Responses
These responses are generated by many different commands, or by certain events. Events
are generated with a request ID of 0xffffffff, so that they can be easily distinguished from
regular requests.

12.5.1 Invalid Response (0x00)

This response type is returned for errors.
Response type:
0x00: MON RESPONSE INVALID
Response body:
Usually empty

12.5.2 Checkpoint Response (0x11)

This response is generated by hitting a checkpoint, or by many of the checkpoint commands.
See Section 12.4.3 [MON CMD CHECKPOINT GET], page 261.
See Section 12.4.4 [MON CMD CHECKPOINT SET], page 262.
See Section 12.4.6 [MON CMD CHECKPOINT LIST], page 262.
Response type:
0x11: MON RESPONSE CHECKPOINT INFO
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 272

Response body:
byte 0-3: Checkpoint number
byte 4: Currently hit?
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 5-6: start address
byte 7-8: end address
byte 9: stop when hit
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 10: enabled
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 11: CPU operation
0x01: load, 0x02: store, 0x04: exec
byte 12: temporary
Deletes the checkpoint after it has been hit once. This is similar to "until"
command, but it will not resume the emulator.
byte 13-16: hit count
byte 17-20: ignore count
byte 21: Has condition?
>=0x01: true, 0x00: false
byte 22: memspace
• 0x00: main memory
• 0x01: drive 8
• 0x02: drive 9
• 0x03: drive 10
• 0x04: drive 11

12.5.3 Register Response (0x31)

Response type:
0x31: MON RESPONSE REGISTER INFO
Response body:
byte 0-1: The count of the array items
byte 2+: An array with items of structure:
byte 0: Size of the item, excluding this byte
byte 1: ID of the register
byte 2-3: register value
12.5.4 JAM Response (0x61)
When the CPU jams
Response type:
0x61: MON RESPONSE JAM
Response body:
byte 0-1: The current program counter position
Chapter 12: Binary monitor 273

12.5.5 Stopped Response (0x62)

When the machine stops for the monitor, either due to hitting a checkpoint or stepping.
Response type:
0x62: MON RESPONSE STOPPED
Response body:
byte 0-1: The current program counter position
12.5.6 Resumed Response (0x63)
When the machine resumes execution for any reason.
Response type:
0x63: MON RESPONSE RESUMED
Response body:
byte 0-1: The current program counter position

12.6 Example Projects

Here’s a short list of some projects using the binary monitor interface:

C64 Studio IDE for assembly and BASIC projects, geared toward game devel-
opment.
https://github.com/GeorgRottensteiner/C64Studio

VICE Binary Monitor A cross platform .NET 5 library that implements a bridge for
Bridge for .NET communication with the VICE binary monitor.
https://github.com/MihaMarkic/vice-bridge-net

IceBro Lite IceBro Lite is a source-level debugger with a graphical user inter-
face (GUI).
https://github.com/Sakrac/IceBroLite

VS65 Debugger Visual Studio Code extension to debug CC65 projects.

https://github.com/empathicqubit/vscode-cc65-debugger

VS64 The VS64 extension makes it easy to build, debug, inspect and
run C64 assembly code from Visual Studio Code.
https://github.com/rolandshacks/vs64
 274

13 c1541
VICE is provided with a complete stand-alone disk image maintenance utility, called c1541.
The syntax is:
c1541 [IMAGE1 [IMAGE2]] [COMMAND1 COMMAND2 ... COMMANDN]
IMAGE1 and IMAGE2 are disk image names that can be attached before c1541 starts. c1541
can handle up to two disk images at the same time by using two virtual built-in drives,
numbered 8 and 9; IMAGE1 (if present) is always attached to drive 8, while IMAGE2 is
attached to drive 9.
COMMANDs specified on the command-line all begin with the minus sign (-); if present, c1541
executes them in the same order as they are on the command line and returns a zero error
code if they were successful. If any of the COMMANDs fails, c1541 stops and returns a nonzero
error code.
If no COMMANDs are specified at all, c1541 enters interactive mode, where you can type
commands manually. Commands in interactive mode are the same as commands in batch
mode, but do not require a leading -.
As with the monitor, file name completion and command line editing with history are
provided. Use the command ‘quit’ or press C-d to exit.

13.1 Specifying files in c1541

When accessing CBM DOS files (i.e. files that reside on disk images), c1541 uses a special
syntax that lets you access files on both drive 8 and 9. If you prepend the file name with @8:
or @9:, you will specified that file is to be found or created on drive 8 and 9, respectively.
For instance,
@8:somefile
will name file named somefile on unit 8, while
@9:somefile
will name file named somefile on unit 9.

13.2 Using quotes and backslashes

You can use quotes (") in a command to embed spaces into file names. For instance,
read some file
will read file some from the disk image and write it into the file system as file, while
read "some file"
will copy some file into the file system, with the name some file.
The backslash character (\) has a special meaning too: it lets you literally insert the
following character no matter what it is. For example,
read some\ file
will copy file some file into the file system, while
read some\ file this\"file
will copy some file into the file system with name this"file (with an embedded quote).
Chapter 13: c1541 275

13.3 c1541 commands and options

This is a list of the c1541 commands. They are shown in their interactive form, without the
leading -. Square brackets [] indicate an optional part, and "<COMMAND>" translates to
a disk command according to CBM DOS, like "i0" for example.
@ [<command>]
Execute specified CBM DOS command and print the current status of the drive.
If no command is specified, just print the status.
? [<command>]
Explain specified command. If no command is specified, list available ones.
attach <diskimage> [<unit>]
Attach diskimage to unit (default unit is 8).
bam [<unit>] | <track-min> <track-max> [<unit>]
Show the BAM of unit, optionally displaying only the entries for track-min
to track-max
bcopy <src-trk> <src-sec> <dst-trk> <dst-sec> [<src-unit> [<dst-unit>]]
Copy a block to another block, optionally specifying different source and desti-
nation units. The block is copied using all 256 bytes.
bfill <track> <sector> <value> [<unit>]
Fill a block with a single value.
block <track> <sector> [<offset> [<unit>]]
Show specified disk block in hex form.
bpoke [@unit:<unit>] <track> <sector> <offset> <data ...>
Store one or more bytes of data into a block. The data can be specified using
prefixes:
0b or % binary value (‘%11111111‘)
& octal value (‘&377‘)
0x or $ hexadecimal value (‘$ff‘)
The <unit> is optional, and when used must use the CBM DOS notation for
the unit number, for example ‘@9:‘.
bpeek [@unit:<unit>] <track> <sector> [<start> [<end>]]
Print one or more bytes of track,sector.
bread <filename> <track> <sector> [<unit>]
Read a block from a disk image and write it to the host filesystem as filename.
bwrite <filename> <track> <sector> [<unit>]
Write data from the host filesystem using filename as input. At most 256
bytes are written to the disk image.
cd <dir> Change the current working directory to dir.
chain <track> <sector> [<unit>] | <filename>
Show block chain starting at (track, sector), or alternatively use filename
to show the block chain of a file in the directory. The last number shown is the
number of bytes used in the final block.
Chapter 13: c1541 276

copy <source1> [<source2> ... <sourceN>] <destination>

Copy source1 . . . sourceN into destination. If N > 1, destination must be
a simple drive specifier (@n:). To copy a REL file, specify the <source> with a
,L file type suffix.
delete <file1> [<file2> ... <fileN>]
Delete the specified files.
disable-libdebug-output
Disable output of src/lib.c’s leak list. This is a debug hook for the c1541 test
bench.
exit Exit (same as quit).
entry [+side] <file1> [<file2> ... <fileN>]
Show the directory entries of the given files in full detail. If the +side option
is present, and it is a RELative file, it also shows all side sectors.
extract Extract all the files to the file system.
format <diskname,id> [<type> <imagename>] [<unit>]
If unit is specified, format the disk in unit unit. If type and imagename are
specified, create a new image named imagename, attach it to unit 8 and format
it. type is a disk image type, and must be either x64, d64 (both VC1541/2031),
g64 (VC1541/2031 but in GCR coding), d71 (VC1571), g71 (VC1571 but in
GCR coding), d81 (VC1581), d80 (CBM8050), d82 (CBM8250/1001), or d90
(CBM D9090). Otherwise, format the disk in the current unit, if any.
geosread <source> [<destination>]
Read GEOS <source> from the disk image and copy it as a Convert file into
<destination> in the file system. If <destination> is not specified, copy it into a
file with the same name as <source>.
geoswrite <source>
Write GOES Convert file <source> from the file system on a disk image.
geosextract <source>
Extract all the files to the file system and GEOS Convert them.
help [<command>]
Explain specified command. If no command is specified, list available ones.
info [<unit>]
Display information about unit unit (if unspecified, use the current one).
list [<pattern>]
dir [<pattern>]
List files matching pattern (default is all files).
name <diskname>[,<id>] <unit>
Change image name.
p00save <enable> [<unit>]
Save P00 files to the file system.
Chapter 13: c1541 277

pwd Print current working directory.

quit Exit (same as exit).
read <source> [<destination>]
Read source from the disk image and copy it into destination in the file
system. If destination is not specified, copy it into a file with the same name
as source. By default PRG files are copied. To copy SEQ files add ,s (i.e.
the usual DOS file specification syntax). REL files can be copied by adding ,l.
Don’t specify the record length, c1541 will determine it automatically.
rename <oldname> <newname>
Rename oldname into newname. The files must be on the same drive.
tape <t64name> [<file1> ... <fileN>]
Extract files from a T64 image.
unit <number>
Make unit number the current unit.
unlynx <lynxname> [<unit>]
Extract the specified Lynx image file into the specified unit (default is the
current unit).
validate [<unit>]
Validate the disk in unit unit. If unit is not specified, validate the disk in the
current unit.
verbose ["off"]
Enable or disable verbose output.
version Show C1541 version string
write <source> [<destination>]
Write source from the file system into destination on a disk image.
To create a REL file, you must specify the destination including the record
length. As a special convenience, you can give it in decimal. Example: write
fsname imgname,l,100 Note that the size of the file may be rounded up to fill
the last sector.
unzip <d64name> <zipname> [<label,id>]
Create a D64 disk image out of a set of four Zipcoded files named 1!zipname,
2!zipname, 3!zipname and 4!zipname.

13.4 Executing shell commands

If you want to execute a shell command from within c1541, just prepend it with an excla-
mation mark (!). For example,
!ls -la
will execute the command ls -la, which will show you all the files in the current directory.
Chapter 13: c1541 278

13.5 c1541 examples

c1541 -attach test.d64 -list
Attach test.d64 and show directory.
c1541 -attach test.d64 -write test.prg testfile
Write test.prg to test.d64 as testfile.
c1541 -format "name,id" d64 disk.d64
Create a disk image in d64 format, format it with the name and id and save it
to disk.d64.
c1541 opencbm -list
Show directory from a 1541 drive connected via OpenCBM.
 279

14 cartconv
The cartconv program is a cartridge conversion utility, it can convert between binary and
.crt images and it can ’insert’ binary and/or .crt images into the EPROM type of cartridges.
convert: cartconv [-r] [-q|-v] [-t cart type] [-s cart revision] -i "input name" -o "outp
print info: cartconv [-r] [-q|-v] -f "input name"
check file: cartconv [-r] [-q|-v] -c "input name"

-f <name> print info on file

-c --check <name> check file
-r repair mode (accept broken/invalid input files)
-p accept non padded binaries as input
-b output all banks (do not optimize the .crt file)
-t <type> or <crtid> output cart type
-s <rev> output cart revision/subtype
-i <name> input filename
-o <name> output filename
-n <name> crt cart name
-l <addr> load address
-q quiet
-v --verbose verbose
--types show the supported cart types
--version print cartconv version
--options-file <filename> write options for reverting the conversion into a file (for test

14.1 cartconv command line options

The cartconv program has the following parameters:
-i "input name"
This parameter is mandatory, it should contain the name of the binary/.crt file
you want to convert. For the EPROM type of cartridges this parameter can be
used multiple times to insert images into the resulting file.
-o "output name"
This parameter is mandatory, it should contain the name of the binary/.crt file
you want to convert the input file to.
-t carttype
This parameter is optional. It is only needed when converting to a .crt file. See
below for the supported cartridge types.
-s revision
This parameter is optional. It is only needed when converting to a .crt file.
See the detailed description of the .crt format for which types support sub-
types/revisions.
-n "cart name"
This parameter is optional and is used as the cartridge name when creating a
.crt file. By default the cartridge name will be set to the cartridge type.
Chapter 14: cartconv 280

-l loadaddress
This parameter is optional and is used as the load-address when converting a
.crt file to a .prg file, or when converting to a generic type .crt file.
-f "input name"
This parameter is optional, and is meant to output information about the named
file. It can’t be used in conjuction with any of the other parameters.
-c "input name"
--check "input name"
Works similar to -f, but does not output anything except on errors. On errors
it will also make cartconv exit with an exitcode of -1.
-r This parameter is optional, it enables repair mode (accept broken input files)
-p This parameter is optional, when it is given cartconv will accept input files that
do not match the cartridge sizes (useful for development).
-b This parameter is optional, when it is given cartconv will not omit banks that
are empty (filled with $ff).
-q This parameter is optional, it disables all non-error messages
-v
--verbose
This parameter is optional, it enables more verbose messages
--types This parameter is optional. It shows all supported cartridge types (see below).

--version
Show cartconv version string and exit
--options-file <filename>
This parameter is optional. If present, cartconv writes options for reverting the
conversion into a file, this is mostly useful for the test script.

14.2 cartconv supported cartridge types

The following cartridge types are supported:
bin Binary .bin file (Default crt->bin)
prg Binary C64 .prg file with load-address
C64 cartridges:
normal Generic 8KiB/12KiB/16KiB .crt file (Default bin->crt)
ulti Ultimax mode 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB .crt file
ap Atomic Power .crt file
ar2 Action Replay MK2 .crt file
ar3 Action Replay MK3 .crt file
ar4 Action Replay MK4 .crt file
Chapter 14: cartconv 281

ar5 Action Replay V5 .crt file

bis BIS-Plus .crt file
bb3 Blackbox V3 .crt file
bb4 Blackbox V4 .crt file
bb8 Blackbox V8 .crt file
bb9 Blackbox V9 .crt file
cap Capture .crt file
comal Comal 80 .crt file
dep256 Dela EP256 .crt file, extra files can be inserted (1)(2)
dep64 Dela EP64 .crt file, extra files can be inserted (1)
dep7x8 Dela EP7x8 .crt file, extra files can be inserted (1)(2)(3)
din Dinamic .crt file
dsm Diashow-Maker .crt file
easy EasyFlash .crt file
ecr Easy Calc Result .crt file
epyx Epyx FastLoad .crt file
exos EXOS .crt file
expert Expert Cartridge .crt file
f64 Formel 64 .crt file
fc1 The Final Cartridge .crt file
fc3 The Final Cartridge III .crt file
fcp Final Cartridge Plus .crt file
ff Freeze Frame .crt file
ff2 Freeze Frame MK2 .crt file
fm Freeze Machine .crt file
fp Fun Play .crt file
gk Game Killer .crt file
gmod2 GMod2 .crt file
gmod3 GMod3 .crt file
gs C64 Games System .crt file
hyper Hyper-Basic .crt file
ide64 IDE64 .crt file
ieee IEEE-488 Interface .crt file
Chapter 14: cartconv 282

ieeeflash64
IEEE Flash! 64 interface .crt file
kcs KCS Power Cartridge .crt file
ks Kingsoft .crt file
ltk Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor .crt file
mach5 MACH 5 .crt file
md Magic Desk .crt file
mf Magic Formel .crt file
max MAX Basic .crt file
mikro Mikro Assembler .crt file
mmc64 MMC64 .crt file
mmcr MMC Replay .crt file
mv Magic Voice .crt file
mm MultiMAX .crt file
ocean Ocean .crt file
p64 Prophet64 .crt file
pf Pagefox .crt file
partner64
Partner 64 .crt file
rep256 REX 256KiB EPROM Cart .crt file, extra files can be inserted (1)(2)(3)
rgcd RGCD .crt file
ross ROSS .crt file
rr Retro Replay .crt file
rrnet RR-Net MK3 .crt file
rrf REX RAM-Floppy .crt file
ru REX Utility .crt file
sdbox SD-BOX .crt file
s64 Snapshot 64 .crt file
sb Structured BASIC .crt file
se5 Super Explode V5.0 .crt file
sg Super Games .crt file
silver Silverrock 128KiB Cartridge .crt file
simon Simons’ BASIC .crt file
Chapter 14: cartconv 283

ss4 Super Snapshot V4 .crt file

ss5 Super Snapshot V5 .crt file
star Stardos .crt file
turtle Turtle Graphics II .crt file
wl Westermann Learning .crt file
ws Warp Speed .crt file
zaxxon Zaxxon .crt file
zipp ZIPP-CODE 48 .crt file
• (1) insertion of 32KiB EPROM files supported.
• (2) insertion of 8KiB .crt/binary files supported.
• (3) insertion of 16KiB .crt/binary files supported.
C128 cartridges:
c128 generic C128 cartridge ("external function ROM")
comal128 Comal 80
gmod128 Gmod2-C128
md128 Magic Desk 128
partner128
Partner 128
ws128 Warpspeed128
VIC20 cartridges:
vic20 Generic 8KiB/12KiB/16KiB cartridge
bb Behr Bonz
fe3 Final Expansion
mega Mega-Cart
um UltiMem
vicfp Vic Flash Plugin
PLUS4 cartridges:
plus4 Generic 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB/32KiB cartridge
c1lo Generic 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB C1LO cartridge
c1hi Generic 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB C1HI cartridge
c2lo Generic 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB C2LO cartridge
c2hi Generic 4KiB/8KiB/16KiB C2HI cartridge
jacint 1MB Cartridge
magic c264 magic cart
multi Plus4 multi cart
CBM2 cartridges:
TODO - not implemented yet
Chapter 14: cartconv 284

14.3 cartconv examples

cartconv -i foo.crt -o foo.bin
Convert a .crt file to a binary file with no load-address.
cartconv -t prg -i foo.crt -o foo.prg
Convert a .crt file to a .prg file with default load-address.
cartconv -t prg -l 49152 -i foo.crt -o foo.prg
Convert a .crt file to a .prg file with 49152 as the load-address.
cartconv -t ocean -i foo.bin -o foo.crt
Convert a binary file to an ocean type cartridge.
cartconv -t dep64 -i dep64.bin -i eprom.prg -o foo.crt
Inserting a 32KiB EPROM file into an dep64 type cartridge.
• step 1 : use the dep64 binary file in VICE as a generic 8KiB cartridge.
• step 2 : generate an EPROM file.
• step 3 : get the EPROM file to the host computer.
• step 4 : insert the EPROM file into the final dep64 .crt file:
cartconv -t dep256 -i dep256.bin -i somegame.crt -o foo.crt
Insert an 8KiB .crt file into a dep256 type cartridge.
cartconv -t rep256 -i rep256.bin -i foo1.crt -i foo2.crt -i foo3.crt -o foo.crt
Insert multiple 8KiB .crt files into a rep256 type cartridge.
cartconv -f foo.crt
Get information about a .crt file.
 285

15 petcat
The petcat program is a text conversion utility, it can convert between ASCII, PETSCII
and tokenized BASIC.

15.1 petcat command line options

-help Output help text
-? Same as above
-version show petcat version string and exit
-v verbose output
-c controls (interpret also control codes) (default if textmode)
-nc no controls (suppress control codes in printout) (default if non-textmode)
-qc convert all non alphanumeric characters inside quotes into controlcodes
-ic interpret control codes case-insensitive
-d output raw codes in decimal
-h write header (default if output is stdout)
-nh no header (default if output is a file)
-skip <n> Skip <n> bytes in the beginning of input file. Ignored on P00.
-text Force text mode
-<version>
use keywords for <version> instead of the v7.0 ones
-w<version>
tokenize using keywords on specified Basic version.
-k<version>
list all keywords for the specified Basic version
-k list all Basic versions available.
-l Specify load address for program (in hex, no loading chars!).
-o <name> Specify the output file name
-f Force overwritten the output file. The default depends on the BASIC version.
BASIC Versions:
10 Basic v10.0 (C65/C64DX)
1p Basic v1.0 (PET)
2 Basic v2.0 (C64/VIC20/PET)
3 Basic v3.5 (C16)
40 Basic v4.0 (PET/CBM2)
Chapter 15: petcat 286

4e Basic v2.0 with Basic v4.0 extension (C64)

4v Basic v2.0 with Basic v4.0 extension (VIC20)
5 Basic v2.0 with Basic v5.0 extension (VIC20)
65 Basic v65.0 (Mega65)
70 Basic v7.0 (C128)
71 Basic v7.0 with Basic v7.1 extension (C128)
a Basic v2.0 with AtBasic (C64)
bk Basic v2.0 with Kipper Basic (C64)
blarg Basic v2.0 with Blarg (C64)
bob Basic v2.0 with Basic on Bails (C64)
bsx Basic v2.0 with Basex (C64)
bwarsaw Basic v2.0 with Warsaw Basic (C64)
bws Basic v2.0 with WS Basic (C64)
bwsf Basic v2.0 with WS Basic final (C64)
drago Basic v2.0 with Drago basic v2.2 (C64)
easy Basic v2.0 with Easy Basic (VIC20)
eve Basic v2.0 with Eve Basic (C64)
exp20 Basic v2.0 with Expanded Basic (VIC20)
exp64 Basic v2.0 with Expanded Basic (C64)
f Basic v2.0 with Final Cartridge III (C64)
game Basic v2.0 with Game Basic (C64)
graph Basic v2.0 with Graphics basic (C64)
lightning
Basic v2.0 with Basic Lightning (C64)
magic Basic v2.0 with Magic Basic (C64)
mighty Basic v2.0 with Mighty Basic by Craig Bruce (VIC20)
pegasus Basic v2.0 with Pegasus Basic v4.0 (C64)
reu Basic v2.0 with REU-Basic (C64)
simon Basic v2.0 with Simons’ Basic extension (C64)
speech Basic v2.0 with Speech Basic v2.7 (C64)
superbas Basic v2.0 with Super Basic (C64)
superexp Basic v2.0 with Super Expander (VIC20)
supergra Basic v2.0 with Supergrafik 64 (C64)
Chapter 15: petcat 287

sxc Basic v2.0 with Super Expander Chip (C64)

tt64 Basic v2.0 with The Tool 64 (C64)
turtle Basic v2.0 with Turtle Basic by Craig Bruce (VIC20)
ultra Basic v2.0 with Ultrabasic-64 (C64)
xbasic Basic v2.0 with Xbasic (C64)

15.2 petcat examples

petcat -2 -o outputfile.txt -- inputfile.prg
De-tokenize, Convert inputfile.prg to a text file in outputfile.txt, using BASIC
V2 only
petcat -wsimon -o outputfile.prg -- inputfile.txt
Tokenize, Convert inputfile.txt to a PRG file in outputfile.prg, using Simons’
BASIC
petcat -text -o outputfile.txt -- inputfile.seq
Convert inputfile.seq to a Ascii text file in outputfile.txt.
petcat -text -w2 -o outputfile.seq -- inputfile.txt
Convert inputfile.txt to a Petscii text SEQ file in outputfile.seq.
 288

16 The emulator file formats

This chapter gives a technical description of the various files supported by the emulators.

16.1 The raw tape image format

(This section is based on v1.1 TAP specification by Per Hakan Sundell and Markus Brenner,
additional format v2 expansion by Markus Brenner, plus some editing by groepaz, with some
more VICE extensions)
Designed by Per Hakan Sundell (author of the CCS64 C64 emulator) in 1997, this format
attempts to duplicate the data stored on a cassette tape, bit for bit. Since it is simply
a representation of the raw serial data from a tape, it should handle *any* custom tape
loaders that exist.
The TAP images are generally very large, being a minimum of eight times, and up to sixteen
times as large as what a raw PRG file would be. This is due to the way the data is stored,
with each bit of the original file now being one byte large in the TAP file. The layout is
fairly simple, with a small 14-byte header followed by file data.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 2D 54 41 50 45 2D 52 41 57 00 00 00 00 C64-TAPE-RAW????
0010: 51 21 08 00 2F 0F 0D 31 64 1D 26 0D 07 21 0A 12 Q!??/??1d?&??!??
0020: 4A 2F 2C 34 07 18 0D 31 07 04 23 04 0D 42 0D 1E J/,4???1??#??B??
0030: 34 04 42 0D 20 15 5E 04 0D 18 61 0D 26 29 34 0D 4?B???^???a?&)4?
0040: 23 0D 07 0A 3F 55 04 0A 13 3F 07 0D 12 2B 18 0A #????U???????+??
Offset Description
$0000-000B File signature (C64-TAPE-RAW (v0 and v1) or C16-TAPE-RAW (v2 only))
$000C TAP version (see below for description), $00 - Original layout, $01 -
Updated, $02 - Halfwave Extension
$000D Computer Platform (0 = C64, 1 = VIC-20, 2 = C16, Plus/4, 3 = PET,
4 = C5x0, 5 = C6x0, C7x0)
$000E Video Standard (0 = PAL, 1 = NTSC, 2 = OLD NTSC, 3 = PALN)
$000F reserved for future expansion
$0010-0013 File data size (not including this header, in LOW/HIGH format) i.e.
The above example image is $00082151 bytes long.
$0014-xxxx File data
In TAP version $00 files, each data byte in the file data area represents the length of
a pulse, when the hardware will trigger again. This pulse length is determined by the
following formula:
pulse length (in seconds) = (8 * data byte) / (clock cycles)
A data value of $00 represents an "overflow" condition, any pulse length which is more that
255 * 8 in length.
For example, assuming the image was made on a PAL C64, a data value of $2F (47 in
decimal) would be:
(47 * 8) / 985248 = .00038975 seconds.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 289

The number of clock cycles per second refer to the clock rate the timers used for the tape
routines in the respective computer system count with, and can be derived from the given
computer platform and video standard, as in the following table:
Computer platform Video standard Timer clock speed
0 = C64 0 = PAL 985248 kHz
1 = NTSC 1022730 kHz
2 = OLD NTSC 1022730 kHz
3 = PAL N 1023440 kHz
1 = VIC-20 0 = PAL 1108405 kHz
1 = NTSC 1022727 kHz
2 = C16 / Plus4 (*) 0 = PAL 886724 kHz
1 = NTSC 894886 kHz
3 = PET 0 = PAL 1000000 kHz
1 = NTSC 1000000 kHz
4 = C5x0 0 = PAL 985248 kHz
1 = NTSC 1022730 kHz
5 = C6x0 / C7x0 0 = PAL 2000000 kHz
1 = NTSC 2000000 kHz
(*) The TED timers always run with the slower clock rate (886724 Hz for PAL machines),
so the length of one TAP pulse should be relative to this frequency.
The original format did not include the "computer platform" and "video system" field, and
the number of clock cycles per second was assumed to always be 985248, as if the tape was
recorded on a PAL C64.
In TAP version $01 files, the data value of $00 has been re-purposed to represent cycle exact
values, which may also be greater than 255 * 8. When a $00 is encountered, three bytes
will follow which are the actual time (in cycles) of a pulse, and the above formula does not
apply. The three bytes are stored in LOW/HIGH format.
TAP Version 2 is an extension made by Markus Brenner for C16 tapes. It is version 1,
but each value represents a halfwave, starting with a ’0’->’1’ transition. The time encoding
doesn’t change.
The actual interpretation of the serial data takes a little more work to explain. The typical
ROM tape loader (and some of the turbo loaders) will initialize a timer with a specified
value and start it counting down. If either the tape data changes or the timer runs out, an
IRQ will occur. The loader will determine which condition caused the IRQ. If the tape data
changed before the timer ran out, we have a short pulse, or a "0" bit. If the timer ran out
first, we have a long pulse, or a "1" bit. Doing this continuously and we decode the entire
file.
Plus4 implementation hints: When playing back a TAP on a Plus/4 emulator, you should
write a routine that sets the CAS READ line to ’0’ for half of the time and ’1’ for the other
half. This should be easy to implement, as your emulator probably counts in units of clock
cycles anyway :) As for writing to a TAP file, you need to watch the CAS WRITE register
(processor port, bit 0x02) and start counting whenever a 0->1 transition happens.

16.2 The T64 tape image format

(This section was taken from the C64S distribution.)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 290

The T64 File Structure was developed by Miha Peternel for use in the C64S emulator. It is
easy to use and allows future extensions.

16.2.1 T64 File structure

Offset Size Description
0 64 tape record
64 32*n file records for n directory entries
64+32*n varies binary contents of the files

16.2.2 Tape Record

Offset Size Description
0 32 DOS tape description + EOF (for type)
32 2 tape version ($0200)
34 2 number of directory entries
36 2 number of used entries (can be 0 in my loader)
38 2 free
40 24 user description as displayed in tape menu

16.2.3 File record

Offset Size Description
0 1 entry type (see below)
1 1 C64 file type
2 2 start address
4 2 end address
6 2 free
8 4 offset of file contents start within T64 file
12 4 free
16 16 C64 file name
Valid entry types are:
Code Explanation
0 free entry
1 normal tape file
2 tape file with header: header is saved just before file data
3 memory snapshot v0.9, uncompressed
4 tape block
5 digitized stream
6 ... reserved
255
Notes:
• VICE only supports file type 1.
• Types 3, 4 and 5 are subject to change (and are rarely used).

16.3 The G64 GCR-encoded disk image format

Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 291

16.3.1 The original format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Ettore Perazzoli.)
This format was defined in 1998 as a cooperative effort between several emulator people,
mainly Per Håkan Sundell, author of the CCS64 C64 emulator, Andreas Boose of the VICE
CBM emulator team and Joe Forster/STA, the author of Star Commander. It was the first
real public attempt to create a format for the emulator community which removed almost
all of the drawbacks of the other existing image formats, namely D64.
The intention behind G64 is not to replace the widely used D64 format, as D64 works fine
with the vast majority of disks in existence. It is intended for those small percentage
of programs which demand to work with the 1541 drive in a non-standard way, such as
reading or writing data in a custom format. The best example is with speeder software
such as Action Cartridge in Warp Save mode or Vorpal which write track/sector data in
another format other than standard GCR. The other obvious example is copy-protected
software which looks for some specific data on a track, like the disk ID, which is not stored
in a standard D64 image.
G64 has a deceptively simply layout for what it is capable of doing. We have a signature,
version byte, some predefined size values, and a series of offsets to the track data and speed
zones. It is what’s contained in the track data areas and speed zones which is really at the
heart of this format.
Each track entry in simply the raw stream of GCR data, just what a read head would see
when a diskette is rotating past it. How the data gets interpreted is up to the program
trying to access the disk. Because the data is stored in such a low-level manner, just about
anything can be done. Most of the time I would suspect the data in the track would be
standard sectors, with SYNC, GAP, header, data and checksums. The arrangement of the
data when it is in a standard GCR sector layout is beyond the scope of this document.
Since it is a flexible format in both track count and track byte size, there is no “standard”
file size. However, given a few constants like 42 tracks and halftracks, a track size of 7928
bytes and no speed offset entries, the typical file size will a minimum of 333744 bytes.
Below is a dump of the header, broken down into its various parts. After that will be an
explanation of the track offset and speed zone offset areas, as they demand much more
explanation.
Addr 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
---- -----------------------------------------------
0000: 47 43 52 2D 31 35 34 31 00 54 F8 1E .. .. .. ..
Offset Description
$0000-0007 File signature (GCR-1541)
$0008 G64 version (presently only $00 defined)
$0009 Number of tracks in image (usually $54, decimal 84)
$000A-000B Size of each stored track in bytes (usually 7928, or $1EF8) in LO/HI
format.
An obvious question here is “why are there 84 tracks defined when a normal D64 disk only
has 35 tracks?” Well, by definition, this image includes all half-tracks, so there are actually
42 tracks and 42 half tracks. The 1541 stepper motor can access up to 42 tracks and the in-
between half-tracks. Even though using more than 35 tracks is not typical, it was important
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 292

to define this format from the start with what the 1541 is capable of doing, and not just
what it typically does.
At first, the defined track size value of 7928 bytes may seem to be arbitrary, but it is not. It
is determined by the fastest write speed possible (speed zone 0), coupled with the average
rotation speed of the disk (300 rpm). After some math, the answer that actually comes up
is 7692 bytes. Why the discrepency between the actual size of 7692 and the defined size
of 7928? Simply put, not all drives rotate at 300 rpm. Some can be faster or slower, so a
upper safety margin of +3% was built added, in case some disks rotate slower and can write
more data. After applying this safety factor, and some rounding-up, 7928 bytes per track
was arrived at.
Also note that this upper limit of 7928 bytes per track really only applies to 1541 and
compatible disks. If this format were applied to another disk type like the SFD1001, this
value would be higher.
Below is a dump of the first section of a G64 file, showing the offsets to the data portion for
each track and half-track entry. Following that is a dump of the speed zone offsets.
Addr 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
---- -----------------------------------------------
0000: .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. AC 02 00 00
0010: 00 00 00 00 A6 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 A0 40 00 00
0020: 00 00 00 00 9A 5F 00 00 00 00 00 00 94 7E 00 00
0030: 00 00 00 00 8E 9D 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 BC 00 00
0040: 00 00 00 00 82 DB 00 00 00 00 00 00 7C FA 00 00
0050: 00 00 00 00 76 19 01 00 00 00 00 00 70 38 01 00
0060: 00 00 00 00 6A 57 01 00 00 00 00 00 64 76 01 00
0070: 00 00 00 00 5E 95 01 00 00 00 00 00 58 B4 01 00
0080: 00 00 00 00 52 D3 01 00 00 00 00 00 4C F2 01 00
0090: 00 00 00 00 46 11 02 00 00 00 00 00 40 30 02 00
00A0: 00 00 00 00 3A 4F 02 00 00 00 00 00 34 6E 02 00
00B0: 00 00 00 00 2E 8D 02 00 00 00 00 00 28 AC 02 00
00C0: 00 00 00 00 22 CB 02 00 00 00 00 00 1C EA 02 00
00D0: 00 00 00 00 16 09 03 00 00 00 00 00 10 28 03 00
00E0: 00 00 00 00 0A 47 03 00 00 00 00 00 04 66 03 00
00F0: 00 00 00 00 FE 84 03 00 00 00 00 00 F8 A3 03 00
0100: 00 00 00 00 F2 C2 03 00 00 00 00 00 EC E1 03 00
0110: 00 00 00 00 E6 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 E0 1F 04 00
0120: 00 00 00 00 DA 3E 04 00 00 00 00 00 D4 5D 04 00
0130: 00 00 00 00 CE 7C 04 00 00 00 00 00 C8 9B 04 00
0140: 00 00 00 00 C2 BA 04 00 00 00 00 00 BC D9 04 00
0150: 00 00 00 00 B6 F8 04 00 00 00 00 00 .. .. .. ..
Offset Description
$000C-000F Offset to stored track 1.0 ($000002AC, in LO/HI format, see below for
more)
$0010-0013 Offset to stored track 1.5 ($00000000)
$0014-0017 Offset to stored track 2.0 ($000021A6)
...
$0154-0157 Offset to stored track 42.0 ($0004F8B6)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 293

$0158-015B Offset to stored track 42.5 ($00000000)

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
0150: .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 03 00 00 00
0160: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
0170: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
0180: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
0190: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
01A0: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
01B0: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
01C0: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
01D0: 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
01E0: 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00
01F0: 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00
0200: 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00
0210: 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
0220: 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
0230: 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
0240: 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0250: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0260: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0270: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0280: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0290: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
02A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 .. .. .. ..
Offset Description
$015C-015F Speed zone entry for track 1 ($03, in LO/HI format, see below for
more)
$0160-0163 Speed zone entry for track 1.5 ($03)
...
$02A4-02A7 Speed zone entry for track 42 ($00)
$02A8-02AB Speed zone entry for track 42.5 ($00)
Starting here at $02AC is the first track entry (from above, it is the first entry for track
1.0)
The track offsets (from above) require some explanation. When one is set to all 0’s, no track
data exists for this entry. If there is a value, it is an absolute reference into the file (starting
from the beginning of the file). From the track 1.0 entry we see it is set for $000002AC.
Going to that file offset, here is what we see. . .
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
02A0: .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 0C 1E FF FF
02B0: FF FF FF 52 54 B5 29 4B 7A 5E 95 55 55 55 55 55
02C0: 55 55 55 55 55 55 FF FF FF FF FF 55 D4 A5 29 4A
02D0: 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52
Offset Description
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 294

$02AC-02AD Actual size of stored track (7692 or $1E0C, in LO/HI format)

$02AE- Track data
02AE+$1E0C
Following the track data is filler bytes. In this case, there are 368 bytes of unused space.
This space can contain anything, but for the sake of those wishing to compress these images
for storage, they should all be set to the same value. In the sample I used, these are all set
to $FF.
Below is a dump of the end of the track 1.0 data area. Note the actual track data ends at
address $20B9, with the rest of the block being unused, and set to $FF.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
1FE0: 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52
1FF0: 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94
2000: A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5
2010: 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29
2020: 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A 52 94 A5 29 4A
2030: 55 55 55 55 55 55 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2040: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2050: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2060: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2070: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2080: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2090: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20A0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20B0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20C0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20D0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20E0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
20F0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2100: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2110: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2120: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2130: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2140: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2150: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2160: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2170: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2180: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
2190: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
21A0: FF FF FF FF FF FF .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
The speed offset entries can be a little more complex. The 1541 has four speed zones defined,
which means the drive can write data at four distinct speeds. On a normal 1541 disk, these
zones are as follows:
Track Range Speed Zone
1-17 3 (highest writing speed)
18-24 2
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 295

25-30 1
31 and up 0 (lowest writing speed)
Note that you can, through custom programming of the 1541, change the speed zone of
any track to something different (change the 3 to a 0) and write data differently. From the
dump of the speed offset entries above, we see that all the entries are in the range of 0-3.
If any entry is less than 4, this is not considered a speed offset but defines the whole track
to be recorded at that one speed.
In the example I had, there were no offsets defined, so no speed zone dump can be shown.
However, I can define what should be there. You will have a block of data, 1982 bytes long.
Each byte is encoded to represent the speed of 4 bytes in the track offset area, and is broken
down as follows:
Speed entry $FF: in binary %11111111
|’|’|’|’
| | | |
| | | +- 4’th byte speed (binary 11, 3 dec)
| | +--- 3’rd byte speed (binary 11, 3 dec)
| +----- 2’nd byte speed (binary 11, 3 dec)
+------- 1’st byte speed (binary 11, 3 dec)
It was very smart thinking to allow for two speed zone settings, one in the offset block and
another defining the speed on a per-byte basis. If you are working with a normal disk,
where each track is one constant speed, then you don’t need the extra blocks of information
hanging around the image, wasting space.
What may not be obvious is the flexibility of this format to add tracks and speed offset
zones at will. If a program decides to write a track out with varying speeds, and no speed
offset exist, a new block will be created by appending it to the end of the image, and the
offset pointer for that track set to point to the new block. If a track has no offset yet,
meaning it doesn’t exist (like a half-track), and one needs to be added, the same procedure
applies. The location of the actual track or speed zone data is not important, meaning they
do not have to be in any particular order since they are all referenced by the offsets at the
beginning of the image.

16.3.2 An extension for double sided disks (Commodore VIC

1571)
Given that a Commodore VIC 1541/1570/1571 can read/write at most 42 tracks per side,
it is quite natural to use the half-tracks from 1 to 84 for the first side and the following 84
half-tracks (i. e. half-track 85 to 168) for the second side.
In order for this to work, byte 9 of the image (i. e. the maximum number of tracks) usually
contains 168 for double sided disks.
To make identifying such images easy, the file signature in the first 8 bytes of such files is
GCR-1571).

16.3.3 Extra mastering info (SPS extension)

G64s created by the DTC tool from Kryoflux dumps contain extra info for each track,
usually at offset $02ac right after the speedzone entries.
First comes the extra info tag:
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 296

Offset Description
$00-$02 extra info tag (EXT) $45,$58,$54
$03 extra info version ($01)
Followed by 16 bytes of extra info for each track in the image:
Offset Description
$00 write splice position
$04 write area size
$08 bitcell size in nanoseconds (eg 3500 means 3.5us)
$0c track fill value
$0d n/a
$0e format code
$0f format extension
A zero value in any of these fields means that the respective default/standard value applies.
Format codes:
ID Description
0 Unknown format
1 GCR Data
2 CBM DOS
3 CBM DOS Extended
4 MicroProse
5 RapidLok
6 Datasoft
7 Vorpal
8 V-MAX!
9 Teque
10 TDP
11 Big Five
12 OziSoft
Format Extensions:
ID Description
0 Unknown protection
1 Datasoft with Weak bits
2 CBM DOS with Cyan loader, Weak bits
3 CBM DOS with Datasoft, Weak bits
4 RapidLok Key
5 Data Duplication
6 Melbourne House
7 Melbourne House, Weak bits
8 PirateBusters v1.0
9 PirateBusters v2.0, Track A
10 PirateBusters v2.0, Track B
11 PirateSlayer
12 CBM DOS, XEMAG
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 297

16.4 The P64 NRZI flux pulse disk image format

This section is taken from "P64 file format specification" by Benjamin ’BeRo’ Rosseaux.
All values are in little endian order !

16.4.1 P64 Header Layout

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
0000: |’P’|’6’|’4’|’-’|’1’|’5’|’4’|’1’| Version | Flags |
+---------------+---------------+-------------------------------+
0010: | Size | CRC32Checksum |
+-------------------------------+
Version: File format version, current is 0x00000000
Size Size of the following whole chunk content stream
Flags: Bit 0 = Write protect Bit 1 = Number of sides (0 for single sided, 1 for double sided)
Bit 2-31 = Reserved, all set to 0 when creating a file, preserve existing value when updating
CRC32CheckSum: CRC32 checksum of the following whole chunk content stream

16.4.2 P64 Chunk Header Layout

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
+-----------------------------------------------+
0000: |Chunk Signature| Size | CRC32Checksum |
+-----------------------------------------------+
Chunk signature: Signature of chunk
Size: Size of the chunk data
CRC32CheckSum: CRC32 checksum of the chunk data

16.4.3 P64 Chunk ’HTPx’ Layout

| x = half track index byte | +—————————+ Bit 7 of the half track index byte
contains the side.
Track 18 = Half track 36 = Half track index byte decimal value 36
Half track NRZI transition flux pulse data chunk block
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
0000: | Count pulses | Size | ..... Range-encoded data .... |
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
Count pulses: Count of the NRZI transition flux pulses in half track
Size: Size of the range-encoded data

16.4.4 ’HTPx’ Range encoded data format

Hint: For a working C implememtation see p64.c and p64.h
The range coder is a FPAQ0-style range coder combined with 12-bit 0-order models, one
model per byte with one bit per byte processing.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 298

| Sub stream | Count of models | Size per model | Total value bits |
+------------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------+
| Position | 4 | 65536 | 32 |
+------------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------+
| Strength | 4 | 65536 | 32 |
+------------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------+
| Position flag | 1 | 2 | 1 |
+------------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------+
| Strenth flag | 1 | 2 | 1 |
+------------------+-----------------+------------------+------------------+
+===Total models===| 10 |==================|==================|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+
All initial model state values are initialized with zero.
All initial model probability values are initialized with 2048.
These model probability values will be updating in a adaptive way on the fly and not
precalculated before the encoding and even not loaded before the decoding, see pseudo
code below.
16000000 Hz / 5 rotations per second at 300 RPM = maximal 3200000 flux pulses
So NRZI transition flux pulse positions are in the 0 .. 3199999 value range, which is also
a exact single rotation, where each time unit is a cycle at 16 MHz with 300 RPM as a
mapping for the ideal case.
The NRZI transition flux pulse stength are in the 0x00000000 .. 0xffffffff value range, where
0xffffffff indices a strong flux pulse, that always triggers, and 0x00000001 indices a weak
flux pulse, that almost never triggers, and 0x00000000 indices a flux pulse, that absolutly
never triggers.
For 32-bit values, the model sub streams are subdivided byte wide in a little-endian manner,
and each byte is processed bitwise with model probability shifting of 4 bits, just as:
Pascal-Style pseudo code:
procedure WriteDWord(Model, Value : longword);
var ByteValue, ByteIndex, Context, Bit : longword;
begin
for ByteIndex := 0 to 3 do begin
ByteValue := (Value shr (ByteIndex shl 3)) and $ff;
Context := 1;
for Bit := 7 downto 0 do begin
Context := (Context shl 1) or RangeCoderEncodeBit(
RangeCoderProbabilities[
RangeCoderProbabilityOffsets[Model + ByteIndex] +
(((RangeCoderProbabilityStates[Model + ByteIndex]
shl 8) or Context) and $ffff)], 4, (ByteValue shr
Bit) and 1);
end;
RangeCoderProbabilityStates[Model+ByteIndex] := ByteValue;
end;
end;
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 299

And for 1-bit flag values it is much simpler, but also with model probability shifting of 4
bits, just as:
Pascal-Style pseudo code:
procedure WriteBit(Model, Value : longword);
begin
RangeCoderProbabilityStates[Model] :=
RangeCoderEncodeBit(RangeCoderProbabilities[
RangeCoderProbabilityOffsets[Model] +
RangeCoderProbabilityStates[Model]], 4, Value and 1);
end;
The position and strength values are delta-encoded. If a value is equal to the last previous
value, then the value will not encoded, instead, a flag for this will encoded. First the position
value will encoded, then the stength value. If the last position delta is 0, then it is a track
stream end marker.
Pascal-Style pseudo code:
LastPosition := 0;
PreviousDeltaPosition := 0

LastStrength := 0;

for PulseIndex := 0 to PulseCount - 1 do begin

DeltaPosition := Pulses[PulseIndex].Position - LastPosition;

if PreviousDeltaPosition <> DeltaPosition then begin
PreviousDeltaPosition := DeltaPosition;
WriteBit(ModelPositionFlag, 1)
WriteDWord(ModelPosition, DeltaPosition);
end else begin
WriteBit(ModelPositionFlag, 0);
end;
LastPosition := Pulses[PulseIndex].Position;

if LastStrength <> Pulses[PulseIndex].Strength then begin

WriteBit(ModelStrengthFlag, 1)
WriteDWord(ModelStrength, Pulses[PulseIndex].Strength - LastStrength);
end else begin
WriteBit(ModelStrengthFlag, 0);
end;
LastStrength := Pulses^[PulseIndex].Strength;

end;

// End code
WriteBit(ModelPositionFlag, 1);
WriteDWord(ModelPosition, 0);
The decoding is simply just in the another direction way.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 300

Pseudo code for a FPAQ0-style carryless range coder:

Pascal-Style pseudo code:
procedure RangeCoderInit; // At encoding and decoding start
begin
RangeCode := 0;
RangeLow := 0;
RangeHigh := $ffffffff;
end;

procedure RangeCoderStart; // At decoding start

var Counter : longword;
begin
for Counter := 1 to 4 do begin
RangeCode := (RangeCode shl 8) or ReadByteFromInput;
end;
end;

procedure RangeCoderFlush; // At encoding end

var Counter : longword;
begin
for Counter := 1 to 4 do begin
WriteByteToOutput(RangeHigh shr 24);
RangeHigh := RangeHigh shl 8;
end;
end;

procedure RangeCoderEncodeNormalize;
begin
while ((RangeLow xor RangeHigh) and $ff000000) = 0 do begin
WriteByteToOutput(RangeHigh shr 24);
RangeLow := RangeLow shl 8;
RangeHigh := (RangeHigh shl 8) or $ff;
end;
end;

function RangeCoderEncodeBit(var Probability : longword; Shift,

BitValue : longword) : longword;
begin
RangeMiddle := RangeLow + (((RangeHigh - RangeLow) shr 12) *
Probability);
if BitValue <> 0 then begin
inc(Probability, ($fff - Probability) shr Shift);
RangeHigh := RangeMiddle;
end else begin
dec(Probability, Probability shr Shift);
RangeLow := RangeMiddle + 1;
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 301

end;
RangeCoderEncodeNormalize;
result := BitValue;
end;

procedure RangeCoderDecodeNormalize;
begin
while ((RangeLow xor RangeHigh) and $ff000000) = 0 do begin
RangeLow := RangeLow shl 8;
RangeHigh := (RangeHigh shl 8) or $ff;
RangeCode := (RangeCode shl 8) or ReadByteFromInput;
end;
end;

function RangeCoderDecodeBit(var Probability : longword;

Shift : longword) : longword;
begin
RangeMiddle := RangeLow + (((RangeHigh - RangeLow) shr 12) *
Probability);
if RangeCode <= RangeMiddle then begin
inc(Probability, ($fff - Probability) shr Shift);
RangeHigh := RangeMiddle;
result := 1;
end else begin
dec(Probability, Probability shr Shift);
RangeLow := RangeMiddle + 1;
result := 0;
end;
RangeCoderDecodeNormalize;
end;
The probability may be never zero! But that can’t happen here with this adaptive model
in this P64 file format, since the adaptive model uses a shift factor of 4 bits and initial
probabilities value of 2048, so the probability has a value range from 15 up to 4080 here.
If you do want to use the above range coder routines for other stuff with other probability
models, then you must to ensure that the probability output value is never zero, for example
with "probability |= (probability < 1); " in C.

16.4.5 P64 Chunk ’DONE’ Layout

This is the last empty chunk for to signalize that the correct file end is reached.

16.5 The D64 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel. Added 42 track info by groepaz)
First and foremost we have D64, which is basically a sector-for-sector copy of a 1540/1541
disk. There are several versions of these which I will cover shortly. The standard D64 is a
174848 byte file comprised of 256 byte sectors arranged in 35 tracks with a varying number
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 302

of sectors per track for a total of 683 sectors. Track counting starts at 1, not 0, and goes
up to 35. Sector counting starts at 0, not 1, for the first sector, therefore a track with 21
sectors will go from 0 to 20.
The original media (a 5.25" disk) has the tracks laid out in circles, with track 1 on the very
outside of the disk (closest to the sides) to track 35 being on the inside of the disk (closest
to the inner hub ring). Commodore, in their infinite wisdom, varied the number of sectors
per track and data densities across the disk to optimize available storage, resulting in the
chart below. It shows the sectors/track for a standard D64. Since the outside diameter of a
circle is the largest (versus closer to the center), the outside tracks have the largest amount
of storage.
Track Sectors/track # Sectors
1-17 21 357
18-24 19 133
25-30 18 108
31-35 17 85
36-40(*) 17 85
41-42(*) 17 34
Track #Sect #SectorsIn D64 Offset
1 21 0 $00000
2 21 21 $01500
3 21 42 $02A00
4 21 63 $03F00
5 21 84 $05400
6 21 105 $06900
7 21 126 $07E00
8 21 147 $09300
9 21 168 $0A800
10 21 189 $0BD00
11 21 210 $0D200
12 21 231 $0E700
13 21 252 $0FC00
14 21 273 $11100
15 21 294 $12600
16 21 315 $13B00
17 21 336 $15000
18 19 357 $16500
19 19 376 $17800
20 19 395 $18B00
21 19 414 $19E00
22 19 433 $1B100
23 19 452 $1C400
24 19 471 $1D700
25 18 490 $1EA00
26 18 508 $1FC00
27 18 526 $20E00
28 18 544 $22000
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 303

29 18 562 $23200
30 18 580 $24400
31 17 598 $25600
32 17 615 $26700
33 17 632 $27800
34 17 649 $28900
35 17 666 $29A00
36(*) 17 683 $2AB00
37(*) 17 700 $2BC00
38(*) 17 717 $2CD00
39(*) 17 734 $2DE00
40(*) 17 751 $2EF00
41(*) 17 768 $30000
42(*) 17 785 $31100
(*) Tracks 36-40 apply to 40- and 42-track images only. (*) Tracks 41-42 apply to 42-track
images only.
The directory track should be contained totally on track 18. Sectors 1-18 contain the
entries and sector 0 contains the BAM (Block Availability Map) and disk name/ID. Since
the directory is only 18 sectors large (19 less one for the BAM), and each sector can contain
only 8 entries (32 bytes per entry), the maximum number of directory entries is 18 * 8 =
144. The first directory sector is always 18/1, even though the t/s pointer at 18/0 (first two
bytes) might point somewhere else. It then follows the same chain structure as a normal
file, using a sector interleave of 3. This makes the chain links go 18/1, 18/4, 18/7 etc.
Note that you can extend the directory off of track 18, but only when reading the disk
or image. Attempting to write to a directory sector not on track 18 will cause directory
corruption. Each directory sector has the following layout (18/1 partial dump):
00: 12 04 81 11 00 4E 41 4D 45 53 20 26 20 50 4F 53 <- notice the T/S link
10: 49 54 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 <- to 18/4 ($12/$04)
20: 00 00 84 11 02 41 44 44 49 54 49 4F 4E 41 4C 20 <- and how its not here
30: 49 4E 46 4F A0 11 0C FE 00 00 00 00 00 00 61 01 <- ($00/$00)
The first two bytes of the sector ($12/$04) indicate the location of the next track/sector of
the directory (18/4). If the track is set to $00, then it is the last sector of the directory. It
is possible, however unlikely, that the directory may *not* be competely on track 18 (some
disks do exist like this). Just follow the chain anyhow.
When the directory is done, the track value will be $00. The sector link should contain a
value of $FF, meaning the whole sector is allocated, but the actual value doesn’t matter.
The drive will return all the available entries anyways.
This is a breakdown of a standard directory sector:
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First directory entry
$20-$3F Second dir entry
$40-$5F Third dir entry
$60-$7F Fourth dir entry
$80-$9F Fifth dir entry
$A0-$BF Sixth dir entry
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 304

$C0-$DF Seventh dir entry

$E0-$FF Eighth dir entry
This is a breakdown of a standard directory entry:
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next directory sector ($00 $00 if not the first
entry in the sector)
$02 File type
$03-$04 Track/sector location of first sector of file
$05-$14 16 character filename (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$16 Track/Sector location of first side-sector block (REL file only)
$17 REL file record length (REL file only, max. value 254)
$18-$1D Unused (except with GEOS disks)
$1E-$1F File size in sectors, low/high byte order ($1E+$1F*256). The approx.
filesize in bytes is <= #sectors * 254
The file type field is used as follows:
Bits Description
0-3 The actual file type
4 Unused
5 Used only during SAVE-@ replacement
6 Locked flag (Set produces ">" locked files)
7 Closed flag (Not set produces "*", or "splat" files)
The actual file type can be one of the following:
Binary Decimal File type
0000 0 DEL
0001 1 SEQ
0010 2 PRG
0011 3 USR
0100 4 REL
Values 5-15 are illegal, but if used will produce very strange results. The 1541 is inconsistent
in how it treats these bits. Some routines use all 4 bits, others ignore bit 3, resulting in
values from 0-7.
Files, on a standard 1541, are stored using an interleave of 10. Assuming a starting
track/sector of 17/0, the chain would run 17/0, 17/10, 17/20, 17/8, 17/18, etc.

16.5.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories

Most Commdore floppy disk drives use a single dedicated directory track where all filenames
are stored. This limits the number of files stored on a disk based on the number of sectors
on the directory track. There are some disk images that contain more files than would
normally be allowed. This requires extending the directory off the default directory track
by changing the last directory sector pointer to a new track, allocating the new sectors in
the BAM, and manually placing (or moving existing) file entries there. The directory of an
extended disk can be read and the files that reside there can be loaded without problems
on a real drive. However, this is still a very dangerous practice as writing to the extended
portion of the directory will cause directory corruption in the non-extended part. Many
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 305

of the floppy drives core ROM routines ignore the track value that the directory is on and
assume the default directory track for operations.
To explain: assume that the directory has been extended from track 18 to track 19/6 and
that the directory is full except for a few slots on 19/6. When saving a new file, the drive
DOS will find an empty file slot at 19/6 offset $40 and correctly write the filename and a
few other things into this slot. When the file is done being saved the final file information
will be written to 18/6 offset $40 instead of 19/6 causing some directory corruption to the
entry at 18/6. Also, the BAM entries for the sectors occupied by the new file will not be
saved and the new file will be left as a SPLAT (*) file.
Attempts to validate the disk will result in those files residing off the directory track to not
be allocated in the BAM, and could also send the drive into an endless loop. The default
directory track is assumed for all sector reads when validating so if the directory goes to
19/6, then the validate code will read 18/6 instead. If 18/6 is part of the normal directory
chain then the validate routine will loop endlessly.

16.5.2 BAM layout

The layout of the BAM area (sector 18/0) is a bit more complicated. . .
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 12 01 41 00 12 FF F9 17 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
10: 15 FF FF 1F 12 FF F9 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 0E FF 74 03 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
30: 0E 3F FC 11 07 E1 80 01 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
40: 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 0D C0 FF 07 13 FF FF 07
50: 13 FF FF 07 11 FF CF 07 13 FF FF 07 12 7F FF 07
60: 13 FF FF 07 0A 75 55 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 08 00 00 03 02 48 00
80: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
90: 53 48 41 52 45 57 41 52 45 20 31 20 20 A0 A0 A0
A0: A0 A0 56 54 A0 32 41 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of the first directory sector (should be set to
18/1 but it doesn’t matter, and don’t trust what is there, always go to
18/1 for first directory entry)
$02 Disk DOS version type (see note below) $41 ("A")
$03 Unused
$04-$8F BAM entries for each track, in groups of four bytes per track, starting
on track 1 (see below for more details)
$90-$9F Disk Name (padded with $A0)
$A0-$A1 Filled with $A0
$A2-$A3 Disk ID
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 306

$A4 Usually $A0

$A5-$A6 DOS type, usually "2A"
$A7-$AA Filled with $A0
$AB Unused ($00)
$AC-$BF For DOLPHIN DOS track 36-40 BAM entries, otherwise unused ($00)
$C0-$D3 For SPEED DOS track 36-40 BAM entries, otherwise unused ($00)
$D4-$FF Unused
($00)
Note: The BAM entries for SPEED, DOLPHIN and ProLogic DOS use the same layout as
standard BAM entries. One of the interesting things from the BAM sector is the byte at
offset $02, the DOS version byte. If it is set to anything other than $41 or $00, then we
have what is called "soft write protection". Any attempt to write to the disk will return
the "DOS Version" error code 73 ,"CBM DOS V 2.6 1541". The 1541 is simply telling
you that it thinks the disk format version is incorrect. This message will normally come
up when you first turn on the 1541 and read the error channel. If you write a $00 or a
$41 into 1541 memory location $00FF (for device 0), then you can circumvent this type of
write-protection, and change the DOS version back to what it should be.
The BAM entries require a bit (no pun intended) more of a breakdown. Take the first entry
at bytes $04-$07 ($12 $FF $F9 $17). The first byte ($12) is the number of free sectors on
that track. Since we are looking at the track 1 entry, this means it has 18 (decimal) free
sectors. The next three bytes represent the bitmap of which sectors are used/free. Since
it is 3 bytes (8 bits/byte) we have 24 bits of storage. Remember that at most, each track
only has 21 sectors, so there are a few unused bits.
Bytes Data Description
$04-$07 $12 $FF $F9 $17 Track 1 BAM
$08-$0B $15 $FF $FF $FF Track 2 BAM
$0C-$0F $15 $FF $FF $1F Track 3 BAM
... ... ...
$8C-$8F $11 $FF $FF $01 Track 35 BAM
These entries must be viewed in binary to make any sense. We will use the first entry (track
1) at bytes 04-07:
FF=11111111, F9=11111001, 17=00010111
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222
01234567 89012345 67890123
--------------------------
11111111 10011111 11101000
^ ^
sector 0 sector 20
Since we are on the first track, we have 21 sectors, and only use up to the bit 20 position.
If a bit is on (1), the sector is free. Therefore, track 1 has sectors 9, 10 and 19 used, all the
rest are free. Any leftover bits that refer to sectors that don’t exist, like bits 21-23 in the
above example, are set to allocated.
Each filetype has its own unique properties, but most follow one simple structure. The first
file sector is pointed to by the directory and follows a t/s chain, until the track value reaches
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 307

$00. When this happens, the value in the sector link location indicates how much of the
sector is used. For example, the following chain indicates a file 6 sectors long, and ends
when we encounter the $00/$34 chain. At this point the last sector occupies from bytes
$02-$34.
1 2 3 4 5 6
—- —- —- —- —- —-
17/0 17/10 17/20 17/1 17/11 0/52
(11/00) (11/0A) (11/14) (11/01) (11/0B) (0/34)

16.5.3 Variations on the D64 layout

These are some variations of the D64 layout:
1. Standard 35 track layout but with 683 error bytes added on to the end of the file. Each
byte of the error info corresponds to a single sector stored in the D64, indicating if the
sector on the original disk contained an error. The first byte is for track 1/0, and the last
byte is for track 35/16.
2. A 40 track layout, following the same layout as a 35 track disk, but with 5 extra tracks.
These contain 17 sectors each, like tracks 31-35. Some of the PC utilities do allow you to
create and work with these files. This can also have error bytes attached like variant #1.
3. A 42 track layout, with two extra tracks of 17 sectors each. This is extremely uncommon,
since real drives often have problems with accessing these tracks, software that uses them
is very rare.
4. The Commodore 128 allowed for "auto-boot" disks. With this, t/s 1/0 holds a specific
byte sequence which the computer recognizes as boot code.
Below is a small chart detailing the standard file sizes of D64 images, 35, 40 or 42 tracks,
with or without error bytes.
Disk type Size
35 track, no errors 174848
35 track, 683 error bytes 175531
40 track, no errors 196608
40 track, 768 error bytes 197376
42 track, no errors 205312
42 track, 802 error bytes 206114
The following table (provided by Wolfgang Moser) outlines the differences between the
standard 1541 DOS and the various "speeder" DOS’s that exist. The ’header 7/8’ category
is the ’fill bytes’ as the end of the sector header of a real 1541 disk.
Disk format tracks header Dos Diskdos vs.
7/8 type type
Original CBM DOS v2.6 35 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
*SpeedDOS+ 40 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
Professional DOS Initial 35 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
Professional DOS Version 1/Prototype 40 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
ProfDOS Release 40 $0f $0f "4A" $41/’A’
Dolphin-DOS 2.0/3.0 35 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
Dolphin-DOS 2.0/3.0 40 $0d "2A" $41/’A’
$0f
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 308

PrologicDOS 1541 35 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’

PrologicDOS 1541 40 $0f $0f "2P" $50/’P’
ProSpeed 1571 2.0 35 $0f $0f "2A" $41/’A’
ProSpeed 1571 2.0 40 $0f $0f "2P" $50/’P’
*Note: There are also clones of SpeedDOS that exist, such as RoloDOS and DigiDOS. Both
are just a change of the DOS startup string.
The location of the extra BAM information in sector 18/0, for 40 track images, will be
different depending on what standard the disks have been formatted with. SPEED DOS
stores them from $C0 to $D3, DOLPHIN DOS stores them from $AC to $BF and Prolog-
icDOS stored them right after the existing BAM entries from $90-A3. PrologicDOS also
moves the disk label and ID forward from the standard location of $90 to $A4. 64COPY
and Star Commander let you select from several different types of extended disk formats
you want to create/work with.
All three of the speeder DOS’s mentioned above don’t alter the standard sector interleave
of 10 for files and 3 for directories. The reason is that they use a memory cache installed
in the drive which reads the entire track in one pass. This alleviates the need for custom
interleave values. They do seem to alter the algorithm that finds the next available free
sector so that the interleave value can deviate from 10 under certain circumstances, but I
don’t know why they would bother.
Below is a HEX dump of a Speed DOS BAM sector. Note the location of the extra BAM
info from $C0-D3.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
0070: 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 11 FF FF 01
0080: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
0090: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
00A0: A0 A0 30 30 A0 32 41 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00
00B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00C0: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
00D0: 11 FF FF 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Below is a HEX dump of a Dolphin DOS BAM sector. Note the location of the extra BAM
info from $AC-BF.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
0070: 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 11 FF FF 01
0080: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
0090: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
00A0: A0 A0 30 30 A0 32 41 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 11 FF FF 01
00B0: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
00C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Below is a HEX dump of a PrologicDOS BAM sector. Note that the disk name and ID are
now located at $A4 instead of starting at $90.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 309

0070: 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 11 FF FF 01
0080: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
0090: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
00A0: 11 FF FF 01 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
00B0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 30 30 A0 32 50 A0 A0 A0 A0 00
00C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

16.5.4 Error codes

Here is the meaning of the error bytes added onto the end of any extended D64. The CODE
is the same as that generated by the 1541 drive controller. . . it reports these numbers, not
the error code we usually see when an error occurs.
Some of what comes below is taken from Immers/Neufeld book "Inside Commodore DOS".
Note the descriptions are not completely accurate as to what the drive DOS is actually
doing to seek/read/decode/write sectors, but serve as simple examples only. The "type"
field is where the error usually occurs, whether it’s searching for any SYNC mark, any
header ID, any valid header, or reading a sector.
Code Error Type D64 Description
$01 00 N/A * No error.
$02 20 Seek * Header block not found / Header
descriptor byte not found
$03 21 Seek * No SYNC sequence found
$04 22 Read * Data descriptor byte not found
$05 23 Read * Checksum error in data block
$06 24 Write Write verify on format (never oc-
curs on 1541)
$07 25 Write Write verify error
$08 26 Write Write protect on
$09 27 Seek * Checksum error in header block
$0A 28 Write Write error (never occurs on 1541)
$0B 29 Seek * Disk sector ID mismatch
$0F 74 Read Drive Not Ready (no disk in drive
or no device 1)
Codes $0 and $C to $E are unused and never occur.
These first errors are "seek" errors, where the disk controller is simply reading headers
and looking at descriptor bytes, checksums, format ID’s and reporting what errors it sees.
These errors do *not* necessarily apply to the exact sector being looked for. This fact
makes duplication of these errors very unreliable.
Code : $03 Error : 21 Type : Seek Message : No SYNC sequence found.
Each sector data block and header block are preceeded by SYNC marks. If *no* sync
sequence is found within 20 milliseconds (only ~1/10 of a disk rotation!) then this error is
generated. This error used to mean the entire track is bad, but it does not have to be the
case. Only a small area of the track needs to be without a SYNC mark and this error will
be generated.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 310

Converting this error to a D64 is very problematic because it depends on where the physical
head is on the disk when a read attempt is made. If it is on valid header/sectors then it
won’t occur. If it happens over an area without SYNC marks, it will happen.
Code : $02 Error : 20 Type : Seek Message : Header descriptor byte not found (HEX $08,
GCR $52)
Each sector is preceeded by an 8-byte GCR header block, which starts with the value $52
(GCR). If this value is not found after 90 attempts, this error is generated.
Basically, what a track has is SYNC marks, and possibly valid data blocks, but no valid
header descriptors.
Code : $09 Error : 27 Type : Seek Message : Checksum error in header block
The header block contains a checksum value, calculated by XOR’ing the TRACK, SECTOR,
ID1 and ID2 values. If this checksum is wrong, this error is generated.
Code : $0B Error : 29 Type : Seek Message : Disk sector ID mismatch
The ID’s from the header block of the currently read sector are compared against the ones
from the low-level header of 18/0. If there is a mismatch, this error is generated.
Code : $02 Error : 20 Type : Seek Message : Header block not found
This error can be reported again when searching for the correct header block. An image
of the header is built and searched for, but not found after 90 read attempts. Note the
difference from the first occurance. The first one only searches for a valid ID, not the whole
header.
Note that error 20 occurs twice during this phase. The first time is when a header ID
is being searched for, the second is when the proper header pattern for the sector being
searched for is not found.
From this point on, all the errors apply to the specific sector you are looking for. If a read
passed all the previous checks, then we are at the sector being searched for.
Note that the entire sector is read before these errors are detected. Therefore the data,
checksum and off bytes are available.
Code : $04 Error : 22 Type : Read Message : Data descriptor byte not found (HEX $07,
GCR $55)
Each sector data block is preceeded by the value $07, the "data block" descriptor. If this
value is not there, this error is generated. Each encoded sector has actually 260 bytes. First
is the descriptor byte, then follows the 256 bytes of data, a checksum, and two "off" bytes.
Code : $05 Error : 23 Type : Read Message : Checksum error in data block
The checksum of the data read of the disk is calculated, and compared against the one
stored at the end of the sector. If there’s a discrepancy, this error is generated.
Code : $0F Error : 74 Type : Read Message : Drive Not Ready (no disk in drive or no
device 1)
These errors only apply when writing to a disk. I don’t see the usefulness of having these
as they cannot be present when only *reading* a disk.
Code : $06 Error : 24 Type : Write Message : Write verify (on format)
Code : $07 Error : 25 Type : Write Message : Write verify error
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 311

Once the GCR-encoded sector is written out, the drive waits for the sector to come around
again and verifies the whole 325-byte GCR block. Any errors encountered will generate this
error.
Code : $08 Error : 26 Type : Write Message : Write protect on
Self explanatory. Remove the write-protect tab, and try again.
Code : $0A Error : 28 Type : Write Message : Write error
In actual fact, this error never occurs, but it is included for completeness.
This is not an error at all, but it gets reported when the read of a sector is ok.
Code : $01 Error : 00 Type : N/A Message : No error.
Self explanatory. No errors were detected in the reading and decoding of the sector.
The advantage with using the 35 track D64 format, regardless of error bytes, is that it can
be converted directly back to a 1541 disk by either using the proper cable and software on
the PC, or send it down to the C64 and writing it back to a 1541. It is the best documented
format since it is also native to the C64, with many books explaining the disk layout and
the internals of the 1541.

16.6 The X64 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
This file type, created by Teemu Rantanen, was used on the X64 emulator (a UNIX-based
emulator) which has been superceeded by VICE. Both VICE and X64 support the X64 file
standard, with VICE also supporting the regular D64 and T64 files.
Note that this ancient format is deprecated and subject for removal. It never got any
momentum in the emulation community, and VICE never supported it for anything but
1541 disks.
X64 is not a specific type of file, but rather encompasses *all* known C64 disk types (hard
disk, floppies, etc). An X64 is created by prepending a 64-byte header to an existing image
(1541, 1571, etc) and setting specific bytes which describe what type of image follows. This
header has undergone some revision, and this description is based on the 1.02 version, which
was the last known at the time of writing.
The most common X64 file you will see is the D64 variety, typically 174912 bytes long
(174848 for the D64 and 64 bytes for the header, assuming no error bytes are appended).
The header layout (as used in 64COPY) is as follows:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
0000: 43 15 41 64 01 02 01 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0010: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0020: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0040: XX XX XX <- standard C64 image starts here....
Bytes Description
$00-$03 This is the "Magic header" ($43 $15 $41 $64)
$04 Header version major ($01)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 312

$05 Header version minor ($01, now its up to $02)

$06 Device type represented
$07 Maximum tracks in image (only in version 1.02 or greater) 1540/41/70:
35 1571: 35 1581: 80 (Logical single-sided disk)
$08 Number of disk sides in image. This value must be $00 for all 1541
and 1581 formats. $00=No second side $01=Second side
$09 Error data flag.
$0A-$1F Unused, set to $00
$20-$3E Disk image description (in ASCII or ISO Latin/1)
$3F Always set to $00
$40- Standard C64 file begins here.
The device types are:
Value Drive type
$00 1540 See note below. . .
$01 1541 (Default)
$02 1542
$03 1551
$04 1570
$05 1571
$06 1572
$08 1581
$10 2031 or 4031
$11 2040 or 3040
$12 2041
$18 4040
$20 8050
$21 8060
$22 8061
$30 SFD-1001
$31 8250
$32 8280
The first four bytes used for the device type at position $06 ($00 to $03) are functionally
the same, and are compatible with older version of X64 files. Some old X64 files might have
$00 for the device type (instead of $01), but it makes no real difference.
As most instances of X64 files will be strictly 1541 images, bytes $08-$3F are set to zero,
and some versions of the X64 emulator don’t use bytes $08-$3F.

16.7 The D71 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
Similar to the D64 (1541), the 1571 drive can operate in either single-sided (1541 compatible)
mode or double-sided (1571) mode. In this section I will be dealing with the double-sided
mode only. For the breakdown of the single-sided mode, see the D64 section.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 313

The D71 has 70 tracks, double that of the 1541, with a DOS file size of 349696 bytes. If the
error byte block (1366 bytes) is attached, this makes the file size 351062 bytes. The track
range and offsets into the D71 files are as follows:
Track Sec/trk # Sectors
1-17 (side 0) 21 357
18-24 (side 0) 19 133
25-30 (side 0) 18 108
31-35 (side 0) 17 85
36-52 (side 1) 21 357
53-59 (side 1) 19 133
60-65 (side 1) 18 108
66-70 (side 1) 17 85
Track #Sect #SectorsIn D71 Offset
1 21 0 $00000
2 21 21 $01500
3 21 42 $02A00
4 21 63 $03F00
5 21 84 $05400
6 21 105 $06900
7 21 126 $07E00
8 21 147 $09300
9 21 168 $0A800
10 21 189 $0BD00
11 21 210 $0D200
12 21 231 $0E700
13 21 252 $0FC00
14 21 273 $11100
15 21 294 $12600
16 21 315 $13B00
17 21 336 $15000
18 19 357 $16500
19 19 376 $17800
20 19 395 $18B00
21 19 414 $19E00
22 19 433 $1B100
23 19 452 $1C400
24 19 471 $1D700
25 18 490 $1EA00
26 18 508 $1FC00
27 18 526 $20E00
28 18 544 $22000
29 18 562 $23200
30 18 580 $24400
31 17 598 $25600
32 17 615 $26700
33 17 632 $27800
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 314

34 17 649 $28900
35 17 666 $29A00
36 21 683 $2AB00
37 21 704 $2C000
38 21 725 $2D500
39 21 746 $2EA00
40 21 767 $2FF00
41 21 788 $31400
42 21 809 $32900
43 21 830 $33E00
44 21 851 $35300
45 21 872 $36800
46 21 893 $37D00
47 21 914 $39200
48 21 935 $3A700
49 21 956 $3BC00
50 21 977 $3D100
51 21 998 $3E600
52 21 1019 $3FB00
53 19 1040 $41000
54 19 1059 $42300
55 19 1078 $43600
56 19 1097 $44900
57 19 1116 $45C00
58 19 1135 $46F00
59 19 1154 $48200
60 18 1173 $49500
61 18 1191 $4A700
62 18 1209 $4B900
63 18 1227 $4CB00
64 18 1245 $4DD00
65 18 1263 $4EF00
66 17 1281 $50100
67 17 1298 $51200
68 17 1315 $52300
69 17 1332 $53400
70 17 1349 $54500

The directory structure is the same as a D64/1541. All the same filetypes apply, the
directory still only holds 144 files per disk and should only exist on track 18.

The first two bytes of the sector ($12/$04 or 18/4) indicate the location of the next
track/sector of the directory. If the track value is set to $00, then it is the last sector
of the directory. It is possible, however unlikely, that the directory may *not* be competely
on track 18 (some disks do exist like this). Just follow the chain anyhow.

When the directory is done, the track value will be $00. The sector link should contain a
value of $FF, meaning the whole sector is allocated, but the actual value doesn’t matter.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 315

The drive will return all the available entries anyways. This is a breakdown of a standard
directory sector and entry:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 12 04 82 11 00 4A 45 54 20 53 45 54 20 57 49 4C
10: 4C 59 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2B 00
20: 00 00 82 0F 01 4A 53 57 20 31 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
30: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BF 00
40: 00 00 82 06 03 53 4F 4E 20 4F 46 20 42 4C 41 47
50: 47 45 52 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AE 00
60: 00 00 82 15 0D 50 4F 54 54 59 20 50 49 47 45 4F
70: 4E A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A2 00
80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First directory entry
$20-$3F Second dir entry
$40-$5F Third dir entry
$60-$7F Fourth dir entry
$80-$9F Fifth dir entry
$A0-$BF Sixth dir entry
$C0-$DF Seventh dir entry
$E0-$FF Eighth dir entry
This is a breakdown of a standard directory entry:
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next directory sector ($00/$FF if its the last
sector)
$02 File type
$03-$04 Track/sector location of first sector of file
$05-$14 16 character filename (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$16 Track/Sector location of first side-sector block (REL file only)
$17 REL file record length (REL file only, max. value 254)
$18-$1D Unused (except with GEOS disks)
$1E-$1F File size in sectors, low/high byte order ($1E+$1F*256). The approx.
filesize in bytes is <= #sectors * 254
The file type field is used as follows:
Bits Description
0-3 The actual file type
4 Unused
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 316

5 Used only during SAVE-@ replacement

6 Locked flag (Set produces ">" locked files)
7 Closed flag (Not set produces "*", or "splat" files)
The actual file type can be one of the following:
Binary Decimal File type
0000 0 DEL
0001 1 SEQ
0010 2 PRG
0011 3 USR
0100 4 REL
Values 5-15 are illegal, but if used will produce very strange results. The 1571 is inconsistent
in how it treats these bits. Some routines use all 4 bits, others ignore bit 3, resulting in
values from 0-7.
When the 1571 is in is native ("1571") mode, files are stored with a sector interleave of 6,
rather than 10 which the 1541 (and the 1571 in "1541" mode) uses. The directory still uses
an interleave of 3.

16.7.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories

Most Commodore floppy disk drives use a single dedicated directory track where all file-
names are stored. This limits the number of files stored on a disk based on the number
of sectors on the directory track. There are some disk images that contain more files than
would normally be allowed. This requires extending the directory off the default directory
track by changing the last directory sector pointer to a new track, allocating the new sectors
in the BAM, and manually placing (or moving existing) file entries there. The directory of
an extended disk can be read and the files that reside there can be loaded without problems
on a real drive. However, this is still a very dangerous practice as writing to the extended
portion of the directory will cause directory corruption in the non- extended part. Many
of the floppy drives core ROM routines ignore the track value that the directory is on and
assume the default directory track for operations.
To explain: assume that the directory has been extended from track 18 to track 19/6 and
that the directory is full except for a few slots on 19/6. When saving a new file, the drive
DOS will find an empty file slot at 19/6 offset $40 and correctly write the filename and a
few other things into this slot. When the file is done being saved the final file information
will be written to 18/6 offset $40 instead of 19/6 causing some directory corruption to the
entry at 18/6. Also, the BAM entries for the sectors occupied by the new file will not be
saved and the new file will be left as a SPLAT (*) file.
Attempts to validate the disk will result in those files residing off the directory track to not
be allocated in the BAM, and could also send the drive into an endless loop. The default
directory track is assumed for all sector reads when validating so if the directory goes to
19/6, then the validate code will read 18/6 instead. If 18/6 is part of the normal directory
chain then the validate routine will loop endlessly.

16.7.2 Bam layout

The BAM is somewhat different as it now has to take 35 new tracks into account. In order
to do this, most of the extra BAM information is stored on track 53/0, and the remaining
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 317

sectors on track 53 are marked in the BAM as allocated. This does mean that except for
one allocated sector on track 53, the rest of the track is unused and wasted. (Track 53 is
the equivalent to track 18, but on the flip side of the disk). Here is a dump of the first BAM
sector. . .
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 12 01 41 80 12 FF F9 17 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
10: 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
20: 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
30: 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F
40: 15 FF FF 1F 15 FF FF 1F 11 FC FF 07 13 FF FF 07
50: 13 FF FF 07 13 FF FF 07 13 FF FF 07 13 FF FF 07
60: 13 FF FF 07 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03
70: 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 12 FF FF 03 11 FF FF 01
80: 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01 11 FF FF 01
90: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
A0: A0 A0 30 30 A0 32 41 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 15 15
E0: 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 00 13
F0: 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of the first directory
sector (should be set to 18/1 but it doesn’t
matter, and don’t trust what is there, al-
ways go to 18/1 for first directory entry)
$02 Disk DOS version type (see note below) $41
(’A’) = 1541
$03 Double-sided flag $00 - Single sided disk $80
- Double sided disk
$04-8F BAM entries for each track, in groups of
four bytes per track, starting on track 1.
$90-$9F Disk Name (padded with $A0)
$A0-$A1 Filled with $A0
$A2-$A3 Disk ID
$A4 Usually $A0
$A5-$A6 DOS type, usually "2A"
$A7-$AA Filled with $A0
$AB-$DC Not used ($00’s)
$DD-$FF Free sector count for tracks 36-70 (1
byte/track).
The "free sector" entries for tracks 36-70 are likely included here in the first BAM sector due
to some memory restrictions in the 1571 drive. There is only enough memory available for
one BAM sector, but in order to generate the "blocks free" value at the end of a directory
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 318

listing, the drive needs to know the extra track "free sector" values. It does make working
with the BAM a little more difficult, though.
These are the values that would normally be with the 4-byte BAM entry, but the rest of
the entry is contained on 53/0.
Note: If the DOS version byte is set to anything other than $41 or $00, then we have what
is called "soft write protection". Any attempt to write to the disk will return the "DOS
Version" error code 73. The 1571 is simply telling you that it thinks the disk format version
is incorrect.
The BAM entries require some explanation. Take the first entry at bytes $04-$07 ($12 $FF
$F9 $17). The first byte ($12) is the number of free sectors on that track. Since we are
looking at the track 1 entry, this means it has 18 (decimal) free sectors.
The next three bytes represent the bitmap of which sectors are used/free. Since it is 3 bytes
(8 bits/byte) we have 24 bits of storage. Remember that at most, each track only has 21
sectors, so there are a few unused bits. These entries must be viewed in binary to make any
sense. We will use the first entry (track 1) at bytes 04-07:
FF=11111111, F9=11111001, 17=00010111
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222
01234567 89012345 67890123
--------------------------
11111111 10011111 11101000
^ ^
sector 0 sector 20
Since we are on the first track, we have 21 sectors, and only use up to the bit 20 position.
If a bit is on (1), the sector is free. Therefore, track 1 has sectors 9,10 and 19 used, all the
rest are free.
In order to complete the BAM, we must check 53/0.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF
10: FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF
20: 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F FF FF 1F
30: FF FF 1F 00 00 00 FF FF 07 FF FF 07 FF FF 07 FF
40: FF 07 FF FF 07 FF FF 07 FF FF 03 FF FF 03 FF FF
50: 03 FF FF 03 FF FF 03 FF FF 03 FF FF 01 FF FF 01
60: FF FF 01 FF FF 01 FF FF 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 319

Each track from 36-70 has 3 byte entries, starting at address $00.
Byte: $00-$02: $FF $FF $1F - BAM map for track 36
$03-$05: $FF $FF $1F - BAM map for track 37
...
$33-$35: $00 $00 $00 - BAM map for track 53
...
$66-$68: $FF $FF $01 - BAM map for track 70
$69-$FF: - Not used
You can break down the entries for tracks 36-70 the same way as track 1, just combine the
free sector bytes from 18/0 and the BAM usage from 53 to get the full 4-byte entry.
Just like a D64, you can attach error bytes to the file, for sector error information. This
block is 1366 bytes long, 1 byte for each of the 1366 sectors in the image. With the error
bytes, the file size is 351062 bytes.

16.8 The D81 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
Like D64 and D71, this is a byte for byte copy of a physical 1581 disk. It consists of 80
tracks, 40 sectors each (0 to 39) for a size of 819200 bytes, or 3200 sectors. If the error byte
block is attached, this makes the file size 822400 bytes.
There are three sectors on the directory track used for disk internals (header and BAM),
leaving 37 sectors for filename entries, thus allowing for 296 files (37 * 8) to be stored at
the root level of the disk.
The actual physical layout on the disk is quite different from what the user sees, but this is
unimportant to the scope of this section. One important difference from the D64 and D71
is all the sector interleaves are now 1 for both files and directory storage (rather than 3 for
directory and 10 for file on a D64/D71). This is due to the built-in buffering in the 1581.
When reading a sector, the whole track will be buffered in memory, and any sectors being
modified will be done in memory. Once it has to be written, the whole track will be written
out in one step.
The track range and offsets into the D81 files are as follows:
Track #Sect #SectorsIn D81 Offset
1 40 0 $00000
2 40 40 $02800
3 40 80 $05000
4 40 120 $07800
5 40 160 $0A000
6 40 200 $0C800
7 40 240 $0F000
8 40 280 $11800
9 40 320 $14000
10 40 360 $16800
11 40 400 $19000
12 40 440 $1B800
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 320

13 40 480 $1E000
14 40 520 $20800
15 40 560 $23000
16 40 600 $25800
17 40 640 $28000
18 40 680 $2A800
19 40 720 $2D000
20 40 760 $2F800
21 40 800 $32000
22 40 840 $34800
23 40 880 $37000
24 40 920 $39800
25 40 960 $3C000
26 40 1000 $3E800
27 40 1040 $41000
28 40 1080 $43800
29 40 1120 $46000
30 40 1160 $48800
31 40 1200 $4B000
32 40 1240 $4D800
33 40 1280 $50000
34 40 1320 $52800
35 40 1360 $55000
36 40 1400 $57800
37 40 1440 $5A000
38 40 1480 $5C800
39 40 1520 $5F000
40 40 1560 $61800
41 40 1600 $64000
42 40 1640 $66800
43 40 1680 $69000
44 40 1720 $6B800
45 40 1760 $6E000
46 40 1800 $70800
47 40 1840 $73000
48 40 1880 $75800
49 40 1920 $78000
50 40 1960 $7A800
51 40 2000 $7D000
52 40 2040 $7F800
53 40 2080 $82000
54 40 2120 $84800
55 40 2160 $87000
56 40 2200 $89800
57 40 2240 $8C000
58 40 2280 $8E800
59 40 2320 $91000
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 321

60 40 2360 $93800
61 40 2400 $96000
62 40 2440 $98800
63 40 2480 $9B000
64 40 2520 $9D800
65 40 2560 $A0000
66 40 2600 $A2800
67 40 2640 $A5000
68 40 2680 $A7800
69 40 2720 $AA000
70 40 2760 $AC800
71 40 2800 $AF000
72 40 2840 $B1800
73 40 2880 $B4000
74 40 2920 $B6800
75 40 2960 $B9000
76 40 3000 $BB800
77 40 3040 $BE000
78 40 3080 $C0800
79 40 3120 $C3000
80 40 3160 $C5800
The header sector is stored at 40/0, and contains the disk name, ID and DOS version bytes,
but the BAM is no longer contained here (like the D64).
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 28 03 44 00 31 35 38 31 20 55 54 49 4C 49 54 59
10: 20 56 30 31 A0 A0 47 42 A0 33 44 A0 A0 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
60: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of the first directory sector (should be set to
40/3 but it doesn’t matter, and don’t trust what is there, always go to
40/3 for first directory entry)
$02 Disk DOS version type (see note below) $44 (’D’)=1581
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 322

$03 $00
$04-$13 16 character Disk Name (padded with $A0)
$14-$15 $A0
$16-$17 Disk ID
$18 $A0
$19 DOS Version ("3")
$1A Disk version ("D")
$1B-$1C $A0
$1D-$FF Unused (usually $00)
The following might be set if the disk is a GEOS format (this info is based on the D64
layout, and might not prove to be true)
Bytes Description
$AB-$AC Border sector (GEOS only, else set to $00)
$AD-$BC GEOS ID string ("geos FORMAT V1.x" GEOS only, else $00)
$BD-$FF Unused (usually $00)
Note: If the DOS version byte is changed to anything other than a $44 (or $00), then we
have what is called "soft write protection". Any attempt to write to the disk will return
the "DOS Version" error code 73. The drive is simply telling you that it thinks the disk
format version is incompatible.
The directory track should be contained totally on track 40. Sectors 3-39 contain the entries
and sector 1 and 2 contain the BAM (Block Availability Map). Sector 0 holds the disk name
and ID. The first directory sector is always 40/3, even though the t/s pointer at 40/0 (first
two bytes) might point somewhere else. It goes linearly up the sector count, 3-4-5-6-etc.
Each sector holds up to eight entries.
The first two bytes of the sector ($28/$04) indicate the location of the next track/sector of
the directory (40/4). If the track is set to $00, then it is the last sector of the directory. It
is possible, however unlikely, that the directory may *not* be competely on track 40. Just
follow the chain anyhow.
When the directory is done (track=$00), the sector should contain an $FF, meaning the
whole sector is allocated. Theactual value doesn’t matter as all the entries will be returned
anyways. Each directory sector has the following layout:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 28 04 81 2B 00 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 33 A0 A0
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00
20: 00 00 81 2B 01 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 34 A0 A0
30: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00
40: 00 00 81 2B 02 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 35 A0 A0
50: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 00
60: 00 00 81 2B 08 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 36 A0 A0
70: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00
80: 00 00 81 2B 14 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 37 A0 A0
90: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 00
A0: 00 00 81 24 00 53 43 52 45 45 4E 20 20 38 A0 A0
B0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0B 00
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 323

C0: 00 00 82 24 04 46 49 4C 45 34 32 39 33 36 39 30
D0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 00
E0: 00 00 82 24 06 46 49 4C 45 32 35 37 38 38 31 35
F0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 00
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First directory entry
$20-$3F Second dir entry
$40-$5F Third dir entry
$60-$7F Fourth dir entry
$80-$9F Fifth dir entry
$A0-$BF Sixth dir entry
$C0-$DF Seventh dir entry
$E0-$FF Eighth dir entry
This is a breakdown of a standard directory entry:
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next directory sector
$02 File type
$03-$04 Track/sector location of first sector of file or partition
$05-$14 16 character filename (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$16 Track/Sector location of first SUPER SIDE SECTOR block (REL file
only)
$17 REL file record length (REL file only)
$18-$1B Unused (except with GEOS disks)
$1C-$1D (Used during an SAVE or OPEN, holds the new t/s link)
$1E-$1F File or partition size in sectors, low/high byte order ($1E+$1F*256).
The approx. file size in bytes is <= #sectors * 254
The file type field is used as follows:
Bits Description
0-3 The actual file type
4 Unused
5 Used only during SAVE-@ replacement
6 Locked flag (Set produces ">" locked files)
7 Closed flag (Not set produces "*", or "splat" files)
The actual file type can be one of the following:
Binary Decimal File type
0000 0 DEL
0001 1 SEQ
0010 2 PRG
0011 3 USR
0100 4 REL
0101 5 CBM (partition or sub-directory)
Values 6-15 are illegal, but if used will produce very strange results.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 324

16.8.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories

Most Commdore floppy disk drives use a single dedicated directory track where all filenames
are stored. This limits the number of files stored on a disk based on the number of sectors
on the directory track. There are some disk images that contain more files than would
normally be allowed. This requires extending the directory off the default directory track
by changing the last directory sector pointer to a new track, allocating the new sectors in
the BAM, and manually placing (or moving existing) file entries there. The directory of an
extended disk can be read and the files that reside there can be loaded without problems
on a real drive. However, this is still a very dangerous practice as writing to the extended
portion of the directory will cause directory corruption in the non-extended part. Many
of the floppy drives core ROM routines ignore the track value that the directory is on and
assume the default directory track for operations.

16.8.2 BAM layout

The BAM is located on 40/1 (for side 0, tracks 1-40) and 40/2 (for side 1, tracks 41-80).
Each entry takes up six bytes, one for the "free sector" count and five for the allocation
bitmap.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 28 02 44 BB 47 42 C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
10: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
20: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
30: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
40: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
50: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
60: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
70: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
80: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
90: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
A0: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
B0: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
C0: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
D0: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
E0: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
F0: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 24 F0 FF 2D FF FE
Bytes:
$00-$01: Track/sector of next bam sector (40/2)
$02: Version # (’D’)
$03: One’s complement of version# ($BB)
$04-$05: Disk ID bytes (same as 40/0 Disk ID)
$06: I/O byte
bit 7 set - Verify on
bit 7 clear - Verify off
bit 6 set - Check header CRC
bit 6 clear - Don’t check header CRC
$07: Auto-boot-loader flag
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 325

$08-$0F: Reserved for future (set to $00)

$10-$15: BAM entry for track 1 (track 41, side 1)
$16-$1B: BAM entry for track 2 (track 42, side 1)
...
$46-$4B: BAM entry for track 10 (track 50, side 1)
...
$82-$87: BAM entry for track 20 (track 60, side 1)
...
$BE-$C3: BAM entry for track 30 (track 70, side 1)
...
$FA-$FF: BAM entry for track 40 (track 80, side 1)
The BAM entries require some explanation, so lets look at the track 40 entry at bytes
$FA-FF ($24 $F0 $FF $2D $FF $FE). The first byte ($24, or 36 decimal) is the number
of free sectors on that track. The next five bytes represent the bitmap of which sectors are
used/free. Since it is five bytes (8 bits/byte) we have 40 bits of storage. Since this format
has 40 sectors/track, the whole five bytes are used.
F0: .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 24 F0 FF 2D FF FE
The last five bytes of any BAM entry must be viewed in binary to make any sense. We will
once again use track 40 as our reference:
F0=11110000, FF=11111111, 2D=00101101, FF=11111111, FE=11111110
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222 22222233 33333333
Sector 01234567 89012345 67890123 45678901 23456789
-------------------------- -------- --------
00001111 11111111 10110100 11111111 01111111
Note that if a bit is on (1), the sector is free. Therefore, track 40 has sectors 0-3, 17, 20,
22, 23 and 32 used, all the rest are free.
The second BAM (for side 1) contains the entries for tracks 41-80.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 00 FF 44 BB 47 42 C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
10: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
20: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
30: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
40: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
50: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
60: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
70: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
80: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
90: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
A0: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
B0: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
C0: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
D0: 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
E0: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 326

F0: FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF
It is laid out exactly as the side 0 BAM except for one difference. The track/sector reference
for the next sector should be set to $00/$FF, indicating there is no next sector.

16.8.3 REL files

The REL filetype requires some extra explaining. It was designed to make access to data
*anywhere* on the disk very fast. Take a look at this directory entry. . .
00: 00 FF 84 27 00 41 44 44 49 54 49 4F 4E 41 4C 20
10: 49 4E 46 4F A0 27 02 FE 00 00 00 00 00 00 D2 0B
The third byte ($84) indicates this entry is a REL file and that the three normally empty
entries at offset $15, $16 and $17 are now used as they are explained above. It’s the
track/sector chain that this entry points to, called the SUPER SIDE SECTOR, which is
of interest here (in this case, 39/2). The SUPER SIDE SECTOR is very different from the
D64 format. If you check the D64 entry for a REL file and do the calculations, you will
find that the maximum file size of the REL file is 720 data sectors. With the new SUPER
SIDE SECTOR, you can now have 126 groups of these SIDE SECTORS chains, allowing
for file sizes up to (theoretically) 90720 sectors, or about 22.15 Megabytes.
Here is a dump of the beginning of the SUPER SIDE SECTOR. . .
00: 27 01 FE 27 01 15 09 03 0F 38 16 4A 1C 00 00 00
10: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes:
$00-$01: Track/sector of first side sector in group 0
$02: Always $FE
$03-$04: Track/sector of first side sector in group 0 (again)
...
$FD-$FE: Track/sector of first side sector in group 125
$FF: Unused (likely $00)
The side sector layout is the same as the D64/1571.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 12 0A 00 FE 15 09 12 0A 0F 0B 0C 0C 09 0D 06 0E
10: 15 07 15 08 15 0A 15 0B 15 0C 15 0D 15 0E 15 0F
20: 15 10 15 11 15 12 15 13 15 14 15 15 15 16 15 17
30: 15 18 15 19 15 1A 15 1B 15 1C 15 1D 15 1E 15 1F
40: 15 20 15 21 15 22 15 23 15 24 15 25 15 26 15 27
50: 14 00 14 01 14 02 14 03 14 04 14 05 14 06 14 07
60: 14 08 14 09 14 0A 14 0B 14 0C 14 0D 14 0E 14 0F
70: 14 10 14 11 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 16 14 17
80: 14 18 14 19 14 1A 14 1B 14 1C 14 1D 14 1E 14 1F
90: 14 20 14 21 14 22 14 23 14 24 14 25 14 26 14 27
A0: 13 00 13 01 13 02 13 03 13 04 13 05 13 06 13 07
B0: 13 08 13 09 13 0A 13 0B 13 0C 13 0D 13 0E 13 0F
C0: 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17
D0: 13 18 13 19 13 1A 13 1B 13 1C 13 1D 13 1E 13 1F
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 327

E0: 13 20 13 21 13 22 13 23 13 24 13 25 13 26 13 27
F0: 12 00 12 01 12 02 12 03 12 04 12 05 12 06 12 07
Bytes:
$00: Track location of next side-sector ($00 if last sector)
$01: Sector location of next side-sector
$02: Side-sector block number (first sector is $00, the next is
$01, then $02, etc)
$03: REL file RECORD size (from directory entry)
$04-$0F: Track/sector locations of the six other side-sectors. Note
the first entry is this very sector we have listed here.
The next is the next t/s listed at the beginning of the
sector. All of this information must be correct. If one of
these chains is $00/$00, then we have no more side sectors.
Also, all of these (up to six) side sectors must have the
same values in this range.
$10-$FF: T/S chains of *each* sector of the data portion. When we
get a $00/$00, we are at the end of the file.

16.8.4 1581 Partitions and Sub-directories

At the beginning of this section it was stated that the 1581 can hold 296 entries "at the
root level". The 1581 also has the ability to partition areas of the disk. Under the right
conditions these can become sub-directories, acting as a small diskette, complete with its
own directory and BAM. When you are inside of a sub-directory, no other files except those
in that directory are visible, or can be affected.
To the 1581, this file will show up as a "CBM" filetype in a directory. All this does is tell
the disk that a file, starting at X/Y track/sector and Z sectors large exists. Doing a validate
will not harm these files as they have a directory entry, and are fully allocated in the BAM.
There are two main uses for partitions. One is to simply allocate a section of the disk
to be used for direct-access reads/writes, and lock it away from being overwritten after a
VALIDATE. The second is as a sub-directory, basically a small "disk within a disk".
In order to use a partition as a sub-directory, it must adhere to the following four rules:
1. If must start on sector 0
2. It’s size must be in multiples of 40 sectors
3. It must be a minimum of 120 sectors long (3 tracks)
4. If must not start on or cross track 40, which limits the
biggest directory to 1600 sectors (tracks 1-39).
This is a dump of a sub-directory entry:
00: 00 FF 85 29 00 50 41 52 54 49 54 49 4F 4E 20 31
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 06
It is a partition starting on track 41/0, extends for 1600 sectors, and has been formatted
as a sub-directory. Note that when a partition is created, the area being allocated is not
touched in any way. If you want it set up as a sub-directory, you must issue the FORMAT
command to the 1581 to create the central directory and BAM. Also note that from the
directory entry you can’t tell whether it is a sub-directory or not, just that it fits the
sub-directory parameters.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 328

The BAM track for the sub-directory exists on the first track of the partition, and has the
same layout as the disk BAM on track 40. The biggest difference is the "disk name" is
what what given when the partition was formatted rather than what the actual disk name
is. Also, except for the free sectors in the partition area, all other sectors in the BAM will
be allocated.
If the partition size doesn’t match the above rules for a sub-directory, it will simply exist
as a "protected" area of the disk, and can’t be used as a sub-directory. Either way, it still
shows up as a "CBM" type in a directory listing. Below is a dump of a 10-sector partition
starting on track 5/1, which does not qualify as a sub-directory. . .
00: 00 00 85 05 01 53 4D 41 4C 4C 50 41 52 54 20 32
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 00
The master BAM shows the entry for this partition on track 5. . .
00: 28 02 44 BB 43 44 C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
10: 23 C1 FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 28 FF FF FF
20: FF FF 28 FF FF FF FF FF 1E 01 F8 FF FF FF 28 FF
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The breakdown of the BAM shows the allocation for this track, with sectors 1-10 allocated,
as it should be.
10000000 00011111 11111111 11111111 11111111
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
0 10 20 30 39
Partitions and sub-directories share one very important trait. When created, the sub-
directory entry simply has the starting track/sector and the size of the partition in sectors.
Partitions are created linearly, meaning if one starts on 30/1 and is of size 15 sectors, then
the sector range from 1 through 15 on track 30 will be allocated. If a partition size crosses
a track boundary, the allocation will continue on the next track starting on sector 0, and
going up.
The section allocated will *not* have a track/sector chain like a file would, but rather is
dependant on the directory entry to keep it from being overwritten. You can store whatever
you want to in the allocated area.

16.8.5 AUTO-BOOT LOADER

If byte $07 in the BAM is set, then when the drive is reset (and other circumstances) it will
look for a USR file called "COPYRIGHT CBM 86". This file will then be loaded into the
drive RAM and executed.
The format for this auto-loader file is fairly basic. It starts with a two-byte load address, a
size byte, program data, and a checksum at the end.
Bytes:
$00-$01: Load address, low/high format
$02: Size of program (SZ) (smaller than 256 bytes)
$03-($03+SZ-1): Program data
$03+SZ: Checksum byte
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 329

16.9 The D80 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
This is a sector-for-sector copy of an 8050 floppy disk. The file size for an 8050 image is
533248 bytes. It is comprised of 256-byte sectors arranged across 77 tracks, with a varying
number of sectors per track for a total of 2083 sectors. Track counting starts at 1 (not 0)
and sector counting starts at 0 (not 1), therefore a track with 29 sectors will go from 0 to
28.
The original media (a 5.25" disk) has the tracks laid out in circles, with track 1 on the very
outside of the disk (closest to the sides) to track 77 being on the inside of the disk (closest
to the inner hub ring). Commodore, in their infinite wisdom, varied the number of sectors
per track and data densities across the disk to optimize available storage, resulting in the
chart below. It shows the sectors/track for a D80. Since the outside diameter of a circle
is the largest (versus closer to the center), the outside tracks have the largest amount of
storage.
Track Range Sectors/track # Sectors
1-39 29 1131
40-53 27 378
54-64 25 275
65-77 23 299
Track #Sect #SectorsIn D8x Offset
1 29 0 $00000
2 29 29 $01D00
3 29 58 $03A00
4 29 87 $05700
5 29 116 $07400
6 29 145 $09100
7 29 174 $0AE00
8 29 203 $0CB00
9 29 232 $0E800
10 29 261 $10500
11 29 290 $12200
12 29 319 $13F00
13 29 348 $15C00
14 29 377 $17900
15 29 406 $19600
16 29 435 $1B300
17 29 464 $1D000
18 29 493 $1ED00
19 29 522 $20A00
20 29 551 $22700
21 29 580 $24400
22 29 609 $26100
23 29 638 $27E00
24 29 667 $29B00
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 330

25 29 696 $2B800
26 29 725 $2D500
27 29 754 $2F200
28 29 783 $30F00
29 29 812 $32C00
30 29 841 $34900
31 29 870 $36600
32 29 899 $38300
33 29 928 $3A000
34 29 957 $3BD00
35 29 986 $3DA00
36 29 1015 $3F700
37 29 1044 $41400
38 29 1073 $43100
39 29 1102 $44E00
40 27 1131 $46B00
41 27 1158 $48600
42 27 1185 $4A100
43 27 1212 $4BC00
44 27 1239 $4D700
45 27 1266 $4F200
46 27 1293 $50D00
47 27 1320 $52800
48 27 1347 $54300
49 27 1374 $55E00
50 27 1401 $57900
51 27 1428 $59400
52 27 1455 $5AF00
53 27 1482 $5CA00
54 25 1509 $5E500
55 25 1534 $5FE00
56 25 1559 $61700
57 25 1584 $63000
58 25 1609 $64900
59 25 1634 $66200
60 25 1659 $67B00
61 25 1684 $69400
62 25 1709 $6AD00
63 25 1734 $6C600
64 25 1759 $6DF00
65 23 1784 $6F800
66 23 1807 $70F00
67 23 1830 $72600
68 23 1853 $73D00
69 23 1876 $75400
70 23 1899 $76B00
71 23 1922 $78200
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 331

72 23 1945 $79900
73 23 1968 $7B000
74 23 1991 $7C700
75 23 2014 $7DE00
76 23 2037 $7F500
77 23 2060 $80C00
The BAM (Block Availability Map) is on track 38. The D80 is only 77 tracks and so the
BAM is contained on 38/0 and 38/3. The BAM interleave is 3.
The directory is on track 39, with 39/0 contains the header (DOS type, disk name, disk
ID’s) and sectors 1-28 contain the directory entries. Both files and the directory use an
interleave of 1. Since the directory is only 28 sectors large (29 less one for the header),
and each sector can contain only 8 entries (32 bytes per entry), the maximum number of
directory entries is 28 * 8 = 224. The first directory sector is always 39/1. It then follows
a chain structure using a sector interleave of 1 making the links go 39/1, 39/2, 39/3 etc.
When reading a disk, you start with 39/0 (disk label/ID) which points to 38/0 (BAM0),
38/3 (BAM1), and finally to 39/1 (first dir entry sector). When writing a file to a blank
disk, it will start at 38/1 because 38/0 is already allocated.
Below is a dump of the header sector 39/0:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 00 43 00 00 00 73 61 6D 70 6C 65 20 64 38 30
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 65 72 A0 32 43 A0 A0 A0
20: A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to first BAM sector (38/0)
$02 $43 ’C’ is for DOS format version
$03 Reserved
$04-$05 Unused
$06-$16 Disk name, padded with 0xA0 ("sample d80")
$17 0xA0
$18-$19 Disk ID bytes "er"
$1A 0xA0
$1B-$1C DOS version bytes "2C"
$1D-$20 0xA0
$21-$FF Unused
Below is a dump of the first directory sector, 39/1
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 27 02 82 26 01 54 45 53 54 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
20: 00 00 82 26 02 54 45 53 54 32 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
30: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
40: 00 00 82 26 04 54 45 53 54 33 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 332

50: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 00
60: 00 00 82 26 0B 54 45 53 54 34 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
70: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 00
80: 00 00 82 26 14 54 45 53 54 35 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
90: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0C 00
A0: 00 00 82 28 00 54 45 53 54 36 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
B0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
C0: 00 00 82 28 01 54 45 53 54 37 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
D0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
E0: 00 00 82 28 02 54 45 53 54 38 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
F0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
The first two bytes of the directory sector ($27/$02) indicate the location of the next
track/sector of the directory (39/2). If the track is set to $00, then it is the last sector of
the directory.
When the directory is done, the track value will be $00. The sector link should contain a
value of $FF, meaning the whole sector is allocated, but the actual value doesn’t matter.
The drive will return all the available entries anyways. This is a breakdown of a standard
directory sector:
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First directory entry
$20-$3F Second dir entry
$40-$5F Third dir entry
$60-$7F Fourth dir entry
$80-$9F Fifth dir entry
$A0-$BF Sixth dir entry
$C0-$DF Seventh dir entry
$E0-$FF Eighth dir entry
This is a breakdown of a standard directory entry:
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next directory sector ($00 $00 if not the first
entry in the sector)
$02 File type
$03-$04 Track/sector location of first sector of file
$05-$14 16 character filename (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$16 Track/Sector location of first side-sector block (REL file only)
$17 REL file record length (REL file only, max. value 254)
$18-$1D Unused
$1E-$1F File size in sectors, low/high byte order ($1E+$1F*256). The approx.
filesize in bytes is <= #sectors * 254
The file type field is used as follows:
Bits Description
0-3 The actual file type
4 Unused
5 Used only during SAVE-@ replacement
6 Locked flag (Set produces ">" locked files)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 333

7 Closed flag (Not set produces "*", or "splat" files)

The actual file type can be one of the following:
Binary Decimal File type
0000 0 DEL
0001 1 SEQ
0010 2 PRG
0011 3 USR
0100 4 REL
Values 5-15 are illegal, but if used will produce very strange results.

16.9.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories

Most Commdore floppy disk drives use a single dedicated directory track where all filenames
are stored. This limits the number of files stored on a disk based on the number of sectors
on the directory track. There are some disk images that contain more files than would
normally be allowed. This requires extending the directory off the default directory track
by changing the last directory sector pointer to a new track, allocating the new sectors in
the BAM, and manually placing (or moving existing) file entries there. The directory of an
extended disk can be read and the files that reside there can be loaded without problems
on a real drive. However, this is still a very dangerous practice as writing to the extended
portion of the directory will cause directory corruption in the non-extended part. Many
of the floppy drives core ROM routines ignore the track value that the directory is on and
assume the default directory track for operations.

16.9.2 BAM layout

The BAM only occupies up to four sectors on track 38, so the rest of the track is empty and
is available for file storage. Below is a dump of the first BAM block, 38/0. A D80 will only
contain two BAM sectors, 38/0 and 38/3. Each entry takes 5 bytes, 1 for the free count on
that track, and 4 for the BAM bits.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 03 43 00 01 33 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
10: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
20: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
30: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
40: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
50: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
60: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
70: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
80: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
90: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
A0: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
B0: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1B
C0: F6 FF FF 1F 1B FC FF FF 1F 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF
D0: FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF
E0: FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF
F0: 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 334

Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to second BAM sector (38/3)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x01=1)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x33=51)
$06-$0A BAM for track 1. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 2
... ...
$FB-$FF BAM for track 50
Being bit-based, the BAM entries need some explanation. The first track entry in the above
BAM sector is at offset 06, "1D FF FF FF 1F". The first number is how many blocks are
free on this track ($1D=29) and the remainder is the bit representation of the usage map
for the track. These entries must be viewed in binary to make any sense. First convert the
values to binary:
FF=11111111, FF=11111111, FF=11111111, 1F=00011111
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222 222222
01234567 89012345 67890123 456789...
-------------------------- ---------
11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000
^ ^
sector 0 sector 28
Since we are on the first track, we have 29 sectors, and only use up to the bit 28 position.
If a bit is on (1), the sector is free. Therefore, track 1 is clean, all sectors are free. Any
leftover bits that refer to sectors that don’t exist, like bits 29-31 in the above example, are
set to allocated.
Second BAM block 38/3.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 27 01 43 00 33 4E 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07
10: 1B FF FF FF 07 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19
20: FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF
30: FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF
40: FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 17 FF FF 7F
50: 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00
60: 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17
70: FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF
80: FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 00 00 00
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 335

E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to second BAM sector (39/1)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x33=51)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x43=78)
$06-$0A BAM for track 51. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 52
... ...
$88-$8C BAM for track 77
$8D-$FF Not used

16.10 The D82 disk image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
This is a sector-for-sector copy of an 8250 floppy disk. The file size for an 8250 image is
1066496 bytes. It is comprised of 256-byte sectors arranged across 154 tracks, with a varying
number of sectors per track for a total of 4166 sectors. Track counting starts at 1 (not 0)
and sector counting starts at 0 (not 1), therefore a track with 29 sectors will go from 0 to
28.
The original media (a 5.25" disk) has the tracks laid out in circles, with track 1 on the very
outside of the disk (closest to the sides) to track 77 being on the inside of the disk (closest
to the inner hub ring). Commodore, in their infinite wisdom, varied the number of sectors
per track and data densities across the disk to optimize available storage, resulting in the
chart below. It shows the sectors/track for a D82. Since the outside diameter of a circle
is the largest (versus closer to the center), the outside tracks have the largest amount of
storage.
Track Range Sectors/track # Sectors
1-39 29 1131
40-53 27 378
55-64 25 275
65-77 23 299
78-116 29 1131
117-130 27 378
131-141 25 275
142-154 23 299
Track #Sect #SectorsIn D82 Offset
1 29 0 $000000
2 29 29 $001D00
3 29 58 $003A00
4 29 87 $005700
5 29 116 $007400
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 336

6 29 145 $009100
7 29 174 $00AE00
8 29 203 $00CB00
9 29 232 $00E800
10 29 261 $010500
11 29 290 $012200
12 29 319 $013F00
13 29 348 $015C00
14 29 377 $017900
15 29 406 $019600
16 29 435 $01B300
17 29 464 $01D000
18 29 493 $01ED00
19 29 522 $020A00
20 29 551 $022700
21 29 580 $024400
22 29 609 $026100
23 29 638 $027E00
24 29 667 $029B00
25 29 696 $02B800
26 29 725 $02D500
27 29 754 $02F200
28 29 783 $030F00
29 29 812 $032C00
30 29 841 $034900
31 29 870 $036600
32 29 899 $038300
33 29 928 $03A000
34 29 957 $03BD00
35 29 986 $03DA00
36 29 1015 $03F700
37 29 1044 $041400
38 29 1073 $043100
39 29 1102 $044E00
40 27 1131 $046B00
41 27 1158 $048600
42 27 1185 $04A100
43 27 1212 $04BC00
44 27 1239 $04D700
45 27 1266 $04F200
46 27 1293 $050D00
47 27 1320 $052800
48 27 1347 $054300
49 27 1374 $055E00
50 27 1401 $057900
51 27 1428 $059400
52 27 1455 $05AF00
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 337

53 27 1482 $05CA00
54 25 1509 $05E500
55 25 1534 $05FE00
56 25 1559 $061700
57 25 1584 $063000
58 25 1609 $064900
59 25 1634 $066200
60 25 1659 $067B00
61 25 1684 $069400
62 25 1709 $06AD00
63 25 1734 $06C600
64 25 1759 $06DF00
65 23 1784 $06F800
66 23 1807 $070F00
67 23 1830 $072600
68 23 1853 $073D00
69 23 1876 $075400
70 23 1899 $076B00
71 23 1922 $078200
72 23 1945 $079900
73 23 1968 $07B000
74 23 1991 $07C700
75 23 2014 $07DE00
76 23 2037 $07F500
77 23 2060 $080C00
78 29 2083 $082300
79 29 2112 $084000
80 29 2141 $085D00
81 29 2170 $087A00
82 29 2199 $089700
83 29 2228 $08B400
84 29 2257 $08D100
85 29 2286 $08EE00
86 29 2315 $090600
87 29 2344 $092800
88 29 2373 $094500
89 29 2402 $096200
90 29 2431 $097F00
91 29 2460 $099C00
92 29 2489 $09B900
93 29 2518 $09D600
94 29 2547 $09F300
95 29 2576 $0A1000
96 29 2605 $0A2D00
97 29 2634 $0A4A00
98 29 2663 $0A6700
99 29 2692 $0A8400
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 338

100 29 2721 $0AA100

101 29 2750 $0ABE00
102 29 2779 $0ADB00
103 29 2808 $0AF800
104 29 2837 $0B1500
105 29 2866 $0B3200
106 29 2895 $0B4F00
107 29 2924 $0B6C00
108 29 2953 $0B8900
109 29 2982 $0BA600
110 29 3011 $0BC300
111 29 3040 $0BE000
112 29 3069 $0BFD00
113 29 3098 $0C1A00
114 29 3137 $0C3700
115 29 3156 $0C5400
116 29 3185 $0C7100
117 27 3214 $0C8E00
118 27 3241 $0CA900
119 27 3268 $0CC400
120 27 3295 $0CDF00
121 27 3322 $0CFA00
122 27 3349 $0D1500
123 27 3376 $0D3000
124 27 3403 $0D4B00
125 27 3430 $0D6600
126 27 3457 $0D8100
127 27 3484 $0D9C00
128 27 3511 $0DB700
129 27 3538 $0DD200
130 27 3565 $0DED00
131 25 3592 $0E0800
132 25 3617 $0E2100
133 25 3642 $0E3A00
134 25 3667 $0E5300
135 25 3692 $0E6C00
136 25 3717 $0E8500
137 25 3742 $0E9E00
138 25 3767 $0EB700
139 25 3792 $0ED000
140 25 3817 $0EE900
141 25 3842 $0F0200
142 23 3867 $0F1B00
143 23 3890 $0F3200
144 23 3913 $0F4900
145 23 3936 $0F6000
146 23 3959 $0F7700
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 339

147 23 3982 $0F8E00

148 23 4005 $0FA500
149 23 4028 $0FBC00
150 23 4051 $0FD300
151 23 4074 $0FEA00
152 23 4097 $100100
153 23 4120 $101800
154 23 4143 $102F00
The BAM (Block Availability Map) is on track 38. The D82 is 154 tracks and so the BAM
is contained on 38/0, 38/3, 38/6 and 38/9. The BAM interleave is 3.
The directory is on track 39, with 39/0 contains the header (DOS type, disk name, disk
ID’s) and sectors 1-28 contain the directory entries. Both files and the directory use an
interleave of 1. Since the directory is only 28 sectors large (29 less one for the header),
and each sector can contain only 8 entries (32 bytes per entry), the maximum number of
directory entries is 28 * 8 = 224. The first directory sector is always 39/1. It then follows
a chain structure using a sector interleave of 1 making the links go 39/1, 39/2, 39/3 etc.
When reading a disk, you start with 39/0 (disk label/ID) which points to 38/0 (BAM0),
38/3 (BAM1), 38/6 (BAM2), 38/9 (BAM3, and finally to 39/1 (first dir entry sector).
When writing a file to a blank disk, it will start at 38/1 because 38/0 is already allocated.
Below is a dump of the header sector 39/0:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 00 43 00 00 00 73 61 6D 70 6C 65 20 64 38 30
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 65 72 A0 32 43 A0 A0 A0
20: A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to first BAM sector (38/0)
$02 $43 ’C’ is for DOS format version
$03 Reserved
$04-$05 Unused
$06-$16 Disk name, padded with 0xA0 ("sample d82")
$17 0xA0
$18-$19 Disk ID bytes "er"
$1A 0xA0
$1B-$1C DOS version bytes "2C"
$1D-$20 0xA0
$21-$FF Unused
Below is a dump of the first directory sector, 39/1
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 27 02 82 26 01 54 45 53 54 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
20: 00 00 82 26 02 54 45 53 54 32 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 340

30: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
40: 00 00 82 26 04 54 45 53 54 33 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
50: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 00
60: 00 00 82 26 0B 54 45 53 54 34 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
70: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 00
80: 00 00 82 26 14 54 45 53 54 35 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
90: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0C 00
A0: 00 00 82 28 00 54 45 53 54 36 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
B0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
C0: 00 00 82 28 01 54 45 53 54 37 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
D0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
E0: 00 00 82 28 02 54 45 53 54 38 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
F0: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00
The first two bytes of the directory sector ($27/$02) indicate the location of the next
track/sector of the directory (39/2). If the track is set to $00, then it is the last sector of
the directory.
When the directory is done, the track value will be $00. The sector link should contain a
value of $FF, meaning the whole sector is allocated, but the actual value doesn’t matter.
The drive will return all the available entries anyways. This is a breakdown of a standard
directory sector:
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First directory entry
$20-$3F Second dir entry
$40-$5F Third dir entry
$60-$7F Fourth dir entry
$80-$9F Fifth dir entry
$A0-$BF Sixth dir entry
$C0-$DF Seventh dir entry
$E0-$FF Eighth dir entry
This is a breakdown of a standard directory entry:
Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next directory sector ($00 $00 if not the first
entry in the sector)
$02 File type
$03-$04 Track/sector location of first sector of file
$05-$14 16 character filename (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$16 Track/Sector location of first side-sector block (REL file only)
$17 REL file record length (REL file only, max. value 254)
$18-$1D Unused
$1E-$1F File size in sectors, low/high byte order ($1E+$1F*256). The approx.
filesize in bytes is <= #sectors * 254
The file type field is used as follows:
Bits Description
0-3 The actual file type
4 Unused
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 341

5 Used only during SAVE-@ replacement

6 Locked flag (Set produces ">" locked files)
7 Closed flag (Not set produces "*", or "splat" files)
The actual file type can be one of the following:
Binary Decimal File type
0000 0 DEL
0001 1 SEQ
0010 2 PRG
0011 3 USR
0100 4 REL
Values 5-15 are illegal, but if used will produce very strange results.

16.10.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories

Most Commdore floppy disk drives use a single dedicated directory track where all filenames
are stored. This limits the number of files stored on a disk based on the number of sectors
on the directory track. There are some disk images that contain more files than would
normally be allowed. This requires extending the directory off the default directory track
by changing the last directory sector pointer to a new track, allocating the new sectors in
the BAM, and manually placing (or moving existing) file entries there. The directory of an
extended disk can be read and the files that reside there can be loaded without problems
on a real drive. However, this is still a very dangerous practice as writing to the extended
portion of the directory will cause directory corruption in the non-extended part. Many
of the floppy drives core ROM routines ignore the track value that the directory is on and
assume the default directory track for operations.

16.10.2 BAM layout

The BAM only occupies up to four sectors on track 38, so the rest of the track is empty
and is available for file storage. Below is a dump of the first BAM block, 38/0. A D82 will
contain four BAM sectors, 38/0, 38/3, 38/6 and 38/9. Each entry takes 5 bytes, 1 for the
free count on that track, and 4 for the BAM bits.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 03 43 00 01 33 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
10: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
20: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
30: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
40: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
50: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
60: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
70: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
80: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
90: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
A0: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
B0: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1B
C0: F6 FF FF 1F 1B FC FF FF 1F 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF
D0: FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 342

E0: FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF
F0: 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to second BAM sector (38/3)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x01=1)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x33=51)
$06-$0A BAM for track 1. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 2
... ...
$FB-$FF BAM for track 50
Being bit-based, the BAM entries need some explanation. The first track entry in the above
BAM sector is at offset 06, "1D FF FF FF 1F". The first number is how many blocks are
free on this track ($1D=29) and the remainder is the bit representation of the usage map
for the track. These entries must be viewed in binary to make any sense. First convert the
values to binary:
FF=11111111, FF=11111111, FF=11111111, 1F=00011111
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222 222222
01234567 89012345 67890123 456789...
-------------------------- ---------
11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000
^ ^
sector 0 sector 28
Since we are on the first track, we have 29 sectors, and only use up to the bit 28 position.
If a bit is on (1), the sector is free. Therefore, track 1 is clean, all sectors are free. Any
leftover bits that refer to sectors that don’t exist, like bits 29-31 in the above example, are
set to allocated.
Second BAM block 38/3
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 06 43 00 33 65 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07
10: 1B FF FF FF 07 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19
20: FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF
30: FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF
40: FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 17 FF FF 7F
50: 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00
60: 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17
70: FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF
80: FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 1D FF FF
90: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
A0: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
B0: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 343

C0: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
D0: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
E0: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
F0: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to third BAM sector (38/6)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x33=51)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x65=101)
$06-$0A BAM for track 51. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 52
... ...
$FB-$FF BAM for track 100
Third BAM block 38/6
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 26 09 43 00 65 97 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F
10: 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D
20: FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF
30: FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF
40: FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1D FF FF FF
50: 1F 1D FF FF FF 1F 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07
60: 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B
70: FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF
80: FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF
90: FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 1B FF FF FF 07 19 FF FF FF
A0: 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01
B0: 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19
C0: FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF FF FF 01 19 FF
D0: FF FF 01 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF
E0: 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F
F0: 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to fourth BAM sector (38/9)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x65=101)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x97=151)
$06-$0A BAM for track 101. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 102
... ...
$FB-$FF BAM for track 150
Fourth BAM block 38/9
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 344

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 27 01 43 00 97 9B 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00
10: 17 FF FF 7F 00 17 FF FF 7F 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to first directory sector (39/1)
$02 DOS version byte (0x43=’C’)
$03 Reserved
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM (0x97=151)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM (0x9B=155)
$06-$0A BAM for track 151. The first byte shows the "blocks free" for
this track, the remaining 4 show the BAM for the track.
$0B-$0F BAM for track 152
... ...
$15-$19 BAM for track 154
$1A-$FF Not used

16.11 The D90 disk image format

The D90 image is bit-for-bit copy of the hard drives in the D9090 and D9060. The specifi-
cations are as follows:
Specifications D9060 D9090
Hard Disk Mechanism Tandom TM602S Tandom TM603S
Cylinders 153 153
Heads 4 6
Sectors 32 32
Sector Size 256 256
Disk Interface ST-506 ST-506
Unformatted Capacity 6.4 MB 9.6 MB
Formatted Capacity 5.01 MB 7.52 MB
Available Physical Sectors 19584 29376
Usable CBM Blocks 19441 29162
Note that the unformatted capacity is simply the total raw storage and makes no accom-
modation for the management of the information. A disk needs to be low-level formatted to
include sync bits, sector identifiers, error checking, and correcting bits to reliably find and
hold data. This results in an overall loss of about 22% of space, which wasn’t unusual for
ST-506 MFM hard disks at the time. Modern drives use more advanced storage techniques
to reduce this overhead. Earlier published information stating these drives didn’t use their
full capacity was incorrect.
It can be seen that the only difference between this two mechanisms was the number of
heads. In fact the only difference between the two D9090/60 models is the hard drive
mechanism and the setting of the J14 configuration jumper which reflects which head count
to use. Jumper J13 is connected to the FDC, but in the latest ROM it has no function.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 345

The slight difference between the physical sectors and available blocks is due to the overhead
of the CBM filing system (BAM, directory sectors, and bad block list).
The D9090/60 hard disk is the only Commodore drive which uses a "track 0". Sector 0 of
this track contains the track and sector information for the header, directory, beginning of
the BAM, and the beginning of the bad sector list.
Below is a dump of the configuration sector (track 0, sector 0):
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 00 01 00 FF 4C 0A 4C 14 01 00 49 44 00 00 00 00
10: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to bad blocks list
$02 Always 0x00
$03 Always 0xff (DOS version?)
$04-$05 T/S pointer to first directory entry
$06-$07 T/S pointer to header
$08-$08 T/S pointer to first BAM sector
$0A-$0B Disk ID, "ID" in this example
$0C-$FF Always 0x00
This sector is the same for both the D9090 and D9060 as the two hard drives had the same
number of cylinders. The the header and directory are placed in the middle of the disk
(track 76) to minimize access times. The on-board DOS was designed to accommodate for
different cylinder configurations so it was easy to install larger disks by only modifying the
FDC ROM. The number of sectors can not exceed 32, and the number of heads can not
exceed 7 as they would cause unhandled numeric overflow in the DOS. This variation in
configuration values makes it difficult to determine them based solely on the D90 file size.
At this point only the stock image sizes of 5,013,504, and 7,520,256 will be attachable in
VICE.
Regardless of the size, access to the drive is translated from CHS (cylinder, head, sector) to
LBA (logical block address) in the FDC. Although the drive mechanism interface is ST-506,
the AM2910 bridges the SASI communication from the FDC.
Since most hard disks of that era had some type of physical defect, and no defect manage-
ment system, a bad blocks list is included in the DOS. This list begins at track 0, sector 1
as seen from the configuration sector. Below is a dump of an empty bad blocks list (track
0, sector 1):
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
...
The list begins as a typical T/S linking sector, however, it is terminated with a T/S of
$FF/$FF unlike the typical $00/$xx normally seen in other standard files. The following is
a more practical example:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 346

00: 00 02 10 20 FF 02 30 40 FF 08 50 60 FF 14 70 80
...
The actual information starts at offset $02. "Bad" blocks are simply marked as "allocated"
in the BAM so the DOS doesn’t try to put any new data in them. This file is processed by
setting the "working" track to 0. Starting at the beginning (offset $02), a byte is read. If
this value is not $FF, it is interpreted as the "working" sector. The "working" track/sector
is marked as bad (used). We continue on by reading the next byte as the "working" sector
and marking it until a $FF is encountered. In the above example, track $0/$10 and $0/$20
would be marked as bad. Once the $FF is found, the next byte is the new "working" track
if it is not $FF; if it is, the list is finished. Otherwise we continue processing the list just
as we did when the "working" track was 0. In the above example, track $2/$30, $2/$40,
$8/$50, $8/$60, $14/70, and $14/$80 would be marked as bad. Note that the list in this
example would continue onto track 0, sector 2 at offset $2 as the T/S link is set. This list is
processed during a "validation" as the current BAM is erased and rebuilt. It also appears
to be processed after a format, but it is not certain if the DOS generates the list or if it was
generated in factory by a diagnostic system prior to the drives distribution.
The BAM (Block Availability Map) generally begins on track 1, sector 0, and continues on
as necessary based on the disk configuration. Below is a dump of that first BAM sector
with a configuration of 32 sectors per head, and 6 heads:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 09 00 FF FF 00 08 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
10: 1E FC FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20
20: FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 1F FE
30: FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF
...
F0: FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF
Bytes Description
$00-$01 T/S pointer to next BAM sector ($9/$0)
$02-$03 T/S pointer to previous BAM sector ($FF/$FF)
$04 Lowest track covered by this BAM ($0)
$05 Highest+1 track covered by this BAM ($8)
$06 Possible start of bitmap data
$10-$14 (first entry based BAM for track 0, head 0. The first byte shows the "blocks
on this example) free" for this head, the remaining 4 show the BAM for this
track and head.
$24-$08 BAM for track 0, head 1.
... ...
$2E-$32 BAM for track 1, head 0.
... ...
$FB-$FF BAM for track 7, head 5.
If the T/S pointer is $FF/$FF, it means the end of the BAM. So in this case, there is
no previous BAM sector, whereas in the last BAM sector, bytes $01-$02 will be $FF/$FF
indicating that there is no next BAM sector.
Bytes $4 and $5 show the range of which tracks this BAM sector applies to. There are
250 bytes to hold this information. The size of each bitmap entry is calculated by "ceil-
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 347

ing(sectors per head/8)+1"; the "1" is to include the block count. This value is then mul-
tipled by the head number and divided into 250. The remainder is added to 6 (the offset
for the start of bitmap data). For this example, the bitmap entry size would be "ceil-
ing(32/8)+1" which is 5 bytes. The offset is "(250%(5*6))+6" which is 16 or $10. The goal
of this calculation is to place the maximum number of whole tracks inside each BAM. In
this case, "int(250/(5*6))" is 8, so we can store 8 tracks per BAM sector. Therefore the
lowest track is 0, and the highest is 0 + 8. The next BAM sector will handle tracks 8 to 15
(16 - 1). The position of the BAMs will start at track 1, and the second will be at track
9 (8 + 1), the third will be at track 17 (2 * 8 + 1), and so on. For this example with 153
tracks, we will need at least 20 (153 divided by 8) BAM sectors. BAM sectors are always
placed on sector 0. The header and directory will never start on sector 0, so we don’t have
to worry if one of the BAM sectors will end up on track 76 for example.
Being bit-based, the BAM entries need some explanation. The first track (track 0) entry in
the above BAM sector is at offset $10, "1E FC FF FF FF". The first number is how many
blocks are free on this track and head ($1E=30) and the remainder is the bit representation
of the usage map for the track. These entries must be viewed in binary to make any sense.
First convert the values to binary:
FC=11111100, FF=11111111, FF=11111111, FF=11111111
In order to make any sense from the binary notation, flip the bits around.
111111 11112222 22222233
01234567 89012345 67890123 45678901
-------------------------- ---------
00111111 11111111 11111111 11111111
^ ^
sector 0 sector 31
If a bit is on (1), the sector is free. We can see all but sectors 0 and 1 are free here as it
holds the configuration sector, and one sector for the bad block list respectively.
At offset $24, "1F FE FF FF FF" describes the allocation at track 1, sector 0. The first
value is the number of free blocks ($1F=31) and the next 4 indicate which sectors are used
(or available); in this case sector 0 is allocated as it is used by the first BAM sector.
Below is the dump of the last BAM sector (track 152, sector 0):
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: FF FF 91 00 98 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
10: 1F FE FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20
20: FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 20 FF FF FF FF 00 00
30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
Here we can see it only covers tracks 152 ($98) to 152 ($99-1). So only 6 entries are valid,
and the rest are all zeros. The next T/S pointer is $FF/$FF indicating this is the last BAM
sector.
When the blocks free is calculated, only track 0 is excluded. Other Commodore drives
exclude the dedicated directory track.
The directory is generally on track 76 (152 divided by 2), with sector 20 containing the
header (disk name, disk ID’s). The directory entries begin at sector 10. The drives interleave
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 348

is 10 sectors and it appears the directory entry is allocated before the header on a format.
Once the directory grows, the interleave becomes 3, as on most Commodore drives. Unlike
most Commodore drives, the directory is not limited to track 76, nor is file data limited
to be else where. Once track 76 is filled with directory entries, it will look in other tracks
to place more entries. Filling the disk to capacity will also place data into track 76. Be
warned though as the directory listing can exceed the amount of memory available on the
Commodore machine which is "loading" the directory. It is wise to use a DOS wedge which
displays the directory as it is being read but doesn’t store it in memory.
The D9090/60 emulation in VICE was tested to see how many one block files could be
created on a D9090 image. The disk was filled with 25922 files which required 3241 blocks
for the directory entries.
Below is a dump of the header at track 76, sector 20:
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
00: 4C 0A 00 00 00 00 54 45 53 54 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0
10: A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 49 44 A0 33 41 A0 A0 A0
20: A0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
This is very similar to the D80/D82 header in placement but without the DOS version
value. Also note that the dos version bytes are "3A". For the D90, it is believed that the
$FF at offset $3 in the configuration sector dictates the DOS version.
The directory entry generally starts at track 76, sector 10. It has the identical layout as
all other Commodore drives. There are no files specific to the D90 image other than super
side sectors for larger REL files.

16.12 The DHD disk image format

The DHD image is bit-for-bit copy of a Creative Micro Designs (CMD) Hard Drive (HD).
CMD designed their DOS so that it could co-exist with other operating systems from other
computer platforms. At the time, SCSI HDs were very expensive, making this a likely
scenario for some. In this section, a block refers to a SCSI HD data block which is 512 bytes.
A SCSI HD refers to the location of a blocks on the disk as logical block address (LBA).
A sector refers to a commodore disk sector which is 256 bytes. SCSI, being a smarter disk
system (compared to earlier ones), translates the LBAs into physical head, sector, cylinder
coordinates internally thus simplifying the host’s interface. So, for example, a 40 MB HD
of that era would have had 82332 (or $1419C) LBAs. As HD technology improved, the
number of sectors per cylinder became variable depending on the cylinder which allowed
for greater capacity. The host therefore has no information about the HD geometry other
than the total number of LBAs. Most operating systems place their partition tables or boot
code near the beginning of the HD. Because of this variability, CMD designed their DOS
to begin at any location in increments of 128 blocks. It was therefore possible to configure
foreign partitions on various operating system so that the CMD data was ignored. The
starting location of the CMD whole disk partition will be referred to as X blocks.
Upon reset, the boot ROM looks for the CMD whole partition by examining LBA X+2
(starting at X=0) and checking for a special signature in the block. If it does not find it,
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 349

X will increase by 128, and it will try again. It will do this until it finds the signature, or
until it gets a read error from the HD signaling the end of disk space. The device will the
switch to installation mode.
The following is an example configuration block of a 40 MB drive:
X * 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
$200 + ----------------------------------------------- ----------------
000400: 94 6C 00 0E 7D E7 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000410: 20 20 20 20 31 2E 39 32 30 33 2F 32 32 2F 39 36 ....1.9203/22/96
000420: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000430: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000440: 03 02 00 7E C9 55 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000450: 20 20 20 20 32 2E 30 30 30 33 2F 32 32 2F 39 36 ....2.0003/22/96
000460: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
...
000500: 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
000510: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
000530: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 01 FF FF FF FF FF FF
000540: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
000570: 00 41 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
000580: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
0005A0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 9C FF FF FF FF FF FF
0005B0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
0005E0: 00 0C 01 01 0C 80 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0005F0: 43 4D 44 20 48 44 20 20 8D 03 88 8E 02 88 EA 60 CMD HD..........
...
000E00: < start of first OS, n=0, CMD DOS, see $402-$403 >
007E00: < start of second OS, n=1, GEOS overlay, see $442-$443 >
010000: < start of partition table, see $5E6-$5E7 >
The first 256 bytes of the configuration block appear to be a list of loadable operating
systems for the drive. Each entry, "n", uses 64 bytes, so there can be at most 4. The
first is the standard CMD DOS, while the second is an overlay for GEOS. The boot ROM
explicitly loads the first (n=0).
The CMD DOS supports up to 56 connected HDs: 7 devices with 8 logical units (LUNs)
each. For that era, most HDs only supported a single LUN (0), whereas more exotic array
devices would allow for multiple LUNs. The relative location of the disk, "d", in the whole
drive map, is stored in the next 224 bytes. For example, the first disk would start at
location 0. The next disk following the first, would start at LBA $01419C (the size of the
first disk plus its starting point in the map). The 24-bit values used here for the placement
are adequate since a fully populated CMD HD can only access 255 16 MB partitions, which
his just under 4 GiB.
The last portion of the configuration block holds the device parameters (device number,
partition location, default partition) as well as the CMD HD signature.
Bytes Description
(X*$200)+($400-$4FF) Operating System Table
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$00 Destination memory page
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 350

(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$01 Number of pages

(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$02-$03 Location of data offset from X in sectors (256 bytes);
MSB format
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$04-$05 Checksum of data; MSB format
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$06-$0F All 0x00
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$10-$17 ASCII of version number
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$18-$1F ASCII of date
(X*$200+$400+n*$40)+$20-$3F All 0x00
(X*$200+$500+d*$38)+$00 SCSI ID of HD in bits 7-4, LUN in bits 3-0; $FF means
not present
(X*$200+$500+d*$38)+$38 MSB of disk location in drive map
(X*$200+$500+d*$38)+$70 Middle byte of disk location in drive map
(X*$200+$500+d*$38)+$A8 LSB of disk location in drive map
(X*$200+$500)+$E0 0x00 (unknown)
(X*$200+$500)+$E1 Device number (12 or 0x0C by default)
(X*$200+$500)+$E2 0x01 (unknown)
(X*$200+$500)+$E3 0x01 (unknown)
(X*$200+$500)+$E4 Device number (12 or 0x0C by default)
(X*$200+$500)+$E5 0x80: 2 to the power of the SCSI ID of host (which is
always 7)
(X*$200+$500)+$E6-$E7 Location of CMD partition table offset from X in sectors
(256 bytes); MSB format
(X*$200+$500)+$E8 Default partition number
(X*$200+$500)+$E9-$EF All 0x00
(X*$200+$500)+$F0-$F7 0x43 0x4D 0x44 0x20 0x48 0x44 0x20 0x20: First half of
signature
(X*$200+$500)+$F8-$FF 0x8D 0x03 0x88 0x8E 0x02 0x88 0xEA 0x60: Second half
of signature; decodes to STA $8803, STX $8802, NOP,
RTS
The CMD partition table is a special disk image with one track and 32 sectors. It is very
similar the standard directory structure of most CBM drives. The first two bytes of the
sector indicate the location of the next track/sector of the partition table; it is usually in
sequence. If the next track is set to $00 (the next sector will be $ff), then it is the last
sector of the partition table.
The standard partition table sectors:
Bytes Description
$00-$1F First partition entry for this sector
$20-$3F Second partition entry for this sector
$40-$5F Third partition entry for this sector
$60-$7F Fourth partition entry for this sector
$80-$9F Fifth partition entry for this sector
$A0-$BF Sixth partition entry for this sector
$C0-$DF Seventh partition entry for this sector
$E0-$FF Eighth partition entry for this sector
The standard partition entry:
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 351

Bytes Description
$00-$01 Track/Sector location of next partition sector ($00 $00 if not the first
entry in the sector)
$02 Partition type: 0x00=none, 0x01=native, 0x02=1541, 0x03=1571,
0x04=1581, 0x05=1581CPM, 0x06=Print Queue, 0x07=Foreign,
0xFF=System. Only partition 0 can be a system type, and type 6
isn’t known to be implemented on any CMD DOS.
$03-$04 0x00 0x00
$05-$14 16 character partition name (in PETASCII, padded with $A0)
$15-$17 Location of the partition data offset from X in sectors (256 bytes);
MSB format; partition 0, the system partition always starts a 0.
$18-$1D All 0x00
$1E-$1F Size of partition (in blocks) in MSB format. Partition 0, the system
partition is always 0x90 blocks, which includes blocks from X to the
end of the partition table.
When a partition is deleted, its entry is removed and all others stay in their existing place.
The partition data following the deleted partition is moved back to fill in the gap from the
deletion; this can be very time consuming. So, when deleting a partition, it is suggested to
start with the one with the highest start LBA.
The data at the starting LBA is simply the associated disk image of the partition type. It
follows the formats (D64, D71, and D81) documented previously.

16.13 The P00 image format

(This section was contributed by Peter Schepers and slightly edited by Marco van den
Heuvel.)
These files were created for use in the PC64 emulator, written by Wolfgang Lorenz. Each
one has the same layout with the filetype being stored in the DOS extension (i.e. Pxx is a
PRG, Sxx is a SEQ, Uxx is a USR and Rxx is a RELative file), and the header is only 26
bytes long.
This is a dump of a Pxx file (PRG). . .
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F
-----------------------------------------------
0000: 43 36 34 46 69 6C 65 00 43 52 49 53 49 53 20 4D
0010: 4F 55 4E 54 41 49 4E 00 00 00
Bytes Description
$00-$06 ASCII string "C64File"
$07 Always $00
$08-$17 Filename in PETASCII, padded with $00 (not $A0, like a
D64)
$18 Always $00
$19 REL file record size ($00 if not a REL file)
$1A-?? Program data
The ’xx’ in the extension of the file is usually 00, except when we have two DOS filenames
which would be the same, but the C64 filenames are different! If we have two C64 filenames
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 352

which are the same, they *cannot* co-exist in the same directory. If we have two files which
do convert down to be the same DOS filename, the extension is incremented until an unused
one is found (x01, x02, x03, up to x99). We can have up to 99 different C64 files with the
same corresponding DOS names as that’s all the extension will hold (from P00 to P99).
Each PC64 file only has one entry, there are no multi-file containers allowed. This could
result in a large number of these files in a directory, even for only a few programs, as each
C64 file will result in a PC64 file entry. The best use for a PC64 file is a single-file program,
one which does not load anything else.

16.14 The CRT cartridge image format

This chapter is based on CRT.txt (rev1.14) compiled by Peter Schepers, with additional
contributions from Per Hakan Sundell, Markus Brenner, Marco Van Den Heuvel, Groepaz.
Cartridge files were introduced in the CCS64 emulator, written by Per Hakan Sundell,
and use the ".CRT" file extension. This format was created to handle the various ROM
cartridges that exist, such as Action Replay, the Power cartridge, and the Final Cartridge.
The file format was extended to support other CBM machines by the VICE team in version
2.0
Normal game cartridges can load into several different memory ranges (on the C64 this
is $8000-9FFF, $A000-BFFF or $E000-FFFF). Newer utility and freezer cartridges were
less intrusive, hiding themselves until called upon, and still others used bank-switching
techniques to allow much larger ROMs than normal. Because of these "stealthing" and
bank-switching methods, a special cartridge format was necessary, to let the emulator know
where the cartridge should reside, the control line states to enable it and any special hard-
ware features it uses.

16.14.1 Header contents

For example, here is a dump of a sample 8KiB generic C64 cartridge, "Attack Of The
Mutant Camels". . .
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 41 54 54 41 43 4B 20 4F 46 20 54 48 45 20 4D 55 ATTACK OF THE MU
0030: 54 41 4E 54 20 43 41 4D 45 4C 53 00 00 00 00 00 TANT CAMELS.....
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: D3 9B BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 EA EA EA A9 01 85 13 .......80.......
0060: 4C B3 9B A9 08 85 5A 88 D0 FD C6 5A D0 F9 60 D0 L.....Z....Z..‘.
$0000-$000F - 16-byte cartridge signature (padded with space characters)
"C64 CARTRIDGE " - indicates a C64 cartridge
"C128 CARTRIDGE " - indicates a C128 cartridge (added in v2.0)
"CBM2 CARTRIDGE " - indicates a CBMII cartridge (added in v2.0)
"VIC20 CARTRIDGE " - indicates a VIC20 cartridge (added in v2.0)
"PLUS4 CARTRIDGE " - indicates a C16/PLUS4 cartridge (added in v2.0)

$0010-$0013 - File header length (in high/low format, counting from offset $0000).
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 353

The default (and also the minimum) value is $40, which should always
be used for compatibility reasons. Some cartridge images exist which
use a value of $00000020, which is wrong.

$0014-$0015 - Cartridge version (high/low, presently 02.00)

$01 $00 - original v1.0 specs
$01 $01 - VICE v1.1 specs (adds CRT sub type/hardware revision)
$02 $00 - VICE v2.0 specs (introduces VIC20, PLUS4, C128, CBM2)

$0016-$0017 - Cartridge hardware type ($0000, high/low) - see below for details

$0018 - Cartridge port EXROM line status (C64 only)

$0019 - Cartridge port GAME line status (C64 only)

Determines the mode the cartridge starts in:

exrom / game
0 0 - 16k Game
0 1 - 8k Game
1 0 - ultimax
1 1 - ram/off

Emulators should only use this field with "generic" C64 cartridges
(type 0), for all others the startup mode is implied by the type
of the cartridge. It should still be filled correctly in the crt
file, but a lot of files with wrong values exist "in the wild".

$001A - Cartridge Hardware Revision/Subtype (usually 0) (added in v1.01)

$001B-$001F - Reserved for future use

$0020-$003F - 32-byte cartridge name (uppercase, padded with null characters)

$0040- xxxx - Cartridge contents (called CHIP PACKETS, as there can be more than
one per CRT file). See below for a breakdown of the CHIP format.

16.14.2 CHIP Contents

The following is the contents of the CHIP packet, from position $0040 on in the CRT file.
Note I have re-adjusted the starting address to be $0000, since we are now looking at a file
contained in the .CRT file, and all size references are from where it starts.
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0010: D3 9B BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 EA EA EA A9 01 85 13 .......80.......
0020: 4C B3 9B A9 08 85 5A 88 D0 FD C6 5A D0 F9 60 D0 L.....Z....Z..‘.
0030: F2 60 A9 04 85 49 A9 00 85 48 A2 00 A5 48 9D 40 .‘...I...H...H.@
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 354

0040: 03 A5 49 9D 60 03 A5 48 18 69 28 85 48 A5 49 69 ..I.‘..H.i(.H.Ii
0050: 00 85 49 E8 E0 18 D0 E4 60 A6 03 A4 02 BD 40 03 ..I.....‘.....@.
...
$0000-$0003 - Contained ROM signature "CHIP" (note there can be more than one
CHIP image in a .CRT file)

$0004-$0007 - Total packet length (high/low format)

Length of ROM image size and header combined, this should
always be equal to "ROM image size" + $10

$0008-$0009 - Chip type

0 - ROM
1 - RAM
2 - Flash ROM
3 - EEPROM

This is informal only. A RAM chunk may be empty, but doesn’t

have to be.

$000A-$000B - Bank number ($0000 - normal cartridge)

Number of the bank this CHIP package appears in. This should be
a logical bank number, not the value stored into some banking
register which might have its bit-order rearranged.

$000C-$000D - Starting load address (high/low format)

The load address tells the loader which part of the given bank
is to be used for this chunk. It is only really important in
formats where actually more than one CHIP chunk exists for each
bank - most notable the "generic" (type 0) cartridges.

$000E-$000F - ROM image size in bytes (high/low format, typically $2000 or $4000)

$0010- xxxx - ROM data

16.14.3 C64 Cartridge Specifics

CRT ID Cartridge Type
0 generic cartridge
1 Action Replay
2 KCS Power Cartridge
3 Final Cartridge III
4 Simons’ BASIC
5 Ocean type 1*
6 Expert Cartridge
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 355

7 Fun Play, Power Play

8 Super Games
9 Atomic Power
10 Epyx Fastload
11 Westermann Learning
12 Rex Utility
13 Final Cartridge I
14 Magic Formel
15 C64 Game System, System 3
16 Warp Speed
17 Dinamic**
18 Zaxxon, Super Zaxxon (SEGA)
19 Magic Desk, Domark, HES Australia
20 Super Snapshot V5
21 Comal-80
22 Structured BASIC
23 Ross
24 Dela EP64
25 Dela EP7x8
26 Dela EP256
27 Rex EP256
28 Mikro Assembler
29 Final Cartridge Plus
30 Action Replay 4
31 Stardos
32 EasyFlash
33 EasyFlash Xbank
34 Capture
35 Action Replay 3
36 Retro Replay (Subtype 1: Nordic Replay)
37 MMC64
38 MMC Replay
39 IDE64
40 Super Snapshot V4
41 IEEE-488
42 Game Killer
43 Prophet64
44 EXOS
45 Freeze Frame
46 Freeze Machine
47 Snapshot64
48 Super Explode V5.0
49 Magic Voice
50 Action Replay 2
51 MACH 5
52 Diashow-Maker
53 Pagefox
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 356

54 Kingsoft
55 Silverrock 128K Cartridge
56 Formel 64
57 RGCD (Subtype 1: Hucky)
58 RR-Net MK3
59 EasyCalc
60 GMod2
61 MAX Basic
62 GMod3
63 ZIPP-CODE 48
64 Blackbox V8
65 Blackbox V3
66 Blackbox V4
67 REX RAM-Floppy
68 BIS-Plus
69 SD-BOX
70 MultiMAX
71 Blackbox V9
72 Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor
73 RAMLink
74 H.E.R.O.
75 IEEE Flash! 64
76 Turtle Graphics II
77 Freeze Frame MK2
78 Partner 64
79 Hyper-BASIC
(*Note: Ocean type 1 includes Navy Seals, Robocop 2 & 3, Shadow of the Beast, Toki,
Terminator 2 and more)
(**Note: Dinamic includes Narco Police and more)

16.14.3.1 0 - generic cartridge

generic cartridges can contain one or two 8k CHIP packets, one for ROML and one for
ROMH. ROML start address is always $8000, ROMH start address is either $a000 or $e000
depending on the GAME/EXROM config.
The following is a chart taken from the "Commodore Programmers Reference Guide". It
details the state of various areas of memory depending on the state of the control lines.
Legend: L - ROML (low) H - ROMH (high) G - GAME E - EXROM
Addr LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE LHGE
Range
1111 101X 1000 011X 001X 1110 0100 1100 XX01
default 00X0 Ultimax
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
E000-FFFF Kernal RAM RAM Kernal RAM Kernal Kernal Kernal ROMH(*)
D000-DFFF IO/CHR IO/CHR IO/RAM IO/CHR RAM IO/CHR IO/CHR IO/CHR I/O
C000-CFFF RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM -
A000-BFFF BASIC RAM RAM RAM RAM BASIC ROMH ROMH -
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 357

8000-9FFF RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM ROML RAM ROML ROML(*)
4000-7FFF RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM -
1000-3FFF RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM -
0000-0FFF RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM
(*) Internal memory does not respond to write accesses in these areas
From the above chart, the following table can be built. It shows standard cartridges, either
8KiB or 16KiB in size, and the memory ranges they load into.
Type Size Game EXRom Low Bank High Bank
in K Line Line (ROML) (ROMH)
-------------------------------------------------
Normal 8KiB hi lo $8000 ----
Normal 16KiB lo lo $8000 $A000
Ultimax 8KiB lo hi $E000 ----
The ROMH and ROML lines are CPU-controlled status lines, used to bank in/out RAM,
ROM or I/O, depending on what is needed at the time.
generic 8K GAME cartridge
Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 41 54 54 41 43 4B 20 4F 46 20 54 48 45 20 4D 55 ATTACK OF THE MU
0030: 54 41 4E 54 20 43 41 4D 45 4C 53 00 00 00 00 00 TANT CAMELS.....
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: D3 9B BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 EA EA EA A9 01 85 13 .......80.......
generic 16K GAME cartridge
This sample is a dump of "Adventure Creator", a 16KiB standard cartridge.
Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 41 64 76 65 6E 74 75 72 65 20 43 72 65 61 74 6F Adventure Creato
0030: 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 r...............
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 81 EA C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 00 78 D8 8E 11 D0 .......80..x....
ULTIMAX cartridge
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 358

Ultimax cartridges typically are situated in the $E000-FFFF (8KiB) ROM address range.
There are some cartridges which only use 4KiB of the 8KiB allocation. If the cartridge is
16KiB in size, then it will reside in both $8000-9FFF and $E000-FFFF.
This sample below is a dump of "Music Machine", a 4KiB ULTIMAX mode cartridge. It
is still identified as a "generic cartridge" according to the ID.
Size 4KiB (ULTIMAX mode)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $F000-F7FF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 4D 55 53 49 43 20 4D 41 43 48 49 4E 45 00 00 00 MUSIC MACHINE...
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 10 10 00 00 00 00 F0 00 10 00 CHIP............
0050: 3C 66 C3 C3 66 3C FF FF 18 3C 66 7E 66 66 66 00 <f..f<...<f~fff.

16.14.3.2 1 - Action Replay

Size 32KiB (4 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 01 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 41 63 74 69 6F 6E 20 52 65 70 6C 61 79 20 56 00 Action Replay V.
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 60 80 4C 63 80 4C .......80L‘.Lc.L
This cart has 32KiB of ROM, and 8KiB of RAM. The bank switching is done by writing to
the I/O-1 range as follows:
bit meaning
--- -------
7 extra ROM bank selector (A15) (unused)
6 1 = resets FREEZE-mode (turns back to normal mode)
5 1 = enable RAM at ROML ($8000-$9FFF) &
I/O-2 ($DF00-$DFFF = $9F00-$9FFF)
4 ROM bank selector high (A14)
3 ROM bank selector low (A13)
2 1 = disable cartridge (turn off $DE00)
1 1 = /EXROM high
0 1 = /GAME low
Additionally the RAM or ROM can be available through a window in the I/O-2 range.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 359

16.14.3.3 2 - KCS Power Cartridge

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address module #1 - $8000-9FFF module #2 - $A000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 20 01 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ... ............
0020: 4B 43 53 20 50 6F 77 65 72 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 KCS Power Cartri
0030: 64 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dge.............
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 D8 A2 FF 9A A9 27 ..^....80x.....’
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 97 E3 16 A1 FF FF FF 20 13 A0 A5 01 09 01 85 01 ....... ........

16.14.3.4 3 - Final Cartridge III

Size 64KiB (4 banks of 16KiB each)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-BFFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 46 69 6E 61 6C 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 64 67 65 20 Final Cartridge
0030: 49 49 49 20 31 39 38 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 III 1987........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 4C 80 4C 55 95 4C ..^....80LL.LU.L
...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: 01 02 00 81 5D 81 61 81 99 81 D8 81 0B 82 33 82 ....].a.......3.
...
8060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
8070: 20 43 80 20 52 80 A9 4E 20 05 DE 20 FD BF AD 39 C. R..N .. ...9
...
C070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
C080: A2 06 BD DD 85 95 05 CA 10 F8 AE A0 02 E8 EC A2 ................
A total of 64 KiB of ROM memory is organized into four $4000 banks located at $8000-
$BFFF.
The banks are arranged in the following way:
Bank 0: BASIC, Monitor, Disk-Turbo
Bank 1: Notepad, BASIC (Menu Bar)
Bank 2: Desktop, Freezer/Print
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 360

Bank 3: Freezer, Compression

The cartridges uses the entire I/O-1 and I/O-2 range. Bank switching is done by writing
the bank number plus $40 into memory location $DFFF. For instance, to select bank 2,
$DFFF is set to $42.
The CRT file contains four CHIP blocks, each block with a start address of $8000, length
$4000 and the bank number in the bank field. In the cartridge header, both EXROM ($18)
and GAME ($19) are set to 1 to enable the 16 KiB ROM configuration.
The registers are arranged in the following way:
One register at $DFFF:
bit meaning
--- -------
7 Hide this register (1 = hidden)
6 NMI line (0 = low = active) *1)
5 GAME line (0 = low = active) *2)
4 EXROM line (0 = low = active)
2-3 unassigned (usually set to 0)
0-1 number of bank to show at $8000
1) if either the freezer button is pressed, or bit 6 is 0, then an NMI is generated
2) if the freezer button is pressed, GAME is also forced low
The rest of I/O-1/I/O-2 contain a mirror of the last 2 pages of the currently selected ROM
bank (also at $dfff, contrary to what some other documents say)

16.14.3.5 4 - Simons’ Basic

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address module #1 - $8000-9FFF module #2 - $A000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 53 69 6D 6F 6E 27 73 20 42 61 73 69 63 00 00 00 Simon’s Basic...
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 52 81 52 81 C3 C2 CD 38 30 41 4C 52 81 20 2C 81 R.R....80ALR. ,.
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 20 A4 A6 99 9E CB A0 05 A5 A8 91 20 A4 A6 99 A2 .......... ....
Simons’ BASIC permanently uses 16 KiB ($4000) bytes of cartridge memory from
$8000-$BFFF. However, through some custom bank-switching logic the upper area
($A000-$BFFF) may be disabled so Simons’ BASIC may use it as additional RAM.
Writing a value of $01 to address location $DE00 banks in ROM, $00 disables ROM and
enables RAM.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 361

The CRT file contains two CHIP blocks of length $2000 each, the first block having a start
address of $8000, the second block $A000. In the cartridge header, EXROM ($18) is set to
0, GAME ($19) is set to 1 to indicate the RESET/power-up configuration of 8 KiB ROM.

16.14.3.6 5 - Ocean type 1

Size 32KiB, 128KiB, 256KiB or 512KiB sizes (4, 16, 32 or 64 banks
of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
inactive (hi) (1) for 512KiB variant (Terminator 2)
Load address Banks 00-15 - $8000-9FFF
Banks 16-31 - $A000-BFFF (except Terminator 2)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 05 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
00020: 53 48 41 44 4F 57 20 4F 46 20 54 48 45 20 42 45 SHADOW OF THE BE
00030: 41 53 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AST.............
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 09 80 83 81 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 83 81 4C 76 82 80 .......80L..Lv..
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 59 6D 00 56 AD 00 55 AE F0 00 01 A0 FE 00 01 F8 Ym.V..U.........
...
20140: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 10 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
20150: 0A 9A 55 FF 9B 69 57 FE AA 65 96 FE 65 0F D6 D9 ..U..iW..e..e...
Here is a list of the known OCEAN cartridges:
Batman The Movie (128 KiB)
Battle Command (128 KiB)
Double Dragon (128 KiB)
Navy Seals (128 KiB)
Pang (128 KiB)
Robocop 3 (128 KiB)
Space Gun (128 KiB)
Toki (128 KiB)
Chase H.Q. II (256 KiB)
Robocop 2 (256 KiB)
Shadow of the Beast (256 KiB)
Terminator 2 (512 KiB)
The 32KiB type of cart has 4 banks of 8KiB ($2000), banked in at $8000-$9FFF.
The 128KiB type of cart has 16 banks of 8KiB ($2000), banked in at $8000-$9FFF.
The 256KiB type of cart has 32 banks of 8KiB ($2000), 16 banked in at $8000-$9FFF, and
16 banked in at $A000-$BFFF.
The 512KiB type of cart has 64 banks of 8KiB ($2000), banked in at $8000-$9FFF.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 362

Bank switching is done by writing to $DE00. The lower six bits give the bank number
(ranging from 0-63). Bit 7 in this selection word is always set.

16.14.3.7 6 - Expert Cartridge

Size 8KiB
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 06 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 45 78 70 65 72 74 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 64 67 65 Expert Cartridge
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 01 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP..@....... .
0050: 00 00 00 0A F3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................

16.14.3.8 7 - Fun Play, Power Play

Size 128KiB (16 banks of 8KiB modules)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 07 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
00020: 46 55 4E 20 50 4C 41 59 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FUN PLAY........
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 1E 80 86 EA C3 C2 CD 38 30 1B 00 81 0D 08 80 00 .......80.......
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 08 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 78 A2 F0 86 01 BD 1D 08 9D F8 00 CA D0 F7 4C 00 x.............L.
...
04060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 10 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
04070: 38 E5 68 85 03 B0 11 27 03 12 C0 18 69 27 42 90 8.h....’....i’B.
...
06070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 18 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
06080: 44 D0 5E 06 02 C0 44 11 40 04 11 44 01 5F 1C 73 D.^...D.@..D._.s
...
1E130: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 39 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....9.. .
1E140: 85 EB 41 EA 9E 08 03 00 C0 06 18 01 00 C0 08 03 ..A.............
The FUN PLAY Cartridge uses $DE00 for bank selection, and uses 8KiB banks ($2000)
at $8000-$9FFF. There are 16 banks of ROM memory and are referenced by the following
values:
$00 -> Bank 0
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 363

$08 -> Bank 1

$10 -> Bank 2
$18 -> Bank 3
$20 -> Bank 4
$28 -> Bank 5
$30 -> Bank 6
$38 -> Bank 7
$01 -> Bank 8
$09 -> Bank 9
$11 -> Bank 10
$19 -> Bank 11
$21 -> Bank 12
$29 -> Bank 13
$31 -> Bank 14
$39 -> Bank 15
The bank field in the chip headers is set according to the value written to $DE00. The
following bits are used for bank decoding in $DE00 (0 being the LSB, 3 being the MSB).
Bit# 76543210
xx210xx3
After copying memory from the ROM banks, the selection program writes a value of $86
to $DE00. This seems either to reset or disable the cartridge ROM.

16.14.3.9 8 - Super Games

Size 64KiB (4 banks of 16KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Startup mode 16KiB game
Load address $8000-BFFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 53 55 50 45 52 20 47 41 4D 45 53 00 00 00 00 00 SUPER GAMES.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 0A 80 0A 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 00 A9 80 A0 00 85 FB .......80.......
...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: 27 80 A8 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 00 40 C0 40 C0 40 C0 ’......80.@.@.@.
...
8060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
8070: 00 00 00 49 4D C7 64 47 46 45 F3 48 DC 08 7E 0B ...IM.dGFE.H..~.
...
C070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
C080: D5 F9 F0 C1 D5 F7 F0 BD E8 B5 02 F0 FB C9 05 30 ...............0
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 364

The Super Games cartridge uses 4 16KiB banks ($8000-$BFFF) of ROM memory. Bank
selecting is done by writing to $DF00.
$DF00 register is as follows:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 bank bit 0
1 bank bit 1
2 mode (0 = EXROM/GAME (bridged on the same wire - 16KiB config)
1 = cartridge disabled)
3 write-protect-latch (1 = no more changes are possible until
the next hardware-reset )
4-7 unused

16.14.3.10 9 - Atomic Power

Size 32KiB (4 banks of 8KiB modules)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 09 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 41 74 6F 6D 69 63 20 50 6F 77 65 72 00 00 00 00 Atomic Power....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 41 80 4C 1E 80 4C .......80LA.L..L
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 3F 80 4C 91 80 4C .......80L?.L..L
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: EF FC 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 27 80 4C DB 81 4C .......80L’.L..L
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 73 86 4C 30 80 4C .......80Ls.L0.L
This cart has 32KiB of ROM and 8KiB of RAM
Writing to I/O-1 will do the following:
bit meaning
--- -------
7 extra ROM bank selector (A15) (unused)
6 1 = resets FREEZE-mode (turns back to normal mode)
5 1 = enable RAM at ROML ($8000-$9FFF) &
I/O-2 ($DF00-$DFFF = $9F00-$9FFF)
4 ROM bank selector high (A14)
3 ROM bank selector low (A13)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 365

2 1 = disable cartridge (turn off $DE00)

1 1 = /EXROM high
0 1 = /GAME low
If bit 5 (RAM enable) is 1, bit 0,1 (exrom/game) is == 2 (cart off), bit 2,6,7 (cart disable,
freeze clear) are 0, then cart ROM (Bank 0..3) is mapped at 8000-9FFF, and cart RAM
(Bank 0) is mapped at A000-BFFF and cart RAM (Bank 0) is is enabled in the I/O-2 area
using 16KiB game config.
The cart RAM or ROM is available through a window in the I/O-2 range.

16.14.3.11 10 - Epyx Fastload

Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0A 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 45 50 59 58 20 46 41 53 54 4C 4F 41 44 00 00 00 EPYX FASTLOAD...
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 30 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 04 90 4C 38 DF AB 0.^....80 ..L8..
The Epyx FastLoad cart uses a simple capacitor to toggle the ROM on and off:
the capacitor is discharged, and 8KiB game config enabled, by either reading ROML or
reading I/O-1. If none of those accesses happen the capacitor will charge, and if it is
charged (after 512 cycles) then the ROM will get disabled.

16.14.3.12 11 - Westermann Learning

Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 57 45 53 54 45 52 4D 41 4E 4E 00 00 00 00 00 00 WESTERMANN......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP.. .......@.
0050: 09 80 9C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 00 8E 16 D0 20 84 .......80..... .
Any read from the I/O-2 range will switch the cart off.

16.14.3.13 12 - Rex Utility

Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 366

GAME inactive (hi) (1)

Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0C 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 52 45 58 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 REX.............
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 08 80 C1 FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 6C 95 E3 20 A3 FD 20 .......80l.. ..
Reading from $DF00-DFBF disables ROM, reading from $DFC0-DFFF enables ROM (8KiB
game config).

16.14.3.14 13 - Final Cartridge I

Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0D 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 54 68 65 20 46 69 6E 61 6C 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 The Final Cartri
0030: 64 67 65 20 49 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dge I...........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 80 BA 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 00 A0 A0 20 2D FE 58 ..^....80... -.X
Any access to I/O-1 turns cartridge ROM off. Any access to I/O-2 turns cartridge ROM
on.
The cart ROM is visible in I/O-1 and I/O-2.

16.14.3.15 14 - Magic Formel

Size 64KiB (8 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load Address $E000-FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0E 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 4D 61 67 69 63 20 46 6F 72 6D 65 6C 00 00 00 00 Magic Formel....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 4D 46 30 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF0...‘...‘...‘.
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 367

2060: 4C 5F E4 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D L_....‘...‘...‘.
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 4D 46 32 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF2...‘...‘...‘.
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: 4D 46 33 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF3...‘...‘...‘.
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
8090: 4D 46 34 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF4...‘...‘...‘.
...
A090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
A0A0: 4D 46 35 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF5...‘...‘...‘.
...
C0A0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
C0B0: 4D 46 36 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF6...‘...‘...‘.
...
E0B0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
E0C0: 4D 46 37 8D 00 DF 60 8D 01 DF 60 8D 02 DF 60 8D MF7...‘...‘...‘.

16.14.3.16 15 - C64 Game System, System 3

Size 512KiB (64 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 0F 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
00020: 43 36 34 47 53 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 64 67 65 00 C64GS Cartridge.
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 6D 80 C5 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C CB 80 4C 36 84 4C m......80L..L6.L
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 18 D0 A9 FF 8D 15 D0 8D 1D D0 8D 17 D0 A2 07 A9 ................
...
04060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
04070: E0 08 19 21 77 84 52 98 9F 80 A5 21 31 01 31 89 ...!w.R....!1.1.
...
06070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
06080: C0 08 1C 1D A0 92 03 03 D8 AA 04 C0 B8 01 40 EA ..............@.
...
7E430: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 3F 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....?.. .
7E440: 45 20 41 20 42 49 47 20 58 FE 4F 4E 20 54 48 49 E A BIG X.ON THI
Here is a list of the known cartridges:
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 368

C64GS 4-in-1 (Commodore) (512 KiB)

Last Ninja Remix (System 3) (512 KiB)
Myth (System 3) (512 KiB)
ROM memory is organized in 8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. Bank switching
is done by writing to address $DE00+X, where X is the bank number (STA $DE00,X). For
instance, to read from bank 3, address $DE03 is written to. Reading from anywhere in the
I/O-1 range will disable the cart.
The CRT file contains a string of CHIP blocks, each block with a start address of $8000,
length $2000 and the bank number in the bank field. In the cartridge header, EXROM
($18) is set to 0, GAME ($19) is set to 1 to enable the 8 KiB ROM configuration.

16.14.3.17 16 - Warp Speed

Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 57 61 72 70 73 70 65 65 64 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Warpspeed.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 4C 22 80 4C 22 80 FF 43 42 4D 20 53 E4 20 18 E5 L".L"..CBM S. ..
After RESET or POWER ON, 16KiB of cartridge ROM is visible at $8000-$BFFF. Ad-
ditionally, ROM normally located at $9E00-$9FFF is mirrored into I/O-1 and I/O-2 at
$DE00-$DFFF. ROM at $8000-$BFFF is disabled by writing into the I/O-2 area (typically
$DF00) and may be re-enabled by writing into I/O-1 ($DE00). However, the $DE00-$DFFF
(I/O-1/I/O-2) area itself always remains mapped to cartridge ROM.
Note: the actual cartridge contains both a C64 and a C128 ROM, which can be selected
with a switch. We implement them as if these two ROMs were different cartridges - this
way they can be selected by using the other .crt file, instead of having to flip the switch in
the user interface.

16.14.3.18 17 - Dinamic
Size 128KiB (16 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF (all modules)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 11 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
00020: 4E 61 72 63 6F 20 50 6F 6C 69 63 65 00 00 00 00 Narco Police....
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 369

00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .

00050: 0B 80 0B 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 00 00 78 A2 FF 9A D8 .......80..x....
..
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 1C 8C 1B 8C 16 16 8F 16 16 88 1C 1C 86 1C 1C 89 ................
..
04060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
04070: B6 02 07 08 07 07 00 0A 0A B6 00 05 0A 00 07 07 ................
..
1E130: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0F 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
1E140: 00 D5 70 03 F5 70 0F 5F 70 0F F7 70 35 FD F0 37 ..p..p._p..p5..7
Here is a list of the known DINAMIC cartridges:
Narco Police (128 KiB)
Satan (128 KiB)
ROM memory is organized in 8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. Bank switching
is done by reading from address $DE00+X, where X is the bank number (LDA $DE00,X).
For instance, to read from bank 3, address $DE03 is accessed.
The CRT file contains a string of CHIP blocks, each block with a start address of $8000,
length $2000 and the bank number in the bank field. In the cartridge header, EXROM
($18) is set to 0, GAME ($19) is set to 1 to enable the 8 KiB ROM configuration.

16.14.3.19 18 - Zaxxon, Super Zaxxon (SEGA)

Size 20KiB (3 banks of different sizes)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-8FFF (mirrored in $9000-9FFF, module 0, chip U1)
$A000-BFFF (banked modules 1 and 2, chip U2)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 5A 61 78 78 6F 6E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Zaxxon..........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 10 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 10 00 CHIP............
0050: 0D 80 29 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 4C 09 80 78 A9 00 ..)....80xL..x..
..
1050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
1060: A2 0F BD 00 20 D0 04 CA 10 F8 60 BD 70 20 F0 0D .... .....‘.p ..
..
3060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
3070: 65 A2 36 A3 E7 A3 CB A4 94 A5 86 A6 5E A7 35 A8 e.6.........^.5.
The (Super) Zaxxon carts use a 4KiB ($1000) ROM at $8000-$8FFF (mirrored in $9000-
$9FFF) along with two 8KiB ($2000) cartridge banks located at $A000-$BFFF. One of the
two banks is selected by doing a read access to either the $8000-$8FFF area (bank 0 is
selected) or to $9000-$9FFF area (bank 1 is selected). EXROM ($18 = $00) and GAME
($19 = $00) lines are always pulled to GND to select the 16 KiB ROM configuration.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 370

The CRT file includes three CHIP blocks:

a) bank = 0, load address = $8000, size = $1000
b) bank = 0, load address = $A000, size = $2000
c) bank = 1, load address = $A000, size = $2000

16.14.3.20 19 - Magic Desk, Domark, HES Australia

Size 32KiB, 64KiB or 128KiB sizes (4 to 16 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address (banks 00-15) - $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 13 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 4D 61 67 69 63 20 44 65 73 6B 00 00 00 00 00 00 Magic Desk......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 C6 CA C3 C2 CD 38 30 8E 16 D0 20 A3 FD 20 .......80... ..
..
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 00 3F 0A 01 00 86 4E 24 28 31 30 29 3A 4A 4F 59 .?....N$(10):JOY
..
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 00 8B C9 28 4E 24 2C 31 29 B3 B1 22 FF 22 A7 32 ...(N$,1)..".".2
..
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: AE 01 83 33 2C 37 2C 22 32 29 20 44 45 4C 20 4B ...3,7,"2) DEL K
This cartridge type is very similar to the OCEAN cart type: ROM memory is organized in
8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. Bank switching is done by writing the bank
number to $DE00. Deviant from the Ocean type, bit 7 is cleared for selecting one of the
ROM banks. If bit 7 is set ($DE00 = $80), the GAME/EXROM lines are disabled, turning
on RAM at $8000-$9FFF instead of ROM.
In the cartridge header, EXROM ($18) is set to 0, GAME ($19) is set to 1 to indicate the
RESET/power-up configuration of 8 KiB ROM.
Here is a list of the known cartridges:
Ghosbusters (HES Australia) (32 KiB)
Magic Desk (Commodore) (32 KiB)
Badlands (Domark) (64 KiB)
Vindicators (Domark) (64 KiB)
Wonderboy (HES Australia) (64 KiB)
Cyberball (Domark) (128 KiB)

16.14.3.21 20 - Super Snapshot V5

Size 64KiB or 128KiB (4 or 8 banks of 16KiB each)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 371

EXROM inactive (hi) (1)

GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 53 75 70 65 72 20 53 6E 61 70 73 68 6F 74 20 35 Super Snapshot 5
0030: 20 4E 54 53 43 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 NTSC...........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 59 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 03 9F 00 FA F4 20 ..Y....80 .....
...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: 79 DE BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 A9 05 8D 20 D0 8D 21 y......80... ..!
...
8060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
8070: 50 DE BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 A9 0A 85 6A A9 0D 85 P......80...j...
...
C070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
C080: 50 DE BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 85 07 20 1A AD A5 76 P......80.. ...v
The first page of the currently selected ROM bank is mirrored in the I/O-1 range when
reading.
The control Register is the I/O-1 range when writing:
bit meaning
--- -------
7-6 unused
5 ROM/RAM bank bit 2 (usually unused, for 128KiB ROM)
4 ROM/RAM bank bit 1
3 ROM enable
2 ROM/RAM bank bit 0
1 RAM enable, EXROM
0 release freeze, !GAME

16.14.3.22 21 - Comal-80
Size 64KiB (4 banks of 16KiB each)
EXROM active (low) (0)
GAME active (low) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 43 6F 6D 61 6C 20 38 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Comal 80........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 87 87 70 CF C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C AA CF 4C 70 CF 4C ..p....80L..Lp.L
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 372

...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: AA CF 70 CF C3 C2 CD 38 30 01 29 01 28 01 2C 04 ..p....80.).(.,.
...
8060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
8070: AA CF 70 CF C3 C2 CD 38 30 91 92 92 92 92 92 92 ..p....80.......
...
C070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
C080: 7B C8 7E C8 C3 C2 CD 38 30 43 4F 4D 41 4C 80 93 {.~....80COMAL..
The Comal-80 Cartridge uses 16KiB banks ($4000) at $8000-$BFFF. There are 4 banks
of ROM memory and the cart has 1 (write-only) bank control register which is located at
$DE00 and mirrored throughout the $DE00-$DEFF range.
bit meaning
--- -------
7 exrom?
6 game?
5 unknown function (used by the software to disable the cartridge)
4 unused?
3 unused?
2 unknown function (used by the software however)
0-1 selects bank

16.14.3.23 22 - Structured Basic

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 16 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 0d 80 a2 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 00 4c a0 84 a2 05 8e .......80.L.....
0060: 16 d0 20 a3 fd 20 50 fd 20 5b ff 20 7e 80 58 20 .. .. P. [. ~.X
0070: 53 e4 20 bf e3 20 ed 83 8d f4 07 a5 2b a4 2c 20 S. .. ......+.,
0080: 08 a4 20 80 91 a9 00 85 14 a9 80 85 15 20 75 93 .. .......... u.
0090: a9 8f a0 8a 20 2d e4 a2 0b bd 7d 8a 9d 00 03 ca .... -..........
...
4040: db 9f 8e 00 de ea 4c e2 9f 8e 00 de ea 4c e9 9f ......L......L..
4050: 8d 00 de ea 4c 43 fe 8d 00 de ea 4c e2 fc 2d 2a ....LC.....L..-*
Any read/write access to $DE00 or $DE01 will switch in bank 0. Any read/write access to
$DE02 will switch in bank 1. Any read/write access to $DE03 will switch off EXROM.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 373

16.14.3.24 23 - Ross
Size 16KiB or 32KiB sizes (1 or 2 banks of 16KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 52 6F 73 73 20 31 34 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Ross 14.........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 00 BD 20 80 4D 0E .......80... .M.
...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: 3F 5A 4D 4D 50 4D 8D 25 3F 1A 1F 77 3F CD E0 3F ?ZMMPM.%?..w?..?
Any read access to $DE00 will switch in bank 1 (if cart is 32KiB). Any read access to $DF00
will switch off EXROM and GAME.

16.14.3.25 24 - Dela EP64

Size 8KiB to 72KiB sizes (1 to 9 banks of 8KiB each, or 1 bank of
8KiB and 1 or 2 banks of 32KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 18 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 44 45 4C 41 20 45 50 36 34 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DELA EP64.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 00 85 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF ..^....80.......
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 80 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 80 00 CHIP............
2060: 54 45 53 54 0D 2A 0D 54 45 20 36 34 0D 00 00 00 TEST.*.TE 64....
This is an eprom cartridge. It has 1 2764 (8KiB) which holds the base eprom with the base
menu, and 2 27256 eproms of which 8KiB parts are banked into the $8000-9FFF area.
The bank selecting is done by writing to $DE00. The following bits are used for bank
decoding in $DE00 (0 being the LSB, 3 being the MSB).
Bit# 76543210
xx10xx32
Any bank value below 4 or above 11 switches in the base bank (bank 0).
The bit values for each eprom bank are :
eprom bank 1 : xx00xx01
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 374

eprom bank 2 : xx01xx01

eprom bank 3 : xx10xx01
eprom bank 4 : xx11xx01
eprom bank 5 : xx00xx10
eprom bank 6 : xx01xx10
eprom bank 7 : xx10xx10
eprom bank 8 : xx11xx10
Setting bit 7 high will switch off EXROM.

16.14.3.26 25 - Dela EP7x8

Size 8KiB to 64KiB sizes (1 to 8 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 19 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 44 45 4C 41 20 45 50 37 78 38 00 00 00 00 00 00 DELA EP7x8......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A2 FF 9A D8 8E 16 ..^....80x......
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 94 83 A0 83 C3 C2 CD 38 30 02 BB 5A 30 5F EE 3D .......80..Z0_.=
This is an eprom cartridge. It has 8 8KiB banks of which the first holds the base menu, the
other eproms can be banked into the $8000-9FFF area.
The bank selecting is done by writing to $DE00. Each low bit is used to bank in the
respective eprom. If all bits are high then the EXROM is switched off.
The bit values for each eprom bank is:
eprom bank 1 : 11111110 ($FE) (base eprom)
eprom bank 2 : 11111101 ($FD)
eprom bank 3 : 11111011 ($FB)
eprom bank 4 : 11110111 ($F7)
eprom bank 5 : 11101111 ($EF)
eprom bank 6 : 11011111 ($DF)
eprom bank 7 : 10111111 ($BF)
eprom bank 8 : 01111111 ($7F)

EXROM off : 11111111 ($FF)

16.14.3.27 26 - Dela EP256

Size 8KiB to 262KiB sizes (1 to 33 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 375

Load address $8000-9FFF

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1A 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 44 45 4C 41 20 45 50 32 35 36 00 00 00 00 00 00 DELA EP256......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 00 85 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 93 0D 2B 2B 2B 20 45 ..^....80..+++ E
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 09 80 28 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A2 05 8E 16 D0 20 ..(....80x.....
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 0B 80 BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 DC 10 8E 16 D0 20 87 .......80..... .
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: 09 80 F6 8E C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 C8 8E 16 D0 20 .. ?.?....80...?.?.
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
8090: 94 83 A0 83 C3 C2 CD 38 30 02 BB 5A 30 5F EE 3D .......80..Z0_.=
This is an eprom cartridge. It has 33 8KiB banks of which the first holds the base menu,
the other eproms can be banked into the $8000-9FFF area.
The bank selecting is done by writing to $DE00.
The values for the (extra) eprom banks are:
eprom banks 1- 8 : $38-3F
eprom banks 9-16 : $28-2F
eprom banks 17-24 : $18-1F
eprom banks 25-32 : $08-0F
Setting bit 7 high will switch off EXROM.

16.14.3.28 27 - Rex EP256

Size 8KiB to 262KiB sizes (1 bank of 8KiB and 1 to 8 banks of
either 8KiB, 16KiB or 32KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1B 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 52 45 58 20 45 50 32 35 36 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 REX EP256.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 C1 FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 A3 FD 20 50 FD 20 .......80 .. P.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 376

...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 09 80 F2 8F C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 C8 8E 16 D0 20 A3 .......80..... .
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4070: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 58 D8 20 84 FF 20 8A .......80X. .. .
This is an eprom cartridge. It has 9 eprom sockets, of which the first holds the base eprom
with the base menu which is an 8KiB eprom, the other eprom sockets can handle 8KiB,
16KiB or 32KiB eproms, of which 8KiB can be banked into the $8000-9FFF area.
The bank selecting is done by writing to $DFA0. Bits 2, 1 and 0 determine which socket is
used and bits 5 and 4 are used to select an 8KiB piece of the eprom.
The possible values for bits 5 and 4 for the (extra) eprom banks are:
8KiB : 3, 2, 1, 0

16KiB bank 0 : 2, 0
16KiB bank 1 : 3, 1

32KiB bank 0 : 0
32KiB bank 1 : 1
32KiB bank 2 : 2
32KiB bank 3 : 3
Reading from $DFC0 switches off the EXROM. Reading from $DFE0 switches on the
EXROM.

16.14.3.29 28 - Mikro Assembler

Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1C 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 60 80 FE 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 07 87 4C CA 82 41 ‘......80L..L..A
The $9E00-$9EFF range is mirrored at $DE00-$DEFF. The $9F00-$9FFF range is mirrored
at $DF00-$DFFF.

16.14.3.30 29 - Final Cartridge Plus

Size 32KiB (1 bank of 32KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 377

Load address $0000-$7FFF

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1D 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 80 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 80 00 CHIP............
0050: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF ................
This cart has 32KiB of ROM, bank 0 is in the cart image but is unused. The first 8KiB of
the cart image is unused, the second 8KiB of the cart image is mapped to $E000-$FFFF,
the third 8KiB of the cart image is mapped to $8000-$9FFF and the fourth 8KiB of the
cart image is mapped to $A000-$BFFF. An NMI can be triggered by the cart, if address
$0001 is written to and the cartridge is enabled. The cart can be disabled by software, by
clearing bit 4 when writing to $DF00-$DFFF. Cart ROM at $E000-$FFFF can be disabled
by setting bit 5 to 0 when writing to $DF00-$DFFF. Cart ROM at $8000-$BFFF can be
disabled by setting bit 6 to 1 when writing to $DF00-$DFFF. Bit 7 of a byte written to
$DF00-$DFFF can be read back from the cartridge if enabled (like a memory cell).

16.14.3.31 30 - Action Replay 4

Size 32KiB (4 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1E 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: EA 78 48 A9 7F 8D 0D DD D0 0E 48 AD 0D DD 10 04 .xH.......H.....
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C E9 80 4C 81 81 4C .......80L..L..L
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 09 80 0E 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 00 4C EF FC 20 BC .......80..L.. .
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 70 88 4C 3F 80 4C .......80Lp.L?.L
The control register is the I/O-1 range:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 Eprom banking bit 0 (bank address 13)
1 Controls the GAME line (0 sets GAME low, 1 sets GAME high)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 378

2 Freeze-end bit (disables the register and hides any rom bank)
3 Controls the Exrom line (1 sets EXROM low, 0 sets EXROM high)
4 Eprom banking bit 1 (bank address 14)
5-7 Unused
The first page of the currently banked ROM block can be read in the I/O-2 range.

16.14.3.32 31 - Stardos
Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF (bank 0), $E000-$FFFF (bank 1)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 1F 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: F9 80 B6 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 FD 80 89 80 4C 0C 88 .......80....L..
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 85 56 20 0F BC A5 61 C9 88 90 03 20 D4 BA 20 CC .V ...a.... .. .
This cart has 16KiB of ROM, of which the first 8KiB is mapped in at $8000-$9FFF and
the second 8KiB is used as a kernel replacement. The kernel replacement is achieved by a
clip that needs to be installed inside the C64.
Reading from I/O-1 causes a capacitor to get charged with every read, once the capacitor
is charged enough it switches the cart on.
Reading from I/O-2 causes a different capacitor to get charged with every read, once the
capacitor is charged enough it switched the cart off.

16.14.3.33 32 - EasyFlash
Size 1024KiB (64 banks of 2 * 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF (ROML), $A000-$BFFF or $E000-$FFFF
(ROMH)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 20 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@... ........
0020: 45 61 73 79 46 6C 61 73 68 20 43 61 72 74 72 69 EasyFlash Cartri
0030: 64 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dge.............
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 00 85 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 93 0D 2B 2B 2B 20 45 ..^....80..+++ E
EasyFlash is a 1 MiB Flash EPROM card with multiple configurations and banks possible,
it also has 256 bytes of RAM which is mapped into the I/O-2 range.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 379

There are two control registers, one at $DE00 and one at $DE02.
The register at $DE00 controls which bank is mapped into ROMH and ROML.
The register at $DE02 does the following:
bit meaning
--- -------
7 LED control
6-3 Unused
2 Mode (0/1)
1 Exrom line control
0 Game line control

16.14.3.34 33 - EasyFlash Xbank

Size -
EXROM -
GAME -
Load address -
This CRT type is not actually related to a seperate hardware, it is used by some EasyFlash
related tools as a container format. Consequently VICE does (can) not load files of this
type.

16.14.3.35 34 - Capture
Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@..."........
0020: 4D 61 67 69 63 20 46 6F 72 6D 65 6C 00 00 00 00 Magic Formel....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 00 0A 0D 8A B4 A1 20 80 00 0A 82 8A 8D 20 9E 20 ...... ...... .
This cart has 8KiB of ROM which is mapped to $E000, and 8KiB of RAM which is mapped
to $6000. The cartridge is disabled after a reset.
When the freeze button is pressed the following happens:
• an NMI is generated
• as soon as the current adress is in bank 0xfe the cart switches to ultimax mode. The
cart ROM then contains one page full of "jmp $eaea", which ultimately calls the freezer
code.
• the $FFF7/$FFF8 "register" logic is enabled and any access (read or write) to $FFF7
will turn the cart enabled off (leave ultimax mode), and an access to $FFF8 will turn
the cart back on (enter ultimax mode). the "register logic" that causes this can only
be disabled again by a hardware reset.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 380

16.14.3.36 35 - Action Replay 3

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 23 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...#........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: EA A9 E3 48 A9 7B 48 08 4C 1A 80 EA EA EA 48 AD ...H.{H.L.....H.
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 09 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A2 FB D8 9A A9 27 ..^....80x.....’
This cart has 16KiB of ROM of which 8KiB is mapped in at both ROML and ROMH. Bank
switching and control register is done through the I/O-1 range:
bit meaning
--- -------
7-4 unused
3 Exrom line control
2 Disable cart
1 Unused
0 Bank

16.14.3.37 36 - Retro Replay

Size 32KiB, 64KiB or 128KiB (4, 8 or 16 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 24 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...$........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 4C 7F 81 4C 87 81 4C .......80L..L..L
Note: When the Cartridge Hardware Subtype/Revision (Offset 0x1A in the CRT Header)
is 1, then the image utilizes features only present in the "Nordic Replay" (see description
of Nordic/Atomic Power)
The Retro Replay has three registers: Two write-only ($DE00 & $DE01) and one read-only
register ($DE00 & $DE01 giving the same results).
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 381

The register at $DE00 is reset to $00 on a hard reset if not in flash mode. If in flash mode,
it is set to $02 in order to prevent the computer from starting the normal cartridge. Flash
mode is selected with a jumper.
Register at $DE00:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 Controls the GAME line: A 1 asserts the line, a 0 will deassert
it.
1 Controls the EXROM line: A 0 will assert it, a 1 will deassert
it.
2 Writing a 1 will disable further write accesses to all registers
of the Retro Replay, and set the memory map of the C64 to
standard, as if there is no cartridge installed at all.
3 Controls bank-address 13 for ROM and RAM banking.
4 Controls bank-address 14 for ROM and RAM banking.
5 Switches between ROM and RAM: 0=ROM, 1=RAM
6 Must be written once to "1" after a successful freeze in order to
set the correct memory map and enable bits 0 and 1 of this
register. Otherwise no effect.
7 Controls bank-address 15 for ROM banking.
The register at $DE01 is the extended control register. If not in Flash mode, bits 1, 2 and
6 can only be written once. If in Flash mode, the REUcomp bit cannot be set, but the
register will not be disabled by the first write. Bit 5 is always set to 0 if not in Flash mode.
Register at $DE01:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 Enable clockport connector.
1 AllowBank (1 allows banking of RAM in $DF00/$DE02 area)
2 NoFreeze (1 disables Freeze function)
3 Bank-address 13 for RAM and ROM (mirror of $DE00)
4 Bank-address 14 for RAM and ROM (mirror of $DE00)
5 Bank-address 16 for ROM (only in flash mode)
6 REU compatibility bit. 0=standard memory map, 1 = REU compatible
memory map
7 Bank-address 15 for ROM (mirror of $DE00)
Reading from the registers at either $DE00 or $DE01 will return the content of the status
register.
Status register:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 1=Flashmode active (jumper set)
1 feedback of AllowBank bit
2 1=Freeze button pressed
3 feedback of banking bit 13
4 feedback of banking bit 14
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 382

5 feedback of banking bit 16

6 1=REU compatible memory map active
7 feedback of banking bit 15
The following memory maps are available:
• standard - $DE00 and $DE01 registers are active, $DF00-$DFFF contain the last page
of the selected 8KiB bank of either ROM or RAM, whatever is selected. RAM can only
be accessed in $8000-$9FFF. ROM can be mapped to $8000, $A000 or $E000 with the
corresponding status on GAME and EXROM.
Note: If the AllowBank bit is not set, the $DF00-$DFFF area will always access bank
0 of the RAM, so the older cartridge images will work. The AllowBank bit does not
have any effect on the ROM mirror in that area.
• Freeze - ROM is mapped to $E000-$FFFF, bank 0 is active directly after Freeze.
Writing to bits 0 and 1 of the $DE00 register will have no effect on GAME and EXROM.
RAM can be selected and used in $DF00 or $DE02, respectively, but not in $8000.
Banking bits work, so you have full read access to the ROM, and access to up to four
RAM pages with the AllowBank bit set (minus 2 bytes if REU compatible bit is set).
You should leave this memory map ASAP by setting bit 6 of $DE00, because C64
RAM in the $E000 area is not available, and you don’t have control of the GAME and
EXROM lines.
• REU compatible - $DE00 and $DE01 registers are active, $DE02-$DEFF contain a
mirror of $9E02-$9EFF of the selected 8KiB-bank of either ROM or RAM, whatever is
selected. RAM can only be accessed in $8000-$9FFF. ROM can be mapped to $8000,
$A000 or $E000 with the corresponding status on GAME and EXROM. The $DF00
stays free for use with the 1764 Ram Expansion Unit (REU).
Note: If the AllowBank bit is not set, the $DE02-$DEFF area will always access bank
0 of the RAM, so the older cartridge images will work. The AllowBank bit does not
have any effect on the ROM mirror in that area.

16.14.3.38 37 - MMC64
Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 25 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...%........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 64 97 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 D8 A2 FF 9A 20 D4 ..d....80x.... .
The clockport registers of this cart can be switched to either $DE01-$DE0F or $DF21-
$DF2F. The control registers are available at $DF10-$DF13.
The register at $DE01 / $DF21 is write only:
bit meaning
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 383

--- -------
7-1 Unused
0 0 = disable clock port, 1 = enable clockport
The registers at $DE02-$DE0F / $DF22-$DF2F are for the clock port and are read/write.
The register at $DF10 is the MMC64 SPI transfer register, a byte written to this registers
is sent to the card & response from the card is read here.
The register at $DF11 is the MMC64 control register:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 0 = MMC64 BIOS active, 1 = external ROM active
1 0 = card selected, 1 = card not selected
2 0 = 250khz transfer, 1 = 8mhz transfer
3 0 = clock port @ $DE00, 1 = clock port @ $DF20
4 0 = normal Operation, 1 = flash mode (*)
5 0 = allow external rom when BIOS is disabled,
1 = disable external ROM
6 0 = SPI write trigger mode, 1 = SPI read trigger mode
7 0 = MMC64 is active, 1 = MMC64 is completely disabled (**)
(*) bit can only be programmed when flash jumper is set (**) bit can only be modified after
unlocking
The register at $DF12 is the MMC64 status register, which is read-only:
bit meaning
--- -------
0 0 = SPI ready, 1 = SPI busy
1 external GAME line
2 external EXROM line
3 0 = card inserted, 1 = no card inserted
4 0 = card write enabled, 1 = card write disabled
5 0 = flash jumper not set, 1 = flash jumper set
6-7 unused
The register at $DF13 is the MMC64 identification register, which when reading from it
can have the following values:
$64 when bit 1 of $DF11 is 0. $01 when bit 1 of $DF11 is 1 and REV A hardware is used.
$02 when bit 1 of $DF11 is 1 and REV B hardware is used.
when writing to it it can be used to unlock bit 7 of $DF11 or to re-enable the cart:
Write $55 & $AA into this register to unlock bit 7 of $DF11. Write $0A & $1C into this
register to re-enable MMC64 hardware.

16.14.3.39 38 - MMC Replay

Size 64KiB or 512KiB (8 or 64 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 384

----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...&........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 1A 80 6E 9E C3 C2 CD 38 30 4D 4D 43 52 45 50 4C ..n....80MMCREPL
The cart uses the following registers:
$DE00 - RR control register write
bit meaning
--- -------
0 GAME line
1 EXROM line
2 1 = disable RR, bit can be reset by setting bit 6 of $DF12
3 bank address 13
4 bank address 14
5 0 = rom enable, 1 = ram enable
6 1 = exit freeze mode
7 bank address 15
$DE01 - extended RR control register write
bit meaning
--- -------
0 0 = disable clockport, 1 = enable clockport
1 0 = disable I/O RAM banking, 1 = enable I/O RAM banking
2 0 = enable freeze, 1 = disable freeze
3 bank address 13 (mirror of $DE00)
4 bank address 14 (mirror of $DE00)
5 0 = enable MMC registers, 1 = disable MMC registers. Can only be
written when bit 6 of $DF12 is 1. Register becomes effective when
bit 0 of $DF11 is 1.
6 0 = RAM/ROM at $DFxx, 1 = RAM/ROM at $DExx
7 bank address 15 (mirror of $DE00)
$DE02-$DE0F - Clockport memory area (when enabled)
$DF10 - MMC SPI transfer register, a byte written is sent to the card & response from the
card is read here.
$DF11 - MMC control register
bit meaning
--- -------
0 0 = MMC BIOS enabled, 1 = MMC BIOS disabled. Enabling MMC BIOS
sets ROM banking to the last 64KiB bank.
1 0 = card selected, 1 = card not selected. This bit also controls
the green activity LED.
2 0 = 250khz transfer, 1 = 8mhz transfer
3 ALWAYS 0
4 ALWAYS 0
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 385

5 (in RR-Mode:)
0 = allow RR rom when MMC BIOS disabled , 1 = disable RR ROM
(in mmcreplay bios mode:)
RAM banking (0 = $E000 - $FFFF, 1 = $8000 - $9FFF)
(in 16KiB mode:)
enable RAM at $A000 - $BFFF
6 0 = SPI write trigger mode, 1 = SPI read trigger mode
7 ALWAYS 0
$DF12 - MMC status register
bit meaning
--- -------
0 0 = SPI ready, 1 = SPI busy (read)
1 = forbid ROM write accesses (write). Setting
this bit will disable writes to ROM until next
reset
1 feedback of $DE00 bit 0 (GAME)
2 feedback of $DE00 bit 1 (EXROM)
3 0 = card inserted, 1 = no card inserted
4 0 = card write enabled, 1 = card write disabled
5 EEPROM DATA line / DDR register. Setting DATA to "1" enables
reading data bit from EEPROM at this position.
6 0 = RR compatibility mode, 1 = Extended mode
Selecting RR compatibility mode limits RAM to 32KiB and disables
writes to extended banking register. Selecting Extended mode
enables full RAM banking and enables Nordic Power mode in RR mode.
7 EEPROM CLK line
$DF13 - Extended banking register Can only be read/written to when bit 6 of $DF12 is 1
bit meaning
--- -------
0 bank address 16
1 bank address 17
2 bank address 18
3 ALWAYS 0
4 ALWAYS 0
5 16KiB rom mapping
6 1 = enable RR register. Disabling RR register disables ALL
ROM/RAM banking too.
7 ALWAYS 0
NOTE THAT THE MMC REPLAY EMULATION IS CURRENTLY INCOMPLETE AND
CONSIDERED BROKEN.

16.14.3.40 39 - IDE64
Size 64KiB or 128KiB (4 or 8 banks of 16KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 386

Load address $8000-$BFFF

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 27 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...’........
0020: 49 44 45 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 IDE64 CARTRIDGE
0030: 49 44 45 44 4f 53 20 32 30 31 33 31 32 31 32 00 IDEDOS 20131212?
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 63 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 49 44 45 36 34 20 c.^....80 IDE64
The IDE64 cart uses the following registers:
$DE20 - $DE2F IDE BUS Registers
$DE30 - Low Data HDD register
$DE31 - High Data HDD register
$DE32 register:
bit meaning
--- -------
7 unused (0)
6 unused (0)
5 unused (0)
4 version number (1)
3 romaddr15
2 romaddr14
1 game
0 exrom
$DE32 - $DE35 = IDE64 ROM bank select registers
$DE5F = RTC access (bit 0 only to serial accessed RTC)
$DE60 - $DEFF = ROM used by software
$DEFB = IDE64 clock reset, kill the cartridge
$DEFC - $DEFF = IDE64 memory configuration registers

16.14.3.41 40 - Super Snapshot V4

Size 32KiB (2 banks of 16KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...(........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 80 AD B5 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 08 48 A9 06 8D 00 DF .......80.H.....
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP.. ....... .
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 387

2060: 13 80 BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 08 48 A9 02 8D 00 DF .......80.H.....
This cart has 32KiB of ROM and 8KiB of RAM, it uses I/O-1 as a mirror of the last page
of cart RAM. It has the following registers in the I/O-2 range:
ROM config register at $DF00 (can only be written to):
bit meaning
--- -------
0 ?
1 ? (write 1 to release freeze mode)
2 ROM bank select
3 write 1 to disable cartridge
4-6 unused
7 ?
Note: if bit0, bit1, bit7 are all 0, then ultimax mapping is selected and RAM is enabled at
ROML, otherwise if bit 0 is 0, then 16KiB mapping is enabled, or if bit 0 is 1, then 8KiB
mapping is enabled.
RAM config register at $DF01 (read/write):
If written value == last value - 1, then ultimax mapping is selected and RAM is enabled
at ROML, if written value == last value + 1, then ROM is enabled at ROML and exrom
is deasserted (switch to either 8KiB or 16KiB mapping)
$DF02-$DFFF holds the last page of the first 8KiB of the current bank.

16.14.3.42 41 - IEEE-488
Size 4KiB (1 bank of 4KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$8FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 29 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...)........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 10 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 10 00 CHIP............
0050: 09 80 7A 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 8E 16 D0 20 84 FF 20 ..z....80... ..
The cart uses a TPI for the IEEE488 interface/communication in the I/O-2 range:
$DF00 - Port A Data
$DF01 - Port B Data
$DF02 - Port C Data
$DF03 - Port A Direction
$DF04 - Port B Direction
$DF05 - Port C Direction
$DF06 - Control register
$DF07 - Active Interrupt register
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 388

16.14.3.43 42 - Game Killer

Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2A 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...*........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 00 25 08 CF 07 9E 32 30 38 38 20 4D 43 2E 43 52 .%....2088 MC.CR
When the cartridge is active, ultimax is enabled when the address being accessed is is the
$E000-$FFFF range, so the ROM is visible at $E000, below is normal C64 RAM. The cart
can be disabled by writing to either I/O-1 or I/O-2 range. When the freezer button is
pressed, the cartridge will be enabled and an NMI will be triggered.

16.14.3.44 43 - Prophet64
Size 256KiB (32 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2B 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...+........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A0 00 84 F8 84 FA .......80x......
The control register is the I/O-2 range:
bit meaning
--- -------
7-6 unused
5 disable cart
4-0 bank select

16.14.3.45 44 - EXOS
Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 389

0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE

0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2C 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...,........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 85 56 20 0F BC A5 61 C9 88 90 03 20 D4 BA 20 CC .V ...a.... .. .
This cart has 8KiB of ROM, mapped in at $E000-$FFFF only when hirom is selected. The
cart uses a clip that needs to be installed inside the C64.

16.14.3.46 45 - Freeze Frame

Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2D 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...-........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 10 80 10 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 .......80 ......
When reading from the I/O-1 range the cart is enabled, when reading from the I/O-2
range the cart is disabled. When the freeze button is pressed the ROM is mapped to both
$8000-$9FFF and $E000-$FFFF.

16.14.3.47 46 - Freeze Machine

Size 16KiB or 32KiB (1 or 2 banks of 16KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2E 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 3A 83 60 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 00 00 40 00 00 00 :.‘....80 ..@...
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 3A 83 60 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 00 00 40 00 00 00 :.‘....80 ..@...
Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 390

When the cart starts, the first half of the active ROM is banked to ROML ($8000-$9fff).
When reading from the I/O-1 range the second half of the active ROM bank is enabled in
RMH ($A000-$BFFF). When reading from the I/O-2 range the cart is disabled.
The 32k variant swaps the 16k bank with a second one when a reset happens.
When a freeze happens the first half of the ROM is mapped to ROML ($8000-$9FFF) and
the second half to ROMH ($E000-$FFFF).

16.14.3.48 47 - Snapshot 64
Size 4KiB (1 bank of 4KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $E000-$EFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2F 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@.../........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 10 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 10 00 CHIP............
0050: 78 D8 48 8A 48 98 48 AC 0D DD 10 03 4C EE F2 AD x.H.H.H.....L...
Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
The cart has a control bit (bit 0) in the I/O-2 range which is used to disable or enable the
cart.

16.14.3.49 48 - Super Explode V5.0

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 30 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...0........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: D7 86 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 A9 00 2C A9 FF 85 FE ..^....80..,....
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: E8 96 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 6C 81 A9 09 8D 99 ..^....80 l.....
Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 391

The cart has 16KiB of ROM which are used as two banks of 8KiB, they are mapped into
$8000-$9FFF and the last page of the current ROM bank is mirrored in $DF00-$DFFF.
The cart has a control bit (bit 7) at $DF00, which is used to select what ROM bank is used.

16.14.3.50 49 - Magic Voice

Size 16KiB
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 31 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...1........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: EA 2C 80 DF 50 FB A0 00 8C 80 DF B9 E3 A3 29 0F .,..P.........).
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 A0 00 40 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 4A EB C0 49 6A EA BB FB 4E CA 43 1E 75 63 15 97 J..Ij...N.C.uc..
This cart has 16KiB of ROM, mapped in at reset at $8000-$BFFF. The cart is controled
through a TPI at $DF80-$DF87:
$DF80 - Port A Data
$DF81 - Port B Data
$DF82 - Port C Data
$DF83 - Port A Direction
$DF84 - Port B Direction
$DF85 - Port C Direction
$DF86 - Control register
$DF87 - Active Interrupt register
The cart has a pass-through port and does the following at start-up:
• Program starts after reset at $FFD3, and copies code from $FF36-$FFD2 to $0200-
$029C (157 bytes)
• Program continues at $021A, copies $A000-$BFFF from EPROM to RAM at $A000-
$BFFF (8KiB), copies $E000-$FFFF from EPROM to RAM at $E000-$FFFF (8KiB),
copies $AE62-$B461 from RAM to RAM at $C000-$C5FF (Magic Voice Code)
• Jump to beginning of Magic Voice code at $C000

16.14.3.51 50 - Action Replay 2

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 392

----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 32 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...2........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: EA EA 68 AA 68 85 94 68 85 95 68 85 96 68 85 97 ..h.h..h..h..h..
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 30 80 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 04 90 4C 38 DF 1A 0.^....80 ..L8..
Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
I/O-1 is somehow used to enable the cart, the exact way in which this is done is unknown.
Reading from the I/O-2 range will give you the last page of the current ROM bank, and
writing to it will disable the cart.

16.14.3.52 51 - MACH 5
Size 4KiB or 8KiB (1 bank of 4KiB or 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$8FFF (4KiB), $8000-$9FFF (8KiB)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 33 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...3........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: AF 83 5E FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 4D 41 43 48 35 A5 93 ..^....80MACH5..
This cart has 8KiB ROM mapped at $8000-$9FFF, the $9E00-$9EFF range is mirrored at
$DE00-$DEFF and the $9F00-$9FFF range is mirrored at $DF00-$DFFF.

16.14.3.53 52 - Diashow maker

Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 34 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...4........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 393

0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .

0050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 AD 11 D0 29 10 D0 62 .......80...)..b
Accessing I/O-1 (the software uses $DE00 only it seems) disables cartridge ROM. A reset
enables 8KiB game mode and the ROM bank is mapped to $8000. A freeze causes ROM
to be mapped to $8000.

16.14.3.54 53 - Pagefox
Size 64KiB (4 banks of 16KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Startup mode 16KiB Game
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 35 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...5........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 31 80 BB 0E C3 C2 CD 38 30 50 46 20 56 31 2E 30 1......80PF V1.0
...
4050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
4060: A2 FE 9A 20 EC AE 20 82 80 20 74 86 20 A5 8B 4C ... .. .. t. ..L
...
8060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
8070: 5A 01 02 03 04 06 0A 0B 10 14 1E 28 3C 00 00 00 Z..........(<...
...
C070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
C080: 1E 03 14 82 09 05 09 0F 0C 0D 0F 05 09 09 0B 0A ................
This cart has 64KiB ROM (2 32KiB Eproms, mapped to $8000 and $A000 in 16KiB Game
Mode), and 32KiB RAM (mapped to $8000 and $A000 in 16KiB Game Mode). The cart
has 1 (write-only) bank control register which is located at $DE80 and mirrored throughout
the $DE80-$DEFF range:
Bit 0: unused/don’t care
Bit 1: Bank select: 0=upper, 1=lower (not correct ?!)
Bit 2: chip select 0
Bit 3: chip select 1
Bit 4: cartridge enable/disable: 0=enable, 1=disable
Bits 5-7: unused/don’t care
Chip select combinations of 0/1 are:
00: Eprom "79"
01: Eprom "ZS3"
10: Ram
11: empty space (reading returns VIC-II data)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 394

note: on the original hardware "disabling" the cartridge by setting bit 4 of the control
register does NOT prevent write accesses to the cartridge RAM!. So to actually disable the
RAM, it is suggested to write $FF to the register.

16.14.3.55 54 - Kingsoft
Size 24KiB (3 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Startup mode 16KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 36 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...6........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 A2 89 C3 C2 CD 38 30 20 D3 83 78 8D 00 DE .......80 ..x...
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 72 A2 05 A5 45 10 01 CA A5 46 10 02 CA CA 86 28 r...E....F.....(
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 78 A2 FF 9A D8 A9 08 8D 16 D0 A0 00 98 99 02 00 x...............
This cart has 24KiB ROM (3 8KiB Eproms)
reading io1:
- switches to 16KiB game mode
- first eprom mapped to 8000 (ROML)
- second eprom mapped to A000 (ROMH)

writing io1:
- switches to ultimax mode _only_:
- if 0xc000 > address >= 0x8000
- if address >= 0xe000
(meaning 0x0000-0x7fff and 0xc000-0xdfff gives normal c64 ram/io)
- first eprom mapped to 8000 (ROML)
- third eprom mapped to e000 (ROMH)

16.14.3.56 55 - Silverrock 128

Size 128KiB (16 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 395

00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE

00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 37 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...7........
00020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A2 FF 9A D8 A9 00 .......80x......
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 00 21 1D A9 90 1B 67 70 FD B0 04 C3 19 B9 11 2D .!....gp.......-
...
04060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
04070: 00 41 62 92 AD 71 32 87 08 20 BE 90 4C 36 8F 20 .Ab..q2.. ..L6.
...
06070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
06080: 00 61 00 02 02 03 0D 40 82 15 D0 A1 08 40 84 00 .a.....@.....@..
...
08080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
08090: 00 81 8A 85 0D F0 8A 28 83 F8 8A 00 8B 58 83 60 .......(.....X.‘
...
0A090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0A0A0: 00 A1 C2 E3 C4 86 32 14 00 C5 40 EA 13 CA CB CC ......2...@.....
...
0C0A0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0C0B0: 00 C1 81 59 60 00 81 5D D9 58 5E EE 58 6E 3C 28 ...Y‘..].X^.Xn<(
...
0E0B0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0E0C0: 00 E1 0F BF 3D 56 00 7E 52 FD 50 03 AA 00 0D 40 ....=V.~R.P....@
...
100C0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 08 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
100D0: 01 01 B9 D1 0D 15 89 55 65 45 41 C5 01 45 45 A8 .......UeEA..EE.
...
120D0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 09 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
120E0: 01 21 0C C7 29 54 41 29 4D C5 06 24 C7 24 8F 81 .!..)TA)M..$.$..
...
140E0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0A 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
140F0: 01 41 EA 87 7A AF 95 67 BD F7 00 7D 6E C4 5D A6 .A..z..g...}n.].
...
160F0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0B 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
16100: 01 61 6A 92 6B 93 6B 94 6C 95 6D 96 6E 97 6E 98 .aj.k.k.l.m.n.n.
...
18100: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0C 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
18110: 01 81 0E 83 0D 0B 0F 81 FF 28 28 1E E3 0A 14 62 .........((....b
...
1A110: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0D 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
1A120: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
...
1C120: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0E 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 396

1C130: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
...
1E130: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 0F 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
1E140: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Cartridge hardware is designed around a 128KiB ROM (PROM or Mask ROM) which is
divided into 16 banks each of 8KiB. When adressing the onboard bank-switching logic the
requested ROM bank is mapped at address range $8000-$9fff (8KiB)
The cartridge PCB layout was cost-optimized for mass-production purposes.
The address-/data-lines and bank-switching logic uses the closest address-/data-lines with
shortest and most direct path/distance in order to avoid too much PCB re-routing and keep
production costs as low as possible.
This means that the respective address-/data-lines from the cartridge port may not nec-
essarily connect with the corresponding address-/data-line of the ROM according to the
official specs of the ROM.
This has over the years given some headaches and invalid dumps when cartridge dumpers
that wanted to dump the cartridge contents by de-soldering the ROM and dumping it using
an EPROM programmer/reader.
The image extracted from such an operation would need transformation according to the
actual cartridge PCB re-routing of address-/data-lines. Alternatively one can make an
adapter that implements this applied re-routing of the address-/data-lines.
This mass-production cost optimization also results in an obscured bank-switching address
pattern/values more info on that later.
[HWrev1]: The original "Hugo" PCB [HWrev1] is labeled "HUGO Copyright 1990" on
both sides of the PCB. PCB production date is stamped on the back og PCB in the for-
mat: "YYMM" 1Mib 27C010 EPROM or PROM (typical Atmel) "Hugo" PCB [HWrev1]
contains the following discrete logic IC components: 74LS00N (DIP) and 74LS237N (DIP)
DIP pitch (pin spacing) 2.54mm (0.1 inch) Assembly/production facilities: Philips, Strand-
lodsvej (Amager), Copenhagen, Denmark
[HWrev1] Bank-switching pattern: In order for the rom contents to appear as a continuous
memory layout the following ROM bank-switching pattern must be applied by writing to
adress 0xDE00: Cartridge bank-switching values: 00 80 10 90 20 a0 30 b0 40 c0 50 d0 60
e0 70 f0 Writing the bank-switch value to any address in address-range 0xDE00-0xDEFF
will work.
[HWrev2]: Revised PCB [HWrev2] for SMD mount is labeled "SO-A4-1" on both sides
of PCB. 1Mib Mask ROM (SOIC-32) PCB contains the following discrete logic SMD IC
components: 74HCT02T (SOIC-14) and 74HCT174T (SOIC-16) SOIC (pitch) pin spacing
1.27mm (SMD mounted) Assembly/production facilities: Sono Press, Germany.
[HWrev2] Uses alternative bank-switching pattern: Writing *ANY* value to address
0xDE0y (offset y) will select ROM bank y Cartridge still has 16 banks and the lower four
bits in the address selects the right bank. Hence the valid address range is 0xDE00-0xDE0F

16.14.3.57 56 - Formel 64
Size 32KiB (4 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 397

GAME active (lo) (0)

Startup mode Ultimax
Load address $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 38 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...8........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 48 A9 FC 0C A9 FE 8D C2 DF 68 48 C9 8C F0 1C C9 H........hH.....
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: EA EA 58 48 A9 FC 8D C2 DF 4C 6E E2 EA EA A9 FA ..XH.....Ln.....
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 4C 86 E4 A9 FE 78 8D C2 DF 60 78 8C C3 DF A9 FA L....x...‘x.....
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: EA EA 48 58 A9 FC 8D C2 DF 68 48 C9 46 D0 7E 68 ..HX.....hH.F.~h
the following is a quick overview of how the cartridge works, as its a bit unusual and different
from most other cartridges:
- 27256 EPROM (32KiB)
- 7430 TTL
- MC6821
- 1 button (reset)

rom bank 0x00 - 0x03 (0x04) 8192* 4 32KiB mapped to e000

MC6821 registers mapped to io2 at dfc0..dfc4

- press reset and hold delete to get the main menu

- press reset and hold control to skip cbm80 check
(dont start additional cartridge)

- press RESTORE, then...

- left arrow, return show disk directory
- delete, 1 load"*" from disk, run
- f1/f2 ? (disk stuff?)
- f3/f4 ? (disk stuff?)
- f5/f6, q enter monitor
- f7/f8, 2 show drive error channel
- control, cursor back to basic

- type "help" in basic to get a list of available commands

*** MC6821 Port usage

Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 398

Port A (parallel cable to floppy drive):

dfc0 port a ddr
dfc1 port a (in/out)

Port B (controls banking)

dfc2 port b ddr ($7f)
dfc3 port b (out)

bit3 1 = rom at $e000 enabled, 0 = cartridge disabled

bit1-2 rom bank number
bit0 ?

16.14.3.58 57 - RGCD
Size 64KiB (8 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 39 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...9........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 0C 80 0C 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 31 30 34 8E 16 D0 20 .......80104...
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: B9 0A 72 AB 0B F0 08 C9 2F 0C 10 27 E8 EF 5A C5 ..r...../..’..Z.
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: C0 B4 6C A6 6A 0A 14 5E 65 AD 94 02 86 C8 30 1F ..l.j..^e.....0.
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: A4 89 C6 3A C4 60 F0 10 4D F5 89 F0 13 6C E0 78 ...:.‘..M....l.x
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
8090: 00 0B 08 14 00 9E 32 30 36 31 00 00 00 A0 35 BA ......2061....5.
...
A090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
A0A0: 1B 4A 00 53 90 77 8E 1A 1D 94 00 A6 E2 50 29 11 .J.S.w.......P).
...
C0A0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
C0B0: 14 F7 2E 1A 34 B4 60 53 07 88 C4 F0 21 F6 88 20 ....4.‘S....!..
...
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 399

E0B0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .

E0C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
This cartridge type is very similar to the Magic Desk cart type: ROM memory is organized
in 8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. Bank switching is done by writing the bank
number to $DE00.
bit 0-2 bank number
bit 3 exrom latch (1 = cart disabled until reset or powercycle)
If the Cartridge Hardware Subtype/Revision (Offset 0x1A in the CRT Header) is 1, then the
banks are addressed in reverse order and the emulated cartridge works like the eprom car-
tridge by "Hucky". This cartridge can also be equipped with 8Kib, 16Kib, 32Kib EPROMs.

16.14.3.59 58 - RR-Net MK3

Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3A 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...:........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 A2 FF 9A D8 8E 16 .......80x......
This cartridge has a CS8900a based RR-Net compatible network interface, and on 8KiB
($2000) bank ROM located at $8000-$9FFF. The ROM can be switched on/off by writing
to the IO1 space:
a write to $de80 enables the ROM
a write to $de88 disables the ROM

16.14.3.60 59 - EasyCalc
Size 24KiB (3 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Startup mode 16KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF (bank 1), $A000-$BFFF (banks 2/3)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...;........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 59 89 BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 0B 80 B1 84 48 E6 84 Y......80....H..
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 400

...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 04 0B 20 52 45 50 4C 49 43 41 54 45 20 FB 89 0F .. REPLICATE ...
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 A0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: 02 10 B5 00 C9 E3 D0 01 C8 C9 E2 D0 01 C8 C9 E0 ................
This cart uses 8KiB mapped in at $8000-$9FFF and 2 banks of 8KiB mapped in at $A000-
$BFFF.
The bank at $A000-$BFFF is selected by bit 0 of the address of a write access to I/O-1.
A0 | bank
---------
0 | 0
1 | 1

16.14.3.61 60 - GMod2
Size 512KiB (64 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3C 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...<........
00020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 8E 16 D0 20 A3 FD .......80x... ..
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
...
7E430: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 3F 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....?.. .
7E440: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
GMod2 (Individual Computers)
This cart uses 512KiB Flash ROM (29F040) in 64 banks, mapped in at $8000-$9fff and has
a 2KiB serial EEPROM (m93C86).
io1
- register at de00

bit7 (rw) write enable (write 1), EEPROM data output (read)
bit6 (ro) EXROM (0=active) and EEPROM chip select (1=selected)
bit5-0 (ro) rom bank bit5 EEPROM clock bit4 EEPROM data input

see http://wiki.icomp.de/wiki/GMod2
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 401

16.14.3.62 61 - MAX Basic

Size 16KiB (ULTIMAX mode)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF (bank 1), $E000-$FFFF (bank 2)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3D 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...=........
0020: 4D 41 58 20 42 41 53 49 43 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 MAX BASIC.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 94 E3 7B E3 43 42 4D 42 41 53 49 43 30 88 41 87 ....CBMBASIC0.A.
This cartridge uses two 8KiB ROMs that contain BASIC and KERNAL for the MAX
Machine. It also provides additional 2KiB RAM which will be mapped to $0800.

16.14.3.63 62 - GMod3
Size 2MiB/4MiB/8MiB/16MiB (256/512/1024/2048 banks of
8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
00000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
00010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3E 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...<........
00020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
00030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 02 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
00050: 09 80 09 80 C3 C2 CD 38 30 78 8E 16 D0 20 A3 FD .......80x... ..
...
02050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
02060: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
...
001FF030: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 FF 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....?.. .
001FF040: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................

GMod3 (Individual Computers)

This cart uses 2MiB/4MiB/8MiB/16MiB Flash ROM (EN25QH128A(2T)) in
256/512/1024/2048 banks, mapped in at $8000-$9fff.
io1
- register at de00-de07 (write)

To select the ROM bank, write to de00-7. The lower 3 bits of the address
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 402

are the upper three bits of the bank, as in:

ldx #bankhi ; upper 3 bits of the bank number

lda #banklo ; lower 8 bits of the bank number
sta $de00,x

- register at de00/de08 (read)

The current ROM bank can be read from de00/de08, as in:

ldx $de08 ; upper 3 bits of the bank number

lda $de00 ; lower 8 bits of the bank number

- register at de08 (write)

bit7 (w) bitbang mode enabled

bit6 (w) EXROM (0=active)
bit5 (w) enable cartridge irq vectors

- register at de00 (bitbang mode)

bit7 (r) EEPROM data output

bit6 (w) EEPROM chip select (0=selected)
bit5 (w) EEPROM clock
bit4 (w) EEPROM data input

see http://wiki.icomp.de/wiki/GMod3

16.14.3.64 63 - ZIPP-CODE 48
Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 3f 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...?........
0020: 5a 49 50 50 2d 43 4f 44 45 20 34 38 00 00 00 00 ZIPP-CODE 48....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 11 de 7b e3 c3 c2 cd 38 30 41 80 00 00 03 81 31 ..?....80A.....1

reading IO1 enables the cartridge ROM

reading IO2 disables the cartridge ROM
the second last page of the ROM is mirrored in IO1
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 403

16.14.3.65 64 - Blackbox V8
Size 32KiB or 64KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...@........
0020: 42 4c 41 43 4b 42 4f 58 20 56 38 00 00 00 00 00 BLACKBOX V8.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 22 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 8e 16 d0 20 a3 fd 20 ..?....80... ..

writing to IO2 sets the cartridge config:

A0 - EXROM
A1 - GAME
A2 - bank lsb
A3 - bank msb

16.14.3.66 65 - Blackbox V3
Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 41 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...A........
0020: 42 4c 41 43 4b 42 4f 58 20 56 33 00 00 00 00 00 BLACKBOX V3.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: a7 85 2b 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 8e 16 d0 20 a3 fd 20 ..+....80... ..

writing IO1 disables the cartridge ROM

writing IO2 enables the cartridge ROM

16.14.3.67 66 - Blackbox V4
Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 404

0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...B........
0020: 42 4c 41 43 4b 42 4f 58 20 56 34 00 00 00 00 00 BLACKBOX V4.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: a7 85 2b 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 8e 16 d0 20 a3 fd 20 ..+....80... ..

reading IO1 enables the cartridge ROM

reading IO2 disables the cartridge ROM

16.14.3.68 67 - REX RAM-Floppy

Size 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 43 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...C........
0020: 52 45 58 20 52 41 4d 2d 46 4c 4f 50 50 59 00 00 REX RAM-FLOPPY..
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 09 fe c3 c2 cd 38 30 20 a3 fd 20 50 fd 20 .......80 .. P.

This cartridge contains an 8KiB ROM which contains the software, plus up to 256KiB RAM
which can then be used to store up to 100 programs. The RAM is battery buffered, and
the cartridge can be disabled with a switch on the board.
dfa0 (write) selects RAM bank
df50 (read) toggles RAM writeable
dfc0 (read) toggles cartridge enable
dfe0 (read) toggles RAM enable

16.14.3.69 68 - BIS-Plus Cartridge

Size 2, 4 or 8KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 44 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...D........
0020: 42 49 53 2d 50 4c 55 53 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BIS-PLUS........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 5e fe c3 c2 cd 38 30 8e 16 d0 20 a3 fd a0 ..^....80... ...
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 405

This cartridge contains a 2, 4 or 8KiB ROM. The software is copied to RAM and then the
cartridge disables itself by writing to IO1 (de00).

16.14.3.70 69 - SD-BOX
Size 128KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 45 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...E........
0020: 53 44 2d 42 4f 58 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 SD-BOX..........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 09 80 81 ea c3 c2 cd 38 30 a9 00 8d 00 de a9 40 .......80......@

This cartridge contains a 128KiB banked ROM with a filebrowser and some extra software
on it. It also contains a sd2iec clone, which seems to be seperate and runs the original
sd2iec firmware.
there is one register at de00:

bit 0-3 ROM bank

bit 4 reset SD
bit 5 CE ROM
bit 6 EXROM
bit 7 register enable

additionally there are 3 "ram cells" at de01-de03

16.14.3.71 70 - MultiMAX
Size 1MiB, 64*16KiB (ULTIMAX mode)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF (odd banks), $E000-$FFFF (even banks)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 46 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...F........
0020: 4d 55 4c 54 49 4d 41 58 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 MULTIMAX........
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 48 80 48 83 48 83 48 83 64 85 64 85 f5 87 aa 88 H.H.H.H.d.d.....
This cartridge contains 1MiB ROM organised in 64 16KiB banks. It operates in ultimax
mode and contains all known ultimax releases. It also provides additional 2KiB RAM for
MAX-Basic, which will be mapped to $0800.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 406

there is one register mirrored in the entire IO1 space:

bit 7 when set, the register is disabled and can only be reenabled by reset
bit 0-5 select ROM bank 0-63

16.14.3.72 71 - Blackbox V9
Size 32KiB, 2*16KiB
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 47 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...G........
0020: 42 4c 41 43 4b 42 4f 58 20 56 39 00 00 00 00 00 BLACKBOX V9.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..@.......@.
0050: 00 9a b6 fe c3 c2 cd 38 30 c3 ff 00 ff 00 ff 00 .......80.......
The cartridge starts in ultimax mode in the last bank. The IO1 area also contains a mirror
of the second last ROM page.
a register is mapped to IO1, which is changed by accessing an address in
the IO space, the address bits are mapped like this:

bit 7 - bank (inverted on write)

bit 6 - exrom
bit 0 - game

16.14.3.73 72 - Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor

Size 8KiB ROM, 16KiB RAM
EXROM active (lo) (0) Initially
GAME inactive (hi) (1) Initially
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 48 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...H........
0020: 4c 54 2e 20 4b 45 52 4e 41 4c 20 48 4f 53 54 20 LT. KERNAL HOST
0030: 41 44 41 50 54 4f 52 20 36 2e 32 20 52 4f 4d 00 ADAPTOR 6.2 ROM.
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
0050: 14 80 14 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 00 38 37 30 30 30 30 .......80.......

The Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor (SCSI ID 7) boot rom looks on sector 0 of drive 0 (ID 0) to
find the partition (LU or logical unit) information and DOS. If the drive is not found, it
will start up in stock mode. See src/c64/cart/ltkernal.c for more details.
The Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor uses the following registers:
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 407

$DF00 = MC6821 Port A: Data and DDR

$DF01 = MC6821 Port A: Control
$DF02 = MC6821 Port B: Data and DDR
$DF03 = MC6821 Port B: Control
$DF04..7 = LTK Port and Freeze state
MC6821 Port A connects to the SCSI data bus (inverted). Data is saved to hard disk
inverted to save data processing time.
signal meaning
------ -------
PA 7-0 /Data bus on SCSI (input/output)
CA2 Pulses SCSI ACK (low to high)
MC6821 Port B connects to mostly the SCSI control bus. PB2.6 controls write access to
16KiB SRAM. When low (0), no writes are permitted, when high (1) writes are permitted
to $8000-$9FFF AND $E000-$FFFF. Initially, this signal is low, which keeps the boot ROM
mapped to $8000-$9FFF (lower 4KiB for the C64, upper 4KiB for the C128). Once a high
(1) is written, the boot ROM is mapped out permanently until a reset. CB2 controls which
KERNAL is in place. A high (1) uses the stock KERNAL while a low (0) maps in one of the
8K RAMs as the KERNAL. The other RAM at $8000-$9FFF memory is ONLY mapped
in when PB2.6 is high (1). The HIRAM line from the PLA goes to the adaptor so it can
determine the proper write action to the main RAM or adaptor RAM. Writing a high (1)
to CB2 while PB2.6 is low (0) queues up a system reset. If CB2 is not set back to a low
(0) or PB2.6 to a high (1), a reset will be asserted in 57 cycles. On startup, the existing
kernal is copied and patched by the LTK DOS. On the C64, all known kernal versions work,
however in C128 mode, only the original kernal is compatible with the latest LTK DOS
(7.2). Make sure to use the 318020-03 kernal (also known as the first version). The LTK
DOS overwrites the new patches to the second and third kernal versions.
signal meaning
------ -------
PB 7 /REQ on SCSI (input)
PB 6 SRAM control
PB 5 RST on SCSI (output)
PB 4 SEL on SCSI (output)
PB 3 /BUSY on SCSI (input)
PB 2 /CD on SCSI (input)
PB 1 /MSG on SCSI (input)
PB 0 /IO on SCSI (input)
CB2 KERNAL control
$DF04 - $DF07:
The LTK Port can be between 0 and 15. Only adaptors set to port 0 are allowed to change
the host configuration.
bit meaning
--- -------
3-0 LTK port number (input)
4 Freeze state (0: active, 1: inactive)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 408

16.14.3.74 73 - RAMLink
Size 64KiB ROM, 8KiB RAM
EXROM inactive (hi) (1) Initially
GAME active (lo) (0) Initially
Load address $8000-$BFFF and $E000-$FFFF

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 49 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0020: 43 4d 44 20 52 41 4d 4c 49 4e 4b 20 32 2e 30 31 CMD RAMLink 2.01
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
0050: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ee 42 df 20 1c b9 ee 42 ................
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
2060: 03 4c 75 9c 88 f0 01 88 8c 80 de a9 8d 20 38 8f ................
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
4070: 0a 17 d8 8d 64 8c be 00 ce 42 df 20 48 88 ce 42 ................
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
6080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
8090: 40 48 20 c9 ff aa 68 90 01 8a 60 20 bd ff 20 64 ................
...
a090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
a0a0: 85 56 20 0f bc a5 61 c9 88 90 03 20 d4 ba 20 cc ................
...
c0a0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
c0b0: 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
...
e0b0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
e0c0: a2 ff 78 9a d8 a9 00 8d 00 ff a2 0a bd 4b e0 9d ................

or

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 49 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0020: 43 4d 44 20 52 41 4d 4c 49 4e 4b 20 31 2e 34 30 CMD RAMLink 1.40
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
0050: 52 41 4d 4c 49 4e 4b 20 44 4f 53 20 28 43 29 31 ................
...
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 409

2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
2060: 4e 54 41 58 20 45 52 52 4f 52 00 57 52 49 54 45 ................
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
4070: aa 09 f9 10 ec b9 9e 1b ec ce 3f 70 8d 84 df a9 ................
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
6080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
8090: 40 48 20 c9 ff aa 68 90 01 8a 60 20 bd ff 20 64 ................
...
a090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
a0a0: 85 56 20 0f bc a5 61 c9 88 90 03 20 d4 ba 20 cc ................
...
c0a0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
c0b0: 80 8d 3f de a9 1b 8d 32 de 8d 34 de a9 ee 8d 33 ................
...
e0b0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
e0c0: a2 ff 78 9a d8 a9 00 8d 00 ff a2 0a bd 4b e0 9d ................
The RAMLink CRT file is 64 KiB and consists of eight 8 KiB banks. The first two are for
the RAMLink DOS which is banked in from $8000-$BFFF (16 KiB). The third and forth
are the configuration portion of the DOS which also banks in at $8000-$BFFF, however
only the first 8 KiB is officially used. The banks are the 64 shadow kernal, 64 trap kernal,
128 shadow kernal, and 128 trap kernal respectively. The first bytes of the configuration
DOS bank contain 16-bit checksums of various parts of the ROM. The precise mapping is
specific to the particular version of the ROM as the code resides there. The ROMs verify
these checksums on boot up. Should this fail, the firmware turns on the error LED and goes
into an infinite loop. Since vice doesn’t provide an error or activity LED for RAMLink, the
system would just appear to hang.
The actual RAMLink appears to have the ability to upgrade to a 128 KiB ROM, but no
firmware which utilizes it is known to exist.
The RAMLink uses many locations in IO2 primarily so that it can co-exist with other
cartridges. Most of these registers are write only, that is to say, all that is required to
activate them is a write; the contents of the write are not important. This technique
minimizes the coding required to interact with the device. Although RAMLink has 2 pass-
thru ports, they are not complete shorts to the cartridge bus, some of the control lines are
altered based on the state of the device. Initially, RAMLink is disabled, the trap kernal is
active and only one of its registers is visible:
$DF7E = Enable RAMLink registers and switch to shadow kernal
Once a write is done to $DF7E, all the other registers become active. The shadow kernal
also switches in. This happens regardless of the state of the microprocessor IO port ($1).
Even if the kernal ROM is mapped out, the shadow kernal will appear.
$DF20 = NMI Trap Enable? (not certain as to its function)
$DF21 = Mirror to $DF01 (for REU) when NMI trap is on
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 410

$DF22 = NMI Trap Disable? (not certain as to its function)

$DF40 = I8255A Port A (Main board and parallel interface)
$DF41 = I8255A Port B
$DF42 = I8255A Port C
$DF43 = I8255A Control
$DF60 = Enable DOS mapping (maps in $8000-$BFFF)
$DF70 = Disable DOS mapping
$DF7F = Disable RAMLink registers and switch to trap kernal
(also disables DOS mapping)
$DF80..9F = Switch SRAM page ($DF80 selects page 0,
$DF81 selects page 1, $DF82 selects page 2, etc.)
$DFA0 = I8255A Port A (RAMCard 1; RAMCard 2 uses custom circuit
but same interface)
$DFA1 = I8255A Port B
$DFA2 = I8255A Port C
$DFA3 = I8255A Control
$DFB0..BF = 72421 RTC interface (RAMCard 2 only)
$DFC0 = Maps in SRAM to $DE00-$DEFF
$DFC1 = Maps in RAMCard to $DE00-$DEFF
$DFC2 = Maps in RAM Port $DE00-$DEFF (GEORAM, RAMDrive)
$DFC3 = Maps in Pass-Thru to $DE00-$DEFF
Note that only address $DF40..42, $DFB0..BF present valid information when
read. Addresses $DFA0..$DFA3 also require valid data when being written to. See
src/c64/cart/ramlink.c for more details.
When kernal swiching, the ROMs change inbetween instructions. This is possible as the
CPU does not cache any incoming instructions. The following is an example of a JSR to
the trap kernal at $E000:
PC TRAP SHADOW DETAILS
KERNAL KERNAL
----- --------- --------- ------------------------------------------
$C000 JSR $E000 JSR $E000 Same code
$E000 STA $DF7E STA $DF7F In trap kernel, next instruction in shadow
$E003 INC $D021 INC $D020 Increment $D020
$E006 STA $DF7E STA $DF7F Switch back to trap on next instruction
$E009 RTS NOP Return to $C003
If the shadow kernal was active, a JSR to $E000 would result in $D021 being incremented
and continuing on back to the NOP in the shadow kernal. The use of write only registers
allows the RAMLink Kernal and DOS to perform ROM switching with minimal instructions
and time.
The RAMLink includes two switches: "Enable/Disable" and "Normal/Direct".
"Enable/Disable" controls whether or not RAMLink is active. In the "Disabled" state,
control will be given back to the stock ROMs. "Normal/Direct" controls how the IO
cartidge lines to the RAM Port (REU, GEORAM, RAMDrive) are passed. In "Normal"
mode, these lines are connected only when the RAMLink registers are active. This
prevents any unauthorized access to these devices while RAMLink code isn’t running.
"Direct" connects the IO lines all the time.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 411

16.14.3.75 74 - Drean
Size 32KiB (4 banks of 8KiB each)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 4a 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......J........
0020: 44 52 45 41 4e 20 48 45 52 4f 00 00 00 00 00 00 DREAN HERO......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 0b 80 bc fe c3 c2 cd 38 30 03 49 8e 16 d0 bd 00 .......80.I.....
..
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
2060: 32 aa 5a aa 00 00 ff 00 90 d9 68 d9 00 00 90 05 2.Z.......h.....
..
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: ff 7f 7f ff ff 3f 00 00 00 00 00 c0 00 c0 ff 3f .....?.........?
..
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge type was found in an argentinian H.E.R.O. clone cartridge, ROM memory is
organized in 8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. There appears to be one register
mirrored over IO2 (the software uses $DFFF). Banks are selected by writing to the lower 2
bits of the register, bit 5 disables the cartridge.

16.14.3.76 75 - IEEE Flash! 64

Size 8KiB (1 bank of 8KiB)
EXROM inactive (hi) (1)
GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $E000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 2D 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...@...,........
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 E0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 85 56 20 0F BC A5 61 C9 88 90 03 20 D4 BA 20 CC .V ...a.... .. .
This cart has 8KiB of ROM, mapped in at $E000-$FFFF only when hirom is selected. The
cart uses a clip that needs to be installed inside the C64.

16.14.3.77 76 - Turtle Graphics II

Size 16KiB (2 banks of 8KiB each)
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 412

EXROM active (lo) (0)

GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 4c 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......L........
0020: 48 45 53 20 54 75 72 74 6c 65 20 47 72 61 70 68 HES Turtle Graph
0030: 69 63 73 20 49 49 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ics II..........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 80 bc fe c3 c2 cd 38 30 78 a9 80 85 11 a9 30 .......80x.....0
0060: 85 10 a9 0e 85 13 a9 00 85 12 aa a8 b1 10 91 12 ................
0070: c8 d0 f9 e6 11 e6 13 e8 e0 09 d0 f0 4c 90 15 ea ............L...
0080: 01 c0 00 01 a0 00 01 90 00 03 88 00 03 84 00 05 ................
0090: 82 00 05 81 00 09 80 80 09 80 40 11 80 20 11 80 ............. ..
...
4040: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
4050: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Any read/write access to IO1 area will switch to bank 1. Reset will switch to bank 0.

16.14.3.78 77 - Freeze Frame MK2

Size 16KiB
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CART RIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 4d 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......M ........
0020: 46 72 65 65 7a 65 20 46 72 61 6d 65 20 4d 4b 32 Freeze F rame MK2
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ........ ........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP... .......
0050: 10 80 0c 80 c3 c2 cd 38 30 20 00 00 40 00 00 00 .......8 0 .....
...
4030: 02 b0 02 c6 03 60 00 00 a9 ff 85 00 a4 01 68 aa .....‘.. ......h.
4040: 68 98 09 20 48 8a 48 4c 1b ff e0 fe 10 80 10 80 h.. H.HL ........
Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
When the cart starts, the first half of the active ROM is banked to ROML ($8000-$9fff).
When reading from the I/O-2 range the second half of the active ROM bank is enabled in
RMH ($A000-$BFFF). When reading from the I/O-1 range the cart is disabled.
When a freeze happens the first half of the ROM is mapped to ROML ($8000-$9FFF) and
the second half to ROMH ($E000-$FFFF).

16.14.3.79 78 - Partner 64
Size 16KiB
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 413

EXROM inactive (hi) (1)

GAME active (lo) (0)
Load address $8000-$9FFF (ROML), $E000-$FFFF (ROMH)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 4e 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......N........
0020: 50 61 72 74 6e 65 72 20 36 34 00 00 00 00 00 00 Partner 64......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 78 48 a5 00 48 a5 01 48 a9 2f 85 00 a9 37 85 01 xH..H..H./...7..
...
4040: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 eb 06 c7 06 ................
4050: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 4c 5d ea 00 80 12 84 e0 84 .......L].......

Warning, the following information is based on guess-work and might be incorrect, any
further information and/or corrections are appreciated.
This cartridge has 16KiB of ROM and 8KiB of RAM. It starts in ultimax mode with ROML
at $8000, ROMH at $e000 and the extra RAM at $a000.

16.14.3.80 79 - Hyper-BASIC
Size 64KiB (8 banks of 8KiB)
EXROM active (lo) (0)
GAME inactive (hi) (1)
Startup mode 8KiB Game
Load address $8000-$9FFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 36 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 20 C64 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 01 00 00 4F 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......O........
0020: 48 79 70 65 72 2D 42 41 53 49 43 00 00 00 00 00 Hyper-BASIC.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
0050: 44 CF 4C 4F 4F D0 45 58 49 D4 43 41 53 C5 47 4B D.LOO.EXI.CAS.GK
...
2050: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 01 80 00 20 00 CHIP............
2060: A9 FF 2C A9 01 85 FF A5 D6 48 A5 D3 48 20 9E B7 ..,.............
...
4060: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 02 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
4070: A9 01 A0 A1 A2 A1 20 BD FF A0 0F A2 04 20 BA FF .. ... .. ... ..
...
6070: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 03 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
6080: 09 80 BC FE C3 C2 CD 38 30 A2 FF 8E 02 DC E8 8E .......80.......
...
8080: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 04 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
8090: A0 0F B9 40 80 99 00 01 88 10 F7 AE 01 08 E0 09 ..............
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 414

...
A090: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 05 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
A0A0: A0 00 B9 00 9E 99 00 9E B9 00 9F 99 00 9F C8 D0 ...............
...
C0A0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 06 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
C0B0: FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF ................
...
E0B0: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 07 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
E0C0: 2C CA 91 AD 0A 03 AE 0B 03 8D B8 02 8E B9 02 A9 ,...............
This cartridge is organized in 8KiB ($2000) banks located at $8000-$9FFF. Bank switching
is done by writing to the register at $de00, which is mirrored across the entire IO1 range.
Somewhat uncommon is that the register directly exposes the chip-enable for the two ROMs.
bit 0 - _CE for ROM2, 0 = enable (don’t select both)
bit 1 - _CE for ROM1, 0 = enable (don’t select both)
(bit 2 - probably unused)
(bit 3 - probably unused)
bit 4 - A13
bit 5 - A14
bit 6 and/or 7 - _EXROM, 0 = make cart visible

16.14.4 C128 Cartridge Specifics

Note: Cartridges that work on both C64 and C128 get "C64 Cartridge" type and get
a CRT-ID in the C64 list! ONLY Cartridges that exclusively work in C128 mode get a
CRT-ID in the C128 list and "C128 Cartridge" header type.
CRT ID Cartridge Type
0 generic cartridge
1 Warpspeed128
2 Partner 128
3 Comal 80
4 Magic Desk 128
5 Gmod2-C128

16.14.4.1 0 - generic (external Function ROM)

Generic cartridges for the C128 can use two 16KiB ROM blocks named ROML and ROMH,
which are mapped to $8000-$BFFF and $C000-$FFFF respectively.
Commonly such cartridges contain one or two 8KiB or 16KiB CHIP packets, one for ROML
and one for ROMH. When a block uses a ROM smaller than the block (like 8KiB ROM),
then mirrors should be created within that ROM block.
Typical cartridges are 32KiB (ROML+ROMH) or 16KiB (ROML only), although smaller
cartridges exist.
8KiB lo function ROM
Size 8KiB
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 415

0000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE

0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 47 65 6e 65 72 69 63 20 43 31 32 38 20 43 61 72 Generic C128 Car
0030: 74 72 69 64 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tridge..........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 4c 0a 80 4c 0a 80 02 43 42 4d 78 a2 ff 9a d8 a9 L..L...CBMx.....
...
2030: aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa ................
2040: aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa ................
16KiB lo function ROM
Size 16KiB
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 47 65 6e 65 72 69 63 20 43 31 32 38 20 43 61 72 Generic C128 Car
0030: 74 72 69 64 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tridge..........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 0a 80 60 ea ea ff 43 42 4d a5 d4 c9 48 d0 01 L..‘...CBM...H..
...
4030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
4040: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
32KiB lo+hi function ROM
Size 32KiB
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 47 65 6e 65 72 69 63 20 43 31 32 38 20 43 61 72 Generic C128 Car
0030: 74 72 69 64 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tridge..........
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 0a 80 d2 d7 d7 30 43 42 4d ad 00 ff 85 fe ad L.....0CBM......
...
8040: 32 39 3a 89 31 00 ee 26 50 00 d6 31 32 00 00 00 29:.1..&P..12...
8050: a9 01 a0 00 91 2d 20 4f 4f 4c 82 4f 00 00 00 00 .....- OOL.O....

16.14.4.2 1 - Warpspeed128
Size 16KiB
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 416

0020: 57 61 72 70 20 53 70 65 65 64 20 31 32 38 00 00 Warp Speed 128..

0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 22 80 4c 22 80 ff 43 42 4d 20 53 e4 20 18 e5 L".L"..CBM S. ..
...
4030: 19 ad 00 1c 29 fd 05 19 8d 00 1c a2 02 bd 03 01 ....)...........
4040: 95 15 95 11 ca d0 f6 8e 00 07 60 41 54 21 21 21 ..........‘AT!!!
This is a 16KiB ROM starting at $8000. The part at $9e00-$9fff is mirrored to $de00-$dfff
in I/O space.
Note: the actual cartridge contains both a C64 and a C128 ROM, which can be selected
with a switch. We implement them as if these two ROMs were different cartridges - this
way they can be selected by using the other .crt file, instead of having to flip the switch in
the user interface.

16.14.4.3 2 - Partner 128

Size 16KiB ROM, 8KiB RAM
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 50 61 72 74 6e 65 72 20 31 32 38 00 00 00 00 00 Partner 128.....
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 5a 87 4c 5a 87 02 43 42 4d 85 1a 84 1b a0 00 LZ.LZ..CBM......
...
4030: 22 20 4b f2 8a 0a 0a 0a 0a 0a 85 c2 ad 00 1c 29 " K............)
4040: 9f 05 c2 8d 00 1c 60 8d 03 ff 91 ae 8d 04 ff 60 ......‘........‘
$8000-$9fff contains the ROM $de00-$de7f contains 128 bytes ram $de80-$deff contains a
mirror of $9e80-$9eff Writing to $de80 selects which one of 64 blocks of 128 byte ram is
visible in $de00-$de7f.

16.14.4.4 3 - Comal 80
Size 96KiB (6 banks of 16KiB)
Load address $C000-$FFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
000000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
000010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
000020: 43 6f 6d 61 6c 20 38 30 20 28 43 31 32 38 29 00 Comal 80 (C128).
000030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
000040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 c0 00 40 00 CHIP..........
000050: 4c 8c c9 4c 85 1f 01 43 42 4d 4c 5d d2 4c b9 cd L..L...CBML].L..
...
018080: 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 417

018090: 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 05 ff 3d ff 17 ff ..=...
This cartridge contains 3 32KiB ROMs, each containing two 16KiB banks, which are
mapped to $C000 (ROMH). Bankswitching is done via one register at $DE00.

16.14.4.5 4 - Magic Desk 128

Size 16KiB ROM, up to 64 banks (=1MiB)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
000000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
000010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
000020: 4d 61 67 69 63 20 44 65 73 6b 20 31 32 38 00 00 Magic Desk 128..
000030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
000040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
000050: 4c 0a 80 4c 12 81 01 43 42 4d d8 a9 3a 8d 00 ff L..L...CBM..:...
...
040120: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
040130: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge contains two ROM sockets with 19 address lines (A0..A18) each. A19 selects
which of the two ROM sockets is selected.
D0..D5 of the register at $de00 go to A14..A19. D6/D7 of the register are not used
That means: D0..D4 select the ROM bank D5 selects the ROM socket
The common use-case would be to fill the first ROM first (with 512KiB), and only then add
a second ROM. This way you can use linear values in the register to select the respective
banks.

16.14.4.6 5 - Gmod2-C128
Size 16KiB ROM, up to 32 banks (=512KiB)
Load address $8000-$BFFF
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
000000: 43 31 32 38 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 20 C128 CARTRIDGE
000010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 05 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
000020: 47 6d 6f 64 32 2d 43 31 32 38 00 00 00 00 00 00 Gmod2-C128......
000030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
000040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
000050: 4c 0a 80 4c 0a 80 02 43 42 4d 78 a9 0a 8d 00 ff L..L...CBMx.....
...
080220: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
080230: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This is similar to the C64 Gmod2 Cartridge. The differences are: - Banks are 16KiB instead
of 8. Because of that one bit less in the register is used for banking - The ROM is always
mapped to ROML area
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 418

16.14.5 VIC20 Cartridge Specifics

CRT ID Cartridge Type
0 generic cartridge
1 Mega-Cart
2 Behr Bonz
3 Vic Flash Plugin
4 UltiMem
5 Final Expansion

16.14.5.1 0 - generic cartridge

Generic VIC20 cartridges are a bit more complex than the ones from the other machines.
Since the VIC20 has so little internal memory, most of it is available to be used for ROM
and/or RAM at the expansion port:
Block Start End Size
0 $0400 $0FFF 3k
1 $2000 $3FFF 8k
2 $4000 $5FFF 8k
3 $6000 $7FFF 8k
5 $A000 $BFFF 8k
Common start addresses for cartridge ROMs are $2000, $4000, $6000, $7000, $A000, $B000.
Also common, for 16KiB cartridges, is a combination of block 1 or 3 with block 5.
Generic VIC20 .crt files may contain one or more CHIP packets fitting into the above
blocks. If only the beginning of a block is used for ROM, then the reminder should be filled
with mirrors (as it would happen on the real hardware when using a smaller rom and not
decoding the unused lines).

16.14.5.2 1 - Mega-Cart
Size 2MiB
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 56 49 43 32 30 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 VIC20 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 a0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: fd be 0e bf 41 30 c3 c2 cd 81 00 81 55 c1 5a 81 ....A0......U.Z.
...
201020: a7 ac b0 b5 b9 bd c1 c4 c7 ca cd d0 d3 d5 d8 da ................
201030: dc de e0 e2 e3 e5 fe 24 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 .......$........

16.14.5.3 2 - Behr Bonz

Size 2MiB (128 banks)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 56 49 43 32 30 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 VIC20 CARTRIDGE
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 419

0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 a0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 10 b0 10 b0 41 30 c3 c2 cd ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ....A0..........
...
201020: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
201030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
This cartridge has one bank register, mirrored over the whole IO3 ($9c00-$9fff)

16.14.5.4 3 - Vic Flash Plugin

Size 4MiB
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 56 49 43 32 30 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 VIC20 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 a0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 66 a1 31 a1 41 30 c3 c2 cd 00 00 01 03 00 01 8d f.1.A0..........
...
402020: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
402030: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge has two registers, which are mirrored over the whole IO2 ($9800-$9bff) area:
$9800 current bank (A20..A13)
$9801 configuration register
b7 1: I/O2 disabled until RESET
b6 1: ROM write protect (set by default)
b5 1: RAM at BLK5 (instead of ROM)
b4 0: 3k (RAM123), 1: 8k+ (BLK1)
b3 1: BLK1/RAM123 enable
b2 unused (always 0)
b1 unused (always 0)
b0 A21

16.14.5.5 4 - UltiMem
Size 8MiB or 16MiB
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 56 49 43 32 30 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 VIC20 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 a0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: 09 a0 09 a0 41 30 c3 c2 cd 78 a2 ff 9a d8 a9 7f ....A0...x......
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 420

...
1008020: a7 00 a2 07 a3 74 a3 57 a1 55 a1 be a9 ea a0 da .....t.W.U......
1008030: ff ea a0 d0 ff b6 a3 aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa ................
This cartridge has 512KiB or 1MiB of RAM and 8MiB or 16MiB of flash rom.

16.14.5.6 5 - Final Expansion

Size 512KiB (ROM) and 512KiB (RAM)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 56 49 43 32 30 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 VIC20 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 05 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 20 10 00 00 00 00 a0 00 20 00 CHIP.. ....... .
0050: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
...
80420: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
80430: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge has 512KiB Flash ROM and 512KiB RAM.
It has two registers mirrored every 4 Bytes in the while IO3 ($9c00-$9fff) range.
$9c02
bit 7..5 mode
000: Start Mode
001: Flash-Write-Mode
010: Super ROM Mode
011: RAM/ROM Mode
100: RAM 1 Mode
101: Super RAM Mode
110: RAM 2 Mode
bit 4 block5 select
bit 3 block3 select
bit 2 block2 select
bit 1 block1 select
bit 0 block0 select

$9c03
bit 7 1: register off
bit 6 1: invert A14
bit 5 1: invert A13
bit 4 1: block5 off
bit 3 1: block3 off
bit 2 1: block2 off
bit 1 1: block1 off
bit 0 1: block0 off
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 421

16.14.6 PLUS4 Cartridge Specifics

CRT ID Cartridge Type
0 generic cartridge
1 c264 magic cart
2 Plus4 multi cart
3 1MB Cartridge
For all Plus4 binary formats (non .crt) the convention is to store all banks of c1lo first, then
all banks of c1hi, c2lo, c2hi.

16.14.6.1 0 - generic cartridge

generic cartridges can use 4 different ROM spaces, which are c1lo, c1hi, c2lo, c2hi. most
cartridges will use c1lo only, c2 is really uncommon. to indicate which chip chunk goes
where, the bank number is used - bank 1 means c2.
32KiB C1 cartridge
Size 32KiB
Load address $8000-$FFFF (C1)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 50 4c 55 53 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 PLUS4 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 47 80 4c f4 80 06 43 42 4d 53 59 53 31 35 32 LG.L...CBMSYS152
...
8040: ff 20 40 ff 20 40 ff 20 40 ff 20 40 ff 20 40 ff . . . . . .
8050: 20 40 ff 20 40 ff 8d 3e ff 4c a4 f2 f6 ff b3 fc . ..>.L......

16.14.6.2 1 - c264 magic cart

Size 128KiB/256KiB/512KiB/1MiB/2MiB (32/64/128 banks of
16KiB)
Load address $8000-$BFFF (C1LO)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 50 4c 55 53 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 PLUS4 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 13 80 4c 13 80 01 43 42 4d 38 42 49 54 43 48 L..L...CBM8BITCH
...
200820: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
200830: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge has one banking register at $fdfe.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 422

16.14.6.3 2 - Plus4 multi cart

Size 2MiB/4MiB (64/128 banks of 32KiB)
Load address $8000-$FFFF (C1)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 50 4c 55 53 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 PLUS4 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 6b 80 4c 6b 80 01 43 42 4d 0a 0a ee f1 00 20 Lk.Lk..CBM.....
...
401020: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
401030: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ................
This cartridge has one banking register at $fda0.

16.14.6.4 3 - 1MB Cartridge

Size 1MiB (64 banks of 16KiB)
Load address $8000-$BFFF (C1LO)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII
----------------------------------------------- ----------------
0000: 50 4c 55 53 34 20 43 41 52 54 52 49 44 47 45 20 PLUS4 CARTRIDGE
0010: 00 00 00 40 02 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...............
0020: 56 49 43 45 20 43 41 52 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VICE CART.......
0030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
0040: 43 48 49 50 00 00 40 10 00 00 00 00 80 00 40 00 CHIP..........
0050: 4c 4f 80 00 00 00 0c 43 42 4d 53 59 53 31 35 32 LO.....CBMSYS152
...
100420: 2f ef ee da db 20 20 20 20 20 20 da db 2f d8 2f /...........././
100430: 2f ef 2f da db 20 20 20 20 20 20 da db 2f 2f 2f /./..........///
This cartridge has one banking register at $fe00.

16.14.7 CBM2 Cartridge Specifics

TODO

16.14.7.1 0 - generic cartridge

TODO

16.15 The PSID image format for ripped SID tunes

This section describes the SID file format used for SID tunes in the HVSC (High Voltage
SID Collection - http://hvsc.de). It is based mostly on Michael Schwendt’s document that
describes the file format and the PSID v2NG extensions described by Simon White and
Dag Lem and was further extended by Wilfred Bos (PSID v3/v4, RSID v3/v4) and LaLa
(assembled most of the following text) and last not least tweaked a bit by Groepaz to fit
into the VICE documentation.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 423

The original documentation maintained by the HVSC team can be found here: http://
www.hvsc.de/download/C64Music/DOCUMENTS/SID_file_format.txt
SID files use the .sid file extension.
Since PSID v2 is simply an extension of PSID v1, PSID v2NG is an extension of PSID v2,
RSID is a restricted version of PSID v2NG, PSID v3/v4 and RSID v3/v4 are extentions of
PSID v2NG and RSID v2, all of the formats are discussed together below. RSID in specific
is discussed in detail under the ’magicID’ field description.
The information presented here targets programmers or other people with reasonable back-
ground. It is not suitable for newbies who have never before used a machine code monitor,
a disassembler, or a hexadecimal editor.

16.15.1 The SID file header v1

The detailed structure of the SID header looks like the following. Header offsets are in
hexadecimal notation. Other integer values are decimal unless explicitly marked otherwise.
Any stored integer values are in big-endian format:
+00 magicID: ‘‘PSID’’ or ‘‘RSID’’
This is a four byte long ASCII character string containing the value 0x50534944 or
0x52534944. ’RSID’ (Real SID) denotes that the file strictly requires a true Commodore-64
environment to run properly. ’PSID’ files will generally run trouble-free on older PlaySID
and libsidplay1 based emulators, too.
Some words about the Real C64 SID file format (RSID):
The RSID format was designed to contain tunes that are not PlaySID compatible, but
strictly require a real C64 environment to run. Tunes that are multi-speed and/or contain
samples and/or use additional interrupt sources or do busy looping will cause older SID
emulators to lock up or play very wrongly (if at all).
By using the name RSID for such rips all existing SID emulators will reject these tunes
safely until they can be upgraded to cope with the additional requirements.
Due to the nature of these tunes, every effort must be made to make sure they are directly
runnable on an actual C64 computer. As such the tunes will only be presented with the
default C64 power-on environment and expected to configure and use all hardware appro-
priately.
RSID is based on PSIDv2NG with the following modifications:
• magicID = RSID
• version = 2, 3 and 4 only
• loadAddress = 0 (reserved)
• playAddress = 0 (reserved)
• speed = 0 (reserved)
• psidSpecific flag is called C64BASIC flag
The above fields MUST be checked and if any differ from the above then the tune MUST
be rejected. The definitions above will force tunes to contain proper hardware configuration
code and install valid interrupt handlers.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 424

See section "The SID file environment" below for the default C64 power-on environment
for each SID file format.
+04 WORD version
Available version number can be 0001, 0002, 0003 or 0004. Headers of version 2, 3 and 4
provide additional fields. RSID and PSID v2NG files must have 0002, 0003 or 0004 here.
+06 WORD dataOffset
This is the offset from the start of the file to the C64 binary data area. Because of the fixed
size of the header, this is either 0x0076 for version 1 and 0x007C for version 2, 3 and 4.
+08 WORD loadAddress
The C64 memory location where to put the C64 data. 0 means the data are in original C64
binary file format, i.e. the first two bytes of the data contain the little-endian load address
(low byte, high byte). This must always be true for RSID files. Furthermore, the actual
load address must NOT be less than $07E8 in RSID files.
You must be absolutely sure what to enter here. There is no way to detect automatically
whether the first two bytes in a C64 data file are meant to be a load address or some
arbitrary bytes of code or data. Unless your C64 file is not a normal binary file and thus
has no load address in front, you need not enter anything else than 0 here. The SID tune
will not play if you specify a load address which is present in the C64 file already.
Normal C64 binary data files have a load address in their first two bytes, so they can be
loaded to a pre-defined destination address by executing LOAD"FILE",8,1, for instance. If
a load address is explicitly specified in the sidtune info file, some sidtune converters and
utilities conjecture that the C64 data don’t have a load address in their first two bytes.
Hence, the explicit load address from the info file is moved in front of the C64 data to
create a valid C64 binary file which can be easily loaded on a C64, too. If that C64 file
were to be saved, it would contain two superfluous data bytes at offset 2 if an original load
address had been in the first two bytes of the old file. This process of adding a duplicate
load address can be repeated. The file loader strips off the first two bytes (the used load
address) and puts the rest of the file contents (including the now obsolete load address at
file offset 2) into memory. If the new load address is the same than the old one the two
added bytes cause the whole data to be displaced by two bytes, which most likely results
in malfunctioning code. Also, superfluous bytes in memory then can confuse disassemblers
which start at the beginning of the file or memory buffer.
+0A WORD initAddress
The start address of the machine code subroutine that initializes a song, accepting the
contents of the 8-bit 6510 Accumulator as the song number parameter. 0 means the address
is equal to the effective load address.
In RSID files initAddress must never point to a ROM area ($A000-$BFFF or $D000-$FFFF)
or be lower than $07E8. Also, if the C64 BASIC flag is set, initAddress must be 0.
+0C WORD playAddress
The start address of the machine code subroutine that can be called frequently to produce
a continuous sound. 0 means the initialization subroutine is expected to install an interrupt
handler, which then calls the music player at some place. This must always be true for
RSID files.
+0E WORD songs
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 425

The number of songs (or sound effects) that can be initialized by calling the init address.
The minimum is 1. The maximum is 256.
+10 WORD startSong
The song number to be played by default. This value is optional. It often specifies the first
song you would hear upon starting the program is has been taken from. It has a default of
1.
+12 LONGWORD speed
This is a 32 bit big endian number.
For version 1 and 2 and for version 2NG, 3 and 4 with PlaySID specific flag (+76) set, the
’speed’ should be handled as follows:
Each bit in ’speed’ specifies the speed for the corresponding tune number, i.e. bit 0 specifies
the speed for tune 1. If there are more than 32 tunes, the speed specified for tune 32 is the
same as tune 1, for tune 33 it is the same as tune 2, etc.
For version 2NG, 3 and 4 with PlaySID specific flag (+76) cleared, the ’speed’ should be
handled as follows:
Each bit in ’speed’ specifies the speed for the corresponding tune number, i.e. bit 0 specifies
the speed for tune 1. If there are more than 32 tunes, the speed specified for tune 32 is also
used for all higher numbered tunes.
For all version counts:
• A 0 bit specifies vertical blank interrupt (50Hz PAL, 60Hz NTSC), and a 1 bit specifies
CIA 1 timer interrupt (default 60Hz).
• Surplus bits in ’speed’ should be set to 0.
• For RSID files ’speed’ must always be set to 0.
Note that if ’play’ = 0, the bits in ’speed’ should still be set for backwards compatibility
with older SID players. New SID players running in a C64 environment will ignore the
speed bits in this case.
WARNING: This field does not work in PlaySID for Amiga like it was intended, therefore
the above is a redefinition of the original ’speed’ field in SID v2NG! See also the ’clock’
(video standard) field described below for ’flags’.
+16 ‘‘<name>’’
+36 ‘‘<author>’’
+56 ‘‘<released>’’ (once known as ‘‘<copyright>’’)
These are 32 byte long ASCII character strings. Upon evaluating the header, these fields
may hold a character string of 32 bytes which is not zero terminated. For less than 32
characters the string should be zero terminated. The maximum number of available free
characters is 32.
+76 <data>
Version 1 of the SID header is complete at this point. The binary C64 data starts here.

16.15.2 The SID file header v2, v3 and v4

Version 2, 3 and 4 of the header incorporates the v1 header fields and provides additional
fields. Some of these are actually v2NG, v3 or v4 specific - those are noted below.
+76 WORD flags
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 426

This is a 16 bit big endian number containing the following bitfields:

• Bit 0 specifies format of the binary data (musPlayer): 0 = built-in music player, 1 =
Compute!’s Sidplayer MUS data, music player must be merged.
If this bit is set, the appended binary data are in Compute!’s Sidplayer MUS format, and
does not contain a built-in music player. An external player machine code must be merged
to replay such a sidtune.
• Bit 1 specifies whether the tune is PlaySID specific, e.g. uses PlaySID samples (psid-
Specific): 0 = C64 compatible, 1 = PlaySID specific (PSID v2NG, v3, v4) 1 = C64
BASIC flag (RSID)
This is a v2NG and RSID specific field.
PlaySID samples were invented to facilitate playback of C64 volume register samples with
the original Amiga PlaySID software. PlaySID samples made samples a reality on slow
Amiga hardware with a player that was updated only once a frame.
Unfortunately, converting C64 volume samples to PlaySID samples means that they can
no longer be played on a C64, and furthermore the conversion might potentially break the
non-sample part of a tune if the timing between writes to the SID registers is at all altered.
This follows from the ADSR bugs in the SID chip.
Today, the speed of common hardware and the sophistication of the SID players is such
that there is little need for PlaySID samples. However, with all the PlaySID sample PSIDs
in existence there’s a need to differentiate between SID files containing only original C64
code and PSID files containing PlaySID samples or having other PlaySID specific issues.
As stated above, bit 1 in ’flags’ is reserved for this purpose.
Since RSID files do not have the need for PlaySID samples, this flag is used for a different
purpose: tunes that include a BASIC executable portion will be played (with the BASIC
portion executed) if the C64 BASIC flag is set. At the same time, initAddress must be 0.
• Bits 2-3 specify the video standard (clock): 00 = Unknown, 01 = PAL, 10 = NTSC,
11 = PAL and NTSC.
This is a v2NG specific field.
As can be seen from the ’speed’ field, it is not possible to specify NTSC C64 playback. This
is unfortunate, since the different clock speeds means that a tune written for the NTSC
C64 will be slightly detuned if played back on a PAL C64. Furthermore, NTSC C64 tunes
driven by a vertical blank interrupt have to be converted to use the CIA 1 timer to fit into
this scheme. This can cause severe problems, as the NTSC refresh rate is once every 17045
cycles, while the CIA 1 timer A is latched with 17095 cycles. Apart from the difference in
timing itself, the SID ADSR bugs can actually break the tune.
The ’clock’ (video standard) field was introduced to circumvent this problem.
• Bits 4-5 specify the SID version (sidModel): 00 = Unknown, 01 = MOS6581, 10 =
MOS8580, 11 = MOS6581 and MOS8580.
This is a v2NG specific field.
• Bits 6-7 specify the SID version (sidModel) of the second SID: 00 = Unknown, 01 =
MOS6581, 10 = MOS8580, 11 = MOS6581 and MOS8580.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 427

If bits 6-7 are set to Unknown then the second SID will be set to the same SID model as
the first SID.
This is a v3 specific field.
• Bits 8-9 specify the SID version (sidModel) of the third SID: 00 = Unknown, 01 =
MOS6581, 10 = MOS8580, 11 = MOS6581 and MOS8580.
If bits 8-9 are set to Unknown then the third SID will be set to the same SID model as the
first SID.
This is a v4 specific field.
The MOS6581 and the MOS8580 have three notable differences. First, combined waveforms
are generally louder on a MOS8580, to the extent that some combinations that are clearly
audible on a MOS8580 are completely silent on a MOS6581. Second, the internal DC levels
in the MOS8580 are so small that software or hardware tricks must be used to play volume
samples. Third, the MOS8580 analog filter has totally different characteristics from the
MOS6581 analog filter.
To ensure that music specifically written for one of the two SID versions can be played back
correctly, bits 4-9 in ’flags’ are used as stated above.
• Bits 10-15 are reserved and should be set to 0.
+78 BYTE startPage (relocStartPage)
This is a v2NG specific field.
This is an 8 bit number. If ’startPage’ is 0, the SID file is clean, i.e. it does not write outside
its data range within the driver ranges. In this case the largest free memory range can be
determined from the start address and the data length of the SID binary data. If ’startPage’
is 0xFF, there is not even a single free page, and driver relocation is impossible. Otherwise,
’startPage’ specifies the start page of the single largest free memory range within the driver
ranges. For example, if ’startPage’ is 0x1E, this free memory range starts at $1E00.
+79 BYTE pageLength (relocPages)
This is a v2NG specific field.
This is an 8 bit number indicating the number of free pages after ’startPage’. If ’startPage’
is not 0 or 0xFF, ’pageLength’ is set to the number of free pages starting at ’startPage’. If
’startPage’ is 0 or 0xFF, ’pageLength’ must be set to 0.
The relocation range indicated by ’startPage’ and ’pageLength’ should never overlap or
encompass the load range of the C64 data. For RSID files, the relocation range should also
not overlap or encompass any of the ROM areas ($A000-$BFFF and $D000-$FFFF) or the
reserved memory area ($0000-$03FF).
+7A BYTE secondSIDAddress
This is a v3 specific field. For v2NG, it should be set to 0.
This is an 8 bit number indicating the address of the second SID. It specifies the middle
part of the address, $Dxx0, starting from value $42 for $D420 to $FE for $DFE0). Only
even values are valid. Ranges $00-$41 ($D000-$D410) and $80-$DF ($D800-$DDF0) are
invalid. Any invalid value means that no second SID is used, like $00.
+7B BYTE thirdSIDAddress
This is a v4 specific field. For v2NG and v3, it should be set to 0.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 428

This is an 8 bit number indicating the address of the third SID. It specifies the middle part
of the address, $Dxx0, starting from value $42 for $D420 to $FE for $DFE0). Only even
values are valid. Ranges $00-$41 ($D000-$D410) and $80-$DF ($D800-$DDF0) are invalid.
Any invalid value means that no third SID is used, like $00. The address of the third SID
cannot be the same as the second SID.
+7C <data>
Version 2, 3 and 4 of the SID header ends here. This offset is the start of the binary C64
data. See also ’loadAddress’ for what the first 2 bytes of ’data’ might indicate.

16.15.3 The SID file environment

Before the data of a SID file is loaded in memory of a C64, certain addresses and chips must
be initialized in order to play the SID tune correctly.
For RSID and PSID files the following address must be set:
$02A6 depending on the PAL/NTSC flag in the SID file header, it is
set to 0x01 for PAL and set to 0x00 for NTSC.
The default C64 environment for PSID files is as follows:
VIC IRQ set to any raster value less than 0x100. Enabled when
speed flag is 0, otherwise disabled.
CIA 1 timer A set to 60Hz (0x4025 for PAL and 0x4295 for NTSC) with the
counter running. IRQs active when speed flag is 1, otherwise
IRQs are disabled.
Other timers disabled and loaded with 0xFFFF.
When the init and play addresses are called the bank register value must be written for
every call and the value is calculated as follows:
if address < $A000 -> 0x37 // I/O, Kernal-ROM, Basic-ROM
else address < $D000 -> 0x36 // I/O, Kernal-ROM
else address >= $E000 -> 0x35 // I/O only
else -> 0x34 // RAM only
The default C64 environment for RSID files is as follows:
VIC IRQ set to raster 0x137, but not enabled.
CIA 1 timer A set to 60Hz (0x4025 for PAL and 0x4295 for NTSC) with the
counter running and IRQs active.
Other timers disabled and loaded with 0xFFFF.
Bank register 0x37
• A side effect of the bank register is that init MUST NOT be located under a ROM/IO
memory area (addresses $A000-$BFFF and $D000-$FFFF) or outside the load image.
• Since every effort needs to be made to run the tune on a real C64 the load address of
the image MUST NOT be set lower than $07E8.
• If the C64 BASIC flag is set, the value at $030C must be set with the song number to
be played (0x00 for song 1).
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 429

16.16 The Swaplist (.vfl, .lst) file format

"Swaplist" or "Fliplist" files contain filenames of (mostly) disk images that belong to a
program (game/demo) so the can be easily swapped/changed by a button press. They were
first introduced by VICE, and have since then been adopted and expanded by other devices.
This is an attempt to unify the efforts and create a standard for a format that will work
with all OSs and across all devices that can use these files, so eg a SD-Card containing a
software collection will work with all of them.

16.16.1 general
The format itself is pretty straightforward and almost trivial: it is simply a text file con-
taining one filename per line.
• Each line contains a filename. Depending on the device or emulator, this does not
necessarily have to be a disk image (see below). Filenames can contain a full (absolute)
or relative (to the swaplist file) path, or no path at all.
Note that path notation is device- and/or OS specific and not portable - for that reason
it is probably a good idea to not put pathes into these files unless absolutely necessary.
What happens when a (non comment) line contains an invalid/non existing file name
is undefined and implementation specific (see below)
• Blank lines are ignored, and parsing is tolerant of varying line?endings (any occurrences
and/or combination of 0x0a and/or 0x0d constitutes a line-ending)
• Any line starting with a semicolon (;) is a comment and will be skipped. Any device
specific extensions should be implemented in comment lines, so other devices will always
skip them.

16.16.2 extensions
Some devices introduced custom extensions on the format, which are considered completely
optional. Most notable is the #PETSCII tag introduced by sd2iec, which parsers that don’t
support it should simply ignore.
Details on the various devices/emulators that support swaplists follow:

16.16.2.1 VICE
• Until 3.5, VICE used to write "# Vice fliplist file" to the first line of the file. To
make the created files more universal, this was changed to use the new comment line
delimiter in 3.5 r40450, ie "; Vice fliplist file"
• A line containing ";UNIT X" indicates that the following files belong to the drive X
(This used to be "UNIT X" before 3.5 r40481). When the swaplist contains only files
for one drive, this marker will not be created.
• File names that are not readable (or do not exist) will be ignored/skipped
• the sd2iec #PETSCII marker is recognized since VICE 3.5 r40450

After 3.5 r40450 VICE will still accept (read) files in the old format, but only create files
in the new, more compatible format.
Chapter 16: The emulator file formats 430

16.16.2.2 sd2iec
• The file names are parsed in the same way as the CD command, so you can include a
path to the image if desired. Due to the way this feature is implemented you are not
limited to a swap list containing just D64 images, M2I and even FAT directories will
work too.
• a file name including path can be max. 255 characters long
• there can be max. 255 files in a swaplist
• By default sd2iec assumes the swap file is encoded in ASCII. If the the first line of the
file matches "#PETSCII" (in hex: $23 $50 $45 $54 $53 $43 $49 $49), filenames are
assumed to be encoded in PETSCII instead.
• When sd2iec finds an invalid/non existing file name, it will stop and indicate an error
by blinking the LED
The comment delimiter (;) is recognized in firmware since April 22nd, 2021

16.16.2.3 Chameleon
• as of now, filenames must not contain a path component
• a file name can be max. 255 characters long
• since the files in the list are not "swapped" but immediately mounted, there can be
max. 4 files in the list
• d64 and g64 files are recognized, files with other extensions are skipped
• the sd2iec #PETSCII marker is recognized

16.16.2.4 pi1541
(some of the following needs more explanation and/or will perhaps change in the future):
• Path can be relative or not and is in the format; [drive#:][/]directory/file
• Comments are in the C programming style of // and /* */
• All files will be ignored if they don’t have an extension of the currently supported disk
image (d64, g64, nib, nbz or t64). If the disk image fails to load then it will be ignored.
• When a file is found where the file name does not end with a supported disk extension
the file name will be compared to the list of ROM file names that have been specified
inside of the Pi1541’s options.txt file and if a match is found then that ROM will be
used for that LST selection. If more than one has been specified inside the LST file
then the last one encountered will be used.

16.16.3 Examples
example: barebones minimal swaplist
FOO.D64
BAR.D64
BAZ.D64
example: simple VICE fliplist
; Vice fliplist file
FOO.D64
 431

BAR.D64
BAZ.D64
example: VICE fliplist for multiple drives + comments
; Vice fliplist file
;UNIT 8
FOO.D64
BAR.D64
BAZ.D64
;UNIT 9
FUU.D64
BOR.D64
BOZ.D64
; don’t forget this one
;UNIT 10
BUZ.D64
example: sd2iec style pathes + comment
//NEATGAME/:DISK1A.D64
//NEATGAME/:DISK1B.D64
//NEATGAME/:DISK2A.D64
//NEATGAME/:DISK2B.D64
; save disk in separate directory for easier backup
//SAVEDISKS/:NEATGAME.D64
 432

17 Acknowledgments
VICE derives from X64, the first Commodore 64 emulator for the X Window System. Here
is an informal list of the people who were mostly involved in the development of X64 and
VICE:
The VICE core team:
• Pottendo Fixed WiC64 support. Most of the former contributions (pre V3.x) have
been taken over and/or replaced by other’s contributions.
• Marco van den Heuvel Translated the UI to Dutch. Made the internationalization sup-
port for the Win32 and Amiga ports. Wrote the GEO-RAM and RamCart cartridge
code. Wrote the c64 +60K, +256K and 256K memory expansions code. Wrote the pet
REU code. Wrote the plus4 memory expansions code. Made the ethernet support
for the DOS port. Maintains the QNX 4.x, QNX 6.x, Solaris, Openserver, Unixware,
Minix 3.x, Amiga, Syllable and OS/2 binary ports. Maintains the Win64 and Open
Watcom project files. Maintains the SDL port(s). Added new .crt support. Added new
screenshot formats. Added new sound recording support. Added SID cartridge support
for xpet, xplus4 and xvic. Improved the MMC64 emulation. Added 2 MHz mode and
banks 2/3 support for x128. Added the various userport joystick emulations. Added
text copy and paste support to the Amiga and BeOS ports. Added DQBB and ISEPIC
cartridge support. Added SFX Sound Sampler and SFX Sound Expander support.
Added PCI support to the Amiga and DOS ports. Rewrote the sound system into
a modular one, added always mono and always stereo support for the sound output.
Added the RTC system. Added digiblaster support. Added 3rd SID support. Added
the 6309 CPU emulation. Added the 65(S)C02 emulation. Added the 65816 emula-
tion. Added native screenshot (koala/doodle) support. Added 6502/6510/8500/8502
cpu port unused bit fading. Added vice.chm (windows), vice.guide (amiga), vice.hlp
(windows), vice.inf (os/2), vice.pdf (generic) and vice.txt documentation generation.
Added Android port based on ’AnVICE 1.0.5’. Improved/fixed the ’in-source’ FFM-
PEG support and fixed it for msvc7.0 and up. Generalized the ’RS232 net’ support to
be able to be used on any network supporting arch. Started the SDL2 port. Added
generic sampler input support. Added new joyport system and converted the joy-
stick, mouse and lightpen code to use the new system. Added joyport attached rtc
(bbrtc). Added joyport attached cardkey keypad. Added joyport attached coplin key-
pad. Added joyport attached atari cx21 keypad. Added joyport attached atari cx85
keypad. Added joyport attached paperclip 64 dongle. Added joyport attached rush-
ware keypad. Added joyport attached 2/4 bit samplers. Added vic20 I/O-2 and I/O-3
RAM support. Added the c64 cp/m (z80) cartridge. Added IDE64 digimax short
bus device emulation. Added tapeport system and the tapelog, cp-clockf83, tape-sense
dongle, and (not yet working) dtl basic dongle devices. Added easy calc result cartridge
emulation. Added hardware SID I/O access system which allows CW3, HardSID, Par-
SID and SSI2001 to work on AmigaOS, BeOS, DOS, SDL, *nix and windows with and
without device drivers. Added clockport system for mmc64, mmcreplay, retroreplay
and ide64. Added rrnet clockport device. Added mp3@64 clockport device. Added
userport snes pad (petscii) support. Extended the joyport system to be able to handle
all snes pad buttons. Extended the joyport system to be able to handle 8-player joystick
adapters. Added spaceballs joystick adapter support. Added trapthem joyport snes
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 433

pad adapter support. Added superpad64 support. Added multijoy joystick adapter
support. Added inception joystick adapter support. Added protopad support. Added
autofire support. Added plus4 Synergy 3-port joystick adapter support. Added user-
port I/O simulation device. Added Microflyte analog joystick support. Added Stupid
Pet Tricks joystick adapter support. And lots of other fixes and improvements.
• Fabrizio Gennari Added some improvements to the DOS and GTK+ ports. Changed
the Windows video to use GDI as fallback, making it compile without DX if needed.
Fixed the t64 support. Added monitor window support using VTE to the GTK+ GUI.
Made some monitor fixes. Fixed some tape code issues.
• Groepaz Added new more precise CRT emulation. Added support for the new cartridge
system and many new cartridges. Fixed up parts of cartconv, c1541 and petcat. Added
video to audio leak sound support. Improved the GTK3 GUI. Added x64(sc), x128,
x64dtv, xplus4, xvic model selection system. Added KoalaPad emulation. Added
keyrah keymaps. Added joystick keys mapping to the keymap system. CIA emulation
improvements. Added basic support for compute gazette sidplayer files (mus/str) to
vsid. Added new palette files. Added ’available features’ code. Fixed/added some
items in the OSX GUI. Added random tape wobble emulation. Added 64KiB RGCD
cartridge emulation. Added psid v4 3sid support to vsid. Added single frame advance.
Added drive RPM and wobble support. Added rrnet mk3 emulation. Added GMod2
and GMod3 cartridge emulation. Added xvic BehrBonz cartridge emulation. Added
VICII VSP-bug emulation. Wrote alot of test programs. Updated this document after
a long period of outdated mess. And various fixes and improvements.
• Olaf Seibert Contributed some PET, including PET DWW hires, Xaw, lightpen, hard-
ware scaling, and disk drive patches. Added proper SuperPET support, including
6809/6309 CPU emulation. Maintained the Xaw UI. Added PET HRE (High Res
Emulator) board emulation. Added the 2-chip colour board for the Universal PET
mainboard. Added support for ’printer/plotter’ Commodore 1520. Overhauled inter-
nals of VIA and CIA code. Corrected pre-CRTC PET display timing. REL-file support
for the filesystem device and c1541.
• Marcus Sutton Made some console, dialog and joystick fixes for the BeOS port. Main-
tains the BeOS port. Added some GTK2 fixes. Fixed some PET model selection issues.
Revived the Windows NT Unicode port.
• Kajtar Zsolt Wrote the IDE64 interface emulation, FD2000/4000 drive emulation,
SCPU64 emulation and alot of fixes. Improved the mouse support. Added drive burst
modification support. Added 1541 drive sounds emulation. Improved c64 cart emu-
lation. Added DAC high pass filtering. Added the xscpu64 emulator. Added scroll
wheel support for the Micromys mouse emulation. Added Swiss ROM support to x128.
Added IDE64 USB server emulation. Added 1540 drive emulation. Improved monitor
support. Improved vdrive compatibility. Added godot screenshot support. And fixed
various issues.
• AreaScout Fixed the SDL2 port. Revived the Android port. Maintains the SDL1,
SDL2 and Android ports.
• Bas Wassink Fixed some gtk2/3 issues. Fixed t64 file handling. Fixed memory leaks.
Added more doxygen documentation. Fixed c1541 issues. Updated the Linux-Native-
Howto.txt file. Added autoconf, automake and yasm version checking. Fixed runtime
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 434

linker path issues with *BSD. Fixed out-of-tree building. One of the driving forces
behind the GTK3 port.
• Michael C. Martin One of the driving forces behind the GTK3 port.
• June Tate-Gans Made the dual window feature for the SDL2 UI.
• Pablo Roldan Contributed improvements and fixes to the RS-232 emulation. Con-
tributed initial patch for VIC-II PAL-N model selection.
Former/inactive team members:
• BSzili Provided many amigaos4 fixes. Maintained the amigaos based and derived ports.
• Errol Smith Improved VDC emulation. Improved MPS803 printer emulation.
• Daniel Kahlin Worked on DTV VIC emulation, palette, DTV SID support in resid,
better DMA/Blitter support and did lots of refactoring. Added new monitor commands
and features. Improved the VIC emulation for xvic. Made MIDI driver code for
Win32. Rewrote the xvic cartridge system. Added Mega-Cart and Final Expansion
V3.2 support to xvic. Wrote large parts of the new VIC-II emulation used in x64sc,
especially the dot clock domain emulation. Wrote many test programs for hardware
analysis.
• Andreas Matthies Improved the datasette support, the VIC20 video emulation and
some UI stuff in the Win32 and DOS ports. He also wrote the BeOS port and im-
plemented video/audio capture support. Improved history recording/playback and
implemented support for video recording and the netlink feature. Made the Win32
user changable keyboard shortcut system. Improved CIA and VIA emulation. Worked
on x64sc, especially interrupt timing. Improved the FFMPEG support and started the
’in-source’ FFMPEG support/merge. Wrote test programs. Various bug(fixe)s. ;-)
• Ulrich Schulz Maintains the Dingoo port(s).
• Stefan Haubenthal Added some Amiga fixes.
• Thomas Giesel Added new monitor commands, features and improvements.
• Ingo Korb Corrected block allocation and interleave for c1541/vdrive, added rudimen-
tary xplus4 tape recording support, fixed some GTK2 issues, corrected a case of missing
Pi symbols in petcat, changed the trap opcode byte, stopped the high-level serial drive
code from responding to addresses 16-30 and was forced to update this entry himself.
• Antti S. Lankila Made the ReSID-fp engine, rewrote the PAL emulation code and fixed
the sound core for lower latency. Rewrote DTV SID support (ReSID-dtv). Improved
1541 drive rotation emulation. Worked on x64sc. Added RSID BASIC tunes support
to vsid. Several ReSID fixes and improvements.
• Christian Vogelgsang Maintained the Mac OS X port. Added Intel Mac support and
universal binary creation. Wrote the build scripts for all external Mac libraries and the
bindist bundle tool. Improved the TFE chip emulation. Added some GTK+ fixes.
• Dag Lem Implemented the reSID SID emulation engine and video hardware scaling.
• Spiro Trikaliotis Copyright c 2000-2011 Wrote the Win32 console implementation for
the built-in monitor, corrected some REU related bugs, improved the CIA emulation,
added com-port CIA support to the Win32 port, added text copy and paste support
to the Win32 port, added support for the TFE and RR-Net (cs8900a), and wrote some
further patches.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 435

• Hannu Nuotio Copyright c 2007-2011 Implemented DTV flash emulation, DTV sup-
port in the monitor, large parts of the DTV VIC, burst mode and skip cycle emulation
as well as many other things. Added NEOS and Amiga mouse, paddle and light pen
support. Added new monitor commands and features, including memmap. Made
MIDI support and OSS MIDI driver. Implemented most of the SDL UI. Rewrote xvic
CPU/VIC-I core for cycle based emulation. Implemented C64 cartridge snapshot sup-
port. Initiated and worked on all parts of implementing x64sc. Wrote test programs.
• Andreas Boose Copyright c 1998-2010 Gave lots of information and bug reports about
the VIC-II, the 6510 and the CIAs; moreover, he wrote several test-routines that were
used to improve the emulation. He also added cartridge support and has been the
main head behind the drive and datasette emulation since version 0.15. Also added
several UI elements to the DOS, Win32 and *nix ports. He rewrote the C128 emulation
adding Z80 mode, C64 mode and function ROM support, wrote the screenshot and the
event system and started the plus4 emulator. Restructured the serial bus emulation
and added realdrive and rawdrive support.
• Tibor Biczo Copyright c 1998-2010 Improved the Win32 port and plus4 emulation.
• M. Kiesel Copyright c 2007-2010 Started implementing x64dtv. The C64DTV mem-
ory model and early versions of the DMA and Blitter engine have been implemented
by him. Added new monitor commands and features.
• Andreas Dehmel Copyright c 1999-2007 Wrote the Acorn RISC OS port.
• David Hansel Copyright c 2003-2005 Wrote the Star NL10 printer driver, implemented
IEC devices and improved the tape emulation.
• Markus Brenner Copyright c 2000-2004 Added VDC emulation to x128 and added
support for some more cartridges.
• Thomas Bretz Copyright c 1999-2004 Started the OS/2 port.
• Daniel Sladic Copyright c 1997-2001 Started the work on hardware-level 1541 emula-
tion and wrote the new monitor introduced with VICE 0.15.
• Andre Fachat Copyright c 1996-2001 Wrote the PET and CBM-II emulators, the CIA
and VIA emulation, the IEEE488 interface, implemented the IEC serial bus in ‘xvic’
and made tons of bug fixes.
• Ettore Perazzoli Copyright c 1996-1999 Made the 6510, VIC-II, VIC-I and CRTC
emulations, part of the hardware-level 1541 emulation, speed optimizations, bug fixes,
the event-driven cycle-exact engine, the Xt/Xaw/Xfwf-based GUI for X11, a general
code reorganization, the new resource handling, most of the documentation. He also
wrote the DOS port and the initial Win32 port (well, somebody had to do it).
• Teemu Rantanen Copyright c 1993-1994, 1997-1999 Implemented the SID emulation
and the trap-based disk drive and serial bus implementation; added support for multiple
display depths under X11. Also wrote c1541
• Jouko Valta Copyright c 1993-1996 Wrote petcat and c1541, T64 handling, user
service and maintenance (most of the work in x64 0.3.x was made by him); retired
from the project in July 96, after VICE 0.10.0.
• Jarkko Sonninen Copyright c 1993-1994 He was the founder of the project, wrote the
old version of the 6502 emulation and the XDebugger, and retired from the project
after x64 0.2.1.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 436

Internationalization Team:
• Mikkel Holm Olsen Copyright c 2009-2017 Provided the Danish user interface trans-
lations and fixed a few monitor bugs.
Pottendo Copyright c 2000-2017 Provided the German user interface translations.
Manuel Antonio Rodriguez Bas Copyright c 2011-2017 Provided the Spanish user
interface translations.
Paul Dube Copyright c 2004-2017 Provided the French user interface translations.
Czirkos Zoltan Copyright c 2006-2017 Provided the Hungarian user interface transla-
tions.
Karai Csaba Copyright c 2006-2017 Provided the Hungarian user interface transla-
tions.
Andrea Musuruane Copyright c 2001-2017 Provided the Italian user interface trans-
lations.
Jesse Lee Copyright c 2011-2016 Provided the Korean user interface translations.
Marco van den Heuvel Copyright c 2005-2017 Provided the Dutch user interface
translations.
Jarek Sobolewski Copyright c 2011-2017 Provided the Polish user interface transla-
tions.
Michael Litvinov Copyright c 2010-2017 Provided the Russian user interface transla-
tions.
Peter Krefting Copyright c 2000-2017 Provided the Swedish user interface transla-
tions.
Emir Akaydin Copyright c 2008-2017 Provided the Turkish user interface translations.
Documentation Team:
• Daniel Kahlin
Groepaz
Kajtar Zsolt
Marco van den Heuvel
Olaf Seibert
External contributors:
• Alexis Ballier Provided some ffmpeg fixes.
• Christian Bauer Wrote the very interesting “VIC article” from which we got invaluable
information about the VIC-II chip: without this, the VIC-II implementation would not
have been possible.
• Anthony J. Bentley Provided some man page fixes.
• Eliseo Bianchi Provided the italian Amiga translations.
• Enrico Bruttomesso Improved some italian translations.
• Frank Buss Provide some midi fixes.
• ck! Provided a win32 cbm character font.
• iAN CooG Added win32 vsid GUI and contributed various patches.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 437

• Mike Dawson Provided the GP2X port.

• Hans Deragon Added support for dead keys in X11.
• Paul David Doherty Wrote zip2disk, on which the Zipcode support in c1541 is based.
• Sven A. Droll Added Supergrafik support to petcat.
• Peter Edwards Implemented the SDL UI slider control and fixed some GP2X/Dingoo
SDL UI issues.
• István Fábián Contributed a initial patch with the more correct 1541 bus timing code
and which gave us hints for to improving the 1541 emulation.
• Daniel Fandrich Contributed some disk drive patches.
• Dirk Farin Rewrote the MITSHM code.
• Georg Feil Added support for toggling CB2 sound output line in the PET emulator.
• Peter Andrew Felvegi aka Petschy Fixed a couple of bugs in the fast serial emulation.
• Ricardo Ferreira Contributed the unlynx and system commands in c1541 and added
aRts sound support.
• Flooder Provided parts of the Polish user interface translations.
• Robert H. Forsman Jr. Provided parts of the widget set for implementing the Xaw
GUI.
• Ian Gledhill Added support for the catweasel.device driver.
• Peter Gordon Provided support for native AmigaOS4 compiling.
• Richard Hable Contributed the initial version of the REU emulation.
• Shawn Hargreaves Wrote Allegro, the graphics and audio library used in the DOS
version.
• Ville-Matias Heikkila Rewrote the vic20 sound code.
• David Holz Provided a label file which gives the built-in monitor the labels for the C64.
• Nathan Huizinga Added support for Expert and Super Snapshot carts.
• Derrick Inksley Fixed loading of zip files with brackets ([]) in the filename for the
windows port. Added drive selection functionality to the window sdl port. Some drive
sound fixes. Fixed some windows drag’n’drop issues. Fixed some monitor code issues.
• Craig Jackson Contributed miscellaneous patches in the old X64 times.
• Dirk Jagdmann Wrote the Catweasel sound driver.
• Uffe Jakobsen Wrote the Silverrock cartridge emulation and fixed the ocean cartridge
bank wrap. Fixed some network code issues. Fixed some monitor issues. Provided
some SDL port fixes.
• Lasse Jyrkinen Contributed miscellaneous patches in the old X64 times.
• Peter Karlsson Provided the swedish UI translations in the past.
• Greg King Added a working RTC to the emulation of the IDE64 cartridge. Provided
some vdrive fixes. Added Inkwell Systems lightpen support. Fixed some monitor code
issues. Provided some windows port fixes. Provided some SDL port fixes.
• Michael Klein Fixed some MacOSX code issues. Contributed the ESD sound driver,
basic support for the OPENCBM library and some other patches.
• Frank König Contributed the Win32 joystick autofire feature.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 438

• Bernd Kortz Provided some fixes for ZETA and the ZETA binary package.
• Bernhard Kuhn Made some joystick improvements for Linux.
• Alexander Lehmann Added complete support for all the VIC20 memory configurations
for the old VICE 0.12.
• Ilkka "itix" Lehtoranta Provided the routines for the cybergraphics support for the
Amiga ports.
• Magnus Lind Atari ST mouse and Atari CX-22 trackball emulation and pixel aspect
fixes. Improved the Amiga mouse emulation. Improved the vic20 sound output. Added
windows POV hat support. Improved sound fragment size handling. Provided some
windows fixes. Provided some gtk port fixes. Provided some SDL port fixes.
• Lioncash Provided some c1541 fixes. Fixed some ’geninfocontrib’ helper tool issues.
Fixed some ’embedded’ build issues. Fixed some memory leaks.
• Locnet Made the initial android port of x64.
• Wolfgang Lorenz Wrote an excellent 6510 test suite that helped us to debug the CPU
emulation.
• lvd Provided some monitor fixes.
• Marko Mäkelä Wrote lots of CPU documentation. Wrote the VIC Flash Plugin car-
tridge emulation in xvic. Wrote the Ultimem cartridge emulation in xvic.
• mar77i Fixed some resource handling issues.
• Robert McIntyre Bugged people enough to get the improved g64 support rolling, up-
dated g64 support to allow variable-length tracks, and performed initial development
of half-track support.
• Robert W. McMullen Provided parts of the widget set for implementing the Xaw GUI.
• Jennifer Medkief Was in charge of checking up on the GUIs for elements that are
wrong, unaccessable, and missing.
• Dan Miner Contributed some patches to the fast disk drive emulation.
• mjhn Provided some *nix ’readme’ fixes.
• Moiree Provided some command line fixes. Improved the build system. Fixed some
vsid bugs. Fixed some SDL GUI issues. Fixed some documentation items.
• Luca Montecchiani Contributed a new Unix joystick driver.
• Wolfgang Moser Provided small optimization fixes to the GCR code, provided an ex-
cellent REU test suite and added REU fixes, and is always the good guy reviewing and
commenting changes in the background.
• Roberto Muscedere Improved support for REL files in vdrive. Added Lt. Kernal
Host Adaptor, CMD HD, CMD RAMLINK, and CBM D9090/60 emulation. Added
D90 support to vdrive. Added joyport attached paperclip 64E, paperclip 64SC, and
paperclip 2 dongle.
• Leandro Nini Improved ReSID emulation. And fixed some c64dtv cpu opcode issues.
• Tomi Ollila Donated findpath.c.
• Per Olofsson Digitalized the C64 colors used in the (old) default palette.
• Lasse Öörni Contributed the Windows Multimedia sound driver
• Stein Pedersen Fixed windows midi driver for 64bit windows.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 439

• Helfried Peyrl Supplied a patch that fixes REL file records larger 256 bytes when using
vdrive.
Christopher Phillips Fixed and improved some Mac OS X gui items.
• Frank Prindle Contributed some patches.
• Giuliano Procida Used to maintain the VICE deb package for the Debian distribution,
and also helped proofreading the documentation.
• Vesa-Matti Puro Wrote the very first 6502 CPU emulator in x64 0.1.0. That was the
beginning of the story. . .
• Rami Rasanen Rewrote the VIC20 sound code.
• Peter Rittwage Made 1541 GCR hardware tests.
• David Roden Fixed various issues related to ffmpeg settings.
• Mathias Roslund Provided the AmigaOS4 port.
• Gunnar Ruthenberg Provided some VIC-II enhancements and improved the Win32
port.
• Johan Samuelsson Provided the Swedish Amiga translations.
• Oliver Schaertel Wrote the X11 full screen, parts of custom ROM set support and 1351
mouse emulation for unix.
• Peter Schepers Contributed a document describing the G64 image format.
• Michael Schwendt Helped with the SID (audio) chip emulation, bringing important
suggestions and bug reports, as well as the wave tables and filter emulation from his
SIDplay emulator.
• Heiko Selber Contributed some VIC20 I/O patches.
• John Selck Improved the video rendering and added the fast PAL emulation. Imple-
mented new color generation based on P. Timmermanns knowledge.
• Chris Sharp Wrote the AIX sound driver.
• Andr351 "JoBBo" Siegel Provided the native MorphOS icons.
• Harry "Piru" Sintonen Provided lots of fixes and improvements for the Amiga ports.
• Manfred Spraul Wrote the Win32 text lister.
• Markus Stehr Provided the MMC64 emulation.
• Michael Steil Provided some c1541 fixes.
• Dominique Strigl Contributed miscellaneous patches in the old X64 times.
• Samuli Suominen Fixed XShm includes for newer xextproto versions and updated
libpng check for newer versions.
• Steven Tieu Added initial support for 16/24 bpp X11 displays.
• Philip Timmermann Did a lot of research about the VIC-II colors.
• TMLPiper Provided fixes for the osx port.
• Brian Totty Provided parts of the widget set for implementing the Xaw GUI.
• Mustafa "GnoStiC" Tufan Made improvements to the GP2x port.
• Lionel Ulmer Implemented joystick support for Linux and a first try of a SID emulation
for SGI machines.
Chapter 17: Acknowledgments 440

• vonred Added multiple monitor support to the windows port.

• Krister Walfridsson Implemented joystick and sound support for NetBSD.
• webulator Provided Win32 drag & drop support
• Robert Willie Added some additional commands to the fsdevice emulation.
• Peter Weighill Gave many ideas and contributed the ROM patcher.
• Gerhard Wesp Contributed the extract command in c1541.
• Maciej Witkowiak Did some IDE64 and C1541 fixes.
• David Wood Provided some monitor fixes.
• Count Zero Fixed some monitor issues.
• Bjoern Odendahl Created the new VICE logo and volunteered to create new icons.
(We hope we have not forgotten anybody; if you think we have, please tell us.)
The people around the world providing results from running our test programs on various
machines deserve a special mention:
• hedning (Drean C64 PAL-N, various C64 PAL boxes)
• Jason Compton (Various C64 and C128 NTSC boxes)
• The Woz (Drean C64 PAL-N)
• Thierry (Drean C64 PAL-N)
• MOS6569 (C64C PAL)
• Mike (VIC-20 PAL)
• Wilson (VIC-20 NTSC)
• Vicassembly (VIC-20 NTSC)
• David "jbevren" Wood (C64 NTSC-OLD)
Thanks also to everyone else for sending suggestions, ideas, bug reports, questions and
requests. In particular, a warm thanks goes to the following people:
• Lutz Sammer
• Ralph Mason
• George Caswell
• Jasper Phillips
• Luca Forcucci
• Asger Alstrup
• Bernhard Schwall
• Salvatore Valente
• Arthur Hagen
• Douglas Carmichael
• Ferenc Veres
• Frank Reichel
• Ullrich von Bassewitz
• Holger Busse
• David "jbevren" Wood
 441

• Gary Glenn
Last but not least, a very special thank to Andreas Arens, Lutz Sammer, Edgar Tornig,
Christian Bauer, Wolfgang Lorenz, Miha Peternel, Per Håkan Sundell, David Horrocks,
Benjamin Rosseaux and William McCabe for writing cool emulators to compete with. :-)
 442

18 Copyright
• Copyright c 1999-2023 Pottendo
• Copyright c 2005-2023 Marco van den Heuvel
• Copyright c 2007-2023 Fabrizio Gennari
• Copyright c 2009-2023 Groepaz
• Copyright c 2009-2023 Errol Smith
• Copyright c 2009-2023 Ingo Korb
• Copyright c 2010-2023 Olaf Seibert
• Copyright c 2011-2023 Marcus Sutton
• Copyright c 2011-2023 Kajtar Zsolt
• Copyright c 2016-2023 AreaScout
• Copyright c 2016-2023 Bas Wassink
• Copyright c 2017-2023 Michael C. Martin
• Copyright c 2018-2023 Christopher Phillips
• Copyright c 2019-2023 David Hogan
• Copyright c 2020-2023 Empathic Qubit
• Copyright c 2020-2023 Roberto Muscedere
• Copyright c 2021-2023 June Tate-Gans
• Copyright c 2021-2023 Pablo Roldan
• Copyright c 2011-2016 Stefan Haubenthal
• Copyright c 2015-2016 BSzili
• Copyright c 1999-2016 Andreas Matthies
• Copyright c 2007-2015 Daniel Kahlin
• Copyright c 2012-2014 Benjamin ’BeRo’ Rosseaux
• Copyright c 2011-2014 Ulrich Schulz
• Copyright c 2011-2014 Thomas Giesel
• Copyright c 2006-2014 Christian Vogelgsang
• Copyright c 1998-2014 Dag Lem
• Copyright c 2000-2011 Spiro Trikaliotis
• Copyright c 1998-2010 Tibor Biczo
• Copyright c 1998-2010 Andreas Boose
• Copyright c 2007-2010 M. Kiesel
• Copyright c 2007-2011 Hannu Nuotio
• Copyright c 1999-2007 Andreas Dehmel
• Copyright c 2003-2005 David Hansel
• Copyright c 2000-2004 Markus Brenner
• Copyright c 1999-2004 Thomas Bretz
• Copyright c 1997-2001 Daniel Sladic
 443

• Copyright c 1996-1999 Ettore Perazzoli

• Copyright c 1996-1999 Andre Fachat
• Copyright c 1993-1994, 1997-1999 Teemu Rantanen
• Copyright c 1993-1996 Jouko Valta
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms
of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WAR-
RANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program;
if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
MA 02111-1307 USA
 444

19 Contact information

19.1 VICE home page

You can find the latest news about VICE at the official VICE home page:
http://vice-emu.sourceforge.net
VICE has moved its source repository to public services provided by SourceForge. You can
find it at
http://sf.net/projects/vice-emu.
We would like to thank the SourceForge staff for that help.
If you are going to report a bug, please check those pages first; it is possible that the
problem you encountered has already been fixed with a newer version.

19.2 How to send feedback

Before contacting us, have a look at this manual and see if your question is answered there.
Keep in mind that we work on VICE in our spare-time, so the more time we don’t need
to answer the same questions over and over again, the more time we have to improve the
emulation itself. On the other hand, that does not mean that you should not contact us,
especially if you find bugs or have suggestions which might improve the emulation.
Bug reports, suggestions, support requests should be directed to the SourceForge trackers
at
• https://sourceforge.net/p/vice-emu/bugs/.
This way, you, the users, and we, the developers, can track what has been reported and
what has been already fixed. Ideally, also sent the report to the mailing address of the Vice
team at
• VICE Mailing List (vice-emu-mail@lists.sourceforge.net) for all general ques-
tions, bug reports, suggestions.
You can also contact (some of) us on IRC, at #vice-dev on libera.chat.
It’s always nice to receive feedback and/or bugreports about VICE, but please read these
few notes before sending mail to anybody in the team.
• Please put the word ‘VICE’ in all capitals in your subject line (e.g., ‘VICE fails to
run game XXX’). This helps mail splitting and reduces chances that your message is
unintentionally deleted, forgotten or lost.
• Please don’t send any HTML mail (we really hate that!). Be patient when your mail
does not show up on the mailing list - it is moderated manually. Once your mail shows
up you should be approved and be able to send mail without further delay.
• Please don’t send any binaries without asking first.
• Please read the following documents carefully before reporting a bug or a problem you
cannot solve:
• the VICE documentation (you are reading it!);
• the VICE FAQ (it is available on the Internet, and reachable from the VICE home
page: http://vice-emu.sourceforge.net);
Chapter 19: Contact information 445

• When you report a bug, please try to be as accurate as possible and describe how it
can be reproduced to the very detail. You should also tell us what machine you are
running on, what operating system you are using as well as the version of it.
• Please don’t ask us how to transfer original C64 disk or tapes to your PC; this has
been asked a gazillion times through email. To transfer disks, you can use the Star
Commander (http://sta.c64.org/sc.html) on DOS, and OpenCBM (http://www.
trikaliotis.net/opencbm) on Windows and Linux. And no, you cannot read C64
disks with your old 5"1/4 PC drive (unless investing in a disk drive controller that can
do this).
• Please don’t ask us where to find games for the emulator on the Internet. It should be
very easy to find them using your favourite search engine.
• Please don’t ask us when the next version will be out, because we really don’t know.
• Please write in English.
In any case, we would be really glad to receive your comments about VICE. We cannot
always answer all the email, but we surely read all of it.
Thanks!

19.3 How to contribute

If you want to make a major contribution, please ask first. It has already happened a couple
of times that somebody started working at something that had already been done but not
released to the public yet, and we really do not want anybody to waste time.
If you are going to make a patch, please make sure the patch is relative to the very latest
version, and provide us with the following:
• Make sure you are giving us a diff against the latest Subversion trunk version of VICE.
Get it with the command:
‘svn checkout svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/vice-emu/code/trunk vice-src’
• send a unified diff file against the trunk version of VICE (see above bullet point) by
using the command: ‘svn diff’ inside of the SVN workspace you checked out before.
• If you cannot use SVN for one or the other reason, send a unified diff file containing all
the changes you have made ‘diff -u’; please don’t use plain ‘diff’), as it adds much
work for us to get it working;
Preferably post your patch on the tracker: https://sourceforge.net/p/vice-emu/
patches/.
This is very important, and makes adding patches much smoother and safer.
People willing to port VICE to other platforms are always welcome. But notice from
experience it will take at least a full year of continuous work to write a well working and
stable port.
 446

20 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

Version 2, June 1991
Copyright c 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies

of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change
it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom
to share and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation’s software and to
any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation
software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it
to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free
software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs;
and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these
rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain respon-
sibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you
must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too,
receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know
their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this
license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author’s protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone un-
derstands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by
someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the
original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors’
reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid
the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in
effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone’s free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
Chapter 20: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 447

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING,

DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed
by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General
Public License. The “Program”, below, refers to any such program or work, and a
“work based on the Program” means either the Program or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either
verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.) Each licensee is
addressed as “you”.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this
License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted,
and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether
that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program’s source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish
on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give
any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your
option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a
work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under
the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a. You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you
changed the files and the date of any change.
b. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part
contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a
whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
c. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary
way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice
and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty)
and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling
the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is
interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based
on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections
of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered
independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not
apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program,
the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions
for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Chapter 20: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 448

Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to
work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the
distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the
Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution
medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2)
in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided
that you also do one of the following:
a. Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code,
which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
b. Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third
party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distri-
bution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily
used for software interchange; or,
c. Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute cor-
responding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial dis-
tribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form
with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifi-
cations to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code
for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts
used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a spe-
cial exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler,
kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that
component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from
a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the
same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or
distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full
compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However,
nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative
works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore,
by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you
indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for
copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
Chapter 20: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 449

6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the
recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute
or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose
any further restrictions on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are
not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any
other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by
court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they
do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as
to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent
obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For
example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program
by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way
you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution
of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular
circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a
whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other
property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the
sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which
is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contri-
butions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on
consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or
she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence
of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either
by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the
Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries
not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written
in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the
present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a
version number of this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have
the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a
version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free
Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distri-
bution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software
Chapter 20: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 450

which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foun-
dation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two
goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting
the sharing and reuse of software generally.

NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLI-
CABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPY-
RIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS
IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-
CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE
RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH
YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST
OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED
ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF
THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE
PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Chapter 20: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 451

How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public,
the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and
change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the
start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file
should have at least the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the program’s name and an idea of what it does.
Copyright (C) 19yy name of author

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an
interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
type ‘show w’. This is free software, and you are welcome
to redistribute it under certain conditions; type ‘show c’
for details.
The hypothetical commands ‘show w’ and ‘show c’ should show the appropriate parts of the
General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other
than ‘show w’ and ‘show c’; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items—whatever suits
your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any,
to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the
names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright
interest in the program ‘Gnomovision’
(which makes passes at compilers) written
by James Hacker.

signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989

Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary
programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit
linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the
GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
 452

Concept Index

A R
ACIA (Swiftlink, Turbo232). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 reSID resampling passband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Audio buffer size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 reSID samping method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
REU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
C
Converting X64 files into D64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 S
Sample rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sampler Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
D Sampler File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
DigiMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Sampler Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Double-scan mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Second SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Double-size mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Second SID base address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
DS12C887 RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 SFX Sound Expander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
DWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 SFX Sound Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
SID filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
SID models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
E Sound buffer size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Ethernet (The Final Ethernet, RR-Net) . . . . . . . 153 Sound speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sound suspend time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sound syncronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
G Sprite collision detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
GEO-RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

H T
Toggling reSID emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
HRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Turning sound playback on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
HRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

L V
Limiting emulation speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 VIC-II color sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Video cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

M
MIDI (Passport, Datel, Maplin, W
Namesoft, Sequential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Warp speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
 453

Index of Resources

A Cart6Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Acia1Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 CartridgeFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 175, 187
Acia1Dev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 CartridgeReset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 174, 186, 205
Acia1Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 192 CartridgeType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 160, 174, 186
Acia1Irq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 CB2Lowpass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Acia1Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 ChargenCHName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice10d0Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenDEName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice10d1Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenFIName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice11d0Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenFRName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice11d1Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenIntName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice8d0Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenITName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice8d1Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenName . . . . . 157, 170, 172, 186, 193, 205, 208
AttachDevice9d0Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenNOName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AttachDevice9d1Readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ChargenSEName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
AutoPlaybackFrames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 CIA1Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
AutostartBasicLoad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 CIA2Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
AutostartDelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ConfirmOnExit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
AutostartDelayRandom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 CPClockF83Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
AutostartHandleTrueDriveEmulation . . . . . . . . . 55 CPMCart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
AutostartOnDoubleClick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CPUswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
AutostartPrgDiskImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Crtc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
AutostartPrgMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CrtcAspectMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
AutostartRunWithColon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
CrtcAspectRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
AutostartTapeBasicLoad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AutostartWarp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 CrtcAudioLeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
CrtcColorBrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
CrtcColorContrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
B CrtcColorGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
CrtcColorSaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Basic1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
CrtcColorTint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Basic64Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
CrtcDoubleScan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
BasicHiName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
CrtcDoubleSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
BasicLoName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
BasicName . . . . . . . 157, 170, 185, 191, 194, 206, 208 CrtcExternalPalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
BBRTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 CrtcFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
BinaryMonitorServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 CrtcFlipX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
BinaryMonitorServerAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 CrtcFlipY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
BoardType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 CrtcFullscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
BurstMod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 172 CrtcFullscreenCustomHeight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
CrtcFullscreenCustomWidth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
CrtcFullscreenMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
C CrtcGLFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
c1hiName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 CrtcPALBlur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
c1loName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 CrtcPaletteFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
c2hiName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 CrtcPALScanLineShade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
c2loName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 CrtcRotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
c64dtvromrw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 CrtcShowStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
C128ColumnKey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 CrtcStretchVertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
C128FullBanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 CrtcVideoCache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
C128HideVDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 CrtcVSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
C64_256Kbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
C64_256Kfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Cart1Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cart2Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cart4Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Index of Resources 454

D Drive11ParallelCable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DatasetteResetWithCPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11ProfDOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DatasetteSound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RAM2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DatasetteSoundVolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RAM4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DatasetteSpeedTuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RAM6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DatasetteTapeAzimuthError . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RAM8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DatasetteTapeWobbleAmplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RAMA000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DatasetteTapeWobbleFrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DatasetteZeroGapDelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Drive11RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DebugCartEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Drive11StarDos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DiagPin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Drive11SuperCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DIGIBLASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Drive11TrueEmulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
DIGIMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 Drive11Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DIGIMAXbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 Drive11WobbleAmplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Drive11WobbleFrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DoCoreDump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Drive1CPU_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DosName1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive2CPU_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DosName1540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive3CPU_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DosName1541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8ExtendImagePolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName1541ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8FixedSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DosName1551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8IdleMethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DosName1570 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8ParallelCable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DosName1571 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8ProfDOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DosName1571cr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8RAM2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName1581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8RAM4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8RAM6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8RAM8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName2040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8RAMA000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName3040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DosName4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DosName4040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8StarDos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DosName9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Drive8SuperCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DosNameCMDHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive8TrueEmulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
DQBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Drive8Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
DQBBfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Drive8WobbleAmplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
DQBBImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Drive8WobbleFrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive0CPU_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Drive9ExtendImagePolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10ExtendImagePolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9FixedSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive10FixedSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive9IdleMethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive10IdleMethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive9ParallelCable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive10ParallelCable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive9ProfDOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive10ProfDOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive9RAM2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10RAM2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9RAM4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10RAM4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9RAM6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10RAM6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9RAM8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10RAM8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9RAMA000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10RAMA000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive10RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive9RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive10RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive9StarDos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive10StarDos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Drive9SuperCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive10SuperCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive9TrueEmulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Drive10TrueEmulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Drive9Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive10Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive9WobbleAmplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive10WobbleAmplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Drive9WobbleFrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drive10WobbleFrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 DriveProfDOS1571Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Drive11ExtendImagePolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 DriveSoundEmulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Drive11FixedSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 DriveSoundEmulationVolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Drive11IdleMethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 DriveStarDosName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Index of Resources 455

DriveSuperCardName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 FSDevice10Dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DS12C887RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 FSDevice10HideCBMFiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DS12C887RTCbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 FSDevice10SaveP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DS12C887RTCRunMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 FSDevice11ConvertP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DS12C887RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 177 FSDevice11Dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DtvBlitterLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FSDevice11HideCBMFiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DtvDMALog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FSDevice11SaveP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DtvFlashLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FSDevice8ConvertP00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVFlashRevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FSDevice8Dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVHummerFlashName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FSDevice8HideCBMFiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVNTSCV2FlashName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 FSDevice8SaveP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVNTSCV3FlashName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 FSDevice9ConvertP00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVPALV2FlashName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 FSDevice9Dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DTVPALV3FlashName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 FSDevice9HideCBMFiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DtvRevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 FSDevice9SaveP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
DualWindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 FSDeviceLongNames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FSDeviceOverwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FSFlashDir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
E FullscreenDecorations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
EasyFlashJumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 FunctionHighName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
EasyFlashOptimizeCRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 FunctionLowName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
EasyFlashWriteCRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
EditorName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
EoiBlank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 G
ETHERNET_DISABLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
GenericCartridgeFile2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ETHERNET_DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ETHERNET_INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 GenericCartridgeFile4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ETHERNETCART_ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 GenericCartridgeFile6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ETHERNETCARTBase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 GenericCartridgeFileA000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ETHERNETCARTMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 GenericCartridgeFileB000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
EventEndSnapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 GEORAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
EventImageInclude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 GEORAMfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
EventSnapshotDir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 GEORAMImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
EventStartMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 GEORAMIOSwap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
EventStartSnapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 GEORAMsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
ExitScreenshotName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 GlueLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 172
ExitScreenshotName1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 GMod128EEPROMImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ExpertCartridgeEnabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GMod128EEPROMRW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ExpertCartridgeMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GMod128FlashWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Expertfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GMod2EEPROMImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ExpertImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GMod2EEPROMRW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
GMod2FlashWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
GMod3FlashWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
F Go64Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
FFMPEGAudioBitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
FFMPEGAudioCodec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
FFMPEGFormat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
H
FFMPEGVideoBitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 H6809RomAName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FFMPEGVideoCodec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 H6809RomBName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FFMPEGVideoHalveFramerate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 H6809RomCName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FileSystemDevice10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 H6809RomDName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FileSystemDevice11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 H6809RomEName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FileSystemDevice8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 H6809RomFName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FileSystemDevice9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 HotkeyFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
FinalExpansionWriteBack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 HummerADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
FlashTrueFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 HVSCRoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
FliplistName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
FSDevice10ConvertP00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Index of Resources 456

I J
IDE64AutodetectSize1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JAMAction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
IDE64AutodetectSize2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JiffySwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
IDE64AutodetectSize3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 214, 218
IDE64AutodetectSize4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64ClockPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyDevice11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Cylinders1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 214, 218
IDE64Cylinders2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 214, 218
IDE64Cylinders3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 214, 218
IDE64Cylinders4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Heads1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Heads2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Heads3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Heads4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyDevice9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IDE64Image1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyFuzz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
IDE64Image2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyMapFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
IDE64Image3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyMenuControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
IDE64Image4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyOpposite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IDE64RTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyPort10Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IDE64Sectors1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort11Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IDE64Sectors2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort1Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
IDE64Sectors3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort2Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
IDE64Sectors4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort3Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IDE64USBServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyPort4Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IDE64USBServerAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort5Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IDE64version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 JoyPort6Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IEC_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 JoyPort7Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IECDevice10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 JoyPort8Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IECDevice11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 JoyPort9Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
IECDevice4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 JoyStick10AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IECDevice5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 JoyStick10AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IECDevice6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 JoyStick10AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IECDevice7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 JoyStick11AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IECDevice8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 JoyStick11AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
JoyStick11AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IECDevice9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
JoyStick1AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IECReset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 172
JoyStick1AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEE488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125, 177
JoyStick1AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IEEE488Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick2AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEEFlash64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick2AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEEFlash64Dev4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick2AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IEEEFlash64Dev8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick3AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEEFlash64Dev910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick3AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEEFlash64Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
JoyStick3AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
InitialWarpMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
JoyStick4AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
InternalFunctionName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
JoyStick4AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
InternalFunctionROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
JoyStick4AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
InternalFunctionROMRTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 JoyStick5AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IO2RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 JoyStick5AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IO3RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 JoyStick5AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
IOCollisionHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 175 JoyStick6AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IOSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 JoyStick6AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IsepicCartridgeEnabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyStick6AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Isepicfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyStick7AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IsepicImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyStick7AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IsepicSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 JoyStick7AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
JoyStick8AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
JoyStick8AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Index of Resources 457

JoyStick8AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 KeySet2SouthEast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
JoyStick9AutoFire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KeySet2SouthWest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
JoyStick9AutoFireMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KeySet2West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
JoyStick9AutoFireSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 KeySetEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
JoyThreshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 KoalaOversizeHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
KoalaTEDLumHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
KoalaUndersizeHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
K
KbdbufDelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
KbdStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 L
KeepMonitorOpen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 LogFileName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Kernal64Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalCHName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalDEName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalFIName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalFRName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalIntName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 LTKimage5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalITName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKimage6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalName . . . . . . 157, 170, 185, 191, 194, 205, 208 LTKio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalNOName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LTKport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalRev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 208 LTKserial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KernalSEName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
KeyboardMapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
KeyboardType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 M
KeymapIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 MachinePowerFrequency . . . 158, 167, 172, 206, 209
KeymapPosFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 MachineType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
KeymapSymFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 MachineVideoStandard . . . . 158, 167, 171, 172, 177,
KeymapUserPosFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 192, 200, 206, 209
KeymapUserSymFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 MagicVoiceCartridgeEnabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KeySet1East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MagicVoiceImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
KeySet1Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MainCPU_TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
KeySet1Fire2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MegaCartNvRAMfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
KeySet1Fire3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MegaCartNvRAMWriteBack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
KeySet1Fire4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MemoryHack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 192
KeySet1Fire5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1Fire6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyCancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1Fire7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyDown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1Fire8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyEnd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyExit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
KeySet1NorthEast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyHome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1NorthWest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyLeft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1South . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
KeySet1SouthEast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyPageDown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1SouthWest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyPageUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet1West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MenuKeyRight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet2East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MenuKeySelect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet2Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MenuKeyUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
KeySet2Fire2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIDriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
KeySet2Fire3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
KeySet2Fire4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIInDev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
KeySet2Fire5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIInName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
KeySet2Fire6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
KeySet2Fire7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
KeySet2Fire8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIOutDev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
KeySet2North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MIDIOutName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
KeySet2NorthEast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MinipaintOversizeHandling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
KeySet2NorthWest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MinipaintTEDLumHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
KeySet2South . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MinipaintUndersizeHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Index of Resources 458

MMC64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 P
MMC64_bios_write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PaddlesInput1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MMC64_flashjumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PaddlesInput2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MMC64_revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PauseOnSettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
MMC64_RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PETColour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMC64_sd_type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PETColourBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMC64BIOSfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PETDWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMC64ClockPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PETDWWfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMC64imagefilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 PETHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMCRCardImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PETREU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMCRCardRW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PETREUfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMCRClockPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PETREUsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MMCREEPROMImage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PLUS256Kfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
MMCREEPROMRW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PLUS60Kbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
MMCRImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PLUS60Kfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Printer4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MMCRRescueMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Printer4Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MMCRSDType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Printer4Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
ModelLine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Printer4TextDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorChisLines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer5Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MonitorFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer5Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MonitorFont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer5TextDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorHeight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorLogEnabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Printer6Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MonitorLogFileName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer6Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MonitorScrollbackLines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Printer6TextDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Printer7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MonitorServerAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PrinterTextDevice1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorWidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PrinterTextDevice2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorXPos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PrinterTextDevice3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MonitorYPos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PrinterUserportDriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 PrinterUserportOutput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PrinterUserportTextDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
ps2mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PSIDKeepEnv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
N PSIDTune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

NativeMonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
NetworkControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 R
NetworkServerBindAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Ram08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
NetworkServerName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Ram1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
NetworkServerPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Ram2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Ram4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Ram6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Ram9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
O RamA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
OCPMultiColorHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 RAMBlock0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OCPOversizeHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 RAMBlock1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
RAMBlock2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OCPTEDLumHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
RAMBlock3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OCPUndersizeHandling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
RAMBlock5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
RamC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
RAMCART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
RAMCART_RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
RAMCARTfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
RAMCARTImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
RAMCARTsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Index of Resources 459

RAMInitPatternInvert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 S
RAMInitPatternInvertValue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SampleName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RAMInitRandomChance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SamplerDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RAMInitRepeatRandom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SamplerGain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
RAMInitStartRandom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SaveResourcesOnExit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
RAMInitStartValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SBDIGIMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
RAMInitValueInvert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SBDIGIMAXbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
RAMInitValueOffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SBETFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
RAMLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 SBETFEbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
RAMLINKBIOSfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 SCPU64Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
RAMLINKfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Screen2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
RAMLINKImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SDL2Backend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
RAMLINKmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SDLBitdepth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
RAMLINKRTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SDLLimitMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
RAMLINKsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SFXSoundExpander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
RamSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 193, 205 SFXSoundExpanderChip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176
RefreshOnBreak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 SFXSoundExpanderIOSwap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
REU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 SFXSoundSampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 176
REUfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 SFXSoundSamplerIOSwap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
REUImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Sid2AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
REUsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Sid3AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
RGCDrevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Sid4AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
RomModule9Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Sid5AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
RomModuleAName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Sid6AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
RomModuleBName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Sid7AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
RRBankJumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Sid8AddressStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RRBiosWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 191, 198
RRClockPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidCart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 191, 198
RRFfilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SIDCartJoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
RRFImageWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidClock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 191, 198
RRFlashJumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RRNETMK3_bios_write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidFilters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RRNETMK3_flashjumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RRrevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 SidResid8580FilterBias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SidResid8580Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice1Baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SidResid8580Passband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice1ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SidResidEnableRawOutput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SidResidFilterBias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice2Baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SidResidGain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice2ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SidResidPassband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SidResidSampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
RsDevice3Baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SidStereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
RsDevice3ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SIMMSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
RsDevice4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SmartMouseRTCSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
RsDevice4Baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
RsDevice4ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SoundBufferSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
RsUserBaud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SoundDeviceArg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RsUserCTSInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SoundDeviceName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
RsUserDCDInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 SoundFragmentSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RsUserDev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SoundOutput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SoundRecordDeviceArg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RsUserDSRInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SoundRecordDeviceName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RsUserDTRInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SoundSampleRate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
RsUserRIInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
SoundVolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
RsUserRTSInv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SpeechEnabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
RsUserUP9600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SpeedSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
SSRamExpansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Index of Resources 460

StartMinimized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 V
SuperPET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 VDC64KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
VDCAspectMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
VDCAspectRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
VDCAudioLeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
T VDCColorBrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapecartLogLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 VDCColorContrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapecartOptimizeTCRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 VDCColorGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapecartTCRTFilename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 VDCColorSaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapecartUpdateTCRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 VDCColorTint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapePort1Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 VDCDoubleScan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TapePort2Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 VDCDoubleSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDAspectMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCExternalPalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDAspectRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDAudioLeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCFlipX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDBorderMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCFlipY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
VDCFullscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDColorBrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
VDCFullscreenCustomHeight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TEDColorContrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
VDCFullscreenCustomWidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TEDColorGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
VDCFullscreenMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TEDColorSaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
VDCGLFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDColorTint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCPALBlur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDDoubleScan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 VDCPaletteFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDDoubleSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 VDCPALScanLineShade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDExternalPalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 VDCRevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCRotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDFlipX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCShowStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDFlipY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 VDCStretchVertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDFullscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VDCVideoCache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
TEDFullscreenCustomHeight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 VDCVSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TEDFullscreenCustomWidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 VFLImod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
TEDFullscreenMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 VICAspectMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
TEDGLFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICAspectRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
TEDPALBlur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICAudioLeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
TEDPALDelaylineType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICBorderMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
TEDPaletteFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 VICColorBrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDPALOddLineOffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICColorContrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDPALOddLinePhase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICColorGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDPALScanLineShade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICColorSaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDRotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 VICColorTint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDShowStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 VICDoubleScan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDVideoCache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 VICDoubleSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
VICExternalPalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
TEDVSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
VICFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
TraceMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
VicFlashPluginWriteBack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
VICFlipX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
VICFlipY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
U VICFullscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
VICFullscreenCustomHeight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
UltiMemWriteBack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 VICFullscreenCustomWidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
UserportDevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 VICFullscreenMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
UserportRTC58321aSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 VICGLFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
UserportRTCDS1307Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 VICIIAspectMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
VICIIAspectRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
VICIIAudioLeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
VICIIBorderMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
VICIICheckSbColl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
VICIICheckSsColl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
 461

VICIIColorBrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VICVSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

VICIIColorContrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VideoSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
VICIIColorGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIColorSaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIColorTint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIDoubleScan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIDoubleSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIExternalPalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 VirtualDevice5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 VirtualDevice6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIFlipX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 VirtualDevice7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIFlipY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 VirtualDevice8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIFullscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 VirtualDevice9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
VICIIFullscreenCustomHeight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
VICIIFullscreenCustomWidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
VICIIFullscreenMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 W
VICIIGLFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 WIC64ColorizeLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VICIIModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64DefaultServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
VICIINewLuminances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64HexdumpLines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VICIIPALBlur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64IPAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VICIIPALDelaylineType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 WIC64Logenabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VICIIPaletteFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64MACAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
VICIIPALOddLineOffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 WIC64Resetuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VICIIPALOddLinePhase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64SecToken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
VICIIPALScanLineShade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 WIC64Timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
VICIIRotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Window0Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICIIShowStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Window0Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICIIVideoCache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Window0Xpos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICIIVSPBug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Window0Ypos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICIIVSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Window1Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICPALBlur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Window1Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICPALDelaylineType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Window1Xpos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICPaletteFile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Window1Ypos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
VICPALOddLineOffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
VICPALOddLinePhase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
VICPALScanLineShade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Z
VICRotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 ZMBVAudioCodec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
VICShowStatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 ZMBVFormat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
VICVideoCache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 ZMBVVideoCodec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
 462

Index of Command-line options

+ -autoplaybackframes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
+cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 206 -autostart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 27
-autostart-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
-autostart-delay-random,
– +autostart-delay-random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
-autostart-handle-tde,
--check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
+autostart-handle-tde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
--options-file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
-autostart-on-doubleclick,
--types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
+autostart-on-doubleclick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
--verbose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
--version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 -autostart-warp, +autostart-warp . . . . . . . . . . . 57
-? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 285 -autostartprgdiskimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -autostartprgmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -autostarttapoffset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
-10d1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -autostartwithcolon, +autostartwithcolon . . 56
-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
-11d1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 171, 186, 199, 206, 209
-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -basic <Name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
-256kbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -basic1, +basic1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
-256kimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -basic64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
-40col . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 -basichi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
-6809romA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -basiclo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
-6809romB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -basicload, +basicload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
-6809romC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -bbrtcsave, +bbrtcsave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
-6809romD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -binarymonitor, +binarymonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-6809romE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -binarymonitoraddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-6809romF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 -burstmod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 173
-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 285
-80col . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 -c128fullbanks, +c128fullbanks . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
-8d1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -c1hi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -c1lo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
-9d1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -c2hi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
-acia, +acia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 -c2lo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
-acia1, +acia1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -c64dtvromrw, +c64dtvromrw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
-acia1base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -cart, +cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
-acia1irq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -cart1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-acia1mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -cart16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-addconfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 -cart2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 186, 207
-attach10d1ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cart4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 186, 207
-attach10d1rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cart6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 186, 207
-attach10ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cart8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach10rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach11d1ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartar2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach11d1rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartar3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach11ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartar4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach11rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartar5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach8d1ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 186
-attach8d1rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
-attach8ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbb3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach8rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbb4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach9d1ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbb8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach9d1rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbb9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
-attach9ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartbis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-attach9rw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 -cartB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 186
-autoload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -cartcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Index of Command-line options 463

-cartcomal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartpf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

-cartcomal128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -cartramcart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-cartcrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 -cartramlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-cartdep256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartrep256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-cartdep64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartreset, +cartreset . . . . . . . 129, 177, 187, 206
-cartdep7x8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartreu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
-cartdin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartrgcd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-cartdqbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-cartdrean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -cartrr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-cartdsm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartrrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-carteasy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartrrnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-carteasycalc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -cartru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartepyx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -carts64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartexos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartsb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartexpert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartsdbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartf64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartse5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfc1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartsg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfc3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartsilver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfcplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartsimon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -cartss4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartss5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartff2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cartturtle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartfp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 178 -cartultimax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
-cartfrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -cartwl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartgeneric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -cartws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartgeoram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 -cartws128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
-cartgk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -cartzaxxon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartgmod128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -cartzipp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
-cartgmod2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -cb2lowpass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
-cartgmod3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -chargch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartgs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -chargde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-carthyper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -chargen . . . . 158, 166, 171, 172, 186, 199, 206, 209
-cartide64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -chargfi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartieee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -chargfr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartieeeflash64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -chargit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartisepic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -chargno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartjacint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 -chargse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-cartkcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -chdir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
-cartks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -cia1model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
-cartltk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -cia2model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
-cartmach5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -ciamodel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
-cartmagic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 -colour-analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
-cartmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -colour-analog-bg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
-cartmd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -colour-rgbi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
-cartmd128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
-cartmega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -confirmonexit, +confirmonexit . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-cartmf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
-cartmikro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 -controlport10device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartmm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 -controlport11device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartmmc64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 -controlport1device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartmmcr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 -controlport2device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartmulti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 -controlport3device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartmv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -controlport4device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartocean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -controlport5device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartp64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -controlport6device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartpartner128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -controlport7device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
-cartpartner64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -controlport8device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Index of Command-line options 464

-controlport9device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 -dos1541II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-core, +core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 -dos1551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-cpclockf83save, +cpclockf83save . . . . . . . . . . 104 -dos1570 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-cpmcart, +cpmcart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -dos1571 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-cpu6502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -dos1571cr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-cpu6809 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -dos1581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-cpuprog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -dos2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-crtc, +crtc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -dos2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtcaspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dos2040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtcaspectmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dos3040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtcaudioleak, +Crtcaudioleak . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dos4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-Crtcbrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dos4040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtccontrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dos9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtccrtblur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dosCMDHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-Crtccrtscanlineshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -dqbb, +dqbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
-Crtcdscan, +Crtcdscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -dqbbimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
-Crtcdsize, +Crtcdsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -dqbbimagerw, +dqbbimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
-Crtcextpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive10extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-Crtcfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive10fixedsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-Crtcflipx, +Crtcflipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive10idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-Crtcflipy, +Crtcflipy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -drive10profdos, +drive10profdos . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-CRTCfull, +CRTCfull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive10ram2000, +drive10ram2000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtcfullheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 -drive10ram4000, +drive10ram4000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-CRTCfullmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -drive10ram6000, +drive10ram6000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-Crtcfullwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 -drive10ram8000, +drive10ram8000 . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-Crtcgamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive10rama000, +drive10rama000 . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-Crtcglfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive10rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-Crtcintpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive10rtcsave, +drive10rtcsave . . . . . . . . . . . 84
-Crtcpalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive10stardos, +drive10stardos . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-Crtcrotate, +Crtcrotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -drive10supercard, +drive10supercard . . . . . . 88
-Crtcsaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive10truedrive, +drive10truedrive . . . . . . 84
-Crtcshowstatusbar, +Crtcshowstatusbar . . . 197 -drive10type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
-CRTCstretchvertical, -drive10wobbleamplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
+CRTCstretchvertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive10wobblefrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-Crtctint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive11extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-Crtcvcache, +Crtcvcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 -drive11fixedsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-Crtcvsync, +Crtcvsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 -drive11idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -drive11profdos, +drive11profdos . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-datasettesound, +datasettesound . . . . . . . . . . . 78 -drive11ram2000, +drive11ram2000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-debug, +debug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 -drive11ram4000, +drive11ram4000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-debugcart, +debugcart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 -drive11ram6000, +drive11ram6000 . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 -drive11ram8000, +drive11ram8000 . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-device10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -drive11rama000, +drive11rama000 . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-device11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -drive11rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-device4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 -drive11rtcsave, +drive11rtcsave . . . . . . . . . . . 84
-device5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -drive11stardos, +drive11stardos . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-device6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -drive11supercard, +drive11supercard . . . . . . 88
-device7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -drive11truedrive, +drive11truedrive . . . . . . 84
-device8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -drive11type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
-device9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -drive11wobbleamplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-diagpin, +diagpin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -drive11wobblefrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-digiblaster, +digiblaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 -drive8extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-digimax, +digimax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 179 -drive8fixedsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
-digimaxbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 179 -drive8idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
-directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 -drive8profdos, +drive8profdos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-dos1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 -drive8ram2000, +drive8ram2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-dos1540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 -drive8ram4000, +drive8ram4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
-dos1541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 -drive8ram6000, +drive8ram6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Index of Command-line options 465

-drive8ram8000, +drive8ram8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -eventendsnapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

-drive8rama000, +drive8rama000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -eventimageinc, +eventimageinc . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
-drive8rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -eventsnapshotdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
-drive8rtcsave, +drive8rtcsave . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -eventstartmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
-drive8stardos, +drive8stardos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -eventstartsnapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
-drive8supercard, +drive8supercard . . . . . . . . . 88 -exitscreenshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
-drive8truedrive, +drive8truedrive . . . . . . . . . 84 -exitscreenshotvicii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
-drive8type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -expert, +expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
-drive8wobbleamplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -expertimagename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
-drive8wobblefrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -expertimagerw, +expertimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
-drive9extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -expertmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
-drive9fixedsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 -extrajoydev1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 217, 219
-drive9idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -extrajoydev2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 217, 220
-drive9profdos, +drive9profdos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -extrajoydev3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9ram2000, +drive9ram2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 -extrajoydev4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9ram4000, +drive9ram4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 -extrajoydev5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9ram6000, +drive9ram6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 -extrajoydev6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9ram8000, +drive9ram8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -extrajoydev7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9rama000, +drive9rama000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -extrajoydev8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -extrajoydev9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
-drive9rtcsave, +drive9rtcsave . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -extrajoystick1autofire,
-drive9stardos, +drive9stardos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 +extrajoystick1autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-drive9supercard, +drive9supercard . . . . . . . . . 88 -extrajoystick1autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-drive9truedrive, +drive9truedrive . . . . . . . . . 84 -extrajoystick1autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-drive9type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -extrajoystick2autofire,
-drive9wobbleamplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 +extrajoystick2autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-drive9wobblefrequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -extrajoystick2autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-drivesound, +drivesound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -extrajoystick2autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-drivesoundvolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 -extrajoystick3autofire,
-ds12c887rtc, +ds12c887rtc . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 179 +extrajoystick3autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-ds12c887rtcbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 179 -extrajoystick3autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-ds12c887rtchalted, -extrajoystick3autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-ds12c887rtcrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 180 -extrajoystick4autofire,
-ds12c887rtcsave, +ds12c887rtcsave . . . 155, 180 +extrajoystick4autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-dsresetwithcpu, +dsresetwithcpu . . . . . . . . . . . 77 -extrajoystick4autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-dssoundvolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 -extrajoystick4autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-dsspeedtuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 -extrajoystick5autofire,
-dstapeerror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 +extrajoystick5autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-dstapewobbleamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 -extrajoystick5autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-dstapewobblefreq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 -extrajoystick5autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-dszerogapdelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 -extrajoystick6autofire,
-dtvblitterlog, +dtvblitterlog . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 +extrajoystick6autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-dtvdmalog, +dtvdmalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 -extrajoystick6autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-dtvflashlog, +dtvflashlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 -extrajoystick6autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-dtvrev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -extrajoystick7autofire,
-dualwindow, +dualwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 +extrajoystick7autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
-dumpconfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 -extrajoystick7autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-easyflashcrtoptimize, -extrajoystick7autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
+easyflashcrtoptimize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 -extrajoystick8autofire,
-easyflashcrtwrite, +easyflashcrtwrite . . . 130 +extrajoystick8autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-easyflashjumper, +easyflashjumper . . . . . . . . 130 -extrajoystick8autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 -extrajoystick8autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-eoiblank, +eoiblank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -extrajoystick9autofire,
-ethernetcart, +ethernetcart . . . . . . . . . . 156, 179 +extrajoystick9autofire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-ethernetcartbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 179 -extrajoystick9autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-ethernetcartmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 179 -extrajoystick9autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-ethernetiodriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 -f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 285
-ethernetioif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 -features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Index of Command-line options 466

-fewriteback, +fewriteback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -IDE64cyl3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

-ffmpegaudiobitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 -IDE64cyl4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-ffmpegvideobitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 -IDE64hds1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-flipname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 -IDE64hds2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fpwriteback, +fpwriteback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -IDE64hds3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64hds4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs10convertp00, +fs10convertp00 . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64image1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-fs10hidecbm, +fs10hidecbm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64image2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-fs10savep00, +fs10savep00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64image3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-fs11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64image4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
-fs11convertp00, +fs11convertp00 . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64rtcsave, +IDE64rtcsave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs11hidecbm, +fs11hidecbm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64sec1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs11savep00, +fs11savep00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64sec2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64sec3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs8convertp00,+fs8convertp00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64sec4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs8hidecbm, +fs8hidecbm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64USB, +IDE64USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs8savep00, +fs8savep00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -IDE64USBAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -IDE64version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
-fs9convertp00, +fs9convertp00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -iecdevice10, +iecdevice10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
-fs9hidecbm, +fs9hidecbm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -iecdevice11, +iecdevice11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
-fs9savep00, +fs9savep00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -iecdevice4, +iecdevice4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
-fsflash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -iecdevice5, +iecdevice5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
-fslongnames, +fslongnames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -iecdevice6, +iecdevice6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
-fsoverwrite, +fsoverwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 -iecdevice7, +iecdevice7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
-fullscreen-decorations, -iecdevice8, +iecdevice8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
+fullscreen-decorations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 -iecdevice9, +iecdevice9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
-functionhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 -iecreset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 173
-functionlo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 -ieee488, +ieee488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 179
-georam, +georam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 180 -ieee488image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
-georamimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 180 -ieeeflash64, +ieeeflash64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
-georamimagerw, +georamimagerw . . . . . . . 156, 180 -ieeeflash64dev4, +ieeeflash64dev4 . . . . . . . . 134
-georamioswap, +georamioswap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 -ieeeflash64dev8, +ieeeflash64dev8 . . . . . . . . 134
-georamsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 180 -ieeeflash64dev910, +ieeeflash64dev910 . . . 134
-gluelogictype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 173 -ieeeflash64image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
-gmod128eepromimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 -initbreak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-gmod128eepromrw, +gmod128eepromrw . . . . . . . . 160 -intfrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-gmod128flashwrite, +gmod128flashwrite . . . 161 -intfunc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
-gmod2eepromimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 -intfuncrtcsave, +intfuncrtcsave . . . . . . . . . . 166
-gmod2eepromrw, +gmod2eepromrw . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -io2ram, +io2ram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
-gmod2flashwrite, +gmod2flashwrite . . . . . . . . 132 -io3ram, +io3ram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
-gmod3flashwrite, +gmod3flashwrite . . . . . . . . 132 -iocollision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 177
-go64, +go64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 -iosize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
-h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -isepic, +isepic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
-help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 285 -isepicimagename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
-hidevdcwindow, +hidevdcwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -isepicimagerw, +isepicimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
-hotkeyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 215 -isepicswitch, +isepicswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
-hummeradc, +hummeradc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -jamaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-hummerromimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -jiffyswitch, +jiffyswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
-hvsc-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 -joydev1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 216, 219
-i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 -joydev2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 217, 219
-ic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -joyfuzz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
-ide64clockportdevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 -joymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
-IDE64autosize1, +IDE64autosize1 . . . . . . . . . . 133 -joymenucontrol, +joymenucontrol . . . . . . . . . . 217
-IDE64autosize2, +IDE64autosize2 . . . . . . . . . . 133 -joyopposite, +joyopposite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-IDE64autosize3, +IDE64autosize3 . . . . . . . . . . 133 -joystick1autofire, +joystick1autofire . . . . 70
-IDE64autosize4, +IDE64autosize4 . . . . . . . . . . 133 -joystick1autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
-IDE64cyl1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -joystick1autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-IDE64cyl2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 -joystick2autofire, +joystick2autofire . . . . 70
Index of Command-line options 467

-joystick2autofiremode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 -menukeyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

-joystick2autofirespeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 -menukeyselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
-joythreshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 -menukeyup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
-k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -midi, +midi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
-k<version> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -mididrv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-kbdstatusbar, +kbdstatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 -midiin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-keepenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 -midiinname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-keepmonopen, +keepmonopen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 -midiname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-kernal . . . . . . . . . . 158, 166, 171, 186, 199, 206, 209 -midiout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-kernal <Name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 -midioutname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
-kernal64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 -miditype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
-kernalch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -minimized, +minimized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-kernalde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -minipaintoversize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
-kernalfi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -minipainttedlum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
-kernalfr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -minipaintundersize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
-kernalit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -mmc64, +mmc64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-kernalno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -mmc64bios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-kernalrev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 209 -mmc64biosreadonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-kernalse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 -mmc64bioswrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keyboardmapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 -mmc64clockportdevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keyboardtype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 -mmc64flash, +mmc64flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keybuf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -mmc64image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keybuf-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -mmc64readonly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 -mmc64readwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-keyset, +keyset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -mmc64rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-koalaoversize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -mmc64sdtype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-koalatedlum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 -mmcrcardimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-koalaundersize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -mmcrcardrw, +mmcrcardrw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 285 -mmcrclockportdevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-limitcycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -mmcreepromimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-logfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -mmcreepromrw, +mmcreepromrw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-ltkimage0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -mmcrimagerw, +mmcrimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-ltkimage1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -mmcrrescue, +mmcrrescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-ltkimage2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -mmcrsdtype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-ltkimage3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -model . . . . . . 159, 167, 171, 172, 181, 192, 201, 208
-ltkimage4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -monchislines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-ltkimage5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -moncommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
-ltkimage6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -monitorbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-ltkio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -monitorfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-ltkport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -monitorfont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-ltkserial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 -monitorheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-machinetype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -monitorwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-magicvoice, +magicvoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -monitorxpos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-magicvoiceimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 -monitorypos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
-mcnvramfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -monlog, +monlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-mcnvramwriteback, +mcnvramwriteback . . . . . 178 -monlogname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 -monscrollbacklines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-memoryexphack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 193 -mouse, +mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
-menukey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -myaciadev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
-menukeycancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
-menukeydown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -nativemonitor, +nativemonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-menukeyend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -nc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
-menukeyexit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -netplaybind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
-menukeyhome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -netplayctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
-menukeyleft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -netplayport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
-menukeymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -netplayserver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
-menukeypagedown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -nh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
-menukeypageup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -no-redirect-streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Index of Command-line options 468

-ntsc. . . 159, 167, 171, 172, 181, 192, 201, 207, 209 -r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
-ntscold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 172, 209 -ram08, +ram08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-ntscv2romimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -ram1, +ram1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-ntscv3romimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -ram2, +ram2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 -ram4, +ram4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-o <name> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -ram6, +ram6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-ocpmc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -ramC, +ramC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
-ocpoversize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -ramcart, +ramcart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
-ocptedlum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -ramcartimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-ocpundersize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 -ramcartimagerw, +ramcartimagerw . . . . . . . . . . 138
-p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 -ramcartro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-paddles1inputjoyaxis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -ramcartrw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-paddles1inputmouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -ramcartsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-paddles2inputjoyaxis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -raminitpatterninvert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-paddles2inputmouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 -raminitpatterninvertvalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-pal . . . . 159, 167, 171, 172, 181, 192, 201, 207, 209 -raminitrandomchance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
-paln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 172, 209 -raminitrepeatrandom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-palv2romimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -raminitstartrandom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-palv3romimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 -raminitstartvalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-parallel10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -raminitvalueinvert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-parallel11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -raminitvalueoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
-parallel8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -ramlink, +ramlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-parallel9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 -ramlinkbios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-pauseonsettings, +pauseonsettings . . . . . . . . 219 -ramlinkimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-petdww, +petdww . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -ramlinkimagerw, +ramlinkimagerw . . . . . . . . . . 138
-petdwwimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 -ramlinkmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-pethre, +pethre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 -ramlinkrtcsave, +ramlinkrtcsave . . . . . . . . . . 138
-petram9, +petram9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -ramlinksize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
-petramA, +petramA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -ramsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 201, 207
-petreu, +petreu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -refreshonbreak, +refreshonbreak . . . . . . . . . . 109
-petreuimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -remotemonitor, +remotemonitor . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-petreuramsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -remotemonitoraddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
-playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 -resid8580filterbias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-plus256kimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -resid8580gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-plus60kbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -resid8580pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-plus60kimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 -residfilterbias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-poskeymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 -residgain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-power50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 167, 172, 207, 209 -residpass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-power60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 167, 172, 207, 209 -residrawoutput, +residrawoutput . . . . . . . . . . 153
-pr4drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -residsamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-pr4output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -reu, +reu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
-pr4txtdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -reuimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
-pr5drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -reuimagerw, +reuimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
-pr5output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -reusize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
-pr5txtdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -rexramfloppyimage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-pr6drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -rexramfloppyimagerw,
-pr6output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 +rexramfloppyimagerw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-pr6txtdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -rgcdrev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-profdos1571 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 -rom9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
-prtxtdev1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -romA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
-prtxtdev2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -romB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
-prtxtdev3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -romsetarchive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
-pruserdrv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -romsetarchiveselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
-pruseroutput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -romsetfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
-prusertxtdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 -rrbankjumper, +rrbankjumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-ps2mouse, +ps2mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -rrbioswrite, +rrbioswrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 -rrclockportdevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
-qc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -rrflashjumper, +rrflashjumper . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Index of Command-line options 469

-rrnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 179 -sidextra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

-rrnetmk3bioswrite, +rrnetmk3bioswrite . . . 139 -sidfilters, +sidfilters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
-rrnetmk3flash,+rrnetmk3flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 -silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
-rrrev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 -simmsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
-rsdev1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 -skip <n> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
-rsdev1baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -smartmousertcsave, +smartmousertcsave . . . . 72
-rsdev1ip232, +rsdev1ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -sound, +sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 -soundarg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev2baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -soundbufsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev2ip232, +rsdev2ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -sounddev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 -soundfragsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev3baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -soundoutput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev3ip232, +rsdev3ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -soundrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 -soundrecarg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev4baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -soundrecdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsdev4ip232, +rsdev4ip232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -soundvolume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
-rsuserbaud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -speech, +speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
-rsuserctsinv, +rsuserctsinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
-rsuserdcdinv, +rsuserdcdinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -speedswitch, +speedswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
-rsuserdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -ssramexpansion, +ssramexpansion . . . . . . . . . . 140
-rsuserdsrinv, +rsuserdsrinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -stardos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
-rsuserdtrinv, +rsuserdtrinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -supercard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
-rsuserriinv, +rsuserriinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 -superpet, +superpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
-rsuserrtsinv, +rsuserrtsinv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -symkeymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
-rsuserup9600, +rsuserup9600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 -t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
-s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 -tapebasicload, +tapebasicload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
-samplename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 -tapecartloglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-samplerdev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 -tapecartoptimizetcrt,
-samplergain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 +tapecartoptimizetcrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-saveres, +saveres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 -tapecartupdatetcrt,
-sbdigimax, +sbdigimax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 +tapecartupdatetcrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-sbdigimaxbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -tapeport1device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-sbetfe, +sbetfe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -tapeport2device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-sbetfebase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 -tcrt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
-scpu64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 -TEDaspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-screen2001, +screen2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -TEDaspectmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sdl2backend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -TEDaudioleak, +TEDaudioleak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sdlbitdepth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -TEDborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sdllimitmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 -TEDbrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -TEDcontrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-settings-node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 -TEDcrtblur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sfxse, +sfxse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 180 -TEDcrtdelaylinetype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sfxseioswap, +sfxseioswap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 -TEDcrtscanlineshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sfxsetype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 180 -TEDdscan, +TEDdscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sfxss, +sfxss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 180 -TEDdsize, +TEDdsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sfxssioswap, +sfxssioswap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 -TEDextpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sid2address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 -TEDfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sid3address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 -TEDflipx, +TEDflipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sid4address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 -TEDflipy, +TEDflipy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sid5address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 -TEDfull, +TEDfull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sid6address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 -TEDfullheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-sid7address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 -TEDfullmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-sid8address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 -TEDfullwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-sidcart, +sidcart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 191, 199 -TEDgamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sidcartaddress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 191, 199 -TEDglfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
-sidcartclock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 191, 199 -TEDintpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sidcartjoy, +sidcartjoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 -TEDoddlinesoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
-sidenginemodel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 -TEDoddlinesphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Index of Command-line options 470

-TEDpalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 -verbose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

-TEDrotate, +TEDrotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 -version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 285
-TEDsaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 -vflimod, +vflimod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
-TEDshowstatusbar, +TEDshowstatusbar . . . . . 190 -VICaspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
-TEDtint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 -VICaspectmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
-TEDvcache, +TEDvcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 -VICaudioleak, +VICaudioleak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-TEDvsync, +TEDvsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 -VICborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 -VICbrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-tfe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 179 -VICcontrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-trace_drive0, +trace_drive0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICcrtblur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-trace_drive1, +trace_drive1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICcrtdelaylinetype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-trace_drive2, +trace_drive2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICcrtscanlineshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-trace_drive3, +trace_drive3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICdscan, +VICdscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
-trace_iec, +trace_iec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICdsize, +VICdsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
-trace_maincpu, +trace_maincpu . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICextpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-trace_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 -VICfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
-trueflashfs, +trueflashfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 -VICflipx, +VICflipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
-tune. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 -VICflipy, +VICflipy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
-ultimem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -VICfull, +VICfull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
-umwriteback, +umwriteback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 -VICfullheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-userportdevice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 -VICfullmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-userportrtc58321asave, -VICfullwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
+userportrtc58321asave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 -VICgamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-userportrtcds1307save, -VICglfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
+userportrtcds1307save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 -VICIIaspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 285 -VICIIaspectmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDC16KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIaudioleak, +VICIIaudioleak . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDC64KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCaspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIbrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCaspectmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIchecksb, +VICIIchecksb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCaudioleak, +VDCaudioleak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIcheckss, +VICIIcheckss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCbrightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIcontrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCcontrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIcrtblur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCcrtblur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIcrtdelaylinetype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCcrtscanlineshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIcrtscanlineshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCdscan, +VDCdscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 -VICIIdscan, +VICIIdscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCdsize, +VDCdsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 -VICIIdsize, +VICIIdsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCextpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIextpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCflipx, +VDCflipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIflipx, +VICIIflipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
-VDCflipy, +VDCflipy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIflipy, +VICIIflipy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
-VDCfull, +VDCfull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIfull, +VICIIfull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCfullheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 -VICIIfullheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-VDCfullmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 -VICIIfullmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-VDCfullwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 -VICIIfullwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-VDCgamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIgamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCglfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIglfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
-VDCintpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 -VICIIintpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCpalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIImodel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCRevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIInewluminance, +VICIInewluminance . . . 144
-VDCrotate, +VDCrotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 -VICIIoddlinesoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCsaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIoddlinesphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCshowstatusbar, +VDCshowstatusbar . . . . . 163 -VICIIpalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCstretchvertical, -VICIIrotate, +VICIIrotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
+VDCstretchvertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 -VICIIsaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
-VDCtint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIIshowstatusbar,
-VDCvcache, +VDCvcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 +VICIIshowstatusbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
-VDCvsync, +VDCvsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 -VICIItint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Index of Command-line options 471

-VICIIvcache, +VICIIvcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 -virtualdev7, +virtualdev7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

-VICIIvspbug, +VICIIvspbug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 -virtualdev8, +virtualdev8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
-VICIIvsync, +VICIIvsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 -virtualdev9, +virtualdev9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
-VICintpal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -w<version> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
-VICoddlinesoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -warp, +warp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
-VICoddlinesphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -wic64colorizetrace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
-VICpalette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -wic64hexdumplines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
-VICrotate, +VICrotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 -wic64reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
-VICsaturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -wic64server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
-VICshowstatusbar, +VICshowstatusbar . . . . . 183
-wic64timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
-VICtint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
-wic64trace, +wic64trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
-VICvcache, +VICvcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
-VICvsync, +VICvsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 -wic64tracelevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
-videosize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 -windowheight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev1, +virtualdev1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowheight1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev10, +virtualdev10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev11, +virtualdev11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowwidth1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev2, +virtualdev2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowxpos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev4, +virtualdev4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowxpos1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev5, +virtualdev5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowypos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
-virtualdev6, +virtualdev6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 -windowypos1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
 i

Table of Contents

1 About VICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1 Emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.1 C64 emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.2 C64DTV emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.3 C128 emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.4 VIC20 emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.5 PET emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.6 CBM-II emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1.7 SCPU64 emulator features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2 The keyboard emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.1 C64 & VIC20 Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.1.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.2.1.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.2.1.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.2.1.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.2 C128 Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.2.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.2.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2.2.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2.2.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2.3 C16 & Plus4 Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.2.3.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.2.3.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.2.3.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.3.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.4 PET Graphics Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.4.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.4.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.4.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.4.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.5 PET Business Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.5.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.5.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.5.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.5.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.6 CBM2 Keyboard Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.6.1 Symbolic (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.6.2 Positional (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.6.3 Symbolic (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.6.4 Positional (DE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.3 The joystick emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.4 The disk drive emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.5 Supported file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
 ii

1.6 Common problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

1.6.1 Sound problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.2 Video problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.3 Printer problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.4 PET keyboard problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

2 Invoking the emulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2.1 Command-line options used during initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2 Autostarting programs from the command-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3 System files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1 ROM files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.2 Keymap files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.1 Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.2 Control commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.3 Key mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.2.3.1 Special Rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.3.2 Modifier Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3 Palette files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.4 Romset files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.4.1 Romset command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.5 Hotkeys files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.5.1 Hotkeys command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.2 Syntax of the hotkeys files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.2.1 Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.2.2 Directives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.2.3 Hotkey mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.5.3 List of modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.5.4 List of action names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.5.5 Syntax highlighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

4 Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.1 The emulation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2 Using the menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.3 Getting help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.4 Using the file selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.5 Using disk and tape images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.5.1 “Autostarting” an image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.5.2 Using compressed files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.5.3 Using Zipcode and Lynx images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.6 Using printer emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.7 Resetting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
 iii

5 Settings and resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

5.1 Format of resource files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
5.2 Using command-line options to change resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.3 Autostart settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.3.1 Autostart resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.3.2 Autostart command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.4 Performance settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.4.1 Performance resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.4.2 Performance command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.5 Video settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.6 Keyboard settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.6.1 Keyboard resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.6.2 Keyboard command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
5.7 Control port settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
5.7.1 Control port resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
5.7.2 Control port command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
5.7.3 Control port and devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5.8 Joystick settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.8.1 Joystick resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.8.2 Joystick command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.9 Sound settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.9.1 Sound resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.9.2 Sound command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.10 Tape settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.10.1 Tape resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.10.2 Tape command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.11 Drive settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.11.1 Drive resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.11.2 Drive command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.12 Peripheral settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.12.1 Settings for file system devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.12.1.1 Resources for file system devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5.12.1.2 Command-line options for file system devices . . . . . . . . 91
5.12.2 Printer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.12.2.1 Printer resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.12.2.2 Printer command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.12.3 Disabling kernal traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.12.3.1 Resources to control Kernal traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.12.3.2 Command-line options to control Kernal traps . . . . . . 96
5.13 RS232 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.13.1 RS232 resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.13.2 RS232 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.13.3 RS232 usage example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
5.14 Ethernet emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.14.1 Ethernet usage example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.14.2 Ethernet resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.14.3 Ethernet command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.15 Tape port devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
 iv

5.15.1 Tape port resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

5.15.2 Tape port command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.16 Userport devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.16.1 Userport resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.16.2 Userport command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.17 Monitor settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.17.1 Monitor resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.17.2 Monitor command-line options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.18 RAM init pattern settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.18.1 RAM init pattern resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.18.2 RAM init pattern command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.19 Debug settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.19.1 Debug resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.19.2 Debug command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.20 Network Play settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.20.1 Network Play resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.20.2 Network Play command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

6 Machine-specific features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.1 C64/128-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.1.1 Using cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.1.1.1 Slot 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.1.1.2 Slot 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.1.1.3 Main Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.1.1.4 I/O Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.1.1.5 Expected behaviour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.1.1.6 Common problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.1.1.7 IEEE-488 interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.1.1.8 The Final Cartridge 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.1.1.9 CMD RAMLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.1.2 C64 cartridge settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.1.2.1 C64 cartridge resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.1.2.2 C64 cartridge command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.1.3 CIA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.1.3.1 CIA resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.1.3.2 CIA command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.1.4 VIC-II settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.1.4.1 VIC-II resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.1.4.2 VIC-II command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.1.5 SID settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6.1.5.1 SID resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.1.5.2 SID command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6.1.6 C64 I/O extension settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.1.6.1 C64 I/O extension resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.1.6.2 C64 I/O extension command-line options. . . . . . . . . . . . 155
6.1.7 C64 system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.1.7.1 C64 system ROM resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.1.7.2 C64 system ROM command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
 v

6.1.8 C64 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

6.1.8.1 C64 resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.1.8.2 C64 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
6.2 C128-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.2.1 C128 cartridge settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.2.1.1 C128 cartridge resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.2.1.2 C128 cartridge command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.2.2 VDC settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.2.2.1 VDC resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.2.2.2 VDC command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.2.3 C128 system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.2.3.1 C128 system ROM resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.2.3.2 C128 system ROM command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . 165
6.2.4 C128 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.2.4.1 C128 resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.2.4.2 C128 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.3 C64DTV-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6.3.1 C64DTV ROM image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6.3.2 DTV revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.3.3 LumaFix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.3.4 Userport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.3.5 Debug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.3.6 Monitor DTV features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.3.7 DTV resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.3.8 DTV command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.4 SCPU64-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.4.1 SCPU64 resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.4.2 SCPU64 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.5 VIC20-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6.5.1 Using prg files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6.5.2 Using cartridge images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.5.3 VIC20 cartridge settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.5.3.1 VIC20 cartridge resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.5.3.2 VIC20 cartridge command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
6.5.4 VIC settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.5.4.1 VIC resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.5.4.2 VIC command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.5.5 Changing memory configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.5.5.1 VIC20 memory configuration resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.5.5.2 VIC20 memory configuration command-line options . . 185
6.5.6 VIC20 system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.5.6.1 VIC20 system ROM resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.5.6.2 VIC20 system ROM command-line options . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.5.7 VIC20 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.5.7.1 VIC20 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.6 PLUS4-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.6.1 Using cartridge images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.6.2 PLUS4 cartridge settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
 vi

6.6.2.1 PLUS4 cartridge resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

6.6.2.2 PLUS4 cartridge command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.6.3 TED settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.6.3.1 TED resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.6.3.2 TED command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
6.6.4 PLUS4 I/O extension settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.6.4.1 PLUS4 I/O extension resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.6.4.2 PLUS4 I/O extension command-line options . . . . . . . . 191
6.6.5 PLUS4 system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.6.5.1 PLUS4 system ROM resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6.6.5.2 PLUS4 system ROM command-line options . . . . . . . . . 192
6.6.6 PLUS4 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
6.6.6.1 PLUS4 resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
6.6.6.2 PLUS4 command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
6.7 PET-specific commands and settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
6.7.1 Changing PET model settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
6.7.2 CRTC Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
6.7.2.1 CRTC resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
6.7.2.2 CRTC command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
6.7.3 PET I/O extension settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
6.7.3.1 PET I/O extension resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
6.7.3.2 PET I/O extension command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . 198
6.7.4 PET system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.7.4.1 PET system ROM resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.7.4.2 PET system ROM command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.7.5 The PET diagnostic pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.7.6 PET settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.7.6.1 PET resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
6.7.6.2 PET command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
6.7.7 Colour PET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6.7.8 Changing screen colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6.7.9 DWW high resolution graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6.7.10 HRE high resolution graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
6.8 CBM-II-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6.8.1 Changing CBM-II model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6.8.2 CBM-II system ROM settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.8.2.1 CBM-II system ROM resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.8.2.2 CBM-II system ROM command line options . . . . . . . . 206
6.8.3 CBM-II command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6.8.4 Changing screen colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.9 VSID-specific commands and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.9.1 VSID settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.9.1.1 VSID resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.9.1.2 VSID command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
 vii

7 Platform-specific features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

7.1 Common features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.1 Common command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.2 Common resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
7.2 SDL-specific features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.2.1 SDL specific resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.2.2 SDL specific command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
7.3 GTK3 specific features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
7.3.1 GTK3 specific resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
7.3.2 GTK3 specific command-line options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

8 Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.1 Snapshot usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.2 Snapshot format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.2.1 Emulator modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.2.1.1 x64 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.2.1.2 x128 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
8.2.1.3 xvic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
8.2.1.4 xpet modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
8.2.1.5 xcbm2 and xcbm5x0 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
8.2.1.6 Drive modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.2.2 Module formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.2.2.1 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.2.2.2 Module framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
8.2.2.3 CPU 6502 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
8.2.2.4 CPU 6809 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
8.2.2.5 CIA module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
8.2.2.6 VIA module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
8.2.2.7 PIA module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
8.2.2.8 TPI module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
8.2.2.9 RIOT module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.2.2.10 SID module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.2.2.11 ACIA module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.2.2.12 VIC-I module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.2.2.13 VIC-II module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.2.2.14 CRTC module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
8.2.2.15 C64 memory module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
8.2.2.16 C128 memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
8.2.2.17 VIC20 memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
8.2.2.18 PET memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
8.2.2.19 CBM-II memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
8.2.2.20 C500 data module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

9 Media images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

9.1 Media images resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9.2 Media images command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
 viii

10 Event history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

10.1 Recommended Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
10.2 Recorded Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
10.3 Recording an Event History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
10.4 Setting and Returning to Milestones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
10.5 Continuing an Event History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
10.6 Playing Back an Event History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
10.7 Limitations and Suggestions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
10.8 Event history resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
10.9 Event history command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

11 Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
11.1 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
11.2 General commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
11.3 Monitor state commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
11.4 Machine state commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
11.5 Memory commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
11.6 Assembly commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
11.7 Checkpoint commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
11.8 File commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
11.9 Command file commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
11.10 Label commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
11.11 Profiling commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
11.12 Resources commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

12 Binary monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

12.1 Command Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
12.2 Response Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
12.3 Example Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
12.4 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
12.4.1 Memory get (0x01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
12.4.2 Memory set (0x02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
12.4.3 Checkpoint get (0x11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
12.4.4 Checkpoint set (0x12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
12.4.5 Checkpoint delete (0x13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
12.4.6 Checkpoint list (0x14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
12.4.7 Checkpoint toggle (0x15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
12.4.8 Condition set (0x22). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
12.4.9 Registers get (0x31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
12.4.10 Registers set (0x32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
12.4.11 Dump (0x41) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
12.4.12 Undump (0x42) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
12.4.13 Resource Get (0x51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
12.4.14 Resource Set (0x52) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
12.4.15 Advance Instructions (0x71) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
12.4.16 Keyboard feed (0x72) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
12.4.17 Execute until return (0x73) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
 ix

12.4.18 Ping (0x81) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

12.4.19 Banks available (0x82) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
12.4.20 Registers available (0x83) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
12.4.21 Display Get (0x84) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
12.4.22 VICE info (0x85) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
12.4.23 Palette get (0x91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
12.4.24 Joyport set (0xa2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
12.4.25 Userport set (0xb2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
12.4.26 Exit (0xaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
12.4.27 Quit (0xbb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
12.4.28 Reset (0xcc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
12.4.29 Autostart / autoload (0xdd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
12.5 Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
12.5.1 Invalid Response (0x00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
12.5.2 Checkpoint Response (0x11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
12.5.3 Register Response (0x31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
12.5.4 JAM Response (0x61) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
12.5.5 Stopped Response (0x62) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
12.5.6 Resumed Response (0x63) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
12.6 Example Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

13 c1541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
13.1 Specifying files in c1541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
13.2 Using quotes and backslashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
13.3 c1541 commands and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
13.4 Executing shell commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
13.5 c1541 examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

14 cartconv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
14.1 cartconv command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
14.2 cartconv supported cartridge types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
14.3 cartconv examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

15 petcat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
15.1 petcat command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
15.2 petcat examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

16 The emulator file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

16.1 The raw tape image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
16.2 The T64 tape image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
16.2.1 T64 File structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
16.2.2 Tape Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
16.2.3 File record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
16.3 The G64 GCR-encoded disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
16.3.1 The original format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
16.3.2 An extension for double sided
disks (Commodore VIC 1571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
 x

16.3.3 Extra mastering info (SPS extension) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

16.4 The P64 NRZI flux pulse disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
16.4.1 P64 Header Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
16.4.2 P64 Chunk Header Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
16.4.3 P64 Chunk ’HTPx’ Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
16.4.4 ’HTPx’ Range encoded data format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
16.4.5 P64 Chunk ’DONE’ Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
16.5 The D64 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
16.5.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
16.5.2 BAM layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
16.5.3 Variations on the D64 layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
16.5.4 Error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
16.6 The X64 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
16.7 The D71 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
16.7.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
16.7.2 Bam layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
16.8 The D81 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
16.8.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
16.8.2 BAM layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
16.8.3 REL files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
16.8.4 1581 Partitions and Sub-directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
16.8.5 AUTO-BOOT LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
16.9 The D80 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
16.9.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
16.9.2 BAM layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
16.10 The D82 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
16.10.1 Non-Standard & Long Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
16.10.2 BAM layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
16.11 The D90 disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
16.12 The DHD disk image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
16.13 The P00 image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
16.14 The CRT cartridge image format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
16.14.1 Header contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
16.14.2 CHIP Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
16.14.3 C64 Cartridge Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
16.14.3.1 0 - generic cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
16.14.3.2 1 - Action Replay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
16.14.3.3 2 - KCS Power Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
16.14.3.4 3 - Final Cartridge III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
16.14.3.5 4 - Simons’ Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
16.14.3.6 5 - Ocean type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
16.14.3.7 6 - Expert Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
16.14.3.8 7 - Fun Play, Power Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
16.14.3.9 8 - Super Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
16.14.3.10 9 - Atomic Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
16.14.3.11 10 - Epyx Fastload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
16.14.3.12 11 - Westermann Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
16.14.3.13 12 - Rex Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
 xi

16.14.3.14 13 - Final Cartridge I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

16.14.3.15 14 - Magic Formel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
16.14.3.16 15 - C64 Game System, System 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
16.14.3.17 16 - Warp Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
16.14.3.18 17 - Dinamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
16.14.3.19 18 - Zaxxon, Super Zaxxon (SEGA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
16.14.3.20 19 - Magic Desk, Domark, HES Australia . . . . . . . . 370
16.14.3.21 20 - Super Snapshot V5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
16.14.3.22 21 - Comal-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
16.14.3.23 22 - Structured Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
16.14.3.24 23 - Ross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
16.14.3.25 24 - Dela EP64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
16.14.3.26 25 - Dela EP7x8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
16.14.3.27 26 - Dela EP256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
16.14.3.28 27 - Rex EP256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
16.14.3.29 28 - Mikro Assembler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
16.14.3.30 29 - Final Cartridge Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
16.14.3.31 30 - Action Replay 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
16.14.3.32 31 - Stardos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
16.14.3.33 32 - EasyFlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
16.14.3.34 33 - EasyFlash Xbank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
16.14.3.35 34 - Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
16.14.3.36 35 - Action Replay 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
16.14.3.37 36 - Retro Replay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
16.14.3.38 37 - MMC64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
16.14.3.39 38 - MMC Replay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
16.14.3.40 39 - IDE64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
16.14.3.41 40 - Super Snapshot V4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
16.14.3.42 41 - IEEE-488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
16.14.3.43 42 - Game Killer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
16.14.3.44 43 - Prophet64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
16.14.3.45 44 - EXOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
16.14.3.46 45 - Freeze Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
16.14.3.47 46 - Freeze Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
16.14.3.48 47 - Snapshot 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
16.14.3.49 48 - Super Explode V5.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
16.14.3.50 49 - Magic Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
16.14.3.51 50 - Action Replay 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
16.14.3.52 51 - MACH 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
16.14.3.53 52 - Diashow maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
16.14.3.54 53 - Pagefox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
16.14.3.55 54 - Kingsoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
16.14.3.56 55 - Silverrock 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
16.14.3.57 56 - Formel 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
16.14.3.58 57 - RGCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
16.14.3.59 58 - RR-Net MK3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
16.14.3.60 59 - EasyCalc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
16.14.3.61 60 - GMod2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
 xii

16.14.3.62 61 - MAX Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

16.14.3.63 62 - GMod3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
16.14.3.64 63 - ZIPP-CODE 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
16.14.3.65 64 - Blackbox V8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
16.14.3.66 65 - Blackbox V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
16.14.3.67 66 - Blackbox V4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
16.14.3.68 67 - REX RAM-Floppy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
16.14.3.69 68 - BIS-Plus Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
16.14.3.70 69 - SD-BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
16.14.3.71 70 - MultiMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
16.14.3.72 71 - Blackbox V9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
16.14.3.73 72 - Lt. Kernal Host Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
16.14.3.74 73 - RAMLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
16.14.3.75 74 - Drean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
16.14.3.76 75 - IEEE Flash! 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
16.14.3.77 76 - Turtle Graphics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
16.14.3.78 77 - Freeze Frame MK2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
16.14.3.79 78 - Partner 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
16.14.3.80 79 - Hyper-BASIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
16.14.4 C128 Cartridge Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
16.14.4.1 0 - generic (external Function ROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
16.14.4.2 1 - Warpspeed128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
16.14.4.3 2 - Partner 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
16.14.4.4 3 - Comal 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
16.14.4.5 4 - Magic Desk 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
16.14.4.6 5 - Gmod2-C128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
16.14.5 VIC20 Cartridge Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.14.5.1 0 - generic cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.14.5.2 1 - Mega-Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.14.5.3 2 - Behr Bonz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.14.5.4 3 - Vic Flash Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
16.14.5.5 4 - UltiMem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
16.14.5.6 5 - Final Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
16.14.6 PLUS4 Cartridge Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
16.14.6.1 0 - generic cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
16.14.6.2 1 - c264 magic cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
16.14.6.3 2 - Plus4 multi cart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
16.14.6.4 3 - 1MB Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
16.14.7 CBM2 Cartridge Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
16.14.7.1 0 - generic cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
16.15 The PSID image format for ripped SID tunes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
16.15.1 The SID file header v1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
16.15.2 The SID file header v2, v3 and v4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
16.15.3 The SID file environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
16.16 The Swaplist (.vfl, .lst) file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
16.16.1 general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
16.16.2 extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
16.16.2.1 VICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
 xiii

16.16.2.2 sd2iec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

16.16.2.3 Chameleon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
16.16.2.4 pi1541. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
16.16.3 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

17 Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

18 Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

19 Contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

19.1 VICE home page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
19.2 How to send feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
19.3 How to contribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

20 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE . . . . . 446

Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING,
DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Concept Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

Index of Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Index of Command-line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462